The URL can be used to link to this page

2025-12-16 - AGE - City Council Regular Meeting December 16, 2025 — 6:30 PM Golden Valley City Hall Council Chambers 1.Call to Order 1A.Pledge of Allegiance Led by Golden Valley Scout Troop 268 1B.Land Acknowledgement 1C.Recognition of Outgoing Council Members Denise La Mere-Anderson and Gillian Rosenquist 1D.Presentation of Bill Hobbs Human Rights Award Winners 1E.New Employee Introductions 2.Additions and Corrections to Agenda 3.Consent Agenda Approval of Consent Agenda - All items listed under this heading are considered to be routine by the City Council and will be enacted by one motion. There will be no discussion of these items unless a Council Member so requests in which event the item will be removed from the general order of business and considered in its normal sequence on the agenda. 3A.Approval of City Council Meeting Minutes 3B.Approval of City Check Registers 3C.Licenses: 3C.1.Approve 2026 Therapeutic Massage Facility License Renewals 3C.2.Approve 2025 Cigarette/Tobacco License Renewals 3D.Boards, Commissions, and Task Forces: 3D.1.Adopt Resolution No. 25-121 Approving Updates to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Commission Bylaws 3E.Bids, Quotes, and Contracts: 3E.1.Approve Purchase of Scheduled Computer Replacements from Lenovo 3E.2.Approve Purchase of Three Ford Transit Vans from Midway Ford 3E.3.Approve Purchase of a Replacement Police Utility Interceptor from Tenvoorde Ford, Inc. 3E.4.Approve Purchase of Lights, Accessories, and Installation for a Fire Rescue Vehicle from CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING AGENDA Members of the public may attend this meeting in-person, by watching on cable channel 16, or by streaming on CCXmedia.org. The public can make in-person statements during public comment sections, including the public forum beginning at 6:20 pm. Individuals may provide public hearing testimony remotely by emailing a request to the City Clerk's office at cityclerk@goldenvalleymn.gov by 3 p.m. on the day of the meeting. City of Golden Valley City Council Regular Meeting December 16, 2025 — 6:30 PM 1 Guardian Fleet Safety 3E.5.Approve Purchase Agreement for Pierce Velocity Fire Engine From MacQueen Equipment, LLC 3E.6.Approve Joint Powers Agreement Between the Hennepin County Weapons of Mass Destruction Tactical Response Team and the City of Golden Valley 3E.7.Approve Joint Powers Agreement Between the City of Maple Grove and the City of Golden Valley Regarding the North Metro Range 3E.8.Approve Law Enforcement Training Academy & Consulting Agreement 3E.9.Approve Short-Term Lease Agreements with Sorenson Apartment Movers/A-1 Moving Company, Link Snacks, Inc., and Birnstengel Investments, Inc. at 6100 Olson Memorial Highway 3E.10.Approve Acquisition of Property located at 6110 Olson Memorial Highway for Public Works Facility and Agreement for Relocation Services with SRF Consulting Group, Inc., Resolution No. 25-130 3E.11.Approve Hennepin County User Agreement for Cyclomedia 3E.12.Approve 2025-2026 Labor Agreement with Assistant Police Chiefs Local #485 3F.Grants and Donations: 3F.1.Adopt Resolution No. 25-122 Accepting a Donation from the Minnesota City/County Management Association for City Manager to Attend a Meeting 3G.Adopt Ordinance No. 812 Rescinding and Replacing Section 113-151 Off-Street Parking and Loading and Amending Related Sections and Adopt Resolution No. 25-123 Approving Summary Publication 3H.Adopt Resolution No. 25-124 Amending the 2025 Prosecution Budget Pursuant to Direction from Council 3I.Adopt Resolution No. 25-125 Approving Updated Employee Handbook 3J.Adopt Resolution No. 25-126 Approving Amendment to Compensation and Classification Tables 3K.Adopt Resolution No. 25-127 Approving Artificial Intelligence Policy 3L.Adopt Resolution No. 25-128 Establishing a Pedestrian Crossing Policy 3M.Approve 2026 City Calendar and Meeting Dates 4.Public Hearing - None. 5.Old Business - None. 6.New Business 6A.Consideration of Items Related to Civic Center Campus Planning 6A.1.Approve Resolution No. 25-129 Adopting a Budget Amendment for Civic Center Campus Planning 6A.2.Approve Joint Powers Agreement with Hennepin County for Master Planning of the Golden Valley Library Replacement within Golden Valley's Civic Center Campus Master Plan 6A.3.Approve Professional Services Agreement with Perkins & Will for Civic Center Campus Master Planning 6B.Review of Council Calendar 6C.Mayor and Council Communications 1. Other Committee/Meeting updates 7.Adjournment City of Golden Valley City Council Regular Meeting December 16, 2025 — 6:30 PM 2 City of Golden Valley City Council Regular Meeting December 16, 2025 — 6:30 PM 3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Human Resources 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 1D. Presentation of Bill Hobbs Human Rights Award Winners Prepared By Seth Kaempfer, Equity and Inclusion Manager Summary The City established a human rights award in 1999, named for William Hobbs, who received the first award for his 30 years of service on the Human Rights Commission and commitment to equity in Golden Valley. After receiving his award Hobbs acknowledged that all efforts to make lasting change involve city government, schools, businesses, and congregations. "We should continue to work together to succeed with those things that serve us best and leave alone those things that tend to divide us." Each year the Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Commission encourage community members to nominate individual(s)/organization(s) for their dedication to building an environment that promotes fair and equal treatment for all. Additional criteria the DEIC considers: Nominees must live, work, or conduct business in Golden Valley during the nomination year. Nominees’ activities proposed for recognition should have a positive impact or clearly improved understanding or cooperation in the areas of race, color, religion, gender, national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation, or familial status. Nominees’ services must be either voluntary or above and beyond a paid employee's usual job responsibilities. Members of the Golden Valley Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Commission are not eligible for the award while serving on the commission. It is with great pleasure that the DEIC announce two winners of the 2025 Bill Hobbs Award: Michelle Ness and Cathy Waldhauser. 2025 Award Recipients Michelle Ness: As the executive director of PRISM, Michelle Ness leads efforts along with her staff to support housing, food assistance, and various social services to Golden Valley and beyond. As part of this work, Ness has created avenues for those efforts to be inter-city, iterative, and innovative. Furthermore, Ness’ ability to create partnerships across schools, community organizations such as Jewish Family and Children’s Service of Minneapolis, and more help to foster an interconnected civic 4 responsibility and pride like no other. Cathy Waldhauser: Cathy Waldhauser has been a constant across Golden Valley with her community work and contributions, which has created a stronger wellbeing and betterment for the City as a whole. Waldhauser has spent dedicated time focusing on housing efforts, supporting civic engagement through the League of Women Voters, championing and building out the Garden Club’s Dakota Medicine Garden, and helping to reinvigorate a long-time community festival. All of this speaks to a devotion and passion to create a lively, welcoming, and engaged community for all. Financial or Budget Considerations NA Legal Considerations This item does not require legal review. Equity Considerations Recognizing community members that are making an impact in Golden Valley lives into the City's focus on diversity by intentionally recognizing, understanding, and celebrating the differences and lived experiences of community. Recommended Action Present the 2025 Bill Hobbs Human Rights Award to Michelle Ness and Cathy Waldhauser. 5 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY City Manager's Office 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 1E. New Employee Introductions Prepared By Andrea Connolly-Dees, Executive Assistant Summary This meeting will include the following new employee introductions: City Engineer, Michael Ryan, will introduce Emma Rakestraw, Environmental Manager Legal Considerations Legal review is not required on this item. Equity Considerations Equity review is not required on this item. Recommended Action No action is required on this item. 6 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Legal 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3A. Approval of City Council Meeting Minutes Prepared By Theresa Schyma, City Clerk Summary The following minutes are available to view on the City's public Laserfiche site : December 2, 2025 Regular City Council Meeting December 9, 2025 City Council Special Meeting with Closed Session A direct link to the folder with the documents referenced above is: http://weblink.ci.golden-valley.mn.us/WebLink/Browse.aspx? id=1056192&dbid=0&repo=GoldenValley Legal Considerations This item did not require legal review. Equity Considerations This item did not require equity review. Recommended Action Motion to approve City Council meeting minutes as submitted. 7 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3B. Approval of City Check Registers Prepared By Jennifer Hoffman, Assistant Finance Director Summary Approval of the check register for various vendor claims against the City of Golden Valley. Document is located on city website at the following location: http://weblink.ci.golden- valley.mn.us/WebLink/Browse.aspx?id=1060600&dbid=0&repo=GoldenValley The check register(s) for approval: 12-03-2025 Check Register 12-10-2025 Check Register Financial or Budget Considerations The check register is attached with the financing sources at the front of the document. Each check has a program code(s) where it was charged. Legal Considerations Not Applicable Equity Considerations Not Applicable Recommended Action Motion to authorize the payment of the bills as submitted. 8 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Legal 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3C.1. Approve 2026 Therapeutic Massage Facility License Renewals Prepared By Theresa Schyma, City Clerk Summary The following establishments have are due for renewal of their Therapeutic Massage Facility license for the 2026 license term. The applicants listed below have met City Code requirements for the renewal of their licenses and staff is recommending approval of the following license renewals contingent upon receipt of their payment, completed documentation, and successful background checks. Deep Massage Therapy, 6480 Wayzata Boulevard Massage Envy, 7704 Olson Memorial Highway Refined Health & Wellness, 810 Lilac Drive N, Suite 203 Two Little Hands, 8441 Wayzata Boulevard, Suite 135 Serenity Acupuncture, 810 Lilac Drive N, Suite 104 A Velvet Touch Massage & Wellness, 5851 Duluth Street, Suite 113 Financial or Budget Considerations Fees received for massage establishment license renewals are budgeted, and defray costs the City incurs to administer and enforce license regulations and requirements. No licenses are issued until full payment is received. Legal Considerations This item does not require legal review. Equity Considerations This item does not require equity review. Recommended Action Motion to approve the renewal of the Therapeutic Massage Facility licenses for the applicants above from January 1, 2026, through December 31, 2026. 9 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Legal 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3C.2. Approve 2025 Cigarette/Tobacco License Renewals Prepared By Theresa Schyma, City Clerk Summary The following establishments are due for renewal of their Cigarette/Tobacco license for the 2026 license term. The applicants listed below have met City Code requirements for the renewal of their licenses and staff is recommending approval contingent upon receipt their completed documentation and payment. Amstar Gas Station, 9405 Medicine Lake Road Down in the Valley, Inc., 8020 Olson Memorial Highway Feist Automotive Group, 1875 Lilac Drive North Golden Valley Country Club, 7001 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley Holiday Store #3520, 600 Boone Avenue North Golden Valley Liquor Barrel, 7890 Olson Memorial Highway Holiday Stationstores, Inc., 7925 Wayzata Boulevard Schuller’s Tavern, 7345 Country Club Drive Speedway #4443, 1930 Douglas Drive Speedway #4497, 6955 Market Street Financial or Budget Considerations Fees received for tobacco license renewals are budgeted, and defray costs the City incurs to administer and enforce tobacco license regulations and requirements. No licenses are issued until full payment is received. Legal Considerations This item does not require legal review. Equity Considerations This item does not require equity review. Recommended Action Motion to approve the renewal of the Cigarette/Tobacco licenses for the applicants above from January 1, 2025, through December 31, 2025. 10 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Administrative Services 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3D.1. Adopt Resolution No. 25-121 Approving Updates to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Commission Bylaws Prepared By Seth Kaempfer, Equity and Inclusion Manager Summary The Diversity, Equity, & Inclusion Commission (DEIC) advises, recommends, and assists the Council in matters relating to diversity, equity, inclusion, and human rights. The mission of the Golden Valley DEIC is to promote and nurture a safe and welcoming community dedicated to the values of social equity, inclusion, and justice. To continue meeting its intent and mission, the Commission regular reviews its bylaws and makes recommendations to the City Council. To better align with the various efforts established and implemented by the City, the DEIC proposed the following bylaw changes: Remove outdated language regarding the merger between Human Rights Commission and the Rising Tides Task Force Clearer language bout membership and the importance of the diverse composition of the Commission Update Special Meeting section to incorporate having a Year in Review and Community Input Meeting to establish concerted efforts around community feedback and collaboration Update and expand the glossary to incorporate contemporary terminology as well as align Commission and City terminology. Financial or Budget Considerations There are no financial or budgetary considerations related to this item. Legal Considerations The updates to the bylaws have gone through Legal Review and continues to align with current ordinances related to the establishment of this commission. Equity Considerations The updates to the Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Commission's bylaws allow the Commission to further call into focus the importance of the Commission itself, continually align itself with the way the City approaches DEI, and be iterative to meet the varied needs of community. 11 Recommended Action Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-121 approving updates to the Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Commission bylaws. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-121 - Approving Updates to DEI Commission Bylaws Exhibit A - City of Golden Valley - Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Commission - Bylaws 12 RESOLUTION NO. 25-121 RESOLUTION APPROVING UPDATES TO DIVERSITY, EQUITY, AND INCLUSION COMMISSION BYLAWS WHEREAS, the Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Commission Bylaws provides a list of duties and specific direction for the DEI Commission to carry out their work as required in City Code Section 2-128; and WHEREAS, the Commission must review the Bylaws no less than every three years and may review the Bylaws more frequently as needed; and WHEREAS, the Bylaws may be amended at any regular DEI Commission meeting with a majority of members present; and WHEREAS, on September 25, 2025, the DEI Commission recommended approval to amendments to the Bylaws as shown in Exhibit A; and WHEREAS, the City Council has reviewed the revised bylaws as shown in Exhibit A. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA that this Council hereby approves the revised Bylaws of the DEI Commission attached hereto as Exhibit A. Adopted by the City Council this 16th day of December, 2025. Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: _____________________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 13 Resolution No. 25-121 (Exhibit A) -2- December 16, 2025 BYLAWS Diversity, Equity, & Inclusion Commission (DEIC) Article I: Purpose, Mission, and Prescribed Duties The Commission shall be an advisory commission to the City Council. A. Mission, Vision, Values The Commission’s mission is to promote and nurture a safe and welcoming community dedicated to the values of social equity, inclusion, and justice. The Commission shall advise and make recommendations to the Council in matters relating to diversity, equity, inclusion, and human rights. B. Duties In accordance with its bylaws and annual work plan, and through the collaboration and cooperation of City staff, the DEI Commission shall: (1) Analyze the City’s processes, procedures, policies, and ordinances as directed by the City Council on matters of diversity, equity, inclusion, human rights. (2) Present the results of programs of research and recommend changes to processes, procedures, policies, and ordinances to the City Council based on those results. (3) Regularly review and evaluate the City’s community outreach methods and activities to ensure messaging reaches diverse populations and provides inclusive participation opportunities. (4) Annually provide input on the City’s Equity Plan and, as requested by City Manager, their designee, or City equity staff: a. Analyze City systems to identify systems of inequality (including systemic racism), and b. Make recommendations relating to changes in ordinance, policy, or practice to dismantle those systems. (5) Communicate the City’s diversity, equity, and inclusion (DE&I) work and facilitate community engagement and feedback. (6) Collaborate with organizations to host and promote events that educate the community on issues of diversity, equity, inclusion, and human rights, and other issues and to promote awareness and appreciation of diversity. Article II: Membership, Appointments, Terms, and Officers A. Membership The Commission shall consist of nine regular members, and two youth voting members. Youth members shall live or attend school within Golden Valley, the Robbinsdale Area District or Hopkins School District and be enrolled in school grades 9 through 12. 14 Resolution No. 25-121 (Exhibit A) -3- December 16, 2025 In accordance with the City’s values and Welcome Statement, the Council shall seek to have said appointments reflect the diverse voices and perspectives in the community, including:  Individuals who have professional, volunteer, or personal experiences with communities that have historically experienced or presently experience the stress and trauma of discrimination, for example, individuals with work or volunteer experience in the field of diversity, equity and inclusion, or personal involvement in advocacy or activism;  Individuals who have professional, volunteer, or personal experiences with healing of marginalized communities; and  Individuals with personal experience involving discrimination. At a minimum the DEIC membership shall consist of:  one member with a connection to multi-family or group housing; and  one member of a community group that has demonstrated commitment to the values of racial equity, inclusion, social justice, and human rights. If the City does not receive qualified applications from one of the above categories, the remaining spots may be filled with any person who lives, works, attends school, volunteers, or worships in the City of Golden Valley and passes the interview process. B. Appointments and Terms Appointments are made effective May 1 of each year. The Council shall appoint regular members of the Commission for three-year staggered terms. Youth members shall be appointed for a one-year term. The terms of Commission members shall be fixed and determined at the time of appointment by the governing ordinance. The City Council shall appoint the members of the Commission and to fill vacancies for unexpired terms. A vacancy shall be deemed to exist if a regular member ceases to meet the residency requirements or a youth member who ceases to meet the residency, age, or school requirements. C. Officers The Commission shall elect officers of Chair and Vice-Chair from the Commission membership by its voting members at its regular annual meeting, (no later than the second meeting after May 1 in each year). The Chair and Vice Chair positions rotate, and members may only serve two consecutive years as the Chair or Vice-Chair. Should the office of Chair or Vice-Chair become vacant, the Commission shall elect a successor from its membership at the next regular meeting and such election shall be for the unexpired term of said office. Officers may also delegate the duties of their position to other Commissioners as deemed appropriate by the Commission. Chair responsibilities include: • work with staff liaison to develop meeting agendas • conduct and preside at all meetings in a productive and time-efficient manner • ensure the Commission conducts its activities within the stated mission and bylaws of the Commission • appoint Commissioners to participate in subcommittees 15 Resolution No. 25-121 (Exhibit A) -4- December 16, 2025 • monitor and ensure the progress of the Commission • report to the City Council Vice-Chair responsibilities: • perform the duties of the Chair in the absence or incapacity of the Chair • perform all other duties as prescribed by the Commission Article III: Meetings and Attendance A. Meetings All meetings of the Commission shall be conducted in accordance with the Minnesota Open Meeting Law and City code. This means all business and discussion occurs at a meeting which has been posted and is open to the public. The presence of a majority of all regular members currently appointed to the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of conducting its business and exercising its powers and for all other purposes. In the event a quorum is not reached, a smaller number of members may meet to have informal discussion, however, formal action shall not be taken and must be reserved for such time as when a quorum of the Commission is reached. A quorum of the members should not discuss Commission business by email, forms of social media, telephone, or informal meetings. Commission meetings may be cancelled by the staff liaison if there are no items on the agenda for discussion. Commission members may only share documents under discussion with comments to less than a quorum of members prior to the meetings. The proceedings of meetings should be conducted using standard parliamentary procedure. i. Regular Meeting The regular meeting of the Commission shall be held on the fourth Tuesday of the month at City Hall at 6:30 pm. The Commission may, by a majority vote, change its regular meeting dates for any reason provided proper public notice of the changed meeting. ii. Annual Meeting The Annual Meeting of the commission shall be a regular meeting, typically the first meeting after May 1 of each year, in which new commissioners are sworn in. Elections of executive roles are announced at this meeting and elections will happen within two regular meetings. iii. Special Meetings A special meeting of the Commission may be called by the Chair or two commissioners, or by the City Council, for the purpose of transacting any business designated in the meeting notice. The notice for a special meeting shall be posted in compliance with the Minnesota State Statutes governing public meetings. The staff liaison shall notify Commissioners at least three days prior to the meeting of the date, time, place and purpose of the special meeting. A special meeting must also be posted in accordance with the requirements of the Minnesota Open Meeting Law. a. Year in Review and Community Input Meeting The Commission will hold a meeting in the fourth quarter of the calendar year to share progress to date, proposed annual work plan, and gather community input. 16 Resolution No. 25-121 (Exhibit A) -5- December 16, 2025 B. Attendance Members are expected to attend all meetings, including the annual board and commission joint meeting. If a member is unable to attend a meeting, they should contact the staff liaison, who will inform the chair. If a quorum cannot be attained, the meeting may be canceled. Staff liaisons will track attendance at each meeting. Each April, the City Manager’s office will review attendance records for the preceding calendar year (April-March) and send a standardized letter of warning to any member that has missed: • two consecutive or three total meetings for groups that meet once a month; or • two consecutive or five total meetings for groups that meet twice a month. Because attendance is so important to the work of the City’s boards and commissions, the City Manager may ask the member to explain the reasons for their absences. If circumstances prevent the member from committing to consistently attending future meetings, the member may be asked to step down. The City Manager will not ask the member to step down if their inability to attend meetings is due to health reasons. If the member’s attendance does not improve within 3 months after receiving a warning, the City Manager or their designee shall ask the member to step down. If the member chooses not to step down, the Council may take action to remove the member. Article IV: Rules A. Agenda The agenda for regular and special meetings of the Commission shall be prepared by the staff liaison. Items to be placed on the agenda may be proposed by the Chair, a Commission member, the staff liaison or at the request of the City Council. Residents, businesses, or other interested parties may contact the staff liaison to request that an item be placed on the agenda for consideration. All agenda topics presented by the City Council will be placed on an appropriate agenda; requests from other parties will be placed on an appropriate future agenda at the discretion of the staff liaison. The agenda shall be approved at each meeting prior to discussion of any item on the agenda. At the time of agenda approval, items may be removed and the order of business may be modified by a majority vote of members present at the meeting. No items shall be added to the agenda unless deemed as urgent by the staff liaison. Prior to adjournment, members present may communicate items recommended for inclusion on future agendas. B. Recordkeeping All minutes and resolutions shall be in writing and shall be kept in accordance with City procedures, Minnesota Statute and Rules regarding preservation of public records and the Minnesota Data Privacy Act. C. Work Plan The Commission will draft an annual work plan that details activities and projected timelines for the upcoming year. • The Chair may appoint Commissioners to be primarily responsible for each work plan activity. • The Commission may establish subcommittees to oversee work plan activities. The subcommittees will be chaired by Commissioners who express interest and are 17 Resolution No. 25-121 (Exhibit A) -6- December 16, 2025 appointed by the Chair. See “E” below for additional information. • The Commission’s work plan will be submitted to the City Council, typically during the first quarter of the calendar year. The Chair and/or Commissioners will attend a Council/Manager meeting to discuss the annual work plan with the City Council. • The Commission’s work plan must be agreed upon by the City Council. The work plan is a living document that may be adjusted as deemed necessary by the Commission with subject to reapproval. D. Annual Report The Commission shall submit an annual report to the City Council summarizing the past year's activities. The report may highlight information the Commission feels appropriate to convey to the City Council. • The Chair or Vice-Chair will prepare the report for approval by the Commission. Commission members may submit signed addenda presenting alternative conclusions or perspectives. • The report and addenda are submitted to Council with the current year work plan in the first quarter of the calendar year or as soon thereafter as possible. E. Subcommittees The Commission may create subcommittees to plan and direct activities related to topics of interest to the Commission and to oversee work plan activities. • Subcommittees will be chaired by Commissioners appointed by the Chair and shall not consist of a majority or more of currently appointed Commission members. • A majority of the subcommittee must be present to conduct business, including the subcommittee chair. • The Commission may consolidate or dissolve subcommittees at any time. • The subcommittee chair may appoint other Commissioners and representatives from the broader community to the subcommittee, provided that the subcommittee at no time consists of a majority or more of currently appointed Commission members. • The subcommittee chair shall report back to the Commission about its activities as an agenda item at regular Commission meetings. • Subcommittee meetings shall be held at a date and time that does not conflict with the Commission’s regular and special meetings. The staff liaison shall be notified of the date, time, location and topic of all Subcommittee meetings. F. Performance of Duties Commissioners are expected to adequately prepare for meetings. Commissioners unable to complete an assigned task should notify the commission chair or subcommittee chair as soon as possible. The Commission staff liaison may ask the City Council to review a Commissioner’s appointment based upon its assessment of significant lack of performance. Article V: Amendments and Revision The Commission will review these bylaws no later than the second meeting after May 1 every three years. Members may present recommendations for changes and amendments. These bylaws can be altered or amended at any regular monthly Commission meeting with a majority of members present, provided that notice of the proposed changes and amendments is provided to each 18 Resolution No. 25-121 (Exhibit A) -7- December 16, 2025 member at least 10 business days before the meeting. The Council must review and approve any changes to, and has final authority regarding, these bylaws. 19 Resolution No. 25-121 (Exhibit A) -8- December 16, 2025 Appendix: Glossary This glossary is a set of terms adopted by the City to ensure common language and understanding regarding diversity, equity and inclusion. When discussing the diversity, equity and inclusion efforts, use these terms and definitions in all contexts: Accountability: The ways in which individuals, communities, leaders, systems, and institutions hold themselves individually and collectively to their stated goals, responsibilities, and actions. Barrier(s): Individual, interpersonal, structural, and systemic obstacles that prevent individuals and communities from accessing resources, services, opportunities, and rights, leading to inequality and disparities. BIPOC: Black, Indigenous, and People of Color (BIPOC) is both an acronym and umbrella term used to recognize the collective experiences of systemic racism. Use of this acronym recognizes the collective experiences of systemic racism. It is meant to emphasize the hardships faced by Black and Indigenous people and to acknowledge that not all People of Color face the same levels of injustice. Bias: A disproportionate weight in favor of or against an idea, thing, person, or group, usually in a way that is prejudicial and unfair. Biases can be innate or learned.  Unconscious/Implicit Bias Attitudes and stereotypes that influence judgment, decision-making, and behavior in ways that are outside of conscious awareness and/or control. Typically expressed automatically without much awareness.  Conscious/Explicit Bias Overt negative attitudes and stereotypes expressed openly and knowingly held. Capacity Building: Organizational and institutional efforts to strengthen the skills, knowledge, and resources of individuals, community, and external organizations. Community Engagement: The process of co-creating solutions in partnership with people. It is grounded in building relationships based on mutual respect and that acknowledges each person’s added value to developing solutions. Community/Community-Level Indicator(s): Measurements used to track and assess social, economic, and environmental well-being of communities. Indicators help institutions, organizations, and communities understand current state of well-being, identify disparities, and inform planning and decision-making. Disparity: A pattern of differences in outcomes and impacts across social identity groups. Diversity: A range of human differences and complexity, whether shared or individual, across thought, beliefs, experience, and identity (including, but not limited to, race, ethnicity, gender, sexuality, class, language, physical ability/disability, religious/spiritual beliefs, and education). Equity: The proactive and ongoing reinforcement of policies, projects, attitudes, and actions that distribute power, access, and opportunity, and where outcomes are determined by how provided services are structured rather than identity or lived experience. Equality: Providing the same opportunities, access, and resources to all groups, regardless of their identity and lived experience, to reach a common goal or outcome. Human Rights: Human rights are rights inherent to all human beings, regardless of race, sex, nationality, ethnicity, language, religion, or any other status. Human rights include the right to life and liberty, freedom from slavery and torture, freedom of opinion and expression, the right to work and education, and many more. 20 Resolution No. 25-121 (Exhibit A) -9- December 16, 2025  Minnesota Human Rights Act: State law prohibiting discrimination in Minnesota and is enforced by the Minnesota Department of Human Rights. The state law prohibits discrimination in employment, housing, public accommodations, public services, education, credit, and business based on protected class, such as: race, religion, disability, national origin, sex, marital status, familial status, age, sexual orientation, and gender identity. Inclusion: Actively empowering and bringing individuals or groups to be participatory in projects, actions, and decision/policy making that shares power as well as honors nuance and authenticity. Inequity: A pattern of differences in outcomes and impacts that are systemic, avoidable, unnecessary, and unjust across social identity groups. These patterns or differences ultimately create negative impact and effect across various life determinants, especially when coupled together Oppression: The systemic and pervasive nature of social inequity woven throughout social institutions as well as imbedded within individual consciousness and action. Combination of institutional and systemic discrimination, personal bias, bigotry, and social prejudice in a complex web of relationships and structures.  Individual/Interpersonal Oppression: Conscious or subconscious biased beliefs, attitudes, and actions that influence interactions and perception of other people.  Institutional Oppression: Implicit and explicit policies, practices, and procedures within an organization/institution (i.e., City of Golden Valley, University of Minnesota, Department of Human Services, HealthPartners, Affinity Plus Credit Union, etc.), that create different outcomes for different groups. Typically, this is to the benefit of those who hold societal power to the detriment of those who hold less or none.  Internalized Oppression: Conscious and subconscious acceptance or belief in negative messages, stereotypes, and biases about one’s own marginalized or minoritized social identity.  Structural Oppression: Implicit and explicit inequities across organizations/institutions (i.e., city government + bank + realtor + insurance + racial covenants = structural) inclusive of policy, practices, procedures, history, and culture. This creates an interconnection of inequities reinforced by organizational/institutional norms (past and present), which can also reproduce old and create new forms of oppression.  Systemic Oppression: Implicit and explicit policies, practices, and procedures that are within and across organizations/institutions (i.e., K-12 school + university = educational system, or primary care physician + pharmacy = healthcare system), which create and perpetuate inequities. Racial Equity: A condition in which the race of an individual and/or group is no longer a predictor of outcomes. It is also a process and practice with which intentional and continual changes are made to eliminate disparities across both race and ethnicity. Racialized Violence: Any act of violence, whether overt or systemic, that is driven by or rooted in racist beliefs, practices, and structures Racism: Belief and action, based on skin color, that one group of people is superior to others. Social Identity: Categorization based on physical, social, and mental characteristics of individuals and groups. These can be visible or hidden, self-chosen or assigned by others, and shaped or defined by society and policy. For example: race, socioeconomic status, gender/gender identity, sexuality/sexual orientation, ability, national status, family status/structure, marital status/structure, age, religion, immigration status, and more. 21 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Administrative Services 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.1. Approve Purchase of Scheduled Computer Replacements from Lenovo Prepared By John Peterson, IT Manager Summary The Information Technology (IT) division is requesting approval to purchase a batch of laptops to meet multiple operational needs across the organization. The City IT division is responsible for the maintenance and repair of City equipment and budgets for technology replacements each year. Staff are making intentional process improvements to better standardize equipment, improve device availability, and reduce delays for staff who need functional computers. By purchasing the computers in one batch, the City takes advantage of cost savings. This consolidated purchase supports: Check-out / temporary use devices, ensuring staff can remain productive during repairs, training, fieldwork, or special events. Police Department light-duty assignments, ensuring officers on temporary administrative duty have appropriate equipment. Brookview Point-of-Sale (POS) computer replacement cycle. Annual replacement cycles, replacing older laptops that have reached the end of their useful life. Organizational growth, providing hardware for newly created positions and new hires across City departments. Financial or Budget Considerations The total cost for 48 computers is $74,065.25. Funds in the amount of $61,899.11 of will come from the Capital Improvement Program (CIP) to purchase 34 computers and aligns with the approved technology replacement budget (City Wide Computer Quote 1 and City Wide Computer Quote 2) Funds in the amount of $12,166.14 will come from the Brookview Golf Course Enterprise budget to purchase 14 computers to update the Point-of-Sale hardware (Brookview POS Quote) IT compared pricing from multiple resellers, and the Lenovo quote both provides the lowest cost and ensures all devices are automatically enrolled into the City’s device management and imaging system. Legal Considerations Legal has reviewed and approved all quotes for council consideration. 22 Equity Considerations This purchase supports equitable access to reliable technology across the organization, regardless of department or job classification. We actively implement practices that are designed to eliminate biases and barriers. Ensuring that all staff have timely access to modern, functional devices reduces delays, improves service delivery, and contributes to a more inclusive and productive workplace. Recommended Action Motion to approve purchase of scheduled computer replacements from Lenovo to meet operational needs Supporting Documents CitywideComputers01.pdf CitywideComputers02.pdf BrookviewPOSComputersNW.pdf 23 HERE'S YOUR QUOTE Quote Number: 4650253309 Creation Date: 11/24/2025 Expiry Date: 12/10/2025 Customer Name:John Peterson Quote Status:Approved Total Price ex GST:32757.11 Total (GST Incl.):32757.11 If you would like to go ahead with this quote, or if you have any questions, please contact your sales representative, (2900732942) at or via email at .Lucas Adair 919-874-3277 ladair@lenovo.com Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST 5 21NXCTO 1WWUS2 ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 13 Aura Edition (14 Intel) Ships FREE by Thu, Nov 27 1506.96 1506.96 7534.80 7534.80 Processor: Intel® Core™ Ultra 5 225U Processor (E-cores up to 3.80 GHz P- cores up to 4.80 GHz) Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 24 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Operating System: Windows 11 Pro 64#spliter# selected upgrade Operating System Language: Windows 11 Pro 64 English (US) /English (UK) #spliter#sel ected upgrade Microsoft Productivit y Software: None Memory: 16 GB LPDDR5X -8400MT/s (Soldered) Solid State Drive: 512 GB SSD M.2 2280 PCIe Gen5 Performanc e TLC Opal Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 25 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Display: 14" WUXGA (1920 x 1200), IPS, Anti- Glare, Non- Touch, 100% sRGB, 500 nits, 60Hz, Low Power Graphics Card: Integrated Graphics Camera: 1080P FHD RGB+IR Computer Vision: No Computer Vision Human Presence Detection: Human Presence Detection Microphon e: 2 x Microphon e Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 26 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Color: Black Top Cover Material: Carbon Fiber with Black Paint Etching & Painting: None Wireless: Intel® Wi- Fi 6E AX211 2x2 AX & Bluetooth® 5.3 Integrated Mobile Broadband: No Wireless WAN Fingerprint Reader: Fingerprint Reader Touchpad: Trackpad, No NFC, No WWAN Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 27 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Keyboard: Backlit, Black with Fingerprint Reader - English (US) TPM Setting: Enabled Discrete TPM2.0 vPro Certified Model: Non vPro Evo Certified Model: Evo Certified Absolute BIOS Selection: BIOS Absolute Enabled Battery: 3 Cell Rechargeab le Li-ion 57Wh Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 28 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Power Cord: 65W USB-C Slim GaN 90% PCC 2pin AC Adapter - US Electronic Privacy Filter: No ePrivacy Filter AI Agent: No AI Agent Language Pack: Publication - English Adobe Elements: No Adobe Elements Adobe Acrobat: No Adobe Acrobat Adobe Creative Cloud: No Adobe Creative Cloud Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 29 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Security Software: No Security Software Warranty: 1 Year Courier or Carry-in 5 5WS0T361 16 5Y Premier Support Upgrade from 1Y Courier /Carry-in 351.96 351.96 1759.80 1759.80 5 5MS0R490 23 Microsoft Autopilot System Registratio n 9.44 9.44 47.20 47.20 13 21QE005 WUS ThinkPad T16 Gen 4 Intel (16) Ships FREE Next Business Day 1269.00 1269.00 16497.00 16497.00 Processor: Intel® Core™ Ultra 5 225U Processor (E-cores up to 3.80 GHz P- cores up to 4.80 GHz) Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 30 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Operating System: Windows 11 Pro 64 Graphic Card: Integrated Intel® Graphics Memory: 16 GB DDR5- 5600MT/s (SODIMM ) Storage: 512 GB SSD M.2 2280 PCIe Gen4 TLC Opal Display: 16" WUXGA (1920 x 1200), IPS, Anti- Glare, Non- Touch, 45% NTSC, 400 nits, 60Hz Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 31 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Camera: 5MP RGB with Microphon e and Privacy Shutter AC Adapter / Power Supply: 65W Fingerprint Reader: Fingerprint Reader Keyboard: Backlit, Black with Number Pad - English (US) WIFI: Intel® Wi- Fi 6E AX211 2x2 AX & Bluetooth® 5.3 Warranty: One Year Onsite Color: Eclipse Black Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 32 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Operating System Language: US:United States English, UK:United Kingdom English 13 5WS0T361 14 5Y Premier Support Upgrade from 1Y Onsite 332.15 332.15 4317.95 4317.95 13 5MS0R490 23 Microsoft Autopilot System Registratio n 9.44 9.44 122.72 122.72 1 21FACTO 1WWUS1 ThinkPad P16 Gen 2 Intel (16) Mobile Workstatio n Ships FREE in 2- 3 Weeks 2161.80 2161.80 2161.80 2161.80 Processor: 13th Generation Intel® Core™ i7- 13700HX Processor (E-cores up to 3.70 GHz P- cores up to 5.00 GHz) Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 33 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Operating System: Windows 11 Pro 64#spliter# selected upgrade Operating System Language: Windows 11 Pro 64 English#spl iter#selecte d upgrade Microsoft Productivit y Software : None Memory: 32 GB DDR5- 4800MHz (SODIMM ) #spliter#sel ected upgrade RAID Setting: No RAID RAID Config: No Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 34 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST First Solid State Drive: 1 TB SSD M. 2 2280 PCIe Gen4 Performanc e TLC Opal#splite r#selected upgrade Second Solid State Drive: No Storage Selection SSD Total Capacity: 1 TB#spliter #selected upgrade SSD Config: SSD Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 35 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Display: 16" WQXGA (2560 x 1600), IPS, Anti- Glare, Non- Touch, 100% sRGB, 500 nits, 165Hz, Low Blue Light#split er#selected upgrade Factory Color Calibration : Factory Color Calibration Graphics Card: NVIDIA RTX™ 1000 Ada Generation Laptop GPU 6GB GDDR6#sp liter#select ed upgrade Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 36 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Camera: 1080P FHD IR Hybrid with Microphon e and Privacy Shutter#spl iter#selecte d upgrade Pen: No Pen Wireless: Intel® Wi- Fi 6E AX211 2x2 AX vPro® & Bluetooth® 5.3 Integrated Mobile Broadband: No Wireless WAN Near Field Communic ation: No NFC Fingerprint Reader: Fingerprint Reader Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 37 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Keyboard: Backlit, Grey with Number Pad - English (US) System Expansion Slots: No Smart Card Reader TPM Setting: Enabled Discrete TPM2.0 Absolute BIOS Selection: BIOS Absolute Enabled vPro Certified Model: Non vPro Battery: 6 Cell Rechargeab le Li-ion 94Wh Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 38 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Power Cord: 170W Slim 30% PCC 3pin AC Adapter - US Language Pack: Publication - Polish /Portuguese /English Adobe Elements: None Adobe Acrobat: None Adobe Creative Cloud: None Security Software: None Netfilter: No Netfilter Warranty: 1 Year Courier or Carry-in Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 39 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST 1 5MS0R490 23 Microsoft Autopilot System Registratio n 9.44 9.44 9.44 9.44 1 5WS0V071 01 5Y Premier Support Upgrade from 1Y Courier /Carry-in 306.40 306.40 306.40 306.40 Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 40 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. These terms and conditions apply to the attached quotation unless superseded by special bid terms and conditions. Prices stated are for your information only and are subject to change. They were correct on the date shown above. All prices are in United States dollars and include all applicable taxes and standard delivery charges. Offers, prices, specifications and availability may change or be withdrawn without notice. Lenovo reserves the right to correct errors and omissions. The information in this offer is provided to you on a Commercial in Confidence basis and has been prepared for your sole and exclusive use. It may not be made available to anyone other than yourself, or persons within your organisation who are designated to evaluate or implement the proposal. The supply of any Lenovo products and services is subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Lenovo agreements. The end user of the products and services is responsible for the results obtained by using these products and services. Software / Hardware installation services are not included in this quote unless specified. The configuration has been prepared on an all reasonable effort basis according to information supplied. All Lenovo estimates of usage, capacity, performance and timing are approximations which are believed to be sound. Lenovo can make no guarantee regarding performance or suitability of this configuration for your purposes or that you can or will achieve similar results. It is your responsibility to select and apply the Lenovo products, validate the estimates and determine their relevance to your operation. To the extent permitted by law, Lenovo takes no responsibility for any editorial, photographic or typographic errors, and may correct any errors and change or update information on the Lenovo website without prior notice. If a Product or Service is quoted at an incorrect price due for any reason, Lenovo will notify you as soon as possible about the error and may, at its absolute discretion, cancel your Order and not process payment or refund amounts paid where applicable. The price includes costs incurred in the shipment of a machine from the plant of manufacture to the first and only installation site in United States. This amount includes overseas handling and inland handling costs, overseas and inland transportation costs, based on Lenovo's established transportation practices (standard method of transportation), and insurance. Any delivery dates quoted are estimates based on Lenovo's current delivery schedule and are subject to change. Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 41 12. 13. 14. This offer shall expire 16 days from the date of this quotation unless extended by Lenovo in writing. Where included, Support Line pricing assumes no other Support Line agreements are in place. Pricing may be reduced if systems quoted are supplemental to existing supported systems of the same computing platform. Lenovo recommends you consider the Product Disclosure Statement (PDS) before making any decisions regarding any insurance product: http://support.lenovo.com/au/en /documents/ht101049 Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en City of Golden Valley 12-16-2025 ____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ____________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager 42 HERE'S YOUR QUOTE Quote Number: 4650062477 Creation Date: 11/07/2025 Expiry Date: 11/22/2025 Customer Name:John Peterson Quote Status:Expired Total Price ex GST:29142.00 Total (GST Incl.):29142.00 If you would like to go ahead with this quote, or if you have any questions, please contact your sales representative, (2900732942) at or via email at .Lucas Adair 919-874-3277 ladair@lenovo.com Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST 15 21NXCTO 1WWUS2 ThinkPad X1 Carbon Gen 13 Aura Edition (14 Intel) Ships FREE by Mon, Nov 10 1507.00 1507.00 22605.00 22605.00 Processor: Intel® Core™ Ultra 5 225U Processor (E-cores up to 3.80 GHz P- cores up to 4.80 GHz) Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 43 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Operating System: Windows 11 Pro 64#spliter# selected upgrade Operating System Language: Windows 11 Pro 64 English (US) /English (UK) #spliter#sel ected upgrade Microsoft Productivit y Software: None Memory: 16 GB LPDDR5X -8400MT/s (Soldered) Solid State Drive: 512 GB SSD M.2 2280 PCIe Gen5 Performanc e TLC Opal Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 44 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Display: 14" WUXGA (1920 x 1200), IPS, Anti- Glare, Non- Touch, 100% sRGB, 500 nits, 60Hz, Low Power Graphics Card: Integrated Graphics Camera: 1080P FHD RGB+IR Computer Vision: No Computer Vision Human Presence Detection: Human Presence Detection Microphon e: 2 x Microphon e Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 45 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Color: Black Top Cover Material: Carbon Fiber with Black Paint Etching & Painting: None Wireless: Intel® Wi- Fi 6E AX211 2x2 AX & Bluetooth® 5.3 Integrated Mobile Broadband: No Wireless WAN Fingerprint Reader: Fingerprint Reader Touchpad: Trackpad, No NFC, No WWAN Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 46 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Keyboard: Backlit, Black with Fingerprint Reader - English (US) TPM Setting: Enabled Discrete TPM2.0 vPro Certified Model: Non vPro Evo Certified Model: Evo Certified Absolute BIOS Selection: BIOS Absolute Enabled Battery: 3 Cell Rechargeab le Li-ion 57Wh Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 47 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Power Cord: 65W USB-C Slim GaN 90% PCC 2pin AC Adapter - US Electronic Privacy Filter: No ePrivacy Filter AI Agent: No AI Agent Language Pack: Publication - English Adobe Elements: No Adobe Elements Adobe Acrobat: No Adobe Acrobat Adobe Creative Cloud: No Adobe Creative Cloud Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 48 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Security Software: No Security Software Warranty: 1 Year Courier or Carry-in 15 5WS0T361 16 5Y Premier Support Upgrade from 1Y Courier /Carry-in 425.81 425.81 6387.15 6387.15 15 5MS0R490 23 Microsoft Autopilot System Registratio n 9.99 9.99 149.85 149.85 Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 49 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. These terms and conditions apply to the attached quotation unless superseded by special bid terms and conditions. Prices stated are for your information only and are subject to change. They were correct on the date shown above. All prices are in United States dollars and include all applicable taxes and standard delivery charges. Offers, prices, specifications and availability may change or be withdrawn without notice. Lenovo reserves the right to correct errors and omissions. The information in this offer is provided to you on a Commercial in Confidence basis and has been prepared for your sole and exclusive use. It may not be made available to anyone other than yourself, or persons within your organisation who are designated to evaluate or implement the proposal. The supply of any Lenovo products and services is subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Lenovo agreements. The end user of the products and services is responsible for the results obtained by using these products and services. Software / Hardware installation services are not included in this quote unless specified. The configuration has been prepared on an all reasonable effort basis according to information supplied. All Lenovo estimates of usage, capacity, performance and timing are approximations which are believed to be sound. Lenovo can make no guarantee regarding performance or suitability of this configuration for your purposes or that you can or will achieve similar results. It is your responsibility to select and apply the Lenovo products, validate the estimates and determine their relevance to your operation. To the extent permitted by law, Lenovo takes no responsibility for any editorial, photographic or typographic errors, and may correct any errors and change or update information on the Lenovo website without prior notice. If a Product or Service is quoted at an incorrect price due for any reason, Lenovo will notify you as soon as possible about the error and may, at its absolute discretion, cancel your Order and not process payment or refund amounts paid where applicable. The price includes costs incurred in the shipment of a machine from the plant of manufacture to the first and only installation site in United States. This amount includes overseas handling and inland handling costs, overseas and inland transportation costs, based on Lenovo's established transportation practices (standard method of transportation), and insurance. Any delivery dates quoted are estimates based on Lenovo's current delivery schedule and are subject to change. Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 50 12. 13. 14. This offer shall expire 15 days from the date of this quotation unless extended by Lenovo in writing. Where included, Support Line pricing assumes no other Support Line agreements are in place. Pricing may be reduced if systems quoted are supplemental to existing supported systems of the same computing platform. Lenovo recommends you consider the Product Disclosure Statement (PDS) before making any decisions regarding any insurance product: http://support.lenovo.com/au/en /documents/ht101049 Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en City of Golden Valley 12-16-2025 ____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ____________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager 51 HERE'S YOUR QUOTE Quote Number: 4650551565 Creation Date: 12/08/2025 Expiry Date: 12/23/2025 Customer Name:John Peterson Quote Status:Approved Total Price ex GST:12166.14 Total (GST Incl.):12166.14 If you would like to go ahead with this quote, or if you have any questions, please contact your sales representative, (2900732942) at or via email at .Lucas Adair 919-874-3277 ladair@lenovo.com Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST 14 13A4003T US ThinkCentr e M70q Gen 6 Tiny (Intel) Ships FREE Next Business Day 869.00 869.00 12166.00 12166.00 Processor: Intel® Core™ Ultra 5 225T Processor (E-cores up to 4.40 GHz P- cores up to 4.90 GHz) Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 52 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Operating System: Windows 11 Pro 64 Graphic Card: Integrated Intel® Graphics Memory: 16 GB DDR5- 5600MT/s (SODIMM ) Storage: 512 GB SSD M.2 2280 PCIe Gen4 TLC Opal AC Adapter / Power Supply: 135W Pointing Device: USB Calliope Mouse (Black) Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 53 Qty Part Number Product Name Availability Unit Price ex GST Price inc. GST Total Price ex GST Total Price inc. GST Keyboard: USB, Traditional, Black - English (US) WIFI: Intel® Wi- Fi 6E AX211 2x2 AX vPro® & Bluetooth® 5.1 or above Warranty: 1 Year On- site Operating System Language: EN: English 14 5WS0U890 34 1Y Premier Support Upgrade from 1Y Onsite 0.01 0.01 0.14 0.14 Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 54 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. These terms and conditions apply to the attached quotation unless superseded by special bid terms and conditions. Prices stated are for your information only and are subject to change. They were correct on the date shown above. All prices are in United States dollars and include all applicable taxes and standard delivery charges. Offers, prices, specifications and availability may change or be withdrawn without notice. Lenovo reserves the right to correct errors and omissions. The information in this offer is provided to you on a Commercial in Confidence basis and has been prepared for your sole and exclusive use. It may not be made available to anyone other than yourself, or persons within your organisation who are designated to evaluate or implement the proposal. The supply of any Lenovo products and services is subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Lenovo agreements. The end user of the products and services is responsible for the results obtained by using these products and services. Software / Hardware installation services are not included in this quote unless specified. The configuration has been prepared on an all reasonable effort basis according to information supplied. All Lenovo estimates of usage, capacity, performance and timing are approximations which are believed to be sound. Lenovo can make no guarantee regarding performance or suitability of this configuration for your purposes or that you can or will achieve similar results. It is your responsibility to select and apply the Lenovo products, validate the estimates and determine their relevance to your operation. To the extent permitted by law, Lenovo takes no responsibility for any editorial, photographic or typographic errors, and may correct any errors and change or update information on the Lenovo website without prior notice. If a Product or Service is quoted at an incorrect price due for any reason, Lenovo will notify you as soon as possible about the error and may, at its absolute discretion, cancel your Order and not process payment or refund amounts paid where applicable. The price includes costs incurred in the shipment of a machine from the plant of manufacture to the first and only installation site in United States. This amount includes overseas handling and inland handling costs, overseas and inland transportation costs, based on Lenovo's established transportation practices (standard method of transportation), and insurance. Any delivery dates quoted are estimates based on Lenovo's current delivery schedule and are subject to change. Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en 55 12. 13. 14. This offer shall expire 15 days from the date of this quotation unless extended by Lenovo in writing. Where included, Support Line pricing assumes no other Support Line agreements are in place. Pricing may be reduced if systems quoted are supplemental to existing supported systems of the same computing platform. Lenovo recommends you consider the Product Disclosure Statement (PDS) before making any decisions regarding any insurance product: http://support.lenovo.com/au/en /documents/ht101049 Lenovo Pty Ltd ABN 70 112 394 411 Level 4, 12 Help Street Chatswood, NSW, 2067 UNITED STATES https://www.lenovo.com/us/en City of Golden Valley 12-16-2025 ____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ____________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager 56 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Public Works 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.2. Approve Purchase of Three Ford Transit Vans from Midway Ford Prepared By Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Marshall Beugen, Street and Vehicle Maintenance Superintendent Summary Staff propose purchasing two Utility Maintenance Transit vans and one Fire Transit van. Staff replace city vehicles routinely to keep the fleet in good working condition and stabilize the budgetary impacts from year to year. Staff evaluate vehicles and equipment on an annual basis to determine replacement programing. The vehicles scheduled for replacement meet the criteria set forth in the City’s Vehicle Replacement Policy and Vehicle Condition Index (VCI). The VCI is a tool used to assess all vehicles and equipment scheduled for replacement. Any vehicle/equipment scoring 23 to 27 points meets the category of “qualifies for replacement” and above 28 points meets the category of “needs immediate consideration”. Below is a summary of the ratings: Unit No.Make/Model VCI 347 2008 Ford F-550 Rescue Vehicle 32 612 2016 Ford Transit Connect Van 27 613 2016 Ford Transit 150 Van 31 Staff recommend purchasing the vehicles from the state contract through the State of Minnesota’s cooperative purchasing venture (CPV). The Minnesota Materials Management Division has awarded contract number 265343. Below is a summary of the proposed purchases: Unit No.Proposed Make/Model Purchase Price 347 2026 Ford Transit 250 Van $62,226.00 612 2026 Ford Transit 150 Van $55,767.00 613 2026 Ford Transit 150 Van $58,522.00 Financial or Budget Considerations 57 The 2026-2035 Vehicles and Equipment Capital Improvement Program includes $275,000 for Unit 347 (V&E-045). The 2026-2035 Water & Sewer Systems Capital Improvement Program includes $50,000 for Unit 612 (W&SS-028) and $50,000 for Unit 613 (W&SS-099). Additional funding will come from the sale of assets and fund balance reserves. Legal Considerations The proposed equipment will be purchased following Minn. Stat. § 471.345 Subd. 15 Cooperative purchasing. (a) Municipalities may contract for the purchase of supplies, materials, or equipment by utilizing contracts that are available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture authorized by section 16C.11. For a contract estimated to exceed $25,000, a municipality must consider the availability, price and quality of supplies, materials, or equipment available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture before purchasing through another source. Equity Considerations Certified Targeted Group/Economically Disadvantaged/Veteran-Owned small businesses receive a 12% preference from the Office of State Procurement. Recommended Action Motion to approve purchase of three Ford Transit Vans from Midway Ford in the amount of $176,515.00. Supporting Documents Midway Ford Quotes 58 Midway Ford Commercial Travis Swanson Fleet and Government Sales 651-343-5212 2777 N. Snelling Ave.tswanson@rosevillemidwayford.com Roseville MN 55113 Fax # 651-604-2936 2026 Transit 250 High Roof Ext Length Cargo Van AWD (R3U) Standard 10 Speed Auto Vinyl Bucket Seats Dual Front Air Bags Tilt Wheel 4-Wheel ABS Brakes Vinyl Floor AM/FM Radio/bluetooth Power Locks Roll/Stability Control Power Windows Sliding Side Door Rear-View Camera 3.5L V6 Cruise Control Options Code Price Select 3.5L EcoBoost 99G $2,548 x 16" Matte Black Alloy 64G $956 x Metallic Paint $200.00 Ext Length Running Boards 68J $596 x Exterior Colors Code Select Digital Mirror 90C $683 x Blue Metallic FT Overhead Shelf 66D $69 x Carbonized Gray Metallic M7 Bulkhead 47T $1,747 x School Bus Yellow BY Large Console 67E $178 x Avalanche Gray Metallic DR HD Floor 60B $1,120 x Agate Black Metallic UM Co-Pilot 360 61M $1,001 x Race Red PQ HD Wall Liner 96E $2,457 x Ingot Silver Metallic UX Back-up Alarm 43B $173 x Oxford White YZ Extended Service Contracts Cost Select Option Total $11,528 You must have a active FIN code to participate in this Base Price Totals purchase contract : FIN code # $50,698.00 Purchase Order required prior to order placement Options Price Totals $11,528.00 Extended Warranty PO # Transit Impr Excise Tax Tax Exempt Lic 6.875% Sales Tax Name of Organization Document fee Sub total per vehicle $62,226.00 Number of Vehicles 1 Address Grand Total for all units $62,226.00 City, State, Zip Acceptance Signature Contact Person/ Phone # Print Name and Title Date Contact's e-mail address and fax # 59 Midway Ford Commercial Travis Swanson Fleet and Government Sales 651-343-5212 2777 N. Snelling Ave.tswanson@rosevillemidwayford.com Roseville MN 55113 Fax # 651-604-2936 2026 Transit 150 Low Roof Cargo Van 130" WB AWD E2Y Standard 10 Speed Auto Vinyl Bucket Seats Dual Front Air Bags Tilt Wheel 4-Wheel ABS Brakes Vinyl Floor AM/FM Radio Power Locks Roll/Stability Control Power Windows Sliding Side Door Rear-View Camera 3.5L V6 Options Code Price Select 3.5L EcoBoost 99G $2,548 x 16" Matte Wheels 64G $956 x Spare Wheel 51D $273 x Exterior Colors Code Select 10 Way Cloth seats 21Q $901 x Blue Jeans Metallic N1 Long arm Mirrors 543 $59 x Magnetic Metallic J7 Side Door and Rear Glass 17B $387 x School Bus Yellow BY Large Grab Handles 60F $160 x Caribou Metallic H5 Rear LED Lighting 15F $69 x Shadow Black G1 Bulkhead 47U $1,101 x Race Red PQ HD Floor 60B $933 x Ingot Silver Metallic UX 110V Outlet 90D $433 x Oxford White YZ Ext Upgrade Pkg 18D $487 x Load Area Protection 96D $360 x Extended Service Contracts Cost Select Back-up Alarm 43B $173 x Option Total $8,840 You must have a active FIN code to participate in this Base Price Totals purchase contract : FIN code # $46,907.00 Purchase Order required prior to order placement Options Price Totals $8,840.00 Extended Warranty PO # Transit Impr Excise Tax $20.00 Tax Exempt Lic 6.5% Sales Tax Name of Organization Document fee Sub total per vehicle $55,767.00 Number of Vehicles 1 Address Grand Total for all units $55,767.00 City, State, Zip Acceptance Signature Contact Person/ Phone # Print Name and Title Date Contact's e-mail address and fax # 60 Midway Ford Commercial Travis Swanson Fleet and Government Sales 651-343-5212 2777 N. Snelling Ave.tswanson@rosevillemidwayford.com Roseville MN 55113 Fax # 651-604-2936 2026 Transit 150 Mid Roof Cargo Van AWD E2C Standard 10 Speed Auto Vinyl Bucket Seats Dual Front Air Bags Tilt Wheel 4-Wheel ABS Brakes Vinyl Floor AM/FM Radio Power Locks Roll/Stability Control Power Windows Sliding Side Door Rear-View Camera 3.5L V6 Options Code Price Select 3.5L EcoBoost 99G $2,548 x Spare Wheel & Tire 51D $273 x Side door and rear Glass 17B $592 x Exterior Colors Code Select Large Grab Handles 60F $160 x Blue Jeans Metallic N1 Rear LED Lighting 15F $69 x Magnetic Metallic J7 Overhead Shelf 66D $69 x School Bus Yellow BY Bulkhead 47T $1,651 x Caribou Metallic H5 General Contractor Pkg 66M $3,208 x Shadow Black G1 HD Floor 60B $1,029 x Race Red PQ 110v Outlet 90D $433 x Ingot Silver Metallic UX Exterior Upgrade Pkg 18D $487 x Oxford White YZ Back-up Alarm 43B $173 x Extended Service Contracts Cost Select Option Total $10,692 You must have a active FIN code to participate in this Base Price Totals purchase contract : FIN code # $47,810.00 Purchase Order required prior to order placement Options Price Totals $10,692.00 Extended Warranty PO # Transit Impr Excise Tax $20.00 Tax Exempt Lic 6.5% Sales Tax Name of Organization Document fee Sub total per vehicle $58,522.00 Number of Vehicles 1 Address Grand Total for all units $58,522.00 City, State, Zip Acceptance Signature Contact Person/ Phone # Print Name and Title Date Contact's e-mail address and fax # 61 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Public Works 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.3. Approve Purchase of a Replacement Police Utility Interceptor from Tenvoorde Ford, Inc. Prepared By Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Marshall Beugen, Street and Vehicle Maintenance Superintendent Summary Staff is requesting a replacement purchase of a marked Police interceptor. A recent accident involving unit 812-25 resulted in extensive damage to the vehicle. A claim was submitted to the League of Minnesota Cities Insurance Trush (LMCIT). The LMCIT inspected the damage and determined to total the vehicle. The LMCIT has approved the replacement purchase. Staff recommends purchasing the vehicles from the state contract through the State of Minnesota’s cooperative purchasing venture (CPV). The Minnesota Materials Management Division has awarded contract number 244262. Financial or Budget Considerations The cost of the new vehicle is $46,049.44. The city will be reimbursed from the LMCIT. Legal Considerations The proposed equipment will be purchased following Minn. Stat. § 471.345 Subd. 15 Cooperative purchasing. (a) Municipalities may contract for the purchase of supplies, materials, or equipment by utilizing contracts that are available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture authorized by section 16C.11. For a contract estimated to exceed $25,000, a municipality must consider the availability, price and quality of supplies, materials, or equipment available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture before purchasing through another source. Equity Considerations Certified Targeted Group/Economically Disadvantaged/Veteran-Owned small businesses receive a 12% preference from the Office of State Procurement. Recommended Action Motion to approve replacement purchase of a Police Utility Interceptor from Tenvoorde Ford, Inc. in the amount of $46,049.44. 62 Supporting Documents Tenvoorde Ford, Inc. Quote 63 64 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Public Works 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.4. Approve Purchase of Lights, Accessories, and Installation for a Fire Rescue Vehicle from Guardian Fleet Safety Prepared By Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Marshall Beugen, Street and Vehicle Maintenance Superintendent Summary The replacement purchase of unit 351, a 2010 F-550 rescue vehicle, was approved by Council on April 2, 2024. Staff recently took delivery of the vehicle which needs to be equipped with lights and accessories. Staff received two quotes for lights, accessories, and installation. The results are below. Emergency Automotive Technologies, Inc.$27,505.37 Guardian Fleet Safety $30,646.90 The difference in parts and accessories is $216.53. However, Guardian Fleet Safety offers a lifetime warranty on parts, handles the warranty process, consistent installation making it easier to diagnosis problems, drops off and picks up vehicles, and provides a quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) report after installation. Therefore, staff propose using Guardian Fleet Safety to purchase and install the equipment because of the reasons identified above which equate to more than the additional $216.53 in savings. Financial or Budget Considerations The 2024-2033 Vehicle and Equipment Capital Improvement Program (CIP) included $150,000 for the purchase of a rescue vehicle (V&E-059). The cost to purchase the chassis and utility box was $134,989.86. The cost to equip the vehicle is $30,646.90 for a total cost of $165,636.76. Additional funding will come from the sale of asset and fund balance reserves. Legal Considerations The proposed equipment will be purchased following Minn. Stat. § 471.345 Subd. 15 Cooperative purchasing. (a) Municipalities may contract for the purchase of supplies, materials, or equipment by utilizing contracts that are available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture authorized by section 16C.11. For a contract estimated to exceed $25,000, a municipality must consider the availability, price 65 and quality of supplies, materials, or equipment available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture before purchasing through another source. Equity Considerations Reliable and operational vehicles and equipment allow Public Safety to quickly and effectively respond during emergency situations throughout the community. Recommended Action Motion to approve purchase of lights, accessories, and installation for a Fire rescue vehicle from Guardian Fleet Safety in the amount of $30,646.90. Supporting Documents Guardian Fleet Safety Quote.pdf 66 101799 QUOTE Page:1 of 7 Guardian Fleet Safety 7020 State Highway 24 PO Box 70 Clear Lake MN 55319 Phone: (320) 245-4000 sales@guardianfleetsafety.com www.guardianfleetsafety.com Quote: Date Quoted:11/5/2025 Payment Terms: Service Writer: PO #: Net 30 Todd Drayna Quote To: Golden Valley Fire Department 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley MN 55427 Phone: (763) 593-8080 Date:11/5/2025 Expires:12/5/2025 Reference: Sales Person:Todd Drayna todd@guardianfleetsafety.com 2024 Ford F350 with BFX Fire box on rear Customer would like no holes drilled into vehicle factory cab/body for lights if possbile Customer supplied parts:radio amp,mic, remote head(no wiring) ***PROGRAMMING OF LIGHTS*** -SIMILAR PROGRAMMING TO OTHER FIRE UNITS WITH WHITE SCENE LIGHTING -360 DEGREE SCENE LIGHTING -LEFT TAKEDOWN SCENE LIGHTING -RIGHT TAKEDOWN SCENE LIGHTING -A "Door open" indicator light mounted on console visible by driver and passenger, to be activated (flashing) when any roll up door is open on fire body -Wire ground illumation lights that are premounted under rear bumper to all other ground illumination lighting to be activated when in park, off when ignition is turned off -Everything timed to 30 min except USB chargers, wire USB chargers hot all the time -Prewire for future tablet install to console(power for 2 tablets) -Add 4 bank 110v outlets to fire body driver side front cabinet for tool chargers -All lights override to white with scene button,also need left alley and right alley buttons, rear white activated with reverse -Fire body will come with backup alarm that may need to be installed( by cutomer when fire body is installed or by guardian) -Fire body comes with interior cabinet lights that will need to be wired up( not sure on how they will come from builder yet) -Wire 110v power to rear slide with a connection easily accessible in rear to easily remove pump skid from slide as not used during winter months(wire to kussmaul to charge pump batteries) -Use RED cover for Kussmaul Install Notes: Install factory supplied FoMoCo back-up camera on bed - Prewired in vehicle. 15-20 foot of wire included. Install factory 110-volt outlet/inverter - 10-20 feet of wire included TBD location ***AGENCY IS CHECKING WITH COMPANY BUILDING SPECIALTY SKID FOR HOW THE UNIT CHARGES *** Line Part Description Drawing Expected Qty Unit Price Ext. PriceRev 1 FULL BUILD CONFIG1 2024 Ford F350: Unit 320-24 R-11 VIN: 1FD8W3FN4RED88643 A1 1.00 30,646.90 30,646.90EA Bill of Materials ASM Part:Qty Unit Price Ext AmountUM 1 1 FRONT CONFIG1 / FRONT CONFIGURATION1 EA 100727 / Aftershock Low Freq Siren1 546.15 546.15 QuotForm:001:00 67 101799 QUOTE Page:2 of 7 Guardian Fleet Safety 7020 State Highway 24 PO Box 70 Clear Lake MN 55319 Phone: (320) 245-4000 sales@guardianfleetsafety.com www.guardianfleetsafety.com Quote: Date Quoted:11/5/2025 Payment Terms: Service Writer: PO #: Net 30 Todd Drayna Bill of Materials ASM Part:Qty Unit Price Ext AmountUM 1 1 FRONT CONFIG1 / FRONT CONFIGURATION1 ***MOUNTED BEHIND BUMPER AS WELL AS SIREN SPEAKERS MOUNTED BEHIND BUMPER/GRILL AREA*** SoundOff Signal Aftershock 100 WATT Low Frequency Siren EA 102075 / BSM12-B-E Barrage Series 12 LED Blue/White Surface Mount Lighthead. 5 Year Warranty. SAE Class 1. Black Flange. 2 124.50 249.00 2 Mounted In Grill with 2 High and 2 Low EA 102075 / BSM16-BW Barrage™ Series 16 LED Blue/White Lighthead. 5 Year Warranty. SAE Class 1. 2 124.50 249.00 2 Mounted In Grill with 2 High and 2 Low EA 100672 / mPOWER 4X2 R/W Quick Mount2 191.09 382.18 1 mounted on corner of bumper,1 mounted on side of bumper EA 100673 / mPOWER 4X2 B/W Quick Mount2 191.09 382.18 1 mounted on corner of bumper,1 mounted on side of bumper EA 102196 / Superwinch SX12SR Winch Midnight Black 12V 12000 lbs with Synthetic Rope 1 805.66 805.66 Superwinch SX12SR Winch Midnight Black 12V 12000 lbs with Synthetic Rope EA 102195 / Fab Fours 23-C F250/F350 SUPER DUTY PREMIUM FRONT WINCH BUMPER W/ NO GUARD 1 2,602.36 2,602.36 Fab Fours 23-C F250/F350 SUPER DUTY PREMIUM FRONT WINCH BUMPER W/ NO GUARD EA 102370 / Barrage L Bracket4 13.21 52.84 For mounting barrage single or 2x lights EA 102309 / OFFROADTOWN Amber LED Cubes, LED Pods 2PCS 3Inch 120W High Lumen Spot Cubes Yellow LED Fog Lights Off Road LED Driving Light Waterproof for Trucks ATV SUV Marine Front Bumper 2 52.84 105.68 mounted in replacment bumper light cutouts activated by switch on console 2 1 CABIN CONFIG1 / CABIN CONFIGURATION1 EA 100221 / Console - Universal - Gamber1 327.91 327.91 Universal Sloped Console. (Vehicle Specific Mounting Kit Sold Separate) EA 100579 / Pocket - Large - 6"1 49.29 49.29 Gamber Johnson Large Console Pocket EA 100581 / Cup Holder - Gamber1 59.14 59.14 QuotForm:001:00 68 101799 QUOTE Page:3 of 7 Guardian Fleet Safety 7020 State Highway 24 PO Box 70 Clear Lake MN 55319 Phone: (320) 245-4000 sales@guardianfleetsafety.com www.guardianfleetsafety.com Quote: Date Quoted:11/5/2025 Payment Terms: Service Writer: PO #: Net 30 Todd Drayna Bill of Materials ASM Part:Qty Unit Price Ext AmountUM 2 1 CABIN CONFIG1 / CABIN CONFIGURATION1 Gamber Johnson Dual Cup Holder EA 100767 / Opticom Power Supply1 491.68 491.68 High Priority Opticom Power Supply (Requires Strobe, Sold Separately) EA 102310 / YM1218 USB Type C 28W Fast charger Waterproof with Cap Type C USB Car Charger Socket 9V- 36V for Car, Boat, Golf Cart, Bus, RV, Golf, Automotive Marine ATV Truck 2 18.56 37.12 mounted to console-Wired hot all the time to charge items when truck is off(charged by kussmaul) EA 100563 / Side Armrest2 139.33 278.66 Side Armrest for Console-one on each side of console EA 100768 / Magnetic Mic2 41.99 83.98 Magnetic Mic Clip for Radio/PA EA 100103 / Auto charge 1000 PLC1 815.10 815.10 Auto charger-Mounted under or behind rear seat EA 100112 / F150 Leg Kit1 176.11 176.11 EA 102262 / Commander 3" R/W Dome Light3 75.60 226.80 1 mounted over driver seat,1 mounted over front passenger seat, 1 mounted centered over rear seat- activated by swtich on console and on each rear pillar by doors(3 switches) EA 100909 / bluePRINT Light & Siren Control Kit1 2,075.54 2,075.54 SoundOff Signal Advanced bluePRINT Light and Siren Control System. Kit includes:(2) Siren Speakers***SPEAKERS MOUNTED BEHIND GRILL/BUMPER***(1) Dual Tone Control Siren Amp(1) Control Head(1) Remote Node and Harness(1) Sync Module EA 100702 / Node Harness3 49.69 149.07 bluePRINT Remote Node Harness 18''-additional- ***will return extra node harness if not used*** EA 100703 / Remote Node - Sound off3 402.11 1,206.33 Sound Off bluePRINT® Remote Node with Magnetic ID-additional-***will return extra nodes if not used*** EA 100459 / Auto Interlock 21 244.66 244.66 Auto Interlock 2 allows for entire shoreline power system to operation on either Shoreline 110V via the Auto Eject or the On-board Inverter. EA 102201 / LED Indicator Light Spherical Round Signal Lamp1 18.16 18.16 QuotForm:001:00 69 101799 QUOTE Page:4 of 7 Guardian Fleet Safety 7020 State Highway 24 PO Box 70 Clear Lake MN 55319 Phone: (320) 245-4000 sales@guardianfleetsafety.com www.guardianfleetsafety.com Quote: Date Quoted:11/5/2025 Payment Terms: Service Writer: PO #: Net 30 Todd Drayna Bill of Materials ASM Part:Qty Unit Price Ext AmountUM 2 1 CABIN CONFIG1 / CABIN CONFIGURATION1 A "Door open" indicator light mounted on console towards top of slanted section, visible by driver and passenger and to be activated (flashing) when any roll up door is open on fire body EA 101222 / POTEK 3000W Power Inverter 4 AC Outlets DC 12V to 110V AC Car Inverter with 2 USB Port Black 1 385.70 385.70 ***TO BE DETERMINED BY CUSTOMER*** LOOKING AT INSTALLING IN PASS THROUGH OF SPECIALTY BOX EA CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PART / CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PART 1 0.00 0.00 Motorola 800 MHZ Radio with radio, speaker, mic, wiring from STRIP EA CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PART / CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PART 1 0.00 0.00 091-55-15-120-BLK:Super 15 Auto eject w/red cover ***New in Box from Customer 3 1 ROOF CONFIG1 / ROOF CONFIGURATION1 EA 100706 / 54" nFORCE NXT Lightbar - Sound Off1 2,115.71 2,115.71 54" NXT DUO Lightbar-***Do not activate arrow stick on lightbar(will be using arrow stick mounted to rear of body)*** EA 100828 / Strap - F150 Soundoff1 81.43 81.43 new strap kit for f150 EA 100763 / Opticom Strobe NOVA1 257.47 257.47 Mounted in lightbar EA 100771 / NMO Cable Kit UHF Male1 35.10 35.10 Laird Solid Copper Core NMO Cable Kit with UHF- Male Connector EA 100617 / Low Profile Dual Band antenna 700/2500- PCTEL1 43.64 43.64 PCTEL Low Profile Dual Band Antenna 700/2500 Cell/PCS 4 1 SIDES CONFIG1 / SIDES CONFIGURATION1 EA 100717 / SL Running Light - Red/White - Sound Off1 357.74 357.74 mounted under each side of cab, prefer not to have mounted on running board itself(pinch weld or brackets) EA 100718 / SL Running Light - Blue/White - Sound Off1 357.74 357.74 QuotForm:001:00 70 101799 QUOTE Page:5 of 7 Guardian Fleet Safety 7020 State Highway 24 PO Box 70 Clear Lake MN 55319 Phone: (320) 245-4000 sales@guardianfleetsafety.com www.guardianfleetsafety.com Quote: Date Quoted:11/5/2025 Payment Terms: Service Writer: PO #: Net 30 Todd Drayna Bill of Materials ASM Part:Qty Unit Price Ext AmountUM 4 1 SIDES CONFIG1 / SIDES CONFIGURATION1 mounted under each side of cab, prefer not to have mounted on running board itself(pinch weld or brackets) EA CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PART / CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PART 2 0.00 0.00 Flashlight chargers-Mount in left side front box compartment wired into power EA 102176 / Soundoff 7x3 Nfuse Screw Mount 12 LED White Scene 4 194.34 777.36 Mounted 1 in front upper corner of fire body on each side and 1 mounted in rear upper corner of fire body in upper part of dual bezel on each side EA 102179 / 7"x3" nFUSE® P-Series with Screw Mount 12 LED 9-32 Volt SAE with 1.5' Pigtail Clear Housing/Lens RED 2 143.86 287.72 1 mounted in lower part of dual bezel on front corner of fire body and 1 mounted in lower part of dual bezel on rear corner of fire body on drivers side EA 102178 / 7"x3" nFUSE® P-Series with Screw Mount 12 LED 9-32 Volt SAE with 1.5' Pigtail Clear Housing/Lens BLUE 2 143.86 287.72 1 mounted in lower part of dual bezel on front corner of fire body and 1 mounted in lower part of dual bezel on rear corner of fire body on passenger side EA 100393 / mPower 7x3 Black Single Bezel4 20.63 82.52 Black Single Bezel (includes gasket & hardware) for use with mpower® 7x3 Screw or Stud Mount Lights EA 102192 / Amdor Luma Bar H20 (High Output) Luma Bar LED Light 40" 2 407.14 814.28 mounted under each side of cab under doors for ground lighting- activated in park with headlights on EA 102075 / BSM12-B-E Barrage Series 12 LED Blue/White Surface Mount Lighthead. 5 Year Warranty. SAE Class 1. Black Flange. 2 124.50 249.00 1 Mounted above rear wheel well,1 mounted on F350 badge on front fender if possible EA 102074 / BSM12-B-D Barrage Series 12 LED Red/White Surface Mount Lighthead. 5 Year Warranty. SAE Class 1. Black Flange. 2 124.50 249.00 1 Mounted above rear wheel well,1 mounted on F350 badge on front fender if possible EA 100841 / Bracket - SL Runner - F1502 38.54 77.08 Mounting Bracket for 2015+ Ford F150 SL Running Light QuotForm:001:00 71 101799 QUOTE Page:6 of 7 Guardian Fleet Safety 7020 State Highway 24 PO Box 70 Clear Lake MN 55319 Phone: (320) 245-4000 sales@guardianfleetsafety.com www.guardianfleetsafety.com Quote: Date Quoted:11/5/2025 Payment Terms: Service Writer: PO #: Net 30 Todd Drayna Bill of Materials ASM Part:Qty Unit Price Ext AmountUM 5 1 REAR CONFIG1 / REAR CONFIGURATION1 EA 100683 / Traffic Stick - 52" 8 Head - mPOWER1 1,153.03 1,153.03 SoundOff Signal mPOWER 52" 8 Head Dual Colored Traffic Advisor for rear window. Features flashing Red/Blue with Amber for Override as Traffic Directional. (For Silverado, F-150 and Ram) EA CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PART / CUSTOMER SUPPLIED PART 1 0.00 0.00 BFX Back Up Alarm is Pre-Equipped on Customer Supplied Utility Box EA 102176 / Soundoff 7x3 Nfuse Screw Mount 12 LED White Scene 2 194.34 388.68 mounted on highest upper rear corners of body in top of dual bezel angeled down for scene lighting,also activated in reverse EA 102179 / 7"x3" nFUSE® P-Series with Screw Mount 12 LED 9-32 Volt SAE with 1.5' Pigtail Clear Housing/Lens RED 1 143.86 143.86 Mounted in lower part of double bezel under scene light on drivers side rear of body EA 102178 / 7"x3" nFUSE® P-Series with Screw Mount 12 LED 9-32 Volt SAE with 1.5' Pigtail Clear Housing/Lens BLUE 1 143.86 143.86 Mounted in lower part of double bezel under scene light on passenger side rear of body EA 102192 / Amdor Luma Bar H20 (High Output) Luma Bar LED Light 40" 1 407.14 407.14 Mounted inside rear roll up door on fire body for cargo lighting-activated when roll up door is opened EA 102177 / Black Double Bezel w/ 15 Degree Tilt (includes gasket & hardware kit) for use with (2) mpower® 7x3 Screw Mount Lights 2 136.26 272.52 Black Double Bezel w/ 15 Degree Tilt (includes gasket & hardware kit) for use with (2) mpower® 7x3 Screw Mount Lights EA 102134 / BSM18-BAW Barrage™ Series 18 LED Tri-Color Blue/Amber/White Lighthead. 5 Year Warranty. SAE Class 1. 3 156.50 469.50 Mounted evenly spaced on rear bumper-white to override in reverse ***PRGRAMMED TO DUPLICATE ARROW STICK*** EA 102135 / BSM18-RAW Barrage™ Series 18 LED Tri-Color Red/Amber/White Lighthead. 5 Year Warranty. SAE Class 1. 3 156.50 469.50 Mounted evenly spaced on rear bumper-white to override in reverse ***PRGRAMMED TO DUPLICATE ARROW STICK*** QuotForm:001:00 72 101799 QUOTE Page:7 of 7 Guardian Fleet Safety 7020 State Highway 24 PO Box 70 Clear Lake MN 55319 Phone: (320) 245-4000 sales@guardianfleetsafety.com www.guardianfleetsafety.com Quote: Date Quoted:11/5/2025 Payment Terms: Service Writer: PO #: Net 30 Todd Drayna Bill of Materials ASM Part:Qty Unit Price Ext AmountUM 7 1 BUILD LABOR CONFIG1 / BUILD LABOR CONFIGURATION1 EA 100914 / SHIPPING1 475.00 475.00 Extra shipping addded for special order winch and bumper EA 100915 / TINT1 400.00 400.00 ***TINT SIDE WINDOWS (FRONT TWO SIDE @ 50% TINT AND TWO BACK SIDE CAB WINDOWS @ 35%) EA BUILD LABOR / BUILD LABOR1 7,250.00 7,250.00 EA 100912 / HARNESS - FULL1 650.00 650.00 EA 100910 / SHOP SUPPLIES FULL1 350.00 350.00 Includes 110v 4 bank outlet mounted in fire body Lines Total 30,646.90 Quote Total 30,646.90 Total Taxes 0.00 QuotForm:001:00 73 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Fire 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Work Session December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.5. Approve Purchase Agreement for Pierce Velocity Fire Engine From MacQueen Equipment, LLC Prepared By Bethany Brunsell, Fire Chief Dominique Guzman, Assistant Fire Chief Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Summary Golden Valley Fire Department's Engine 32, purchased in 2010, is reaching the end of its useful life and is scheduled for replacement in 2028. Currently, the estimated time from order to delivery of a new fire engine is 30-33 months, which means if this purchase is approved, the Golden Valley Fire Department should take delivery of the new engine in mid-2028. A group of both Paid on-Call and full- time Fire Department staff and Vehicle Maintenance staff from Public Works reviewed options, made recommendations, and chose options for this new engine to prioritize safe and efficient functionality while also meeting current standards and best practices for safety, efficiency, and emissions. As emergency call volume has more than quadrupled due to the addition of duty crew responses in the past few years, there has been additional wear-and-tear on fire apparatus, making it even more critical to replace apparatus as scheduled in order to maintain the Fire Department's ability to respond safely and effectively to emergencies in the community. Financial or Budget Considerations There is $1,400,000 allocated in the 2026-2035 Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) in 2028 for the purchase of a new fire engine/pumper (V&E-165) . The quoted sales price is $1,296,000 plus an additional $3,307 for a Performance Bond for a total purchase price of $1,299,307 ($100,693 less than allocated for in the CIP). Additionally, the current Engine 32 will be traded in or sold to offset some of the purchase price. The pricing is part of the Houston-Galveston Area Council (HGAC) Council Pricing, a government-to- government procurement service that helps reduce equipment purchasing costs. Legal Considerations The Purchase Agreement has been reviewed and approved by the City's Legal department. The proposed fire engine will be purchased following Minn. Stat. § 471.345 Subd. 15 Cooperative purchasing. (a) Municipalities may contract for the purchase of supplies, materials, or equipment by utilizing 74 contracts that are available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture authorized by section 16C.11. For a contract estimated to exceed $25,000, a municipality must consider the availability, price and quality of supplies, materials, or equipment available through the state's cooperative purchasing venture before purchasing through another source. Equity Considerations Following the City's value of inclusion, as demonstrated by actively empowering and bringing individuals or groups to be participatory in projects and decision-making, a diverse group of full-time and Paid on-Call Firefighters participated in making recommendations and decisions regarding the specifications for this engine. The Fire Department's value of equity, by proactively understanding barriers was utilized by making adjustments to the design to ensure the engine is designed for a wider variety of Firefighters to be able to safely operate and utilize the tools and equipment on the engine, such as by lowering the height of the area where fire hoses are stored on the engine. Ultimately, this new engine will allow the Fire Department to continue to provide safe, effective, efficient service to all community members. Recommended Action Motion to approve Purchase Agreement for Pierce Velocity Fire Engine from MacQueen Equipment, LLC. Supporting Documents Purchase Agreement for Pierce Velocity Fire Engine from MacQueen Equipment, LLC 75 EM-111 10/12/2023 1 PURCHASE AGREEMENT This Purchase Agreement (together with all attachments referenced herein, the “Agreement”), made and entered into by and between MacQueen Equipment, LLC, as a Delaware limited liability company DBA MacQueen Emergency (“MacQueen”), and City of Golden Valley, (customer) is effective as of the date specified in Section 3 hereof. 1. Definitions a. “Product” means the fire apparatus and any associated equipment furnished for the Customer by MacQueen, pursuant to the specifications. b. “Specifications” means the general specifications, technical specifications, orientation, and testing requirements for the Product contained in the MacQueen Proposal for the Product prepared in response to the Customer’s request for proposal. c. “MacQueen Proposal” means the proposal provided by MacQueen attached as Exhibit C prepared in response to the Customer’s request for proposal. d. “Delivery” means the date MacQueen is prepared to make physical possession of the Product available to the Customer. 2. Purpose This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of MacQueen’s sale of the Product to the Customer. 3. Term of Agreement This Agreement will become effective on the date it is signed and approved by MacQueen’s authorized representative pursuant to Section 22 hereof (“Effective Date”) and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, it will terminate upon the Customer’s Acceptance and payment in full of the Purchase Price. 4. Purchase and Payment The Customer agrees to purchase the Product specified on Exhibit A for the total purchase price of $1,296,000.00 (“Purchase Price”). Prices are in US Funds. NOTE: Upon final inspection at the factory for pick-up or delivery, the customer will need to supply a “Certificate of Insurance” and “FULL PAYMENT” prior to release of the vehicle, unless prior arrangements for vehicle’s release have been made. 5. Future Changes Various state or federal regulation agencies (e.g., NFPA, DOT, EPA) may require changes to the Specifications and/or the Product and in any such event any resulting cost increases incurred to comply therewith will be added to the Purchase Price to be paid by the Customer. Any future drive train upgrades (engine, transmission, axles, etc.) or any other specification changes have not been calculated into our annual increases and will be provided at additional cost. Persistent Inflationary Environment: If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112] (“PPI”) has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts our order (“Order Month”) and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date (“Evaluation Month”), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over and above 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month. The Company will document and itemize any such price increase for the Customer’s review and approval before proceeding. Should the customer choose not to accept the pricing update, the customer has the ability to cancel without penalty or cancellation fee. 6. Agreement Changes The Customer may request that MacQueen incorporate a change to the Products or the Specifications for the Products by delivering a change order to MacQueen; provided, however, that any such change order must be in writing and include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit MacQueen to evaluate the feasibility of such change (“Change Order”). Within seven (7) business days of receipt of a Change Order, MacQueen will inform the Customer in writing of the feasibility of the Change Order, the earliest possible implementation date for the 76 EM-111 10/12/2023 2 Change Order, of any increase or decrease in the Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, and of any effect on production scheduling or Delivery resulting from such Change Order. MacQueen shall not be liable to the Customer for any delay in performance or Delivery arising from any such Change Order. A Change Order is only effective when counter-signed by MacQueen’s authorized representative. Only the listed customer person(s) specified on Exhibit A may be able to authorize and sign the Change Order. 7. Cancellation/Termination In the event this Agreement is cancelled or terminated by the Customer before completion, MacQueen may charge a cancellation fee. The following charge schedule based on costs incurred may be applied: (a) 10% of the Purchase Price after order is accepted and entered by MacQueen; (b) 20% of the Purchase Price after completion of approval drawings, and; (c) 30% of the Purchase Price upon any material requisition. The cancellation fee will increase accordingly as costs are incurred as the order progresses through engineering and into manufacturing. MacQueen endeavors to mitigate any such costs through the sale of such Product to another purchaser; however, Customer shall remain liable for the difference between the Purchase Price and, if applicable, the sale price obtained by MacQueen upon sale of the Product to another purchaser, plus any costs incurred by MacQueen to conduct any such sale. 8. Delivery, Inspection, and Acceptance a. Delivery Delivery of the Product is approximately 30-33 months of the Effective Date of this Agreement. Risk of loss shall pass to Customer upon Delivery. Delivery shall be made and title documentation shall pass upon Customer’s complete fulfillment of its obligations arising under Section 4 hereof. Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible. b. Inspection and Acceptance Upon Delivery, Customer shall have fifteen (15) days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the material Specifications, and in the event of substantial non-conformance to the material Specifications to furnish MacQueen with written notice sufficient to permit MacQueen to evaluate such non- conformance (“Notice of Defect”). Any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by MacQueen within thirty (30) days from the Notice of Defect. In the event MacQueen does not receive a Notice of Defect within fifteen (15) days of Delivery, Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and Accepted by Customer. 9. Notice Any required or permitted notices hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each party set forth below, or to such other address as either party may substitute by written notice to the other in the manner contemplated herein, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally-recognized private express courier: MacQueen Equipment, LLC 1125 7th Street East St. Paul, MN 55106 City of Golden Valley Fire Chief Bethany Brunsell 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55422 10. Standard Warranty The equipment sold herein will be manufactured by Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. and any warranties are attached hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in writing by Pierce’s authorized representative and MacQueen. a. Disclaimer Other than as expressly set forth in this agreement, neither Pierce, its Parent Company, Affiliates, Subsidiaries, Licensors, suppliers, distributors, dealers, including without limitation, MacQueen, or other respective officers, directors, employees, shareholders, agents or representatives, make any express or implied warranties with 77 EM-111 10/12/2023 3 respect to the products provided hereunder or otherwise regarding this agreement, whether oral or written, express, implied or statutory. Without limiting the foregoing, any implied warranty against infringement, and the implied warranty of condition of fitness for a particular purpose are expressly excluded and disclaimed. Statements made by sales representatives or in promotional materials do not constitute warranties. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages In no event shall MacQueen be liable for consequential, incidental or punitive damages incurred by Customer or any third party in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, tort, contract, strict liability, statutory liability, indemnity, whether resulting from non-delivery or from MacQueen’s own negligence, or otherwise. 11. Insurance MacQueen maintains the following limits of insurance with a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best: Commercial General Liability Insurance: Products/Completed Operations Aggregate: $ 2,000,000 Each Occurrence: $ 2,000,000 Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance: Aggregate: $ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence: $ 5,000,000 The Customer may request MacQueen to provide the Customer with a copy of a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above. 12. Indemnity The Customer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless MacQueen, its officers, employees, dealers, agents or subcontractors, from any and all claims, costs, judgments, liability, loss, damage, attorneys’ fees or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, but without limitation, personal injury and death) to all property and persons caused by, resulting from, arising out of or occurring in connection with the Customer's purchase, installation or use of goods sold or supplied by MacQueen which are not caused by the sole negligence of MacQueen or Pierce. 13. Force Majeure MacQueen shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond MacQueen’s control which make MacQueen’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to civil wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work. 14. Default The occurrence of one or more of the following shall constitute a default under this Agreement: (a) the Customer fails to pay when due any amounts under this Agreement or to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement; (b) MacQueen fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement; (c) either party becomes insolvent or become subject to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either party to induce the other to enter into this Agreement is false in any material respect; (e) the Customer dissolves, merges, consolidates or transfers a substantial portion of its property to another entity; or (f) the Customer is in default or has breached any other contract or agreement with MacQueen. 15. Relationship of Parties Neither party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venture of or with the other. 16. Assignment Neither party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written 78 EM-111 10/12/2023 4 approval of the other party. 17.Governing Law; Jurisdiction Without regard to any conflict of law’s provisions, this Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of Minnesota. 18.Facsimile & Electronic Verified Signatures The delivery of signatures to this Agreement by facsimile transmission and/or electronic verified shall be binding as original signatures. 19.Entire Agreement This Agreement shall be the exclusive agreement between the parties for the Product. Additional or different terms proposed by the Customer shall not be applicable, unless accepted in writing by MacQueen’s authorized representative. No change in, modification of, or revision of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by MacQueen’s authorized representative. 20.Conflict In the event of a conflict between the Customer Specifications and the MacQueen Proposal, the MacQueen Proposal shall control. 21.Additional Orders Company, at its sole discretion, will allow the terms of this contract to be extended to both the Customer, as well as to other Municipal, State, or Federal agencies for similar unit(s). Company will allow tag on / additional orders for up to three (3) years from the date of contract execution. To facilitate pricing, Company will quote the original price plus manufacturer’s price increases or Producer’s Price Index (PPI) whichever is greater as it applies to either Fire Apparatus and/or commercial heavy truck industries. Additionally, any regulatory changes (NFPA, EPA, Engine Emissions, FMVSS, etc.) will also have to be added to the price as they become applicable. Change orders to the original specification will need to be authorized, signed, and accepted by Company. Any entity using this tag-on/additional orders program will be required to sign a new contract commencing the relationship. Additionally, if required by the Purchaser, any new tag-on / additional orders that require a “separate” Performance bond will be separately priced. This contract, including its appendices, embodies the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter contained herein and merges all prior discussions and agreements. No agent or representative of Company has authority to make any representations, statements, warranties, or agreements not herein expressed and all modifications of amendments of this agreement, including any appendices, must be in writing and executed by an authorized representative of each of the parties hereto. No surety of any performance bond given by Company to the Customer in connection with this Agreement shall be liable for any obligation of Company arising under the Standard Applicable Warranty. 22.Signatures This Agreement is not effective unless and until it is approved, signed and dated by MacQueen’s authorized representative. Accepted and Agreed to: MACQUEEN EQUIPMENT, LLC Signature: Name: Title: Date: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY Si gnature: Na me: Title: Date: Si gnature: Name: Title: Date: Roslyn Harmon Mayor 12/16/2025 Noah Schuchman City Manager 12/16/2025 79 EM-111 10/12/2023 5 If not, please provide correct name and address to be listed on CO. If yes, please provide lienholder Name & Address. Is there a lienholder? Yes No Is Customer Name and Address listed on page 2 to be used on Certificate of Origin (CO)? Yes No EXHIBIT A – PURCHASE PAYMENT TERMS & CONDITIONS MacQueen Equipment, LLC 1125 7th Street East St. Paul, MN 55106 Customer Name City of Golden Valley Date November 11, 2025 Quantity Chassis Type Body Type Contract Price per Unit 1 Velocity PUC Pumper $1,296,000.00* *Houston-Galveston Area Council (HGAC) Consortium Pricing. PERFORMANCE BOND OPTION: If a Performance Bond is required add $3,307.00 to the contract price. Initial here to accept:NS . 100% PREPAYMENT OPTION: DUE THIRTY (30) DAYS FROM CONTRACT SIGNING TO BE APPLICABLE. If 100% prepayment is made thirty (30) days from contract signing, deduct $115,967.00 from contract price. Payment due thirty (30) days from contract signing is $1,180,033.00 OR $1,183,340.00 with Performance Bond. Initial here to accept: . Only the below listed person(s) are authorized to make changes to product specifications on behalf of the Customer. Name Title Bethany Brunsell Fire Chief Dominique Guzman Assistant Fire Chief This contract is available for inter-local and other municipal corporations to utilize with the option of adding or deleting any Company available options, including chassis models. Any addition or deletion may affect the unit price. “PAYMENT TERMS” 100% of contract price or any balance is due prior to vehicle(s) release at the Pierce Manufacturing Plant (Appleton, WI). “TAXES” Federal, State, and Local Taxes are not included in the contract price. “LATE PAYMENT” A late fee of .033% of the sale price will be charged per day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) days after the payment is due for the first thirty (30) days. The late fee increases to .044% per day until the payment is received. [NOTE: If deferred payment arrangements are required, the Customer must make such financial arrangements through a financial institution acceptable to MacQueen.] All taxes, excises and levies that MacQueen may be required to pay or collect by reason of any present or future law or by any governmental authority based upon the sale, purchase, delivery, storage, processing, use, consumption, or transportation of the Product sold by MacQueen to the Customer shall be for the account of the Customer and shall be added to the Purchase Price. All delivery prices or prices with freight allowance are based upon prevailing freight rates and, in the event of any increase or decrease in such rates, the prices on all unshipped Product will be increased or decreased accordingly. Delinquent payments shall be subject to a carrying charge of 1.5 percent (1.5%) per month or such lesser amount permitted by law. MacQueen will not be required to accept payment other than as set forth in this Agreement. However, to avoid a late charge assessment in the event of a dispute caused by a substantial nonconformance with material Specifications (other than freight), the Customer may withhold up to five percent (5%) of the Purchase Price until such time that MacQueen substantially remedies the nonconformance with material Specifications, but no longer than sixty (60) days after Delivery. If the disputed amount is the freight charge, the Customer may withhold only the amount of the freight charge until the dispute is settled, but no longer than sixty (60) days after Delivery. MacQueen shall have and retain a purchase money security interest in all goods and products now or hereafter sold to the Customer by MacQueen or any of its affiliated companies to secure payment of the Purchase Price for all such goods and products. In the event of nonpayment by the Customer of any debt, obligation or liability now or hereafter incurred or owing by the Customer to MacQueen, MacQueen shall have and may exercise all rights and remedies of a secured party under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) as adopted by the state of Minnesota. THIS PURCHASE DETAIL FORM IS EXPRESSLY SUBJECT TO THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS DATED AS OF November 11, 2025 BETWEEN MACQUEEN AND City of Golden Valley (customer) WHICH TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED IN, AND MADE PART OF, THIS PURCHASE DETAIL FORM AS THOUGH EACH PROVISION WERE SEPARATELY SET FORTH HEREIN, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE STATED OR SUPPLEMENTED BY MACQUEEN HEREIN. Noah Schuchman, City Manager, 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 80 EM-111 10/12/2023 6 EXHIBIT B – PROPOSAL OPTION LIST WITH WARRANTIES SEE ATTACHED PROPOSAL OPTION LIST Bid Number 1171 Dated 11/11/2025 FOR ALL APPLICABLE OPTIONS AND WARRANTIES APPROVED WITH CONTRACT. 81 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 1 Option List 11/11/2025 Customer: Golden Valley Fire Dept, City of Bid Number: 1171 Representative Corcoran, Dan Job Number: Organization: MacQueen Emergency Group Number of Units: 1 Requirements Manager: Bid Date: 10/22/2025 Description: Golden Valley PUC Stock Number: Body: Pumper, PUC, Aluminum Price Level: 54 (Current: 54) Chassis: Velocity Chassis, PUC-NG (Med Block) Lane: Lane 1 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1 0766589 PUC Pumper Boiler Plate 1 Fire Department/Customer - Golden Valley Fire Department Operating/In conjunction W-Service Center - Operating Miles - 25 Miles Number of Fire Dept/Municipalities - 10 Bidder/Sales Organization - MacQueen 2 0661794 Delivery - Delivery representative Dealership/Sales Organization, Service - MacQueen Single Source Compliance 1 3 0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton, Wisconsin 1 4 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 1 5 0588609 Vehicle Destination, US 1 6 0764706 SP BMP Truck - Pre-Approval at Bid - Approved Option Will Be Required at Booking 1 7 0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes Effective Jan 1, 2024, With Exceptions 1 8 0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device Fire Apparatus 1 9 0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper 1 10 0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification, Pumper/Tanker, U.L. 1 11 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection Program, NFPA 1900 1 12 0000114 Inspection Trip(s) 2 Qty, - 02 Fill in Blank - Four 13 0620362 HGAC 1 14 0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons 1 15 0030006 Not Requested 1 16 0816569 P-Bond, Not Requested, PPI 1 17 0000007 Approval Drawing 1 18 0002928 Electrical Diagrams 1 19 0888808 Velocity Chassis, PUC-NG (Med Block) 1 20 0000110 Wheelbase 1 Wheelbase - 191.5" 21 0000070 GVW Rating 1 GVW rating - 49,800 22 0000203 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375, Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel 1 23 0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd 1 24 0508849 22,800 lb TAK-4 Axle 1 25 0010427 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 22,800 lb, Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR 1 26 0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4, Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf 1 27 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle 1 28 0899438 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply 1 29 0752585 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Dura-Black, Hub Pilot 1 30 0530466 27,000 lb Meritor Axle 1 31 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH /109 KPH 1 32 0122075 Suspen, Rear, Standens, Spring, 27,000 lb, Imp/Vel 1 33 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle 1 34 0782552 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single 1 35 0738289 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25", Alum, Dura-Black, Hub, Single 1 36 0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads 1 37 0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring, RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap, Single Axle 1 Qty, Tire Pressure Ind - 6 38 0801909 Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome 1 39 0721078 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S, Front Axle, Black 1 82 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 2 40 0894303 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High Hat (Pair), Black 1 41 0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce Logo 1 42 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding, (Up to 44" Diameter Tires) 1 Qty, Pair - 01 43 0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-E, Folding, Horizontal 1 Qty, Pair - 01 Location, Wheel Chocks - Left Side Rear Tire, Forward 44 0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900/ULC 1 45 0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc, Front, TAK-4 1 46 0509206 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus, Rear, Single Axle 1 47 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake, Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM 1 48 0000785 Brake Reservoirs, Three 1 Paint Color, Air Tanks - Black #98 49 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 1 50 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon 1 51 0020851 Not Required, Air Inlet 1 52 0805797 Compressor, Air, Kussmaul 091-9B-4-AD, 120V Brake System 1 Location - behind driver seat Switch, Engine Brake - e) Cummins Hi Med Lo 57 0595068 Clutch, Fan, Air, Horton, w/ "Fan Clutch Disengaged" Switch- MUX ONLY 1 58 0123135 Air Intake, w/Ember separator, Imp/Vel 1 59 0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right Side 1 Exhaust, Diffuser - 4" x 5" x 7" x 5" S/S (Premium) Exhaust, Material/Finish - Aluminized Steel (Standard) Location, Diffuser Termination - 2.00" Past Rub Rail (Standard) Tip, Exhaust - Straight Tip (Standard) 60 0816172 Adapter, Exhaust, Plymovent Bladder, for 6" or 7" Diffuser Outlet 1 61 0787999 Radiator, Impel/Velocity 1 62 0511425 Cooling Hoses, Rubber 1 63 0001125 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill 1 64 0001129 Lines, Fuel 1 65 0582182 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Rear of Rear Axle, Common Door 1 66 0723716 Door, Material & Finish, DEF Tank - Painted Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic, Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd 1 67 0582243 Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary Filter, Cummins 1 68 0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd. 1 69 0690880 No Selection Required From This Category 1 70 0887559 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 3000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf 1 71 0625329 Transmission, Shifter, 5-Spd, Push Button, 3000 EVS 1 72 0517604 Transmission Programming, Park to Neutral, PUC 1 73 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine, External 1 74 0804209 Engraving, Transmission Dipstick Cap, "Synthetic Trans Fluid Only" TES-668 1 75 0024895 Mode, Downshift, Aggressive downshift to 2nd, w/engine brake, 5 speed 1 76 0801878 Fluid, 3000 Series Trans, Allison Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS, Custom 1 77 0001370 Driveline, Spicer 1710 1 78 0526744 Shield, Grease for Drive Shaft Slip Joint 1 79 0669988 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK-4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler 1 80 0001544 Not Required, Steering Assist Cylinder on Front Axle 1 81 0509230 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without Controls 1 82 0690274 Logo and Emblem on Dash 1 Text, Row (1) One - Golden Text, Row (2) Two - Valley Text, Row (3) Three - Fire Dept 83 0651081 Bumper, 26" Extended, Under Slung, Steel, Painted, Rec Tray, Imp/Vel 1 84 0625558 No Selection Required, Cover Included with Tray/Tool Box Option 1 85 0510226 Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT 1 86 0522573 Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift and Tow Package 1 53 0808533 Engine, Cummins X10, 450 hp, 1250 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Imp/Vel 1 54 0000000 STF Engine Contingency Adjustment 1 55 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 1 56 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 1 83 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 3 87 0609427 Tray, 3/4 Width, 26" Bumper, Under Slung Design, 10" H Bumper, Imp/Vel 1 Capacity, Hose Tray - 125' 1.75" dj Grating, Bumper extension - Grating, Rubber 88 0828614 Cover, Alum Treadplate, 6" Raised, Underslung 1 Type of fastener - (2) "D" handle latch - Black Stay arm, Tray Cover - c)Pneumatic Stay Arm, Dual 89 0698960 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper, Outside Exterior, UL-LX Coating, Black 1 90 0608055 Coating, Protective UL-LX, Bumper Gravel Pan, Black 1 91 0794140 SP Coating, Protective UL-LX, Raised Bumper Cover, Black 1 92 0668310 7010 Velocity PUC Cab 1 93 0724237 Engine Tunnel, ISL, Foil Insulation w/Mech Fasteners, Impel/Velocity FR 1 94 0887600 Cab Insulation, Impel/Velocity FR 1 95 0677478 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Aluminum Treadplate 1 96 0122466 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual Override, Imp/Vel 1 97 0751125 Grille, Painted, Bright Finished Mesh Screen, Front of Cab, Impel/Velocity 1 Paint Color, Grille Surround - Black #101 98 0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs, 4-Door Cab 1 Material Trim/Scuffplate - c) S/S, Polished 99 0808658 SP Painted Housing, Headlights & Front Directional, Velocity 1 100 0087357 Paint, Color - 101 black Molding, Chrome on Side of Cab 1 101 0590424 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style, Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex, Black 1 102 0667937 Full Height Door 1 Key Model, Cab Doors - 751 Cab, Exterior Door Handle, Finish - 4-Door, Black 103 0655511 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel, Impel/Velocity 4-Door Cab 1 104 0667905 Storage Pockets w/ Elastic Cover, Recessed, Overhead, Impel/Velocity FR 1 105 0667902 Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab Doors, Impel/Velocity FR 1 106 0555485 Steps, 4-Door Full Tilt Cab, Imp/Vel 1 107 0770192 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, Black, 4-Door Cab 1 108 0697644 Steps, Stirrup, Formed, Cab & Crew Cab Doors, 26.50" Long Front Steps, Imp/Vel 1 Light, Step, Additional - P25 LED 109 0892637 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step 1 Color, Trim - Black Housing 110 0541830 Crowns, Front Fender, Rubber, AXT/VEL/IMP 1 111 0592071 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab, Vel/Imp 1 112 0568605 Not Required, Interior Trim, No Cab Side Windows 1 113 0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side of raised roof 1 114 0509286 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew Cab, Imp/Vel 1 115 0558334 Not Required, Trim, Cab Rear Windows, No Rear Windows 1 116 0123686 Drip Rail, Cab Roof, Impel/Velocity/Velocity SLT 1 116 0000000 STF Holder, Cup, Cab/Crewcab, Each 4 Qty, - 04 117 0663383 Mounting Provisions, 3/16" Alum, Full Engine Tunnel, Vel/Imp 1 Mounting Provision Spacing - 1.00" Material Finish, Cab Interior - Painted 118 0748671 Cab Interior, Vinyl, Velocity FR, CARE 1 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric - Endure Vinyl - Silver/Gray 119 0667943 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Impel/Velocity FR 1 Color, Cab Interior Paint - i) fire smoke gray Paint Color, A/C Condenser - Painted to Match Cab Roof HVAC System, Filter Access - Removable Panel Auxiliary Cab Heater - Both 122 0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT, Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf 1 Sun Visor Retention - Polished S/S Bracket 123 0548173 Grab Handles, Driver and Passenger Door Post, Imp/Vel 1 124 0693439 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, w/Fld Chk Dr Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED Trim 1 125 0122516 Qty, - 01 Fluid Check Access, Imp/Vel 1 Latch, Door, Storage - Lift and Turn Latch, Flush 120 0509532 Floor, Rubber Padded Cab & Crew Cab, Imp/Vel 1 121 0741239 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Impel/Velocity FR, CARE 1 84 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 4 126 0583040 Frontal Impact Protection 1 127 0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Belted Seats 1 128 0697006 Seat, Driver, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air Ride, High Back, Frontal Impact, PRIMARY 1 129 0666473 Seat, Officer, Pierce PS6, Base, SCBA, Frontal Impact, PRIMARY 1 130 0510037 Radio Compartment, Below Officer Seat, Imp/Vel 1 131 0826498 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 24 W x 28 H x 30.5 D, Web, Ext Acc, Imp/Vel 1 Light, Short Cabinet - Pierce, Interior, Right Side Scuffplate, Material/Finish - S/S, Polished Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Cab Interior Shelf/Tray, Cabinet - (1) Shelf, Adjustable, 1.00" Up-Turned Lip Door, Cab Exterior Cabinet - Double Pan, Black, Non-Locking Door, Exterior Stop - Stay Arm Louvers, Cabinet - 0-No Louvers Fastener, Web, Cab Cabinet - Seat Belt Buckle, Left 132 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C, Center 1 133 0826933 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 21.5 W x 28 H x 26.5 D, Web, Ext Acc, Imp/Vel 1 Light, Short Cabinet - Pierce, Interior, Left Side Scuffplate, Material/Finish - S/S, Polished Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Cab Interior Shelf/Tray, Cabinet - (1) Shelf, Adjustable, 1.00" Up-Turned Lip Door, Cab Exterior Cabinet - Double Pan, Black, Non-Locking Door, Exterior Stop - Stay Arm Louvers, Cabinet - 0-No Louvers Fastener, Web, Cab Cabinet - Seat Belt Buckle, Right 134 0818863 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd, Pierce PS6, SCBA, Foldup, 17" Btm,3" 1 Inbrd,PRIMARY 135 0819893 Cabinet, Fwd Fcng, Ctr, 36 W x 39 H x 24 D, Roll, Imp/Vel 1 False Floor, EMS Cabinet - No False Floor Light, Short Cabinet - Pierce, Interior, Right Side and Pierce, Interior, Left Side Hand Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Cab Interior Shelf/Tray, Cabinet - (2) Shelves, Adjustable, 1.00" Up-Turned Lip Door, Cab Interior Cabinet - Rollup, Gortite, Anodized, Non-Locking, Louvers, Cabinet - 0-No Louvers 136 0820884 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Outbrd, Pierce PS6, SCBA, Foldup, 17" Btm,3" 1 Inbd,PRIMARY 137 0766467 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl, Seats Inc, CARE 4 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric - Endure Vinyl - Silver/Gray Qty, - 04 138 0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II, Cab Seats 3 Qty, - 03 139 0603867 Seat Belt, ReadyReach 1 Seat Belt Color - Red Color, Dome Lt - Red & White Color, Dome Lt Bzl - Black Control, Dome Lt White - Door Switches and Lens Switch Control, Dome Lt Color - Lens Switch 143 0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and Crew Cab Dome Lts 1 144 0628472 Light, Map, Overhead, Peterson M371S LED, Rectangular w/Switch 2lts 1 12vdc power from - Battery switched 145 0816997 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Dept, NFPA/ULC 2024 1 146 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010 1 147 0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel, AXT, Enf MUX 1 148 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 1 Alarm, Do Not Move Truck - Pulsing Alarm 149 0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color Dsply, 1 150 0611681 Switching, Cab, Membrane, Impel/Velocity, AXT WiFi MUX 1 151 0555915 Location, Emerg Sw Pnls - Driver's Side Overhead Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity 1 140 0604867 Seat Belt Height Adjustment, 4 Seats, Imp/Vel 1 141 0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA/ULC 2024 1 142 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts 1 85 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 5 152 0834416 USB, Cab, 4, 12V DC, Dual USB Termination, NFPA1900/ULC 1 USB, Type - USB Combo A & C 153 0820894 NFPA 2024 1 Location, Wiring - Officer Dash 12vdc power from - Battery direct Wire termination - Butt Splice 154 0820904 DO NOT TURN ON BATT DIR FEATURES!! 2 Qty, - 02 12vdc power from - Battery switched Wire termination - Butt Splice Location, Spare Wiring - one in each ems compt Location - LOC 3 157 0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714 1 System Of Measurement - US Customary 158 0816633 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert (R2V), HA7 1 Subscription, HAAS R2V - R2V - 5 Year Data Plan Subscription 159 0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display Seat Belt Monitor 1 160 0601948 Intercom, Firecom 5100D Single Radio, 1 Wireless Base, V2, (O,2C,Wired) 1 Location - behind officer seat Location, Intercom, C Cab - 2) 2 forward facing seats Qty, - 02 Location - frwd facing crew seats 163 0602376 Headset, Firecom, Wireless, UHW-505.V2 Under Helmet, Radio Transmit 2 Qty, - 02 Location, Headset - Driver Seat and Officer Seat 164 0819255 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC 2024, Each 4 Qty, - 04 Location, Headset Hangers - Driver Seat, Officer Seat, DS Outbrd, Fwrd Fcng Seat and PS Outbrd, Fwrd Fcng Seat 165 0682830 Antenna Only, GPS, For Standard NMO Mount 1 Location - LS 166 0696439 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Cable Routed to Instrument Panel Area 1 Qty, - 01 Location, Antenna Mount - Right Side 167 0816158 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R, Cameras, AHD 1 Color - 1) black Camera System Audio - Not Provided Qty, - 01 Location - below cross tube 170 0896458 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT 1 Color, Antenna - Black Antenna Module Housings - Black Housing with Power and Status Ind 171 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System 1 172 0730603 Electrical System, Velocity ESP, Cummins, Paccar 1 173 0079166 Batteries, (4) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA ea, Threaded Stud 1 174 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All Custom Chassis 1 175 0123174 Battery Compartment, Imp/Vel 1 176 0812586 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief 091-266-12-60, 60 Amp 1 177 0814869 Location, Cab, Charger, Behind Driver Seat 1 178 0811943 Panel, Remote Control, Kussmaul, Chief 091-266-RCP 1 179 0814942 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's Seat with Bracket 1 180 0811952 Not Required, Indicator/Remote Status 1 181 0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super 1 Qty, - 01 Color, Kussmaul Cover - h) black 155 0566101 Recess, Dash Panel, Officer Side, Vel/Imp 1 156 0655679 Remote Control, Wired, Programmable 3 Button 1 161 0006240 Cable, Radio to Intercom Interface, Firecom, 1 Radio 1 Radio, First Two-Way Make - Motorola Mid Power 162 0602027 Radio, First, Two-Way Model - Motorola APX8500 Headset, Firecom, Wireless, UHW -503 Under Helmet, Intercom Only 2 168 0814861 Camera, Switcher, Pierce, 4 channel, AHD, CVBS 1 169 0750886 Guard, 4-Way, Rear Vision Camera, Black Safe-Stride 1 86 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 6 181 Shoreline Connection - Battery Charger 182 0026800 Shoreline Location 1 183 0647728 Location, Shoreline(s) - DS Cab, Frt Corner Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI 1 184 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX 1 Enable/Disable Hi-Idle - e)High Idle enable 185 0797459 Headlights, Round LED, JW Speaker, 8630 Evolution, Daytime Run Lts, Qtm, 1 Imp/Vel 186 0648425 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm 1 Color, Lens, LED's - m)match LED's 187 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts 1 188 0648074 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts 1 189 0088869 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 26250R LED 7Lts 1 190 0517025 Lights, Tail, Wrap-around, Stop/Tail, Turn & Backup LED, Tri-Cluster 1 191 0085910 Lights, Backup Included in Signal Cluster 1 192 0664466 Bracket, License Plate & Light, Weldon 9186-23882-30 Incand, Temp Under Tailbrd 1 Location - RS 193 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 1 194 0769569 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012 LED 4Dr 1 195 0769572 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts 1 196 0770056 Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear Step 1 Control, Perimeter Lts - Parking Brake Applied Location - on the LS and RS catwalks Qty, - 02 200 0611106 Light, Visor, HiViz, FT-B-46-*-*, 46" 1 Control, Scene Lts - Cab Sw Panel DS and Cab Sw Panel PS Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Black Scene Light Optics - Flood/Spot 201 0736731 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM LED 1st 1 Location - LS frwd raise Qty, - 01 Control, Scene Lts - Cab Sw Panel DS and Pump Panel Sw LS Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Blk Opt Hold, Blk Bez, Blk Fix 202 0736729 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM LED 2nd 1 Location - RS frwd raise Qty, - 01 Control, Scene Lts - Cab Sw Panel DS and Pump Panel Sw LS Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Blk Opt Hold, Blk Bez, Blk Fix 203 0762585 Lights, HiViz FT-MB-2.27-*-*, 30.20", 1st 1 Location - Catwalk above LS2 Qty, - 01 Control, Scene Lts - LS Scene Lts Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Black Scene Light Optics - combination 204 0762577 Lights, HiViz FT-MB-2.27-*-*, 30.20", 2nd 1 Location - Catwalk above RS2 Qty, - 01 Control, Scene Lts - RS Scene Lts Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Black Scene Light Optics - combination 205 0645877 Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED Light Strips 1 Control, Hose Bed Lts - Cup Switch At Rear 206 0763552 Lights, Rear Scene, HiViz, FT-GSMJR 2Lts 1 Location, Lights - LS and RS rear crosstube Control, Rear Scene Lts - Cab Switch Panel DS, Pump Panel DS, Body Switch, DS Rear Bulkhead and Reverse w/E-Master 207 0709438 Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED 1 208 0518282 177"/189" Aluminum Pumper PUC 1 209 0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20" 1 210 0682618 Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, 67 LHB, PUC 1 211 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly 1 197 0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts 1 198 0729151 Lights, Step, P25 at Rear Tailboard, PUC, 4lts Perm Lts, Blk Trim 1 199 0789600 Guard, Aluminum Treadplate, HiViz Light, Brow Mount, Location 2 87 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 7 212 0028104 Foam Cell Required 1 213 0633066 Sleeve, Through Tank 1 Qty, Sleeve - 1 Water Tank Sleeve - Plumbing/Hydraulic Diameter - 3" Plumbing 214 0553725 Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty, Special Type Tank, 4x4, or Export 1 215 0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill 1 216 0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve 1 217 0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist 1 218 0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute 1 219 0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump Master 1 220 0597043 Body Height, PUC/HDRP 1 Body Height - 92.00" Capacity, Hose Bed - HB#1 550' 2.5" DJ, HB#2 800' 5", HB#3 300' 1.75" DJ 224 0003488 Divider, Hose Bed, Unpainted 2 Qty, Hose Bed Dividers - 2 225 0807438 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Vinyl, Top, Separate From Rear 1 Color, Vinyl Cover - c) black Fastener, Top Restraint, Front - Velcro with Jacket Snaps Fastener, Top Restraint, Sides - Velcro Fastener, Top Restraint, Rear - Velcro 226 0807424 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Web, Rear, Separate From Top 1 Fastener, Rear Restraint, Top - Velcro Straps/Footman Loops Fastener, Rear Restraint, Bottom - Spring Clip and Hook 227 0837880 SP Shelf, Permanent, Hose Bed, Additional, 2nd 1 Location - Below HB#3, between divider and body side wall 228 0837882 SP Shelf, Permanent, Hose Bed, Additional, 3rd 1 Location - below HB#1, between divider and side wall 229 0611509 Running Boards, Flip Out, PUC 1 230 0685333 Tailboard, 16" Deep, Full Width, PUC/HDRP 1 231 0690029 Wall, Rear, Body Material, PUC/HDRP 1 232 0003531 Tow Bar, Under Tailboard 1 233 0656764 Construction, Compt, Alum, Pumper, PUC 1 234 0503804 189" Rollup FH/FD Front & Rear, PUC 1 235 0503803 Width, PUC Pump Operators Panel Partition - 2.5" 189" Rollup FH/FD Front & Rear, PUC 1 236 0594005 Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side Compartments 6 Qty, Door Accessory - 06 Color, Roll-up Door - AMDOR Painted to Match Lower Body Latch, Roll-up Door - Non-Locking Liftbar 237 0599445 Rear, Rollup, 33.50" F-F, Tailboard, PUC/HDRP 1 238 0593958 Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear Compartment, PUC 1 Color, Roll-up Door - AMDOR Satin Aluminum Latch, Roll-up Door - Non-Locking Liftbar 239 0723942 Elastic Pull Strap for Rollup Doors 2 Qty, Door Accessory - 02 Location, Door Accessory - LS and RS crosslay doors Color, Strap - Black 240 0611794 Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Door Color, Amdor 8 Location, Door Accessory - LS1,2,3,4 and RS1,2,3,4 Qty, - 08 241 0616670 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual Light Strips, Each Side of Door, Pumper/Tanker 7 Qty, - 07 Location, Compartment Lights - All Body Compts 242 0515676 No Hatch Compartments Required, PUC/HDRP 1 243 0724310 No Handrails Required, No Hatch Compartments or Step Area 1 244 0522640 No Hatch Compartments or Lights 1 245 0687145 Shelf Tracks, Recessed, PUC/3rd Generation 1 246 0600350 500 lb Adjustable Shelf 5 Qty, Shelf - 05 221 0683290 Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper, PUC, 67 LHB 1 222 0723340 Unpainted/Brush Finished, Hose Bed, 3G PUC/HDRP 1 223 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special 1 88 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 8 246 Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Spatter Gray Location, Shelves/Trays, Predefined - RS1-Transition Point, RS3- Transition Point, RS2-Centered, RS3-Upper Third and RS1-Upper Third 247 0647772 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, 500lb, 2.00" Sides, 3G 1 Qty, - 01 location - B1 Material - Painted - Spatter Gray 248 0063064 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side of Body, 3rd Gen Body 1 249 0653982 Fender Crowns, Rear, Rubber, w/Removable Fender Liner, Pumper, 3G 1 Material Finish, Fender Liner - Brushed Stainless 250 0519849 Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction 1 251 0773292 Handrails Located @ Front Body, Hansen Tubing, Black 1 252 0773291 Handrails, Rear, PUC/HDRP, Hansen Tubing, Black 1 253 0757783 Handrail, Rear, Above Hose Bed, New York Style/Low Hose Bed, Hansen, Black 1 Handrail Finish - Knurled Reinforcement, Hose Bed Divider - Not Required, Reinforcement 254 0773288 Handrail, Extra - 15-20" Long, Hansen Tubing, Knurled Aluminum, Black 2 Qty, Handrails - 02 Location, Handrail Additional - side sheet LS rearward, vertical surface and Top of Side Sheet LS Rrwd 255 0657651 Compt, Air Bottle, Double, Fender Panel 3 Qty, Air Bottle Comp - 3 Door Finish, Fender Compt - Painted Location, Fender Compt - Double - LS Fwd, Double - RS Fwd and Double - RS Rear Latch, Air Bottle Compt - Southco C2 Black Raised Insert, Air Bottle Compt - W -Shaped Insert 256 0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-Section 1 257 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof 1 258 0638384 Ladder Rack in Right Side Body 1 Door, Material & Finish, Ladder Storage - smooth aluminum Latch, Door Ladder Storage - D-Handle Latch, Black 259 0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A 1 260 0733005 Compt w/Trough, Folding Ladder, In Upper Body, LS 1 Door, Material & Finish, Storage - Smooth Aluminum Latch, Door, Storage - Southco C2 Black Raised Hinge Location - Outboard 261 0687491 Pike Pole, 4' Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Roof Hook, RH-4, w/D-Handle 2 Location - ship loose Qty, Pike Poles - 2 262 0697847 Pike Pole, 12' Fire Hooks Unlimited, Fiberglass, APH-12, Gas Shut Off 1 Location - RS long handle tool storage Qty, Pike Poles - 1 263 0567897 Pike Pole, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End, RH-8 1 Qty, - 01 Location - RS long handle tool storage 264 0732982 Tube, Pike Pole 8' or Longer, In Upper Body Long Tool Storage Compt 2 Qty, Pike Poles - 2 Location, Left Side, Right Side - Right Side Material/Finish, Tube, Pike Pole - Aluminum Width, Notch, Pike Pole Tube - 1.38", NY Notch 265 0552649 Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End, RH-6 1 Qty, - 01 Location - RS long handle tool storage 266 0732992 Tube, Pike Pole 6', In Upper Body Long Tool Storage Compt 1 Qty, Pike Poles - 1 Location, Left Side, Right Side - Left Side Material/Finish, Tube, Pike Pole - Aluminum Width, Notch, Pike Pole Tube - 1.38", NY Notch 267 0769733 Compt, Long Tool Storage Compt, In Upper Body (1) RS, PUC/HDRP 1 Door, Material & Finish, Storage - Smooth Aluminum Latch, Door, Storage - "D" Handle Latch Hinge Location - Outboard 268 0521734 No Steps Required, Front Of Body, PUC 1 89 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 9 269 0794171 Ladder, Top Access, Alum, Rear, PUC/HDRP, Opposite Ladder Storage 1 Do Not Move Truck Indicator - DNMT indicator 270 0515692 31" Control Zone Side Mount 1 271 0520016 Not Required, Pumphouse Structure, PUC 1 272 0829905 Heater, Diesel, (2) 7,500 BTU, (1) Hot Water Heater, Pump House, PUC 1 Activation, Heater - Ignition On Latch, Heat Enclosure Pans - Butterfly Latches 275 0889385 Pump, Pierce, 1500 GPM, Single Stage, PUC-NG 1 276 0515822 Seal, Mechanical, Silicon Carbide, PUC Pump 1 277 0802234 Gear Case, Integrated Pump Transmission, PUC-NG, Cummins 1 278 0721196 Pumping Mode, Pump and Roll/Stationary, Basic, MUX, PUC 1 279 0515829 Pump Shift, Sure-Shift 1 280 0515833 Transmission Lock-up, Not Req'd, Park to Neutral, Pump, PUC 1 281 0515835 Auxiliary Cooling System, PUC 1 282 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single Stage Pump 1 283 0833136 Not Required, Pump Intake Relief Valve, Provided on MIVs, Trident, PUC 1 Fill in Blank - 125 Intake Relief Valve Control - PUC Pump Operators Panel 284 0724463 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD , PUC 1 Pressure Governor Throttle Control - Clockwise Pressure Governor Default Mode - Pressure Setting 285 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 1 286 0894571 Outlet, 0.75" Garden Hose, Fed From Water Pump w/PPV, "T" Swing Handle, 1 CARE Location, Outlet - PUC Right side exterior pump panel Qty, - 01 287 0658266 Thermal Relief Valve, w/Amber Warning Light and Alarm, PUC Pump 1 288 0780359 Location, Thermal Relief Discharge - Ground Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic Copies, Pierce PUC Pump 1 289 0602496 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose, Single Stage Pump, PUC 1 290 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam System 1 291 0517852 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250-2000 GPM, Pierce PUC Pump 1 292 0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All 1 293 0767393 Valve, w/Relief, Right Inlet, 6", Akron 9333 Elec Controller,Manual Override,PUC 1 294 0767402 Valve, w/Relief, Left Inlet, 6", Akron 9333 Elec Controller, Manual Override,PUC 1 295 0699096 Not Required, Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Included w/Storz Adapter 1 296 0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All 1 297 0520002 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl, PUC 1 298 0004700 Qty, Inlets - 1 Control, Inlet, at Valve 1 299 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50" 1 300 0029147 Not Required, Inlet, Right Side 1 301 0747482 Adapter, Main Inlet, 6" FNST x 5" Storz w/Cap 2 Qty, Adapter for Inlet - 2 Location, Adapter - LS and RS main inlets 302 0521137 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets, PUC 1 303 0529158 Inlet, Rear, 4"-6" w/5" SS Plmb, Rear Compartment, w/ Bleeder Valve, PUC 1 Location - on the RS Inlet, Size - Five 304 0767411 Control, Rear Inlet, Akron 9333 Elec Controller, w/Override, Access Door 1 305 0012609 Elbow & Cap, Rear Inlet, 5" FNST x 5" Storz 1 306 0737977 Valve, Relief Intake, Rear Inlet,Trident Air Max,Cntrl w/Main Pump Intake Relief 1 307 0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested 1 308 0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet, "T" Swing Handle 1 309 0520277 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 4.00" Plumbing, PUC 1 310 0595508 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50", PUC 1 311 0766941 Control, Outlets, Swing Handle, Elec Right Outlets Akron 9335 w/Press Disp, PUC 1 312 0521216 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50" (1), PUC 1 313 0055095 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 2.50" 1 314 0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side Additional 1 273 0829911 Heater, Electric, Gauges, Test Ports 1 274 0814152 Heat Enclosure, Improved Ground Clearance, PUC 1 90 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 10 315 0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets, Additional 1 316 0766761 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50", (1), Electric Akron 9335 Controller, PUC 1 317 0021134 Qty, Discharges - 01 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 2.50" 1 318 0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side Additional 1 319 0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side Outlets, Additional 1 320 0818640 Outlet, Large Diameter, Right Side, Akron Valve, PUC 1 Outlet, Large Diameter, Plumbing - 4.00" Outlet, Large Diameter, NST Adapter - 4.00" MNST Outlet, Large Diameter, Valve Actuation - PUC Akron 9335 w/PSI 321 0699320 Adapter, 4.00" FNST x 5.00" Storz, w/Cap and Chain, PUC 1 Qty, - 1 322 0607659 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing, Under Slung Bumper 1 Fitting, Outlet - 1.50" NST with 90 degree swivel Drain, Front Outlet - Automatic Location, Front, Single - in right bumper tray 323 0516777 Outlet, Rear, 2.50", (1), Thru Tank, PUC 1 Qty, Discharges - 01 Location, Outlet - b) left side Qty, Discharges - 01 location - Hose bed #3 328 0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00" Discharges/Inlets, Chain 1 329 0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T" Swing Handle 1 330 0516865 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/2.50" Valve, w/Elkhart Electric Extender 18", PUC 1 331 0728818 Monitor, Elkhart Cobra EXM2 7250, Electric 1 Location - LS pump panel per drawing Monitor Finish - Painted by OEM Monitor Control - Panel Mount Controller 332 0624455 Nozzle, Elkhart SM-1500E, 1,500 GPM - Electric 1 333 0005070 Deluge Mount, NPT 1 334 0750982 Crosslay Module, Full Width, Roll Up Doors, PUC 1 335 0750897 Doors, Crosslay, Roll-up Amdor, Each End, Full Height, PUC 1 Color, Roll-up Door - Painted Two Tone Slanted Latch, Roll-up Door - Non-Locking Liftbar Drip Pan - Drip Pan (Standard) 336 0747660 Lights, Crosslay Compt, Forward LED, 2Lts 1 337 0749439 Crosslays, (1)1.50", (1) 2.50", W/Poly Trays, PUC 1 Crosslay/Deadlay/Speedlay Capacity 1 - 200' of 1.75" double jacket hose Crosslay/Deadlay/Speedlay Capacity 2 - 200' of 2.50" double jacket hose 338 0746380 Crosslay, (1) 1.50", W/Poly Trays, PUC 1 339 0729571 Crosslay/Deadlay/Speedlay Capacity 1 - 200' of 1.75" double jacket hose Tube, Aluminum, Pike Pole, Special Ny Style Notch, Upper Crosslay Module, PUC 2 Qty, Pike Pole Tubes - 02 Location, Tube - one deployable each side 340 0749401 Mounting, Backboard, Upper Crosslay Module, Strap, PUC 1 Size, Backboard - 72"x18"x2" Qty - 1 341 0729271 Tray(s), Poly, Additional, Crosslays, PUC 2 Qty, - 02 Fill in Blank - lower crosslay 342 0676021 Husky 3 Single Agent 1 Discharge, Foam Locations - Crosslay Lower Rear, Crosslay Lower Front, Crosslay Upper Rear, Front Bumper Right Side, Front of Hose Bed Right Side and Rear Outlet Left Side 343 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor 1 344 0592527 Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3 1 345 0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer Provided 1 346 0530519 Foam Cell, 30 Gallon, Not Reducing, PUC 1 Type of Foam - Class "A" 324 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH 1 325 0537394 Not Required, Outlet, Rear, Additional, PUC 1 326 0537395 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets, Additional 1 327 0516824 Outlet, Front of Hose Bed, 2.50", PUC 1 91 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 11 346 Foam, Brand Name - tbd 347 0697589 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3 Foam System, Quarter Turn 1 348 0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 1 349 0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain 1 350 0746447 Approval Dwg, All Pump Panel(s), Includes Color And Label Tags 1 351 0032479 Num Of Truck(s) or Sim Unit, ALL Pump Pnl, Dwg - 01 Pump Panel Configuration, Control Zone 1 352 0831515 Material/Finish, Pump Panels, PUC 1 Steel Material/Finish, Pump Panels, Operator Panels, PUC - Brushed Stainless Material/Finish, Pump Panels, Side Panels, PUC - Aluminum with Black Form Coat 353 0516978 Pump and Plumbing Access, Simple Tilt Service, PUC 1 354 0618458 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White, PUC 1 Qty, - 01 355 0516983 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller, PUC 1 356 0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press Controller 1 357 0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green 1 358 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 1 359 0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red Switch, Momentary 1 360 0511078 Gauges, 4.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0-600psi 1 361 0511100 Gauge, 2.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-0-400psi 1 362 0748780 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller, PUC Color Display, Lt Driver 1 363 0750438 Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2, LED 1-Light, 4-Level 2 Qty, - 02 Activation, Water Level G - pb) parking brake is applied Location, Water Level Gauge, Multi-Select - Each Side Custom Cab Color, Trim - Black Trim 364 0062992 Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class 1, GAAAR 5lt 1 365 0653081 Light, Pump Operator & Panel, Side Ctrl, PUC, 60354C LED Cab & LED OH Chr 1 Cvr 366 0747460 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round, eTone, UnderSlung Bumper 1 367 0606835 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos #1 & #7) 1 368 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select 1 369 0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring 1 370 0757076 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, RS 1 Lanyard - Nylon covered cable Location, Elec Siren - Overhead, DS Center Sw Pnl 373 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only 1 374 0601329 Speaker, (2) Federal, ES100C w/ESFMT-EF Recess Mnt & S/S Grille 1 Connection, Speaker - siren head 375 0601558 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper, Recessed, Ea Side, Outside Frame, Inbrd (Pos 2/6) 1 376 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 1 Finish, Q2B Siren - Black Chrome 377 0630659 Siren, Mechanical, Mounted Above Deckplate, Under Slung Bumper 1 Location, Siren, Mech - a) Left 378 0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select 1 379 0748281 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS 1 380 0740391 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome Push Button, RS 1 381 0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights Intensity 1 382 0764959 SP Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRWRWRRWOptWRRBRBRR 1 Opticom Priority - b) High Opticom Activation - Cab Switch & E-Master Momentary Opticom Activation - No Activation Filter, Whl Freedom Ltbrs - No Filters 383 0549166 Light, Front Zone, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, 4 Lts 1 Flange Kit - w)with flange Color, Lt DS Frnt Outside - DS Front Outside Red Color, Lt PS Frnt Outside - PS Front Outside Blue Color, Lt DS Front Inside - r) DS Front Inside Red Color, Lt PS Front Inside - b) PS Front Inside Blue 371 0549924 Siren, Federal PA300-012MSC 690010, Hi-Lo Tone, 200 Watt 1 372 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed Overhead In Console 1 92 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 12 384 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating 1 Headlt flash deactivation - a)w/high beam 385 0540692 Side Zone Lower Lights, Whelen M6 1 Location, Lights Front Side - j)each side bumper, forward Color, Lt Side Front - Red Color, Lt Side Middle - Red Color, Lt Side Rear - Red Location, Lights Mid Side - Rearward of Crew Cab Doors Location, Lights Rear Side - Over Rear Wheels 386 0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing 1 Color, Lt DS Rear - r) DS Rear Lt Red Color, Lt PS Rear - b) PS Rear Lt Blue 387 0743720 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M6** LED 4lts 1 Color, Lens, LED's - Clear Color, Lt, Side Rear Upper DS - Red Color, Lt, Side Rear Upper PS - Red Color, Lt, Rear Upper DS - Red Color, Lt, Rear Upper PS - Red Color, Trim - Black Trim 388 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper Zone Blocking 1 389 0590000 No Hose Bed Warn Lts Brkts Required, Lts On Hatch/Body Compts,PUC 1 390 0791528 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 1 Activation, Traffic Dir L - Not Connected 391 0590662 Location, TDL, Over Hose Bed, Crosstube (Included), Recessed 1 392 0530282 Material/Finish, Cross Tube - Painted Match Upper Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller, Overhead Switch Panel DS Right End 1 393 0781579 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr, NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior Cab 4 Qty, - 04 Location 1 - (1) LS EMS middle forward wall (1) RS EMS middle forward wall (1) RS vertical engine tunnel frwd of EMS cabinet (1) frwd facing center cabinet AC Power Source - Shoreline Cover, Receptacle - Interior SS Wall Plate(s) 394 0779718 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr, NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 2nd, Interior Body 2 Qty, - 02 Location 1 - RS1, RS3 AC Power Source - Shoreline Cover, Receptacle - Interior SS Wall plate 395 0779722 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr, NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior Body 2 Qty, - 02 Location 1 - LS1, LS3 AC Power Source - Shoreline Cover, Receptacle - Interior SS Wall plate 396 0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool System 1 397 0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic Tool System 1 398 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts 1 Qty, Bag Nuts and Bolts - 1 399 0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment, Pumper, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by Fire 1 Dept 400 0816941 Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA/ULC 2024 1 401 0027023 No Strainer Required 1 402 0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA 2024, Provided by Fire Department 1 403 0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by Fire Dept 1 404 0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire Department 1 405 0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire Department 1 406 0741569 Paint Process / Environmental Requirements, Appleton 1 407 0709846 Two-Tone Custom Cab 1 Paint Color, Upper Area, Predefined - #101 Black Shield, Cab - High Shield-Velocity/Impel Paint Color, Lower Area, Predefined - 493 red Paint Break, Cab - Standard Two-Tone Cab Break 408 0709833 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Body 1 Paint Break, Body - Body Seam/Catwalk Paint, Lower Body - Match Cab Lower 93 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 13 408 Paint, Upper Body - Match Cab Upper 409 0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat, Standard 1 410 0693797 Paint Color, Frame Assembly, Predefined - Gloss Black No Paint Required, Aluminum Front Wheels 1 411 0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear Wheels 1 412 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs 1 413 0007230 Paint, Axle Hub - Black #101 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray 1 414 0544129 Reflective Band, 1"-6"-1" 1 Color, Reflect Band - A - e) black Color, Reflect Band - B - p) black Color, Reflect Band - C - za) black 415 0510041 Reflective across Cab Face, Imp/Vel 1 416 0820076 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Reflective, NFPA/ULC 2024, Pumper, PUC 1 Color, Reflect Band - A - c) ruby red Color, Reflect Band - B - p) black 417 0027341 Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or Multiple 1 Qty, - 1 418 0512024 Stripe, Reflective, Chevron/Inverted "V", On Front Bumper 1 Color, Reflect Band - A - c) ruby red Size, Chevron Striping - 06 Color, Reflect Chev - A - e) black Outline, Lettering - Outline and Shade 422 0686194 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 12.00", Each 8 Qty, Lettering - 08 Outline, Lettering - Outline and Shade 423 0686187 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 16.00", Each 3 Qty, Lettering - 03 Outline, Lettering - Outline and Shade 424 0686192 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 12.00", (1-20) 1 Outline, Lettering - Outline and Shade 425 0666386 Emblem, Flag, Generic, Each 2 Qty, - 02 Location, Emblem - upper cab LS and RS Size, Flag - 9" - 11" 426 0695610 Emblem, Reflective, Per Dept. Submittal, Each 2 Qty, - 02 Location, Emblem - driver and officer doors Size, Dept Seal, Reflect - 16" - 18" 427 0766493 Emblem, American Flag Muted w/Thin Red Line, Ptd Cab Grille, All Custom 1 Chassis 428 0599008 Rust Proof/Undercoat, Custom Chassis 1 Color, Undercoating - Black 429 0635769 E-Coat, Under Body/Chassis Component Package, PUC 1 Paint Color, E-Coat - Black Qty, - 01 432 0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash Drive, Custom 1 Qty, - 01 433 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom, English 1 434 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0008 1 435 0611136 Warranty, Chassis, 3 Year, Velocity/Impel, WA0284 1 436 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year, WA0181 1 437 0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard M110, 3 Year WA0201 1 438 0595767 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Velocity/Impel, WA0038 1 439 0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4, WA0050 1 440 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year, Meritor, General Service, WA0384 1 441 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232 1 419 0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior 1 420 0027372 Color, Reflective - e) black Lettering Specifications, (GOLD STAR Process) 1 421 0686428 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (41-60) 1 430 0002838 Undercoating, Cab & Body, Ziebart 1 431 0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB Flash Drive, Custom 1 94 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1171 Bid #: 11/11/2025 1:29 PM Page 14 442 0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom Cab, WA0012 1 443 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-Rate, WA0055 1 444 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX, WA0014 1 445 0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System, WA0188 1 446 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights, WA0203 1 447 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission, Standard Custom, WA0187 1 448 0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler, WA0216 1 449 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF, Poly Tank, WA0195 1 450 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body, WA0009 1 451 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10 Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185 1 452 0889364 Warranty, Pump, Pierce, PUC-NG, 7 Year Parts, 1 Year Labor, WA0390 1 453 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing, WA0035 1 454 0657990 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 3, WA0231 1 455 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-Rate, WA0057 1 456 0595421 Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year, Apparatus, WA0018 1 457 0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability, CD0196 1 458 0808580 Certification, Engine Installation, Imp/Vel, Cummins X10, 2027 1 459 0686786 Certification, Power Steering, CD0098 1 460 0892701 Certification, Cab Integrity, Impel/Velocity FR, CD0190 1 461 0548950 Certification, Cab Door Durability, Velocity/Impel, CD0001 1 462 0548967 Certification, Windshield Wiper Durability, Impel/Velocity, CD0005 1 463 0667411 Certification, Electric Window Durability, Velocity/Impel FR, CD0004 1 464 0549273 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and Mounting, Imp/Vel/Vel SLT, CD0018 1 465 0735950 Certification, Cab HVAC System Perf, Vel/Imp FR, 1 CD0166/CD0168/CD0176/CD0177 466 0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current Edition 1 467 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance 1 468 0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO 1 469 0000048 PUMPER/TANKER, 3rd Gen 1 470 0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS 1 471 0004713 ENGINE, OTHER 1 472 0046395 EVS 3000 Series TRANSMISSION 1 473 0520324 PIERCE PUMP, PUC 1 474 0020009 POLY TANK 1 475 0028048 FOAM SYSTEM 1 476 0020006 SIDE CONTROL 1 477 0020007 AKRON VALVES 1 478 0020015 ABS SYSTEM 1 479 0658751 PUMPER BASE 1 95 EXHIBIT C - PROPOSAL EM-111 10/12/2023 SEE PROPOSAL FOR Bid Number 1171 Dated November 11, 2025. 7 96 ILLINOIS INDIANA MINNESOTA MISSOURI NEBRASKA NORTH DAKOTA SOUTH DAKOTA EM-102 November 11, 2025 Fire Chief Bethany Brunsell City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55422 Subject: Proposal for one (1) Pierce Velocity PUC Pumper Proposal / Bid 1171 Dear Fire Chief Brunsell, With regard to the above subject, please find attached our completed proposal. Pricing, is as follows, including 100% prepay option. Pricing Summary: Sale Price – $1,296,000.00* *Houston-Galveston Area Council (HGAC) Consortium Pricing. 100% Performance Bond: Should the City of Golden Valley elect to have us provide a Performance Bond, $3,307.00 will need to be added to the above sale price. 100% Prepayment Option: Should the City of Golden Valley elect to make 100% prepayment thirty (30) days from contract signing, a discount of ($115,967.00) can be subtracted from the above “Sale Price” resulting in a revised contract price of $1,180,033.00 OR $1,183,340.00 with Performance Bond. Terms and Conditions: Taxes – Not Applicable Freight – F.O.B. – Appleton, WI / Shipping to Golden Valley, MN Terms – Net due prior to vehicle(s) release at the Pierce Manufacturing Plant (Appleton, WI). Net due thirty (30) days from Contract signing for Prepay discount to be applicable. Delivery* – 30 - 33 months from receipt and acceptance of contract. *Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible. 97 ILLINOIS INDIANA MINNESOTA MISSOURI NEBRASKA NORTH DAKOTA SOUTH DAKOTA Said apparatus and equipment are to be built and shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto attached, delays due to strikes, war, or international conflicts, or other causes beyond our control not preventing, could alter the delivery schedule. The specifications herein contained, shall form a part of the final contract, and are subject to changes as desired by the purchaser, provided such changes are acknowledged and agreed to in writing by the purchaser. Various state or federal regulation agencies (e.g., NFPA, DOT, EPA) may require changes to the Specifications and/or the Product and in any such event any resulting cost increases incurred to comply therewith will be added to the Purchase Price to be paid by the Customer. Any future drive train upgrades (engine, transmission, axles, etc.) or any other specification changes have not been calculated into our annual increases and will be provided at additional cost. The Company reserves the right to update pricing in response to manufacturer-imposed increases as a result of PPI inflation. The Company will document and itemize any such price increase for the Customer’s review and approval before proceeding. Should the customer choose not to accept the pricing update, the customer has the ability to cancel without penalty. This proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules and regulations in effect at the time of bid, and with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at the time of bid, except as modified by customer specifications. The attached proposal is valid for thirty (30) days. We trust the above and the enclosed to be full and complete at this time; however, should you have any questions or require additional information, please do not hesitate to contact me at 651-261-9885 or dan.corcoran@macqueengroup.com . We wish to thank the City of Golden Valley for the opportunity to submit our proposal. Respectfully, Dan Corcoran Dan Corcoran Apparatus Sales MacQueen Equipment LLC DBA MacQueen Emergency Group 98 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Police 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.6. Approve Joint Powers Agreement Between the Hennepin County Weapons of Mass Destruction Tactical Response Team and the City of Golden Valley Prepared By Brittany Froberg, Police Support Services Supervisor Matt Clark, Interim Chief of Police Summary This agreement serves to coordinate and maximize cooperation between team members, the jurisdictions they represent, and the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office. The mission of the Hennepin County Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) Tactical Response Team is to respond regionally or nationally if requested to domestic or international acts of terrorism involving chemical, biological or radiological agents. Responsibility for the overall policy and direction of the WMD Tactical Response Team shall rest with the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office. The WMD tactical team will oversee the operations, planning, and training of the WMD Team. Additionally, The Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office will be responsible for incident decision making and will man the command post for team call outs. The WMD Tactical Response Team is comprised from the following Members: MSP Airport Police Department Brooklyn Park Police Department Champlin Police Department Eden Prairie Police Department Golden Valley Police Department Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office Saint Louis Park Police Department The term of this Agreement shall be for 3 years, commencing on January 1st, 2025 and terminating on January 1st, 2028 unless terminated earlier pursuant to the Section III(C) of this Agreement. Financial or Budget Considerations Salaries of WMD team members will be paid by their respective agencies. Any overtime costs incurred by team members will also be paid by the member’s respective agencies. When allowable, the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office will utilize existing grants or apply for Federal and/or State grant 99 dollars to pay for overtime or backfill costs while team members attend training or for tactical incident response. Legal Considerations The Legal Department has reviewed this agreement. Equity Considerations A joint powers agreement with the Hennepin County Weapons of Mass Destruction Tactical Response Team is crucial for handling large-scale emergencies, as they provide a framework for coordinating resources, personnel, and command structures. These agreements allow for the pooling of resources from different jurisdictions and ensure that specialized units, equipment, and training are available and can be deployed effectively in emergency circumstances to support the community. These agreements are particularly important as they often involve a complex mix of chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear threats that require coordinated and specialized responses that no single agency can provide alone. By integrating various elements into a comprehensive preparedness strategy, policing agencies can significantly strengthen their resilience during catastrophic events, improving public safety and minimizing the effects of an attack. Additionally, being a part of WMD team promotes networking by creating structured forums for diplomatic dialogue, fostering scientific and technical collaboration, and establishing mechanisms for information sharing and confidence-building. Recommended Action Motion to approve Joint Powers Agreement between the Hennepin County Weapons of Mass Destruction Tactical Response Team and the City of Golden Valley. Supporting Documents JPA_HC_Weapons of Mass Destruction Tactical Response Team_GVPD.pdf 100 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 1 I.PURPOSE The purpose of this memorandum is to set forth roles and responsibilities which the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office and the below referenced Law Enforcement Agencies will use to govern the Multi-Jurisdictional Weapons of Mass Destruction Tactical Response Team (“Response Team”). In accordance with Minnesota Statutes § 471.59, this agreement serves to coordinate and maximize cooperation between team members, the jurisdictions they represent and the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office. I. MISSION The mission of the Hennepin County Weapons of Mass Destruction Tactical Response Team is to respond regionally or nationally if requested to domestic or international acts of terrorism involving chemical, biological or radiological agents. II.ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE A. ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROL Responsibility for the overall policy and direction of the WMD Tactical Response Team shall rest with the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office. The Sheriff of Hennepin County has directed the Captain of the Sheriff’s Enforcement Services Division to coordinate the policies, procedures and the activities of this team. B.SUPERVISION The overall supervision of the team shall be the responsibility of the Captain of the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Enforcement Services Division. The chain of command will be as follows: The WMD tactical team will have a command element to oversee the operations, planning and training of the WMD Team. The Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office command element will be responsible for incident decision making and will man the command post for team call outs. Team Leaders will be chosen by the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office and will report to the Team Commanders. The Team Leaders are qualified tactical officers from member agencies. The Team Leaders will be direct supervisors for team members at all team exercises and call outs. C. MEMBERS The WMD Tactical Response Team is comprised of members from the following Members: MSP Airport Police Department 101 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 2 Brooklyn Park Police Department Champlin Police Department Eden Prairie Police Department Golden Valley Police Department Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office Saint Louis Park Police Department A governmental unit may join the WMD Team and become a Member upon approval by the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office and execution of amendment to this Agreement. The Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office may terminate a Member for any reason. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Hennepin County Sheriff, or his/her designee, is authorized on behalf of COUNTY to approve/deny potential new governmental units and to terminate existing Members pursuant to the foregoing. A Member may, upon 60 days' written notice to the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office, withdraw and cancel its participation in the WMD Team with or without cause. III. LIABILITY A. Liability for Acts. The Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office and each Law Enforcement Agency shall be liable for its own conduct and the conduct of its own employees and any liability resulting there from, to the extent authorized by law. Hennepin County provides equipment through reputable, industry- recognized vendors. Hennepin County makes no warranty as to fitness of any equipment for a particular purpose. Any Member that uses equipment provided by Hennepin County does so at its own risk, subject to any applicable warranties by the provider or manufacturer of the equipment. Hennepin County is not liable for any faulty equipment or misuse of equipment. Hennepin County shall not be liable for the acts of any team member employed by another Agency and no Agency shall be liable for the conduct of any employee of the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office. B. Damage to Equipment. Each Member shall be responsible for damages to or loss of the equipment it is assigned from the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office. Each Member waives the right to, and agrees that it will not, bring any claim or suit against the Hennepin County Weapons of Mass Destruction Tactical Response Team or any other Member for damages to or loss of equipment arising from participation in or assistance with Response Team operations or activities, even if the damages or losses were caused wholly or in part by the negligence of any other Members or its officers, employees, or volunteers. C. Liability for Injuries or Death. Each Member shall be responsible for injuries to or death of its own personnel. Each Member shall maintain workers’ compensation insurance or self-insurance coverage, covering its own personnel while they are assigned to the Response Team or are otherwise participating in or assisting with Response Team operations or activities. Each Member waives the right to, and 102 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 3 agrees that it will not, bring any claim or suit against the Response Team or any other Member for any workers’ compensation benefits paid to its own employees, or their dependents, that arise out of participation in or assistance with Response Team operations or activities, even if the injuries were caused wholly or partially by the negligence of any other Member or its officers, employees, or volunteers. D. Limitation of Liability. The liability of Hennepin County, the Law Enforcement Partner Agency, and all team members shall be governed and limited by the Municipal Tort Claims act, Minn. Stat. Chapter 466, and other applicable law. The statutory limits of liability for some or all of the parties may not be added together or stacked to increase the maximum amount of liability for any party. IV.SALARIES AND COMPENSATION Salaries of WMD team members will be paid by their respective agencies. Any overtime costs incurred by team members will also be paid by the member’s respective agencies. When allowable the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office will utilize existing grants or apply for Federal and/or State grant dollars to pay for overtime or backfill costs while team members attend training or for tactical incident response. Any injured on-duty /workers compensation claims will be the responsibility of said employee’s employing agency. V. TEAM MOBILIZATION Members of the WMD tactical team will be added to a paging system, run through agency issued cell phones via text message, by the Hennepin County Sheriffs Communication Division. In the event of an emergency requiring the services of the WMD Tactical team, the Sheriff of Hennepin County or their designee will authorize a callout for team members using the Hennepin County Sheriff's Communications Division. The Communications Division shall send a team page directing members to report to the team headquarters in Eden Prairie. Member agencies are asked to allow for a quick response of team members while either off duty or on duty. It will be the responsibility of team members to notify their respective agencies of the team activation/mobilization. In the event of an incident that necessitates the activation of the WMD team, the Sheriff of Hennepin County will deploy the team. During this deployment, team members would be staged together with their standard PPE equipment. VI.PHYSICAL LOCATION Hennepin County has provided building space at Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office Patrol to be used as the WMD team headquarters. WMD team vehicles and equipment 103 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 4 will be housed at this location. The building is alarmed and will be monitored by the Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office. Team members are issued electronic access cards to allow for entry into this facility. VII. TEAM EQUIPMENT Hennepin County, utilizing federal grants, has purchased industry standard equipment for the team and team members to respond to a domestic or international terrorist event. All equipment purchased for the exclusive use of WMD Tactical team remains the property of Hennepin County. Team members are responsible for all the equipment issued to them. Any lost or damaged equipment will be reported to Team Commanders as soon as possible. Upon termination from the WMD Tactical Team, all issued equipment will be returned promptly and in good working condition. VIII. TERM, CANCELLATION AND RENEWAL The term of this Agreement shall be for 3 years, commencing on January 1st, 2025 and terminating on January 1st, 2028 unless terminated earlier pursuant to the Section III(C) of this Agreement. This Agreement may be extended by mutual written agreement of all of the Members for one successive 3-year term upon the same terms, conditions, and covenants, unless the WMD Team is dissolved prior to expiration of the initial or successive term. IX. CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION The following individuals are responsible for administration of this agreement: SIGNATORIES: The Hennepin County Sheriff's Office and member Law Enforcement Agencies by signing this MOU state that they have read understand and acknowledge its terms and execute the same as non-binding document. 104 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 5 BROOKLYN PARK POLICE DEPARTMENT By: Mark Bruley Its: Chief of Police Date:05/19/2025 105 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 6 CHAMPLIN POLICE DEPARTMENT By:Glen Schneider Glen Schneider (May 19, 2025 10:25 CDT) Glen Schneider Its: Chief of Police Date:05/19/2025 106 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 7 SAINT LOUIS PARK POLICE DEPARTMENT By: Bryan Kruelle Its: Chief of Police Date:06/30/2025 107 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 8 EDEN PRAIRIE POLICE DEPARTMENT By: Date: Matthew Sackett Matthew Sackett (Jul 7, 2025 13:42 CDT) Matt Sackett Its: Chief of Police 07/07/2025 108 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 9 MSP AIRPORT POLICE DEPARTMENT - METROPOLITAN AIRPORT COMMISSION By: Matt Christenson Its: ChiefofPolice Date:10/27/2025 109 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 10 GOLDEN VALLEY POLICE DEPARTMENT By: Matthew Clark Its: Interim Chief of Police Date: 110 HENNEPIN COUNTY WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION TACTICAL RESPONSE TEAM JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT 11 {{Sig es :signer1:signature}} {{userstamp1_es_:signer1:stamp}}{{Sig_es_:signer4:signature}} {{userstamp4 es :signer4:stamp}} {{Sig es :signer2:signature}} {{Sig_es_:signer5:signature}} {{userstamp2 es :signer2:stamp}} {{userstamp5_es_:signer5:stamp}} {{*BoardResolution es :signer2:brs}} {{Sig es :signer3:signature}} {{userstamp3 es :signer3:stamp}} HENNEPIN COUNTY BOARD AUTHORIZATION Reviewed for COUNTY by theCountyAttorney'sOffice: Reviewed for COUNTY by: Board Resolution No: COUNTYOFHENNEPIN STATE OF MINNESOTA By: ATTEST: By: 111 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Police 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.7. Approve Joint Powers Agreement Between the City of Maple Grove and the City of Golden Valley Regarding the North Metro Range Prepared By Brittany Froberg, Police Support Services Supervisor Matt Clark, Interim Police Chief Summary The Police Department has unfortunately not had the opportunity to partner with a local training facility, and because of this, we find ourselves at the mercy of busy schedules with offsite facilities which are often not available due to already being booked, forcing us to change training dates. These training facilities are between 30-60 minutes away from Golden Valley Police Department resulting in approximately 13.5 hours (5 off-site days) waisted on travel for each new hire academy conducted. In recent years, we have been conducting three or more new hire academies each year, resulting in over 40 total hours of travel to and from training. With the North Metro Range located at the City of Maple Grove, we would be able to cut those same busy new hire academy years to less than 11 hours total drive time. With this partnership, we would also have access to many additional training areas all at one location to include the firearms range, reality based training facility, defensive tactics mat room, and virtual reality based training area, as well as classrooms and amenities to conduct any required administrative training included in these all day training evolutions. Financial or Budget Considerations Partnering with the City of Maple Grove we would also save a large amount of money utilized for training each year. Below is an approximate breakdown of the funds used in one year for new hire and required MN POST training. 3 x Golden Valley Police Department new hire academy facility rental – Approx. $16,500.00 2 x Golden Valley Police Department In-service training (2 offsite training days each) for MN POST requirements – Approx. $10,000.00 TOTAL APPROX. ANNUAL COST FOR FACILITY RENTAL = Approx. $26,500.00 This does not include individual employee hourly wages, or the multiple squads fuel cost for drive time to and from distant facilities as listed above. 112 Legal Considerations The Legal Department has reviewed this agreement. Equity Considerations An agreement with the North Metro Range would allow the police department to fulfill requirements to meet post standards which align with better supporting community. These trainings include shooting, taser, as well as trainings related to de-escalation techniques, community response, and conflict intervention, which allow us to have a more holistic response to the community. Additionally, the police department would be able to access training facilities that are geographically central for employees to access and further cross city connections. Recommended Action Motion to approve Joint Powers Agreement for use of North Metro Range and authorize Interim Police Chief Matt Clark to sign the agreement on behalf of the City. Supporting Documents NMR_JPA_GOLDEN_VALLEY_FINAL_v.2_12.10.25.doc 113 1 JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT THIS JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made this 16th day of December, 2025 by and between the City of Maple Grove, a Minnesota municipal corporation (“Maple Grove”), and the City of Golden Valley, a Minnesota municipal corporation (“Golden Valley”). Maple Grove and Golden Valley are referred to singularly as a “Member” or collectively as “Members” to this Agreement. WHEREAS, Maple Grove is the owner and operator of the North Metro Regional Public Safety Training Facility located at 11390 89th Avenue North, Maple Grove, Minnesota (the “NMR”); WHEREAS, Maple Grove has specific statutory authority to expend monies to operate and maintain the NMR under Minn. Stat. § 412.211; WHEREAS, each Member to this Agreement has determined that it is in the best interests of their respective communities to enter this agreement for the use of the NMR by Rogers for firearms and related training in order to carry out its essential government functions under Minn. Stat. § 412.221, subd. 32; WHEREAS, each Member to this Agreement is authorized to enter into contracts pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 412.211, and has the statutory authority to enter into and execute this Agreement pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 412.221, subd. 2; and WHEREAS, the Members are authorized pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 471.59 to enter into agreements providing for the joint and cooperative exercise of powers common to them. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual understandings and agreements hereafter set forth, the Members agree as follows: ARTICLE I Recitals 1.1 Incorporation. The above Recitals are a material part of this Agreement and are incorporated herein. ARTICLE II Use and Scheduling 2.1 Purpose. The purpose of this Agreement is to provide for terms of use of the NMR by Golden Valley. The Members shall use the NMR in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. 2.2 Term. The Term of this Agreement runs from January 1, 2026 until it expires on January 1, 2031 unless earlier terminated by the parties as stated herein. 114 2 2.3 Renewal Option. This Agreement may be renewed for additional term or terms by mutual agreement of Maple Grove and Golden Valley. 2.4 NMR Manager. Maple Grove will appoint and employ a manager for the NMR (“Manager”). The Manager shall be responsible for the day-to-day operation, scheduling, and maintenance of the NMR, including scheduling use of the NMR and resolving scheduling disputes and discrepancies, management of rental agreements with any users of the NMR, and other responsibilities assigned by Maple Grove. 2.5 NMR Use and Scheduling. Maple Grove will be responsible for setting the hours of operation of the NMR and determining scheduling procedures to be implemented by the Manager, subject to the rights and obligations of Golden Valley and other users of the NMR. Golden Valley shall be entitled four hours of use of the firing range per employee per annum. Additional firing range hours of use may be allowed at the sole discretion of the Manager. 2.6 Storage, Offices, Classroom, and Vault Space. Golden Valley shall have access to storage, offices, classroom, and vault space in the NMR at the sole discretion of the Manager. 2.7 Fees. Within 30 days of execution of this agreement, Golden Valley shall pay Maple Grove a nonrefundable fee of $22, 260 (equal to $742 per 30 full time sworn officer) for use in 2026. In each subsequent year of the Term, Golden Valley shall pay Maple Grove a nonrefundable fee per full time sworn officer no later than January 31 in the following amounts: 2027 $764 2028 $787 2029 $811 2030 $835 2.8 Other NMR Uses. Subject to availability in the discretion of the Manager, Golden Valley may rent for its use other portions of the NMR facility at the rates specified below. These rates are subject to periodic increases in the discretion of the Manager upon notice to Golden Valley. All fees are nonrefundable and shall be due and payable at the time Golden Valley schedules such use with the Manager. Mat Room $250/day 1 day = 1 hour/range VirTra $100/hour 2 hours = 1 hour/range RBT $500/day 1 day = 2 hours/range Classroom $300/day 1 hour/range ARTICLE III NMR Board 3.1 NMR Board. The NMR is governed by a Board comprised of members from Maple Grove and other member cities making capital contributions to the NMR. Golden Valley shall have no membership on the NMR Board. 115 3 3.2 Approval by Board. The Board must approve the annual Operating Budget, any capital improvements and any new members. The Maple Grove City Administer may overturn any decision by the Board. ARTICLE IV Ownership, Operation, and Maintenance of the NMR 4.1 Ownership; Operator. Maple Grove shall be the owner, operator, and fiscal agent of the NMR, subject to the rights and obligations of the Members set forth in this Agreement and in other joint powers agreements for the use and operation of the NMR. At the termination of this Agreement, Maple Grove shall retain ownership of the NMR. Each Member shall be the owner of its respective personal property in the NMR. 4.2 Maintenance of the NMR. Maple Grove shall be responsible for all maintenance, repair, replacement, and upkeep of the NMR necessary to keep the NMR in good repair and clean condition. 4.3 Equipment Installation. Rogers agrees not to modify the NMR or real estate or install any equipment in or about the NMR without the express written consent of the Board. 4.4 Additional Members. Subject to the approval of the Board and Article 3.2 of this Agreement, Maple Grove may add Members to this Agreement. Prior to using the NMR, each new Member shall agree in writing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations required by Article 4. 4.5 Additional NMR Partners. Maple Grove may enter separate agreements with one or more additional public entity partners in the NMR according to terms and conditions that do not conflict with any term of this Agreement. Pursuant to Article 4.1, Maple Grove shall remain the owner, operator, and fiscal agent of the NMR, subject to the rights and obligations of the Members set forth in this Agreement. ARTICLE V Compliance with Ordinances, Rules, and Regulations 5.1 Nuisances Prohibited. The Members agree not to occupy, use, or permit any portion of the NMR to be occupied or used for any business or purpose which is unlawful, disreputable, or deemed to be extra hazardous on account of fire, or permit anything to be done which would in any way increase the rate of fire insurance coverage on the NMR or its contents beyond its intended purpose as a firearms range. 5.2 Compliance. The Members agree to comply with all applicable federal, state, municipal, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations while occupying the NMR. The Members shall comply with Maple Grove’s reasonable rules for the safety, care, cleanliness, and preservation of good order of the NMR, provided that the rules are submitted to them in writing and do not conflict with the terms of this Agreement. 116 4 ARTICLE VI Insurance, Liability, and Indemnification 6.1 Insurance. Maple Grove will, at all times during the Term and any renewal period of this Agreement, either self-insure or have and keep in force a single limit or excess umbrella commercial general liability insurance policy of an amount not less than $500,000 per claimant for death, bodily injury, personal injury, property loss and/or damages and $1,500,000 for total personal injury, bodily injury, property loss and/or damages arising from any one occurrence or greater limits which may be subsequently allowed under Minn. Stat. §§ 466.02 and 466.04, as amended. 6.2 Property Insurance. Maple Grove will, at all times during the Term and any renewal period of this Agreement, either self-insure or have and keep in force a property insurance policy covering at the insurable value its own property on the NMR premises. 6.3 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance. Maple Grove agrees, during the Term, to either insure or self-insure the NMR against such perils as are usually included in “Fire and Extended Coverage” policies commonly written for commercial real estate in the State of Minnesota. Said policy is to include a “waiver of subrogation” clause so long as such clauses are legally enforceable and/or permissible in Minnesota. 6.4 Proof of Coverage. Upon request, Maple Grove will furnish Golden Valley with Certificates of Insurance documenting the insurance coverage required by this Article 6. 6.5 No Waiver. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or should be construed in any manner as a waiver of either Member’s immunities or tort limits contained in Minnesota Statutes chapter 466. 6.6 Liability. Pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 471.59, subd. 1a(a), as amended, this Agreement is intended to be and shall be construed as a “cooperative activity” and it is the intent of the Members that they shall be deemed a “single governmental unit” for the purposes of liability; provided, however, that each Member expressly declines responsibility for the acts or omissions of the other Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to waive or limit any immunity from, or limitation on, the liability of either Member as provided by law. 6.7 Third Party Liability Limitation. To the extent that tort damages or other related costs or fees become payable to a third party as a result of this Agreement or the activities carried out pursuant to this Agreement, the Members shall each pay an amount equal to their respective percentage of liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Members, it being the express intent of the Members that no other entity or person shall have any right, claim, or interest in this Agreement. 6.8 Employee Liability Limitation. None of the Members shall be responsible or liable for injuries or death of the other Members’ employees or officers. Each Member will maintain worker’s compensation coverage to the extent required by law on its employees and officers who perform work or use the NMR pursuant to this Agreement. 117 5 6.9 Indemnification. Subject to the limitations, immunities, and defenses in Minnesota Statute chapter 466, each Member shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the other and its officers and employees from and against any and all liability, loss, damages, costs, and expenses which it or its employees or agents may hereafter sustain, incur, or be required to pay arising out of or resulting from the performance of this Agreement, provided that any such claim, damage, loss, or expense is (1) attributable to personal or bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to injury to or destruction of tangible property including the loss of use therefrom; and (2) caused by any negligent acts or omissions of the indemnifying Member or its employees, agents, or any other person or entity for whose actions it may be liable. ARTICLE VII Dispute Resolution 7.1 Dispute Resolution. In the event some or all of the Members are unable to reach agreement regarding interpretation of their rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Members shall participate in mediation pursuant to the Minnesota Civil Mediation Act, as amended (currently codified at Minn. Stat.§ 572.31 et seq.) prior to initiating any other form of dispute resolution, including legal action. The complaining Member shall select a mediator, who shall be a disinterested third party who is qualified neutral pursuant to Minn. R. Gen. P. 114, and shall submit a notice of mediation setting forth the name of the mediator and a brief description of the dispute. The place of mediation shall be Maple Grove, Minnesota or another location mutually agreeable to the Members. Mediation shall commence within 15 days after receipt of notice under this Article or as soon thereafter as the selected mediator’s schedule permits. ARTICLE VIII Default and Termination 8.1 Events of Default. The following shall constitute events of default of this Agreement: 8.1.1 Any payment required by this Agreement remains unpaid for 30 days after written notice; or 8.1.2 Failure to comply with any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which failure continues for 30 days after written notice. 8.2 Maple Grove’s Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any or all of the events in Article 8.1, Maple Grove may elect to exercise any remedies at law or in equity, the exercise of one remedy not precluding the exercise of any other available remedy. In such event, Maple Grove may terminate this Agreement and recover damages as may be determined fair and equitable by a court having jurisdiction over the matter. 8.3 Cancellation. Either Member may cancel this Agreement at any time by providing written notice to the other no later than one year prior to the cancellation date. Regardless of any written notice so provided, this Agreement terminate and expires 118 6 automatically and immediately upon any event which permanently prohibits Maple Grove from continuing to own or operate the NMR for its intended purpose. ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous 9.1 Waiver of Covenants. Failure by either Member to insist, in any one or more instances, upon strict performance of any term, covenant, or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any option contained in this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or a relinquishment for the future of such term, covenant, condition, or option, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. The Members shall not be deemed to have waived any provision of this Agreement until expressed in a signed writing. 9.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. 9.3 Assignment. The Members may not assign their rights or obligations under this Agreement without prior written consent. 9.4 Binding Agreement. All of the covenants, conditions, and agreements in this Agreement shall extend to, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective permitted successors and assigns. 9.5 Survival. If any term or provision in this Agreement is deemed invalid or unenforceable by any recognized tribunal, including a certified mediator, arbitrator, or court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the extent permitted by law. 9.6 Captions. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement. 9.7 Choice of Law. This Agreement is declared to be a Minnesota contract and all of its terms shall be construed in accordance with Minnesota law. 9.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the Members and any prior understandings or representations of any kind preceding the execution of this Agreement shall not be binding upon the Members. 9.9 Modification. This Agreement may only be amended or modified by written instrument executed by both Members. 9.10 Attorneys’ Fees. The Members shall each pay their own attorneys’ fees in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. 9.11 Acknowledgement. Each of the Members affirm and acknowledge that it has fully read, appreciates, and understands the words, terms, conditions, and provisions of this 119 7 Agreement and is fully satisfied with the same. Each Member affirms and acknowledges that it has been, or had the opportunity to be, represented by legal counsel of its choice. 9.12 Authority. Each Member represents and warrants that it has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement. Each Member further represents and warrants that the person or persons executing this Agreement on its behalf has full and complete legal authority to do so, and thereby binds the Member and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, its successors and assigns. 9.13 Notices. Any notice or demand, which may or must be given or made by the Members under the terms of this Agreement or any statute or ordinance, shall be in writing and be sent registered or certified mail to the other Member addressed as follows: TO: Maple Grove City Clerk City of Maple Grove 12800 Arbor Lakes Parkway Maple Grove, MN 55311-6180 TO: Golden Valley Chief of Police Golden Valley Public Safety 7800 Golden Valley Rd. Golden Valley, MN 55427 Each Member may designate a different addressee or form of accepting notice at any time by giving written notice to the other Member as provided in this paragraph. Any notice delivered by hand shall be deemed received upon actual delivery. 9.14 MMB Grant Agreement Prevails. The Members acknowledge the existence of a Minnesota Management and Budget (“MMB”) Grant Agreement, which imposes further conditions and restrictions upon the construction, ownership, use, and operation of the NMR, and agree that the terms and conditions of the MMG Grant Agreement shall prevail over any inconsistent terms in this Agreement. Special provisions include, but are not limited to, the following: 9.14.1 The Members agree, upon direction from the Commissioner of MMB (“Commissioner”), to take such actions and furnish such documents as the Commissioner deems necessary to ensure that the interest to be paid on the G.O. Bonds is exempt from federal taxation. 9.14.2 The Members agree not to create or allow, without the prior written consent of the State of Minnesota and the Commissioner, any voluntary lien or encumbrance or involuntary lien or encumbrance that can be satisfied by the payment of monies and which is not being actively contested against the NMR or the NMR property, any Member’s ownership interest in the NMR or the NMR property, or the Members’ shared interest in the Agreement, regardless whether 120 8 such lien or encumbrance is superior or subordinate; provided, however, the State and the Commissioner will consent, in writing, to any such lien or encumbrance that secures repayment of a loan the repayment of which will not impair or burden the funds needed to operate the portion of the NMR and the NMR property that is the subject of this Agreement in the manner specified in the MMB Grant Agreement Section 2.04 and for which the entire amount is used (1) to acquire additional real property that is needed to so operate the NMR in accordance with the requirements imposed by the MMB Grant Agreement Section 2.04 and will be included in and as part of Maple Grove’s ownership of the NMR and the NMR property, and or (2) to pay for capital improvements that are needed to so operate the NMR in accordance with the requirements imposed under the MMB Grant Agreement Section 2.04. 121 9 Date: __________________________ CITY OF MAPLE GROVE, STATE OF MINNESOTA By: ___________________________ Mayor and ___________________________ City Administrator Date: __________________________ CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, STATE OF MINNESOTA By: ___________________________ Interim Chief of Police, Matt Clark 122 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Police 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.8. Approve Law Enforcement Training Academy & Consulting Agreement Prepared By Brittany Froberg, Police Support Services Supervisor Matt Clark, Interim Police Chief Summary The Golden Valley Police Department is seeking to work with Law Enforcement Training Academy & Consulting (LETAC) to enhance the policy manual and to ensure accuracy with state statutes. LETAC will also offer more guidance and support when updates from legislature come in, ensuring we update and disseminate updates to policies quicker and more accurate. Additionally, LETAC offers trainings on all policies which will help ensure the police department is well versed in the policy manual. Financial or Budget Considerations 2026: Policies360 Onboarding, Included Ten Hours of Customization and Annual Management: $15,901 Annual Training Passport*: $15,469 Training Customized Services—Four-Hour Policy Training: $5,984 2027 Policies360 Annual Management: $10,185 Annual Training Passport*: $16,242 2028 Policies360 Annual Management: $10,984 Annual Training Passport*: $17,054 *Annual Training Passport includes annual in-service training for all Minnesota POST mandated topics to include Crisis Intervention Mental Health Crises, Autism, Conflict Management and Mediation, Community Diversity/Implicit Bias, Crimes Motivated by Bias and Officer Wellness. Also included is free admission to any courses that LETAC offers around the metro (excluding conferences and academies). Other classes offered by LETAC and included in the annual passport are: Constitutional Policing, Response to Resistance, Foundational Policing, Report Writing, Courtroom Testimony, and Patrol Response to Domestic Violence. Legal Considerations This agreement has been reviewed, negotiated, and agreed upon by the legal team. 123 Equity Considerations LETAC will be able to support our officers more by offering a variety of methods to learn the policy manual which will help officers retain the policy manual more thoroughly. By using a variety of methods, we will be able to support different learning styles. This approach allows learners to engage with material in a way that best suits them. Supporting different learning styles helps officers by improving retention, problem-solving, and performance in high-pressure situations through tailored training methods. Additionally, LETAC offers the policy manual to be on an application on all officer's city issued cell phone. The policies in the application also include links to MN statutes. This allows officers to be able to check policies within minutes, removing barriers for access to the policy manual for staff and potentially the community, making officers more confident in their decisions. Recommended Action Motion to approve Law Enforcement Training Academy & Consulting Agreement to enhance the work completed on the Golden Valley Police Department Policy Manual. Supporting Documents LETAC_&_GVPD Policies Agreement.docx 124 1 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department SOFTWARE AS A SERVICE AND HOSTING SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT This SOFTWARE AS A SERVICE AND HOSTING SUBSCRITION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is effective as of December 16, 2025 (“Effective Date”) and is made and entered into by and between the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, a municipal corporation, (“Subscriber”), and LETAC, a division of Eckberg Lammers, P.C., a Minnesota corporation, located at 1809 Northwestern Avenue, Stillwater, MN 55082 (“Licensor”). Subscriber and Licensor are referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as “Parties”. RECITALS A. Licensor has developed, owns and provides online, subscription-based law enforcement policies as described in Exhibit A (“Policies360”); and B. Subscriber desires to license, access and utilize Policies360 as a benefit to its organization; and C. The Parties mutually agree Policies360 be made available to Subscriber and its employees under the terms and conditions of this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing express promises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, Subscriber and Licensor hereby agree as follows: 1. AGREEMENT; TERM 1.1. Subject to early termination of this Agreement by Subscriber as provided herein, Licensor shall provide the Services for the term of thirty-six (36) months commencing on the Commencement Date. 1.2. Subscriber shall have the option, exercisable at its sole discretion, to extend the term for up to twenty-four (24) months by giving Licensor notice in writing at least sixty (60) days before the date on which this Agreement would otherwise expire. 1.3. If Subscriber exercises the option provided in Article 1.2 to extend the term, Subscriber shall have further options, exercised at its sole discretion, to extend the term for up to an additional twenty-four (24) months by giving Licensor notice in writing at least sixty (60) days before the date on which this Agreement, as extended pursuant to Article 1.2, would otherwise expire. 125 2 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department 1.4. Licensor shall notify Subscriber, at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the current term, of any proposed increase in the fee for the extension of the term. If such notice is not provided by Licensor at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the current term, the fees for the extension period cannot be increased. 2. DEFINITIONS The following terms, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings provided below: “Authorized Users” shall mean employees, representatives, consultants, contractors, or agents of Subscriber whom Subscriber has authorized to use the Services and to whom Licensor has supplied user identifications and passwords. “Claims” shall mean any of the following, including any combination thereof: causes of action (in rem or in personam), assertions, demands, allegations, proceedings, suits, losses, liabilities, fines, penalties, costs, damages, judgments, awards, and expenses, including court costs and attorneys’ fees, and sums paid by way of settlement and compromise. “Commencement Date” means the date Subscriber first accesses the Systems and begins using the Services. “Indemnify” shall mean defend, indemnify, and hold harmless; and terms such as “Indemnified”, “Indemnifying”, “Indemnification”, “Indemnity”, “Indemnitor”, and “Indemnitee” shall have appropriately correlative meanings and be construed accordingly. “Licensor Technology” means all of Licensor’s proprietary technology (including software, hardware, products, processes, algorithms, user interfaces, know-how, techniques, designs, documentation, and other tangible or intangible technical material or information) made available to Subscriber by Licensor in providing the Services. “Personal Data” means any first or last name, physical address, email address, telephone number, other information that allows physical or online contacting of an individual, or other identity employment information, employee identification number, biometric identification data, or other individually identifiable information that may be accessible to Licensor because of Subscriber using the Services. “Services” means the specific edition of Licensor’s Policies360, its online policies, manuals and software application identified in Exhibit A, developed, operated, maintained and hosted by Licensor and made accessible designated website or IP address, and ancillary online or offline products and services provided to Subscriber by Licensor, to which Subscriber is being granted access under this Agreement, including the Licensor Technology and Systems. “Subscriber Data” means any technology, intellectual property, data, information, or material provided or submitted by Subscriber to the Systems in the course of using the Services. Subscriber Data shall include Personal Data. 126 3 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department “Systems” means the application software, network servers, hardware, software, and data operations utilized by Licensor for the provision of Services. 3. LICENSE GRANT 3.1. In consideration of the fees Subscriber shall pay to Licensor as set forth in Exhibit B of this Agreement and the remaining obligations of Subscriber as set forth herein, Licensor grants to Subscriber and Subscriber accepts a nonexclusive, non-transferable worldwide license for Subscriber and Authorized Users to access and use the Services set forth in Exhibit A. Subscriber agrees that only Authorized Users shall access and use the Services. 4. OWNERSHIP 4.1. Licensor transfers no right, title, or interest in and to Licensor Technology or the Systems except as expressly stated in this Agreement, and the same shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Licensor. 4.2. All right, title, and interest in and to the Subscriber Data and results from processing Subscriber Data are and shall remain the property of Subscriber and no right, title, or interest in and to Subscriber Data or the results from processing Subscriber Data shall vest in Licensor. 5. HOSTING, SECURITY, PRIVACY, BACKUP, AND SUPPORT 5.1. Licensor shall provide a dedicated and secure hosting environment for the Services, which shall include, but not be limited to, all hardware, servers, operating software, network components, database storage, security, technical support, maintenance, backup, and disaster recovery required for Subscriber to use the Services, or otherwise required by this Agreement. 6. AVAILABILITY AND MAINTENANCE 6.1. The Services shall be accessible to Authorized Users twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, except for (i) scheduled maintenance and required repairs; and (ii) any interruption due to causes beyond the control of Licensor or which are not reasonably foreseeable by Licensor. 6.2. Licensor shall perform maintenance services, updates, or upgrades to ensure continuous availability and operation of the Systems. Licensor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to inform Subscriber of any known or foreseeable disruptions to the availability of the Services. 127 4 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department 7. USE AND ACCESS 7.1. Subscriber shall be responsible for obtaining access to the internet to access and use the Services and complete the implementation and set -up process as set forth in Exhibit A to access the Services. 7.2. Subscriber is entirely responsible for maintaining the confidentiality of any passwords and account information required for access to the Services, and for all acts by Subscriber or anyone authorized by Subscriber to access Subscriber’s account that occur in connection with Subscriber’s account 7.3. Subscriber shall not use the Services or the Licensor Technology for any purpose that is (i) unlawful; or (ii) not specifically agreed to by this Agreement. 7.4. Subscribers shall not without the express written consent of Licensor, copy, sell, sublicense, rent, or lease any portion of the Service, including all, updates, training and or revisions to said Services that may be periodically provided to Subscriber. 7.5. Except for a violation of Sections 7.3, 7.4 and 7.6 hereof, or Subscriber's failure to timely pay invoices as set forth in Section 8 hereof, Subscriber shall continue to have unrestricted use of the Services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement during any dispute between Subscriber and Licensor, provided Subscriber is proceeding in good faith to resolve such dispute. 7.6. Licensor acknowledges that nothing in this Agreement restricts Subscriber from copying, or reproducing, physical copies of the Services, policies, and manuals identified in Exhibit A, if required in the regular course of business, including but not limited to complying with authorized public data request as required by Minnesota law. 7.7. Subscribers may designate Authorized Users, such persons being able to use the Services for the exclusive benefit of Subscriber. Except as set forth hereinabove, Subscriber shall not assign, convey or transfer any interest in and to the Services without the written consent of the Licensor. 8. INVOICING, PAYMENT, AND TAXES: 8.1. Subscriber shall pay the fees set forth in Exhibit B. Within thirty five (35) days of Subscriber’s receipt of an invoice from Licensor, together with all required supporting documentation, Subscriber shall pay, or cause to be paid, the amount of such invoice. Any sum due that is not paid within thirty five (35) days of the invoice receipt date shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at a rate of interest equal to one- and one-half percent (1 ½ %) per month or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. 8.2. Licensor may invoice, and Subscriber shall pay to Licensor, such applicable sales, use, excise, or other similar taxes (federal, state, or local) that Licensor is required by law 128 5 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department to apply to the fees set forth in Exhibit B. Any such tax amounts shall be clearly and separately stated on Contractor’s invoices. 9. WARRANTIES 9.1. Performance. Licensor warrants and represents that the Services will perform the functions described in the documentation and specifications provided by Licensor. 9.2. Non-Infringement Warranty. Licensor warrants and represents that when used in accordance with this Agreement, the Services, Systems, and Licensor Technology shall not infringe upon or violate any copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret, or any other proprietary right of any third party. 9.3. Limitations on Warranties. IN CONSIDERATION OF THE WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS ARTICLE 9 AND THE ACCESSIBILITY COMMITMENT IN ARTICLE 6, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. 9.4. Internet Delays. THE SERVICES MAY BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS, DELAYS, AND OTHER PROBLEMS INHERENT IN THE USE OF THE INTERNET AND ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS. LICENSOR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DELAYS, DELIVERY FAILURES, OR OTHER DAMAGE RESULTING FROM SUCH PROBLEMS. 9.5. Exclusive Remedies. Subscriber's exclusive remedies and Licensor's entire liability for any breach of the warranties specified in this Article 9, except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, shall be the correction of the breach of warranty and the remedies provided in Article 6. However, if Licensor is unable to effect the correction without undue delay for the circumstances, Subscriber shall be entitled to immediately terminate this Agreement, and the remedies defined in Article 14 shall apply. 10. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY 10.1. If a Claim of violation of copyright, trade secret, or other intellectual p roperty rights relating to the Services, Systems, or Licensor Technology provided under this Agreement is made against Subscriber, Subscriber shall: (i) promptly notify Licensor; (ii) allow Licensor to control the litigation or settlement of such Claim; and (iii) cooperate with Licensor in the investigation, defense, and/or settlement thereof. Subscribers retain the right to participate at their own cost in any action in which Subscriber is named as a defendant. 10.2. Should any portion of the Services or intended use thereof become, or in Licensor’s reasonable opinion be likely to become, the subject of a Claim for infringement of a copyright, or other proprietary right, Licensor shall at its option either (i) promptly and 129 6 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department diligently modify or replace such portion to make it non-infringing, without degradation to functionality; or (ii) terminate this Agreement and refund fees to Subscriber pursuant to Article 14.3. 11. RESERVED 12. LOSS 12.1. LICENSOR SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO SUBSCRIBER FOR AND SUBSCRIBER SHALL RELEASE LICENSOR FROM AND AGAINST ANY LOSS SUFFERED BY SUBSCRIBER OR ANY THIRD-PARTY CLAIM OF LOSS RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF OR OCCURRING IN CONNECTION WITH SERVICES, SYSTEMS, POLICIES, OR LICENSOR TECHNOLOGY, OR THIS AGREEMENT. ALL SYSTEMS AND POLICIES SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT WERE PROVIDED FOR SUBSCRIBER’S EXCLUSIVE USE AND ADOPTED AT THE SOLE DISCRETION OF THE SUBSCRIBER. 12.2. SUBSCRIBER AGREES TO AND UNDERSTANDS THAT LICENSOR HAS MADE REASONABLE EFFORTS TO COMPLY WITH AND ADHERE TO ALL APPLICABLE STATUTES, OPINIONS, LAWS, AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF CREATION. SUBSCRIBER SHALL RELEASE LICENSOR FROM AND AGAINST ANY LOSS SUFFERED BY SUBSCRIBER RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF OR OCCURRING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. 14. TERMINATION AND REMEDY 14.1. Termination of Agreement for Cause. Each of Licensor and Subscriber has the right to terminate this Agreement and pursue injunctive relief if the other Party breaches or is in default of any material obligation under this Agreement, when such a breach or default (i) is incapable of cure; or (ii), being capable of cure, has not been cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of breach or default. 14.2. Termination for Convenience. This Agreement may be terminated by either Party at the annual anniversary date of each year of the Subscription Term by written notice to the other Party at least thirty (30) days prior to the anniversary date of the Subscription Term. 14.3. Remedy. In the event Subscriber terminates this Agreement pursuant to Article 14.1 or Article 14.2 Licensor shall return to Subscriber any prepaid payments it received for the terminated portion of the Agreement. 14.4. Subscriber Data. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Licensor shall remove from its servers and return to Subscriber all Subscriber Data or provide Subscriber access for a reasonable period (but, in any event, no more than 180 days) after termination or expiration in order to gather and facilitate a transfer of all 130 7 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department Subscriber Data. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensor shall be permitted to retain one archival copy of the Subscriber Data, and Licensor shall represent to Subscriber that the same is retained for archival purposes only and any possible litigation arising thereunder, and for no other purpose. 15. GOVERNING LAW 15.1. THE INTERPRETATION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA, EXCEPT FOR ANY RULE OF LAW OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA, WHICH WOULD MAKE THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION APPLICABLE. 15.2. The Parties specifically agree that, if any provision of this Agreement is determined to be unenforceable or in contravention of any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent required to bring such provision into compliance with said statute or case law. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE CONSTRUED AS CONTRAVENING THE EXPRESS INTENTION OF THE PARTIES THAT THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA SHALL APPLY IN ALL RESPECTS, UNLESS AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PARTIES MAY REFERENCE AND REQUEST APPLICATION OF A LAW, STATUTE, OR RULE OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR GOVERNMENTAL BODY IN A SPECIFIC PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.1. All actions and proceedings arising out of or related, in whole or in part, to this Agreement shall lie exclusively in the state courts of Hennepin County, Minnesota. 17. DATA AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION 17.1. During the term of this Agreement, the Parties may provide information to each other or come into possession of information which is considered confidential (“Confidential Information”). Confidential Information shall include Subscriber Data, Licensor Technology, and information which is marked as “confidential” or “proprietary” or would reasonably be assumed to be confidential based on its content or the context surrounding its disclosure. 17.2. Licensor specifically agrees that all Subscriber Data (includin g Personal Data) is and shall always remain the exclusive property of Subscriber, and Licensor shall not access, download, or make use of the Subscriber Data for any reason other than for the purposes of providing the Services or as otherwise required by applicable law. 17.3. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, and as directed by the disclosing Party, each Party will promptly (i) return to the other Party all of the Confidential 131 8 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department Information of the other Party; or (ii) erase and destroy all copies of the Confidential Information of the other Party in its possession and certify destruction of the same. 18. ACCESS TO SUBSCRIBER’S SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS 18.1. Subscribers shall determine the portions of Subscriber’s System and/or Network to which the Accessing Parties will have access and will designate such portions of the System and Network in writing. No Accessing Party shall access or attempt to access any portion of Subscriber’s System or Network except as expressly permitted hereunder. 18.2. SUBSCRIBER MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY WITH RESPECT TO SUBSCRIBER’S SYSTEM AND NETWORK. 19. ASSIGNMENT 19.1 Neither party shall assign or transfer this Agreement, in whole or in part, to an unaffiliated entity or third party, without the prior written consent of the other party. In the event of reorganization, merger, or sale by Licensor, City consent is not needed prior to any assignment of this Agreement. Licensor shall notify City prior to assignment. The City manager may consent to any assignment of without City council’s approval. Any assignment in violation of this Article 19.1 shall be null and void. 20. GENERAL 20.1 Headings. The captions and headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used for purposes of construction or interpretation. 20.1 Non-Waiver. No waiver by either Party of any one or more defaults by the other Party in performance of this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver of any future default or defaults by the same Party, whether of a like or a different character. 20.2 Amendment. No change to any term or provision hereof shall be effective unless stated in writing and signed by the duly authorized representatives of both Parties. 20.3 Right to Defend. Each Party shall notify the other immediately upon the commencement of any action brought and the outcome of which may affect the rights of the other Party herein granted, and such other Party shall have the right at its own expense to appear in and defend such actions. 20.4 Records/Inspection. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 16C.05, subd. 5, Licensor agrees that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices of Licensor, that are relevant to the contract or transaction, are subject to examination by Subscriber and the state auditor or legislative auditor for a minimum of six years. 132 9 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department Licensor shall maintain such records for a minimum of six years after final payment. The parties agree that this obligation will survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 20.5 Insurance. Licensor shall maintain reasonable insurance coverage throughout this Agreement. 20.6 Agreement Not Exclusive. Subscriber retains the right to hire other professional service providers for this or other matters, in Subscriber’s sole discretion. 20.7 Data Practices Act Compliance. Any and all data provided to Licensor, received from Licensor, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Licensor pursuant to this Agreement shall be administered in accordance with, and is subject to the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13. Licensor agrees to notify Subscriber within three business days if it receives a data request from a third party. This paragraph does not create a duty on the part of Licensor to provide access to public data to the public if the public data are available from Subscriber, except as required by the terms of this Agreement. These obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Agreement. 20.8 Conflict of Interest. Licensor shall use reasonable care to avoid conflicts of interest and appearances of impropriety in connection with Subscriber. In the event of a conflict of interest, Licensor shall advise Subscriber and, either secure a waiver of the conflict, or advise Subscriber that it will be unable to provide the requested Services. 20.9 Confidentiality. Licensor understands that Subscriber has access to, develops, and uses private, confidential, nonpublic, and protected nonpublic information, as those terms are defined by the MGDPA, in connection with its business (collectively, “Confidential Information”). Subscriber has instituted policies and procedures to protect and safeguard this Confidential Information. While working for Subscriber under this Agreement, Licensor may come into contact with Confidential Information. Licensor understands that the protection of Confidential Information is required by law and is a requirement of their relationship with Subscriber. Accordingly, Licensor agrees as follows: a. During the term of this Agreement and after the termination of Licensor’s relationship with Subscriber: (a) Licensor will keep secret all Confidential Information and will not directly or indirectly disclose it to anyone outside Subscriber; (b) Licensor will not make use of any Confidential Information for their own purposes or for the benefit of anyone other than Subscriber; and (c) upon termination of Licensor’s relationship with Subscriber, Licensor will promptly deliver to Subscriber all memoranda, notes, records, and other documents (and all copies thereof) constituting or relating to Confidential Information. 20.10 No Discrimination. Licensor agrees not to discriminate in providing products and services under this Agreement on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin, 133 10 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department disability, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, status with regard to public assistance, or religion. Violation of any part of this provision may lead to immediate termination of this Agreement. Licensor agrees to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as amended (“ADA”), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 363A. Licensor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City from costs, including but not limited to damages, attorneys’ fees and staff time, in any action or proceeding brought alleging a violation of these laws by Licensor or its guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives and subcontractors. Upon request, Licensor shall provide accommodation to allow individuals with disabilities to participate in all Services under this Agreement. Licensor agrees to utilize its own auxiliary aid or service in order to comply with ADA requirements for effective communication with individuals with disabilities. 20.11 Severability. It is intended that if any provision of this Agreement is determined to be unenforceable or void for any reason, such provision shall be adjusted, if possible, to achieve the intent of the Parties. In any event, all other provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed valid, binding, and enforceable. 20.12 Legal Representation and Language Construction. Each Party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel in connection with the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement, and the Parties agree that this Agreement and the terms hereof shall not be construed more severely against one of the Parties than the other. Specifically, but not by limitation, the Parties agree that no term of this Agreement shall be construed more severely against the Party deemed to be the drafter of such term than against the other Party. 20.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement reflects the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter. All other oral or written agreements, contracts, understandings, conditions, warranties, or representations with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement are superseded by this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives, effective as of the Effective Date. [Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.] 134 11 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department By: ____________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager Date: ___________________________ CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY LETAC A DIVISION OF ECKBERG LAMMERS, P.C. By: By: Roslyn Harmon, Mayor Print: Imran S. Ali Title: Executive Director, LETAC Date: Date: 135 12 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department EXHIBIT A SCOPE OF SERVICES 1. GENERAL Licensor will provide Policies360 Law Enforcement Policies and a hosted platform for Policies360 Law Enforcement Policies Software. The platform provides Subscriber the ability to receive law enforcement policies and provides a platform to deliver, access, manage, audit and report on Policies360 Law Enforcement Policies 2. SUMMARY OF SERVICES: Policies360 is a web-based Law Enforcement Policy management system created to increase understanding, access, retention, proficiency, and efficiency in locating and understanding Law Enforcement Policies by eliminating unnecessary processes and providing enhanced targeted knowledge management systems. All policy storage, retrieval, updating, auditing, reporting and proprietary knowledge management systems are performed online. Policies360 is used by law enforcement agencies and municipalities to protect the public, officers and municipalities from unnecessary risk and harm by providing comprehensive policies and intuitive knowledge management systems to promote public safety. With Policies360 you can: • Receive, sort and manage policies • Automatically route or complete tickets • Search for current policies • Access to policies • Manage policy updates • Eliminate unnecessary procedures from policies Policies360 include the following:  Complete and comprehensive Law Enforcement Policy Manual  Online access to Policies 24/7  Integrated intuitive Knowledge Management System  Policy Update notifications  Compliance and reporting  Support for locations and users  Web-based application access  Setup, credentialling and configuration  Telephone support, upgrades and maintenance  Current auditing and reporting  Fully redundant and secure data center 136 13 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department 3. IMPLEMENTATION AND SET-UP PROCESS Outlined in Policies360 Implementation & Security Forms 4. DETAILS OF SERVICES Policies360 include: LETAC Law Enforcement Policy Manual Automated MN Law Enforcement Policy Manual Periodic policy updates Policy Monitoring Automated Notifications of Compliance Employee recognition Auditing Auditing and Reporting Completion Detail and Summary Reports Export Reports to Multiple Formats Seven Years of Archived Data Custom Reporting Tool Intuitive Knowledge Management Systems Interactive Learning Support Online support Data Security Data Integrity Data Center Redundancy Network Redundancy Data Redundancy 137 14 © Policies360 by Eckberg Lammers | Golden Valley Police Department EXHIBIT B FEES SUMMARY OF FEES Based on 31 FTE/PTE Officers Policies360 Fees 2026 Policies360 Onboarding, Included Ten Hours of Customization and Annual Management 2027 Policies360 Annual Management 2028 Policies360 Annual Management $15,901 $10,185 $10,984 Discount - Bundled Services LETAC Training and Consultation Services 2026 Annual Training Passport* 2026 Training Customized Services—Four-Hour Policy Training 2027 Annual Training Passport 2028 Annual Training Passport $15,469 $5,984 $16,242 $17,054 Annual Training Passport includes annual in-service training for all Minnesota POST mandated topics to include Crisis Intervention Mental Health Crises, Autism, Conflict Management and Mediation, Community Diversity/Implicit Bias, Cr imes Motivated by Bias and Officer Wellness. Also included is free admission to any courses that LETAC offers around the metro (excluding conferences and academies). Other classes offered by LETAC and included in the annual passport are: Constitutional Policing, Response to Resistance, Foundational Policing, Report Writing, Courtroom Testimony, and Patrol Response to Domestic Violence. Discount - Bundled Services 138 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Legal 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.9. Approve Short-Term Lease Agreements with Sorenson Apartment Movers/A-1 Moving Company, Link Snacks, Inc., and Birnstengel Investments, Inc. at 6100 Olson Memorial Highway Prepared By Maria Cisneros, City Attorney Stacie Kvilvang, Ehlers Summary City staff request approval to enter into three short-term lease agreements with Sorenson Apartment Movers/A-1 Moving Company, Link Snacks, Inc., and Birnstengel Investments, Inc. for limited continued use of the property located at 6100 Olson Memorial Highway, which the City acquired through eminent domain for the planned construction of a new public works facility. These temporary leases will allow existing occupants to maintain operations during the transition period while ensuring the City secures control of the site in accordance with the project timeline. Each lease is structured to conclude prior to the commencement of construction activities and includes provisions that protect the City’s interests and maintain flexibility as the project advances. Financial or Budget Considerations The proposed leases will generate short-term rental revenue that will partially offset holding and maintenance costs associated with the property during the acquisition phase. Lease rates were determined based on existing leases between the tenants and property owner. No additional budget appropriations are required at this time. Any revenue collected will be deposited into the project fund and reflected in the project’s financial plan. Legal Considerations The property is being acquired through eminent domain pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Chapter 117. The proposed short-term leases have been reviewed by the City Attorney’s Office to ensure consistency with statutory requirements, the condemnation process, and the City’s long-term project obligations. Each lease includes early-termination clauses, liability protections, and insurance requirements that safeguard the City during the interim occupancy. Approval of the leases will not impact the timeline or legal status of the eminent domain proceedings. Equity Considerations The recommended approach supports an equitable transition for existing tenants by providing temporary stability and minimizing disruption during the relocation period associated with the City’s acquisition. Lease terms were structured to be transparent, consistent, and accessible to all impacted 139 parties. This action advances the City’s commitment to fair treatment of affected businesses while ensuring that community benefits anticipated from the future public works facility, including improved public services, improved working conditions for City employees, and long-term economic opportunity—remain on track. Recommended Action Motion to approve the three short-term lease agreements with Sorenson Apartment Movers/A-1 Moving Company, Link Snacks, Inc., and Birnstengel Investments, Inc. for interim use of the property located at 6100 Olson Memorial Highway, and authorize the City Manager to make necessary non- material modifications, provided such modifications are approved by the City Attorney, and to execute all related documents on behalf of the City. Supporting Documents Sorenson Movers Lease Links Snacks Lease Birnstengel Lease 140 LEASE This Lease is entered into effective December 8, 2025, between the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota (“Landlord”) and Sorenson Apartment Movers/A-1 Moving Company (“Tenant”). Recitals A. As of the effective date of this Lease, Landlord owns the real property located at 6100 Olson Memorial Highway, Golden Valley, Minnesota (“Property”). B. Landlord took the Property under the power of eminent domain in the matter City of Golden Valley v. PFJ, LLC; et al., Hennepin County District Court File No. 27-CV-25- 16368 (“Condemnation Action”) for the purposes of redeveloping the site with new public works facilities (“Project”) and the taking terminated all existing leases effective as of the date of taking, December 8, 2025. C. Landlord reserved the right to temporarily re-lease the Property to pre-existing tenants on terms that do not interfere with the Project. D. Landlord desires to lease the Property back to Tenant to afford as much time as practicable to relocate. E. Tenant understands that the lease term will not be extended or renewed and that vacation on or before the end of the term will be necessary. Lease Agreement This Lease is a legal contract that can be enforced in court against the Landlord or the Tenant if either one of them does not comply with this Lease. 1. Recitals. The above recitals at attached exhibit are hereby incorporated and made part of this agreement. 2. Leased Premises. Landlord in consideration of the rents and covenants herein contained, to be paid, kept and performed by Tenant, does hereby demise and lease to Tenant the following premises (“Leased Premises”): Approximately 17,889 square feet of space in an office and warehouse building located at 6020-6100 Olson Memorial Hwy, Golden Valley, MN 55422; said space having approximately 17,889 square feet of warehouse space and approximately 0 square feet of office space; such space being measured from the outside walls to the center of the partition wall; all according to the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and commonly known as 6070 Olson Memorial Hwy, Golden Valley, MN 55422. 3. Term. This Lease shall commence on December 8, 2025 (“Commencement Date”), and shall end at midnight on December 31, 2025 (“Termination Date”). 4. Holding Over. In the event that Tenant remains in possession of the Leased Premises after the Termination Date, Tenant shall be deemed to be trespassing on the Property and shall be liable to the Landlord for direct and consequential damages in the liquidated sum of $500.00 per day (“Liquidated Damages”). Tenant agrees that the 141 Liquidated Damages are not a penalty, that Project delay resulting from a holdover will cause the Landlord actual damages, that actual damages are incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation, and that the amount of the Liquidated Damages is a reasonable forecast of fair compensation for the damages caused by the breach. Tenant further agrees that Landlord may take any action at law or in equity to restore Landlord’s possession of the Leased Premises, including without limitation, applying to the court in the Condemnation Action for an order compelling delivery of possession pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 117.043, and awarding Landlord its attorney fees, costs, and disbursements actually incurred in securing possession of the Leased Premises. 5. Rent. Tenant shall pay Landlord rent in the amount of $7,125 per month, prorated for the month of partial occupancy; Landlord acknowledges said rent has been paid and no further rent is due. 6. Security Deposit. No security deposit has been received or is required by the Landlord. 5. Use of Leased Premises. The Tenant shall use the Leased Premises for general office and warehouse uses, consistent with the uses being of the Leased Premises immediately before the effective date of this Lease, subject to all local, state, and federal regulations reading the use. Teanant will not use or permit any part of the Leased Premises to be used for any unlawful, dangerous, noxious or offensive purpose. Tenant will confine its business activities to the Leased Premises and will not disturb other tenants on the Property. 6. Condition of Leased Premises. Tenant accepts the Leased Premises in its “as-is” condition without any representation, warranty, or guaranty from Landlord as to the condition of the Leased Premises or its suitability for Tenant’s use and occupancy. 7. Use of Parking Areas. The parking areas on the Property shall be available to Tenant, its employees and business invitees, as well as to other tenants on the Property, and their employees and business invitees, on a first-come first-served basis. Tenant shall not park or store trailers of any kind, covered or uncovered, in parking areas for temporary or permanent storage at any time of day. Storage of boats, snowmobiles, and personal recreational vehicles in the parking areas is prohibited. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the outside parking areas on the Property for overnight storage of automobiles, trailers or other vehicles. Any inoperable, immobile or abandoned automobiles, trailers or other vehicles may be towed by Landlord at the vehicle owner’s and Tenant’s expense. 8. Utilities. Landlord shall provide all mains, conduits and other facilities to supply gas, water and electricity to the Leased Premises and common areas of the Property. Tenant shall pay for all utilities, including gas, electricity and city water and any other service used by the Tenant in the Leased Premises during the term of this Lease. In the event that any utility charge is not separately metered to Tenant, then Tenant shall pay a pro rata share of such utility charge, calculated by dividing the square footage of the Leased Premises by the total leasable share footage of the building. 9. Maintenance and Repair. a. By Landlord. Landlord shall (1) keep the Property in reasonable repair during the term of the Lease, except when the damage was caused by the intentional or negligent action of the Tenant or Tenant's guests; and (2) maintain the Property 142 in compliance with the applicable health and safety laws except if the violation is caused by the Tenant or Tenant's guests. Landlord shall be responsible for all outside maintenance including common areas, grounds, and the exterior of the building. b. By Tenant. Tenant shall be wholly responsible for the routine interior maintenance of the Leased Premises, and will keep them in good condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or the elements excepted, and will keep them in an orderly, clean and sanitary condition as required by the applicable laws and ordinances. Tenant will not do or permit to be done anything which is in violation of the terms of any insurance policy on the Property or the applicable laws or ordinances. 8. Hazardous Substances. Tenant shall not keep, use or permit to be kept or used on the Leased Premises or on the Property any hazardous substance, hazardous waste or hazardous material as defined under any applicable federal, state or local environmental law or regulation (“Hazardous Substances”), except for such amounts as are the lawful activities of Tenant that are part of the ordinary course of the Tenant’s business in accordance with the permitted use of the Leased Premises. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, fines, demands, claims, recoveries, deficiencies, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorney fees and expert consultant fees), whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, arising directly or indirectly out of the presence, use, generation, storage, treatment, on- or off-site disposal or transportation of Hazardous Substances on, into, from, under or about the Leased Premises or the Property by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. This Hazardous Substances paragraph shall survive the termination of the Lease. 9. Damage to the Property. If the Leased Premises shall become untenantable or unfit for occupancy in whole or in part by the total or partial destruction of the building by fire or other casualty, either party may elect to terminate the Lease on 10 days’ written notice. Rent paid for any period of occupancy after such destruction shall be abated in proportion to the loss and impairment of Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises. 10. Claims Against Landlord. Tenant will make no claims against Landlord for any loss of or damage to property caused by theft, burglary, water, gas, electricity or other means. 11. Insurance. Tenant will maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Lease a policy of public liability insurance under which Landlord and Tenant are named insureds. The minimum coverage limits of such insurance shall be $2,000,000 per occurrence for personal injury or death and $1,000,000 for property damage. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate of coverage evidencing the required insurance coverages on or before the Commencement Date. If Tenant’s business shall manufacture, handle, transport, store, dispose or use in any way any Hazardous Substances, then Tenant shall carry adequate insurance to cover any and all expenses associated with the cleanup of any spill, leak, pumping, pouring, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of any Hazardous Substances. 143 12. No Alterations/Liens. Tenant shall not make any material alterations or additions to the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not order, cause or permit any work that may result in existence or claim of mechanic’s liens against the Property. 11. Right of Entry. Landlord and Landlord's agents may enter the Leased Premises at reasonable hours (with notice to Tenant) to repair or inspect the Leased Premises, to perform any non-destructive investigation that Landlord decides is necessary to prepare the Property for the Project. The court-appointed commissioners in the Condemnation Action, in the company of Landlord’s representatives, may enter the Leased Premises upon reasonable notice as part of their viewing of the Property. 12. Assignment and Subletting. Tenant will not assign this Lease and will not sublet any part of the Leased Premises. 13. Surrender of Premises. Tenant shall vacate the Leased Premises on or before the Termination Date. 14. Default. If Tenant does not pay the rent or other amounts when due or if Tenant violates any other term of this Lease, and does not cure said breach within 10 days’ notice, Landlord may terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender to Landlord possession of the Leased Premises. Landlord reserves all remedies at law or in equity in the event of an uncured Tenant default, including without limitation the Landlord’s remedies for Holding Over set forth in Section 4, above. 15. Indemnity. Tenant shall defend, indemnity and hold harmless the Landlord, its officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all claims, demands, injuries, losses or damages, including reasonable attorney fees, arising from or related to the use of the Leased Premises by Tenant, its guests, invitees, agents, contractors, servants, or employees, or from any breach or default of Tenant in the performance of any material term of this Lease, or from any tortious or unlawful act of Tenant, its guests, invitees, agents, contractors, servants, or employees in or about the Leased Premises. 16. Notices. All notices, consents, demands and requests which may be or are required to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing, and shall deemed given or served when deposited in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or via nationally recognized overnight courier or personal delivery, addressed as follows: To the Landlord at: City of Golden Valley Attn: Tim Keiffer 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 With copy to: Maria Cisneros Golden Valley City Attorney 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 To the Tenant at: Sorensen Apartment Movers/ A-1 Moving Co. Attn: Joel Mitchell 144 401 11th Ave. S., Suite 200 Hopkins, MN 55343 17. Brokerage. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that there is no obligation to pay any brokerage fee, commission, or similar charge in connection with this Lease. 18. Miscellaneous. a. Governing Law/Forum. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. Any legal actions arising out of this Lease shall be venued in state court in Hennepin County, Minnesota. b. Entire Agreement. The undersigned confirm that each has read this Lease, and that each knows and understands its consequences and legal effect. This Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the lease of the Leased Premises. No amendment or modification of this Lease shall be binding upon the parties unless made in writing and signed by both Tenant and Landlord. c. Severability/Non-Waiver. The provisions of this Lease shall be deemed severable. If any part of this Lease is rendered void, invalid, or otherwise unenforceable, such rendering shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the remainder of this Lease. No failure by the Landlord to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition contained in this Lease or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, agreement, term, or condition, nor does it imply that such covenant, agreement, term, or condition may be waived again. d. Execution. This Lease may be executed in separate counterparts which, taken together, shall be and comprise one agreement. PDF copies and other electronic signatures to this Lease shall be treated as originals. e. Authority. Any person signing this Lease in a representative capacity represents and warrants by signing this Lease that it is the signer’s intent to bind the principal being represented to the terms and conditions of this Lease, that the signer has been authorized to bind the principal to the terms and conditions, and that it is the intent of the principal to be so bound. [Remainder of page intentionally blank.] 145 DATED: , 2025. LANDLORD: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY ____________________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ____________________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager TENANT: SORENSEN APARTMENT MOVERS/A-1 MOVING CO. By:________________________________ Its: ____________________________________ 146 LEASE This Lease is entered into effective December 8, 2025, between the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota (“Landlord”) and Link Snacks, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (“Tenant”). Recitals A. As of the effective date of this Lease, Landlord owns the real property located at 6100 Olson Memorial Highway, Golden Valley, Minnesota (“Property”). B. Landlord took the Property under the power of eminent domain in the matter City of Golden Valley v. PFJ, LLC; et al., Hennepin County District Court File No. 27-CV-25- 16368 (“Condemnation Action”) for the purposes of redeveloping the site with new public works facilities (“Project”) and the taking terminated all existing leases effective as of the date of taking, December 8, 2025. C. Landlord reserved the right to temporarily re-lease the Property to pre-existing tenants on terms that do not interfere with the Project. D. Landlord desires to lease the Property back to Tenant to afford as much time as practicable to relocate. E. Tenant understands that the lease term will not be extended or renewed and that vacation on or before the end of the term will be necessary. Lease Agreement This Lease is a legal contract that can be enforced in court against the Landlord or the Tenant if either one of them does not comply with this Lease. 1. Recitals. The above recitals at attached exhibit are hereby incorporated and made part of this agreement. 2. Leased Premises. Landlord in consideration of the rents and covenants herein contained, to be paid, kept and performed by Tenant, does hereby demise and lease to Tenant the following premises (“Leased Premises”): Approximately 7,759 square feet of space in an office and warehouse building located at 6020-6100 Olson Memorial Hwy, Golden Valley, MN 55422; said space having approximately 7,051 square feet of warehouse space and approximately 708 square feet of office space; such space being measured from the outside walls to the center of the partition wall; all according to the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and commonly known as 6088 Olson Memorial Hwy, Golden Valley, MN 55422. 3. Term. This Lease shall commence on December 8, 2025 (“Commencement Date”), and shall end at midnight on March 31, 2026 (“Termination Date”). Notwithstanding the Termination Date, Tenant may terminate this lease early at its option at any time upon 10 days’ written notice. 4. Holding Over. In the event that Tenant remains in possession of the Leased Premises after the Termination Date, Tenant shall be deemed to be trespassing on the Property and shall be liable to the Landlord for direct and consequential damages in the 147 liquidated sum of $600.00 per day (“Liquidated Damages”). Tenant agrees that the Liquidated Damages are not a penalty, that Project delay resulting from a holdover will cause the Landlord actual damages, that actual damages are incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation, and that the amount of the Liquidated Damages is a reasonable forecast of fair compensation for the damages caused by the breach. Tenant further agrees that Landlord may take any action at law or in equity to restore Landlord’s possession of the Leased Premises, including without limitation, applying to the court in the Condemnation Action for an order compelling delivery of possession pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 117.043, and awarding Landlord its attorney fees, costs, and disbursements actually incurred in securing possession of the Leased Premises. 5. Rent. a. Amount. Tenant shall pay Landlord rent in the amount of $9,060.00 per month. Rent shall be prorated for any month of partial occupancy. Landlord acknowledges December 2025 rent has been paid. b. Payment. Rent shall be due and payable in advance each month, with the first month’s rent due on December 8, 2025, and then on the 1st day of each successive month thereafter. Rent shall be paid by electronic transfer of funds to a bank account designated by Landlord or by check delivered to the office of Landlord, City of Golden Valley, Attn: Lyle Hodges, 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427. c. Late Charge. A late charge of 12% of the amount due shall be added to any late rent payment. A rent payment shall be deemed late if not received by the Landlord within 5 calendar days after the date the rent payment was due. 6. Security Deposit. No security deposit has been received or is required by the Landlord. 5. Use of Leased Premises. The Tenant shall use the Leased Premises for general office and warehouse uses, consistent with the uses being of the Leased Premises immediately before the effective date of this Lease, subject to all local, state, and federal regulations reading the use. Teanant will not use or permit any part of the Leased Premises to be used for any unlawful, dangerous, noxious or offensive purpose. Tenant will confine its business activities to the Leased Premis es and will not disturb other tenants on the Property. 6. Condition of Leased Premises. Tenant accepts the Leased Premises in its “as-is” condition without any representation, warranty, or guaranty from Landlord as to the condition of the Leased Premises or its suitability for Tenant’s use and occupancy. 7. Use of Parking Areas. The parking areas on the Property shall be available to Tenant, its employees and business invitees, as well as to other tenants on the Property, and their employees and business invitees, on a first-come first-served basis. Tenant shall not park or store trailers of any kind, covered or uncovered, in parking areas for temporary or permanent storage at any time of day. Storage of boats, snowmobiles, and personal recreational vehicles in the parking areas is prohibited. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the outside parking areas on the Property for overnight storage of automobiles, trailers or other vehicles. Any inoperable, immobile or abandoned automobiles, trailers or other vehicles may be towed by Landlord at the vehicle owner’s and Tenant’s expense. 148 8. Utilities. Landlord shall provide all mains, conduits and other facilities to supply gas, water and electricity to the Leased Premises and common areas of the Property. Electric service, gas service and city water are included in the monthly rent. Tenant agrees to use reasonable care to limit utility consumption by turning of lights when not in use and keeping heat setting no higher than 68 degrees. Tenant shall be responsible for low voltage/voice/data/computer cabling requirements from the demark point of entry to the building to the Leased Premises. Landlord does not warrant any existing low voltage/voice/data/computer cabling. 9. Maintenance and Repair. a. By Landlord. Landlord shall (1) keep the Property in reasonable repair during the term of the Lease, except when the damage was caused by the intentional or negligent action of the Tenant or Tenant's guests; and (2) maintain the Property in compliance with the applicable health and safety laws except if the violation is caused by the Tenant or Tenant's guests. Landlord shall be responsible for all outside maintenance including common areas, grounds, and the exterior of the building. b. By Tenant. Tenant shall be wholly responsible for the routine interior maintenance of the Leased Premises, and will keep them in good condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or the elements excepted, and will keep them in an orderly, clean and sanitary condition as required by the applicable laws and ordinances. Tenant will not do or permit to be done anything which is in violation of the terms of any insurance policy on the Property or the applicable laws or ordinances. 8. Hazardous Substances. Tenant shall not keep, use or permit to be kept or used on the Leased Premises or on the Property any hazardous substance, hazardous waste or hazardous material as defined under any applicable federal, state or local environmental law or regulation (“Hazardous Substances”), except for such amounts as are the lawful activities of Tenant that are part of the ordinary course of the Tenant’s business in accordance with the permitted use of the Leased Premises. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, fines, demands, claims, recoveries, deficiencies, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorney fees and expert consultant fees), whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, arising directly or indirectly out of the presence, use, generation, storage, treatment, on- or off-site disposal or transportation of Hazardous Substances on, into, from, under or about the Leased Premises or the Property by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. This Hazardous Substances paragraph shall survive the termination of the Lease. 9. Damage to the Property. If the Leased Premises shall become untenantable or unfit for occupancy in whole or in part by the total or partial destruction of the building by fire or other casualty, either party may elect to terminate the Lease on 10 days’ written notice. Rent paid for any period of occupancy after such destruction shall be abated in proportion to the loss and impairment of Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises. 10. Claims Against Landlord. Tenant will make no claims against Landlord for any loss of or damage to property caused by theft, burglary, water, gas, electricity or other means. 149 11. Insurance. Tenant will maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Lease a policy of public liability insurance under which Landlord and Tenant are named insureds. The minimum coverage limits of such insurance shall be $2,000,000 per occurrence for personal injury or death and $1,000,000 for property damage. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate of coverage evidencing the required insurance coverages on or before the Commencement Date. If Tenant’s business shall manufacture, handle, transport, store, dispose or use in any way any Hazardous Substances, then Tenant shall carry adequate insurance to cover any and all expenses associated with the cleanup of any spill, leak, pumping, pouring, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of any Hazardous Substances. 12. No Alterations/Liens. Tenant shall not make any material alterations or additions to the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not order, cause or permit any work that may result in existence or claim of mechanic’s liens against the Property. 11. Right of Entry. Landlord and Landlord's agents may enter the Leased Premises at reasonable hours (with notice to Tenant) to repair or inspect the Leased Premises, to perform any non-destructive investigation that Landlord decides is necessary to prepare the Property for the Project. The court-appointed commissioners in the Condemnation Action, in the company of Landlord’s representatives, may enter the Leased Premises upon reasonable notice as part of their viewing of the Property. 12. Assignment and Subletting. Tenant will not assign this Lease and will not sublet any part of the Leased Premises. 13. Surrender of Premises. Tenant shall vacate the Leased Premises on or before the Termination Date. 14. Default. If Tenant does not pay the rent or other amounts when due or if Tenant violates any other term of this Lease, and does not cure said breach within 10 days’ notice, Landlord may terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender to Landlord possession of the Leased Premises. Landlord reserves all remedies at law or in equity in the event of an uncured Tenant default, including without limitation the Landlord’s remedies for Holding Over set forth in Section 4, above. 15. Indemnity. Tenant shall defend, indemnity and hold harmless the Landlord, its officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all claims, demands, injuries, losses or damages, including reasonable attorney fees, arising from or related to the use of the Leased Premises by Tenant, its guests, invitees, agents, contractors, servants, or employees, or from any breach or default of Tenant in the performance of any material term of this Lease, or from any tortious or unlawful act of Tenant, its guests, invitees, agents, contractors, servants, or employees in or about the Leased Premises. 16. Notices. All notices, consents, demands and requests which may be or are required to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing, and shall deemed given or served when deposited in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or via nationally recognized overnight courier or personal delivery, addressed as follows: 150 To the Landlord at: City of Golden Valley Attn: Tim Keiffer 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 With copy to: Maria Cisneros Golden Valley City Attorney 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 To the Tenant at: Link Snacks, Inc. 600 Hennepin Avenue, Suite 120 Minneapolis, MN 55403 17. Brokerage. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that there is no obligation to pay any brokerage fee, commission, or similar charge in connection with this Lease. 18. Miscellaneous. a. Governing Law/Forum. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. Any legal actions arising out of this Lease shall be venued in state court in Hennepin County, Minnesota. b. Entire Agreement. The undersigned confirm that each has read this Lease, and that each knows and understands its consequences and legal effect. This Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the lease of the Leased Premises. No amendment or modification of this Lease shall be binding upon the parties unless made in writing and signed by both Tenant and Landlord. c. Severability/Non-Waiver. The provisions of this Lease shall be deemed severable. If any part of this Lease is rendered void, invalid, or otherwise unenforceable, such rendering shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the remainder of this Lease. No failure by the Landlord to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition contained in this Lease or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, agreement, term, or condition, nor does it imply that such covenant, agreement, term, or condition may be waived again. d. Execution. This Lease may be executed in separate counterparts which, taken together, shall be and comprise one agreement. PDF copies and other electronic signatures to this Lease shall be treated as originals. e. Authority. Any person signing this Lease in a representative capacity represents and warrants by signing this Lease that it is the signer’s intent to bind the principal being represented to the terms and conditions of this Lease, that the signer has been authorized to bind the principal to the terms and conditions, and that it is the intent of the principal to be so bound. [Remainder of page intentionally blank.] 151 DATED: , 2025. LANDLORD: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY ____________________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ____________________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager TENANT: LINK SNACKS, INC. By:____________________________________ Its: ____________________________________ 152 LEASE This Lease is entered into effective December 8, 2025, between the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota (“Landlord”) and Birnstengel Investments, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Tenant”). Recitals A. As of the effective date of this Lease, Landlord owns the real property located at 6100 Olson Memorial Highway, Golden Valley, Minnesota (“Property”). B. Landlord took the Property under the power of eminent domain in the matter City of Golden Valley v. PFJ, LLC; et al., Hennepin County District Court File No. 27-CV-25- 16368 (“Condemnation Action”) for the purposes of redeveloping the site with new public works facilities (“Project”) and the taking terminated all existing leases effective as of the date of taking, December 8, 2025. C. Landlord reserved the right to temporarily re-lease the Property to pre-existing tenants on terms that do not interfere with the Project. D. Landlord desires to lease the Property back to Tenant to afford as much time as practicable to relocate. E. Tenant understands that the lease term will not be extended or renewed and that vacation on or before the end of the term will be necessary. Lease Agreement This Lease is a legal contract that can be enforced in court against the Landlord or the Tenant if either one of them does not comply with this Lease. 1. Recitals. The above recitals at attached exhibit are hereby incorporated and made part of this agreement. 2. Leased Premises. Landlord in consideration of the rents and covenants herein contained, to be paid, kept and performed by Tenant, does hereby demise and lease to Tenant the following premises (“Leased Premises”): Approximately 35,774 square feet of space in an office and warehouse building located at 6020-6100 Olson Memorial Hwy, Golden Valley, MN 55422; said space having approximately 29,299 square feet of warehouse space and approximately 6,475 square feet of office space; such space being measured from the outside walls to the center of the partition wall; all according to the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and commonly known as 6020 Olson Memorial Hwy, Golden Valley, MN 55422; AND Approximately 5,497 square feet of space in an office and warehouse building located at 6020-6100 Olson Memorial Hwy, Golden Valley, MN 55422; said space having approximately 4,643 square feet of warehouse space and approximately 854 square feet of office space; such space being measured from the outside walls to the center of 153 the partition wall; all according to the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and commonly known as 6040 Olson Memorial Hwy, Golden Valley, MN 55422. 3. Term. This Lease shall commence on December 8, 2025 (“Commencement Date”), and shall end at midnight on March 31, 2026 (“Termination Date”). Notwithstanding the Termination Date, Tenant may terminate this lease early at its option at any time upon 10 days’ written notice. 4. Holding Over. In the event that Tenant remains in possession of the Leased Premises after the Termination Date, Tenant shall be deemed to be trespassing on the Property and shall be liable to the Landlord for direct and consequential damages in the liquidated sum of $1,500.00 per day (“Liquidated Damages”). Tenant agrees that the Liquidated Damages are not a penalty, that Project delay resulting from a holdover will cause the Landlord actual damages, that actual damages are incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation, and that the amount of the Liquidated Damages is a reasonable forecast of fair compensation for the damages caused by the breach. Tenant further agrees that Landlord may take any action at law or in equity to restore Landlord’s possession of the Leased Premises, including without limitation, applying to the court in the Condemnation Action for an order compelling delivery of possession pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 117.043, and awarding Landlord its attorney fees, costs, and disbursements actually incurred in securing possession of the Leased Premises. 5. Rent. a. Amount. Tenant shall pay Landlord rent in the amount of $22,450.00 per month. Rent shall be prorated for any month of partial occupancy. Landlord acknowledges December 2025 rent has been paid. b. Payment. Rent shall be due and payable in advance each month, with the first month’s rent due on December 8, 2025, and then on the 1st day of each successive month thereafter. Rent shall be paid by electronic transfer of funds to a bank account designated by Landlord or by check delivered to the office of Landlord, City of Golden Valley, Attn: Tim Kieffer, 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427. c. Late Charge. A late charge of 12% of the amount due shall be added to any late rent payment. A rent payment shall be deemed late if not received by the Landlord within 5 calendar days after the date the rent payment was due. 6. Security Deposit. No security deposit has been received or is required by the Landlord. 5. Use of Leased Premises. The Tenant shall use the Leased Premises for general office and warehouse uses, consistent with the uses being of the Leased Premises immediately before the effective date of this Lease, subject to all local, state, and federal regulations reading the use. Teanant will not use or permit any part of the Leased Premises to be used for any unlawful, dangerous, noxious or offensive purpose. Tenant will confine its business activities to the Leased Premises and will not disturb other tenants on the Property. 6. Condition of Leased Premises. Tenant accepts the Leased Premises in its “as-is” condition without any representation, warranty, or guaranty from Landlord as to the condition of the Leased Premises or its suitability for Tenant’s use and occupancy. 154 7. Use of Parking Areas. The parking areas on the Property shall be available to Tenant, its employees and business invitees, as well as to other tenants on the Property, and their employees and business invitees, on a first-come first-served basis. Tenant shall not park or store trailers of any kind, covered or uncovered, in parking areas for temporary or permanent storage at any time of day. Storage of boats, snowmobiles, and personal recreational vehicles in the parking areas is prohibited. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the outside parking areas on the Property for overnight storage of automobiles, trailers or other vehicles. Any inoperable, immobile or abandoned automobiles, trailers or other vehicles may be towed by Landlord at the vehicle owner’s and Tenant’s expense. 8. Utilities. Landlord shall provide all mains, conduits and other facilities to supply gas, water and electricity to the Leased Premises and common areas of the Property. Tenant shall pay for all utilities, including gas, electricity and city water and any other service used by Tenant in the Leased Premises during the term of this Lease. 9. Maintenance and Repair. a. By Landlord. Landlord shall (1) keep the Property in reasonable repair during the term of the Lease, except when the damage was caused by the intentional or negligent action of the Tenant or Tenant's guests; and (2) maintain the Property in compliance with the applicable health and safety laws except if the violation is caused by the Tenant or Tenant's guests. Landlord shall be responsible for all outside maintenance including common areas, grounds, and the exterior of the building. b. By Tenant. Tenant shall be wholly responsible for the routine interior maintenance of the Leased Premises, and will keep them in good condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or the elements excepted, and will keep them in an orderly, clean and sanitary condition as required by the applicable laws and ordinances. Tenant will not do or permit to be done anything which is in violation of the terms of any insurance policy on the Property or the applicable laws or ordinances. 8. Hazardous Substances. Tenant shall not keep, use or permit to be kept or used on the Leased Premises or on the Property any hazardous substance, hazardous waste or hazardous material as defined under any applicable federal, state or local environmental law or regulation (“Hazardous Substances”), except for such amounts as are the lawful activities of Tenant that are part of the ordinary course of the Tenant’s business in accordance with the permitted use of the Leased Premises. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, fines, demands, claims, recoveries, deficiencies, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorney fees and expert consultant fees), whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, arising directly or indirectly out of the presence, use, generation, storage, treatment, on- or off-site disposal or transportation of Hazardous Substances on, into, from, under or about the Leased Premises or the Property by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. This Hazardous Substances paragraph shall survive the termination of the Lease. 9. Damage to the Property. If the Leased Premises shall become untenantable or unfit for occupancy in whole or in part by the total or partial destruction of the building by fire or other casualty, either party may elect to terminate the Lease on 10 days’ written 155 notice. Rent paid for any period of occupancy after such destruction shall be abated in proportion to the loss and impairment of Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises. 10. Claims Against Landlord. Tenant will make no claims against Landlord for any loss of or damage to property caused by theft, burglary, water, gas, electricity or other means. 11. Insurance. Tenant will maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Lease a policy of public liability insurance under which Landlord and Tenant are named insureds. The minimum coverage limits of such insurance shall be $2,000,000 per occurrence for personal injury or death and $1,000,000 for property damage. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate of coverage evidencing the required insurance coverages on or before the Commencement Date. If Tenant’s business shall manufacture, handle, transport, store, dispose or use in any way any Hazardous Substances, then Tenant shall carry adequate insurance to cover any and all expenses associated with the cleanup of any spill, leak, pumping, pouring, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of any Hazardous Substances. 12. No Alterations/Liens. Tenant shall not make any material alterations or additions to the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not order, cause or permit any work that may result in existence or claim of mechanic’s liens against the Property. 11. Right of Entry. Landlord and Landlord's agents may enter the Leased Premises at reasonable hours (with notice to Tenant) to repair or inspect the Leased Premises, to perform any non-destructive investigation that Landlord decides is necessary to prepare the Property for the Project. The court-appointed commissioners in the Condemnation Action, in the company of Landlord’s representatives, may enter the Leased Premises upon reasonable notice as part of their viewing of the Property. 12. Assignment and Subletting. Tenant will not assign this Lease and will not sublet any part of the Leased Premises, except as follows: Tenant may continue to sublet a portion of the Leased Premises to BKay Marketing LLC, provided that BKay Marketing LLC agrees in writing to be bound by all the terms of this Lease applicable to occupancy, use, and holding over. Subletting shall not relieve Tenant of its duty to ensure compliance with all terms of this Lease. 13. Surrender of Premises. Tenant shall vacate the Leased Premises on or before the Termination Date. 14. Default. If Tenant does not pay the rent or other amounts when due or if Tenant violates any other term of this Lease, and does not cure said breach within 10 days’ notice, Landlord may terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender to Landlord possession of the Leased Premises. Landlord reserves all remedies at law or in equity in the event of an uncured Tenant default, including without limitation the Landlord’s remedies for Holding Over set forth in Section 4, above. 15. Indemnity. Tenant shall defend, indemnity and hold harmless the Landlord, its officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all claims, demands, injuries, losses or damages, including reasonable attorney fees, arising from or related to the use of the Leased Premises by Tenant, its guests, invitees, agents, contractors, servants, or 156 employees, or from any breach or default of Tenant in the performance of any material term of this Lease, or from any tortious or unlawful act of Tenant, its guests, invitees, agents, contractors, servants, or employees in or about the Leased Premises. 16. Notices. All notices, consents, demands and requests which may be or are required to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing, and shall deemed given or served when deposited in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or via nationally recognized overnight courier or personal delivery, addressed as follows: To the Landlord at: City of Golden Valley Attn: Tim Keiffer 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 With copy to: Maria Cisneros Golden Valley City Attorney 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 To the Tenant at: Birnstengel Investments, Inc. Attn: James Birnstengel 13920 Hill Ridge Drive Minnetonka, MN 55305 17. Brokerage. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that there is no obligation to pay any brokerage fee, commission, or similar charge in connection with this Lease. 18. Miscellaneous. a. Governing Law/Forum. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. Any legal actions arising out of this Lease shall be venued in state court in Hennepin County, Minnesota. b. Entire Agreement. The undersigned confirm that each has read this Lease, and that each knows and understands its consequences and legal effect. This Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the lease of the Leased Premises. No amendment or modification of this Lease shall be binding upon the parties unless made in writing and signed by both Tenant and Landlord. c. Severability/Non-Waiver. The provisions of this Lease shall be deemed severable. If any part of this Lease is rendered void, invalid, or otherwise unenforceable, such rendering shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the remainder of this Lease. No failure by the Landlord to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition contained in this Lease or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, agreement, term, or condition, nor does it imply that such covenant, agreement, term, or condition may be waived again. 157 d. Execution. This Lease may be executed in separate counterparts which, taken together, shall be and comprise one agreement. PDF copies and other electronic signatures to this Lease shall be treated as originals. e. Authority. Any person signing this Lease in a representative capacity represents and warrants by signing this Lease that it is the signer’s intent to bind the principal being represented to the terms and conditions of this Lease, that the signer has been authorized to bind the principal to the terms and conditions, and that it is the intent of the principal to be so bound. DATED: , 2025. LANDLORD: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY ____________________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ____________________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager TENANT: BIRNSTENGEL INVESTMENTS, INC. By:____________________________________ Its: ____________________________________ 158 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.10. Approve Acquisition of Property located at 6110 Olson Memorial Highway for Public Works Facility and Agreement for Relocation Services with SRF Consulting Group, Inc., Resolution No. 25-130 Prepared By Chloe McGuire, Deputy Community Development Director Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Emily Goellner, Community and Economic Development Director Summary Earlier this year, the City began discussing the opportunity to purchase a property located at 6110 Olson Memorial Highway as a future location of a new Public Works Facility. This property includes building tenant addresses 6102-6190 Olson Memorial Highway. This is the second property proposed for acquisition as it relates to the new Public Works Facility. The City Council previously approved acquisition of the neighboring property at 6100 Olson Memorial Highway, owned by the same party. The owner of the property is a willing seller. For personal tax reasons, he requested that the City acquire the site through a process commonly referred to as a "friendly condemnation proceeding." Proceeding through friendly condemnation benefits the City by allowing it to take possession of the property in 90 days. It also entitles all tenants of the property to relocation benefits (discussed below) and allows for termination of tenant leases so the City can prepare the site for redevelopment. The attached resolution authorizes eminent domain for public purposes and the offer of just compensation to the owner in order to build a new public work facility at this location. Tenant Relocation There are currently 26 tenants in the property. Under state law, tenants occupying the site when a formal offer to purchase is made are eligible for relocation benefits. The benefits include reimbursement for actual moving expenses, reestablishment expenses (up to $50,000), payment for searching for a replacement location or a fixed payment in lieu of all other eligible expenses. Staff proposes contracting with SRF Consulting Group, Inc. (SRF) to provide the required relocation services to these tenants. These services include but are not limited to: overviewing relocation process and benefits with the tenants assisting with finding replacement sites determining the more advantageous payment alternative of benefits assisting with preparing specifications and obtaining bids for moving reviewing receipts and payment requests and submitting for payment from the City acting as an overall resource for the tenants 159 The estimated cost for these services is expected to be $147,900. This expense and the relocation benefits paid to tenants will be paid from sales tax receipts since they are costs associated with acquiring the property. Once the formal offer is made, the tenants are eligible for relocation benefits and services. Financial or Budget Considerations Costs include the sales price, financial consulting fees, legal fees related to the condemnation action, and relocation fees. The City received authority to collect and use up to $15 million in sales tax for acquisition of a public works site. Acquisition costs include not only the purchase price, but relocation costs for tenants, property taxes, closing costs, attorney and relocation consultant costs as well as soft costs. Staff anticipates that costs of acquisition and relocation of 6100 Olson Memorial Highway will utilize approximately $8.021 million of these funds (does not include relocation of the cell tower if required in the future), leaving approximately $6.978 million for acquisition of this site. It is anticipated that some of these costs would need to either be funded with cash, or issuance of bonds. In April 2025, staff provided the City Council with rough estimates of the required tax levy to support bonds for the remainder of the acquisition and construction costs associated with this site. Given the City has multiple facilities, projects, and funding sources, staff will work to find the most advantageous funding model that fits the overall program budget and will bring those options before the City Council for review and staff direction. The City has already retained Ehlers to provide financial advice and counsel and Kennedy & Graven for legal matters. The City has drafted an agreement with SRF Consulting Group to provide relocation services. For the first phase of acquisition, the City Council previously approved an agreement with Ehlers, Kennedy & Graven, and SRF. Legal Considerations The City Attorney and condemnation counsel at Kennedy & Graven have reviewed and approved the attached agreement and resolution. Equity Considerations City facilities are crucial to the successful operation of public services. Facilities need to address the diverse needs of residents and employees not only today, but decades into the future. Upon acquisition of the site, the City will engage with a design team that will be required to focus on equity considerations in the building and site design. Recommended Action Motion to approve Resolution No. 25-130 approving acquisition price and authorizing the use of condemnation to acquire property located at 6110 Olson Memorial Highway. Motion to approve Professional Services Agreement with SRF Consulting Group, Inc. for relocation services. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-130 - Authorizing Eminent Domain for Public Purposes and Offer of Just Compensation to Owner - 6110 Olson Memorial Hwy - Public Works Facility Agreement with SRF for Relocation Services 160 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY RESOLUTION NO. 25-130 RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING EMINENT DOMAIN FOR PUBLIC PURPOSES AND OFFER OF JUST COMPENSATION TO OWNER WHEREAS, by Resolution No. 25-058, the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota (the “City”) determined that it is necessary and expedient for the public health safety and welfare to undertake a project to construct a new public works facility within the City (the “Project”) and authorized the acquisition of certain real property for the Project; and WHEREAS, the City Council determines that it is necessary and expedient for the public health safety and welfare to expand the scope of the Project to collocate additional public works facilities at one site; and WHEREAS, it is necessary to acquire fee title to certain additional real property to construct, operate, and maintain the Project improvements; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that it is reasonable necessary, convenient, and in the interest of the general welfare that the City also acquire for the Project the fee ownership interests to the property identified in Exhibit A attached hereto (“Property”); and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that title to and possession of the Property is required for the Project and before construction on the Project can begin and before the final report of the condemnation commissioners to be appointed by the district court; and WHEREAS, the City has engaged an independent real estate appraiser to provide the City with the appraiser’s opinion of damages caused by the City’s acquisition of the Property; and WHEREAS, City staff and consultants have and will continue to work with the property owner (“Owner”) to acquire the Property by direct purchase if possible; and WHEREAS, the City must determine and submit an initial written offer of just compensation to the Owner covering the full amount of damages caused by the acquisition of the Property; and WHEREAS, the Owner may obtain an independent appraisal by a qualified appraiser of the Property which the City proposes to acquire for the Project; and WHEREAS, the Owner is entitled to reimbursement for the reasonable costs of the appraisal from the City up to a maximum of the limits stated in Minn. Stat. § 117.036, provided that the Owner submit to the City the information necessary for reimbursement. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota: 161 Resolution No. 25-130 -2- December 16, 2025 1. The recitals set forth in this Resolution are incorporated into and made part of this Resolution; 2. The City’s acquisition of the Property is necessary and for a public purpose in furtherance of the Project; 3. The proper City officers and agents are authorized and directed to acquire the Property by voluntary negotiation and, if necessary, through the exercise of eminent domain; 4. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Engineer or the proper City officer or agent to approve the appraisals and staff to negotiate with the Owner relating to the Property and to acquire the property for the appraised values; 5. Based upon the estimate of damages from the City’s proposed acquisition of the Property, the City shall make initial written offers of just compensation to the Owner for the Property; 6. The City shall reimburse the Owner for an independent appraisal of damages from a licensed real estate appraiser to estimate the full amount of damages, and that, upon the Owner providing to City a copy of the appraisal report, evidence of the cost of that report, and evidence of payment of that amount to the appraiser, the City shall reimburse Owner for the cost of Owner’s independent appraisal report, subject to the limits stated in Minn. Stat. §117.036; 7. The law firm of Kennedy & Graven, Chartered, is authorized to commence eminent domain proceedings on behalf of the City to acquire the Property if it cannot be timely purchased and to do so pursuant to the “quick take” provisions of Minnesota Statutes, Section 117.042; and, 8. The Mayor and City Manager are authorized to execute all documents necessary to effect the acquisition of the necessary property interests. 9. Pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 462.356, subd. 2, the Planning Commission is directed to review the proposed acquisition and report in writing to the City Council its findings as to compliance of the proposed acquisition with the City’s Comprehensive Plan within 45 days. Adopted by the City Council this 16th day of December, 2025. ____________________________ ATTEST: Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ________________________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 162 Resolution No. 25-130 -3- December 16, 2025 Exhibit A Public Works Facility Project Property Tax Identification No. 33-118-21-23-0016 Fee Owner: PFJ, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company Property Address: 6110 Olson Memorial Highway, Golden Valley, MN 55422 Abstract Property Legal Description of the Subject Property to be acquired: Lots 2, 3, and 4, Block 1, Expressway International Park, according to the recorded plat thereof, Hennepin County, Minnesota. 163 1 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR SRF Consulting Group, Inc. THIS AGREEMENT is made this December 16, 2025 (“Effective Date”) by and between SRF Consulting Group, Inc. a Minnesota corporation with its principal office located at 3701 Wayzata Blvd. STE 100, Minneapolis, MN 55416 (“Consultant”), and the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, a Minnesota municipal corporation located at 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (the “City”): RECITALS A. Consultant is engaged in the business of providing engineering, planning, and design consulting services. B. The City desires to hire Consultant to provide right of way and relocation services. C. Consultant represents that it has the professional expertise and capabilities to provide the City with the requested services. D. The City desires to engage Consultant to provide the services described in this Agreement and Consultant is willing to provide such services on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions expressed in this Agreement, the City and Consultant agree as follows: AGREEMENT 1. Services. Consultant agrees to provide the City with the services as described in the attached Exhibit A (the “Services”). Exhibit A shall be incorporated into this Agreement by reference. All Services shall be provided in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by professionals currently providing similar services. 2. Time for Completion. The Services shall be completed on or before December 31, 2027, provided that the parties may extend the stated deadlines upon mutual written agreement. This Agreement shall remain in force and effect commencing from the Effective Date and continuing until the completion of the project, unless terminated by the City or amended pursuant to the Agreement. 3. Consideration. The City shall pay Consultant for the Services on an hourly basis and for necessary out- of-pocket expenses at the rates set forth in Consultant’s fee schedule, attached hereto as Exhibit B. Consultant’s total compensation for the Services, including hourly fees and expenses, shall not exceed $147,900.00. The consideration shall be for both the Services performed by Consultant and any and all expenses incurred by Consultant in performing the Services. The City shall make progress payments to Consultant on a monthly basis. Consultant shall submit statements to the City containing a detailed list of project labor and hours, rates, titles, and amounts undertaken by Consultant during the relevant billing 164 2 period. The City shall pay Consultant within thirty-five (35) days after Consultant’s statements are submitted. 4. Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated as follows: a. The parties, by mutual written agreement, may terminate this Agreement at any time; b. Consultant may terminate this Agreement in the event of a breach of the Agreement by the City upon providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to the City; c. The City may terminate this Agreement at any time at its option, for any reason or no reason at all; or d. The City may terminate this Agreement immediately upon Consultant’s failure to have in force any insurance required by this Agreement. In the event of a termination, the City shall pay Consultant for Services performed to the date of termination and for all costs or other expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. 5. Amendments. No amendments may be made to this Agreement except in a writing signed by both parties. 6. Remedies. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by the City because of a breach by Consultant, the City may complete the Services either by itself or by contract with other persons or entities, or any combination thereof. These remedies provided to the City for breach of this Agreement by Consultant shall not be exclusive. The City shall be entitled to exercise any one or more other legal or equitable remedies available because of Consultant’s breach. 7. Records/Inspection. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 16C.05, subd. 5, Consultant agrees that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices of Consultant, that are relevant to the contract or transaction, are subject to examination by the City and the state auditor or legislative auditor for a minimum of six years. Consultant shall maintain such records for a minimum of six years after final payment. The parties agree that this obligation will survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 8. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Consultant, and Consultant’s successors or assigns, agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, agents, volunteers, and employees from any and all claims; lawsuits; causes of actions damages; losses; or costs, disbursements, and expenses of defending the same, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, professional services, and other technical, administrative or professional assistance directly arising out of Consultant’s (or its subcontractors, agents, volunteers, members, invitees, representatives, or employees) negligent or otherwise wrongful, act, error or omissions in the performance of this Agreement, or caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct by Consultant, or Consultant’s failure to obtain or maintain the insurance required by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any immunity or limitation of liability to which the City is entitled. The parties agree that these indemnification obligations shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 9. Insurance. Consultant shall maintain reasonable insurance coverage throughout this Agreement. Consultant agrees that before any work related to the approved project can be performed, Consultant shall maintain at a minimum: Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by Minnesota Statutes, 165 3 section 176.181; Business Auto Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage; Professional Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per claim/annual aggregate and Commercial General Liability in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury or death arising out of each occurrence, and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for property damage, $2,000,000.00 aggregate. To meet the Commercial General Liability and Business Auto Liability requirements, Consultant may use a combination of Excess and Umbrella coverage. Consultant shall provide the City with a current certificate of insurance including the following language: “The City of Golden Valley is named as an additional insured with respect to the commercial general liability, business automobile liability and umbrella or excess liability, as required by the contract. The umbrella or excess liability policy follows form on all underlying coverages.” Such certificate of liability insurance shall list the City as an additional insured and contain a statement that such policies of insurance shall not be canceled or amended unless 30 days’ written notice is provided to the City, or 10 days’ written notice in the case of non-payment. 10. Subcontracting. Neither the City nor Consultant shall assign, or transfer any rights under or interest (including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due or moneys that are due) in the Agreement without the written consent of the other except to the extent that the effect of this limitation may be restricted by law. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall prevent Consultant from employing such independent Contractors, associates, and subcontractors, as it may deem appropriate to assist it in the performance of the Services required by this Agreement. Any instrument in violation of this provision is null and void. 11. Assignment. Neither the City nor Consultant shall assign this Agreement or any rights under or interest in this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other party’s prior written consent. Any assignment in violation of this provision is null and void. 12. Independent Contractor. Consultant is an independent contractor. Consultant’s duties shall be performed with the understanding that Consultant has special expertise as to the services which Consultant is to perform and is customarily engaged in the independent performance of the same or similar services for others. Consultant shall provide or contract for all required equipment and personnel. Consultant shall control the manner in which the services are performed; however, the nature of the Services and the results to be achieved shall be specified by the City. The parties agree that this is not a joint venture and the parties are not co-partners. Consultant is not an employee or agent of the City and has no authority to make any binding commitments or obligations on behalf of the City except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement. All services provided by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by Consultant as an independent Consultant and not as an employee of the City for any purpose, including but not limited to: income tax withholding, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, FICA taxes, liability for torts and eligibility for employee benefits. 13. Compliance with Laws. Consultant shall exercise due professional care to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances and regulations in effect as of the date Consultant agrees to provide the Services. Consultant’s guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives, and subcontractors shall abide by the City's policies prohibiting sexual harassment and tobacco, drug, and alcohol use as defined in the City’s Respectful Work Place Policy, and Tobacco, Drug, and Alcohol Policy, as well as all other reasonable work rules, safety rules, or policies, and procedures regulating the conduct of persons on City property, at all times while performing duties pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant agrees and understands that a violation of any of these policies, 166 4 procedures, or rules constitutes a breach of the Agreement and sufficient grounds for immediate termination of the Agreement by the City. 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, any attached exhibits, and any addenda signed by the parties shall constitute the entire agreement between the City and Consultant, and supersedes any other written or oral agreements between the City and Consultant. This Agreement may only be modified in a writing signed by the City and Consultant. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the referenced or attached items, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. If there is any conflict between Exhibits A and B, the terms of Exhibit B shall prevail. 15. Third Party Rights. The parties to this Agreement do not intend to confer any rights under this Agreement on any third party. 16. Choice of Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota. Any disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of this Agreement shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Hennepin County, Minnesota, and all parties to this Agreement waive any objection to the jurisdiction of these courts, whether based on convenience or otherwise. 17. Conflict of Interest. Consultant shall use reasonable care to avoid conflicts of interest and appearances of impropriety in representation of the City. In the event of a conflict of interest, Consultant shall advise the City and, either secure a waiver of the conflict, or advise the City that it will be unable to provide the requested Services. 18. Work Products and Ownership of Documents. All records, information, materials, and work product, including, but not limited to the completed reports, data collected from or created by the City or the City’s employees or agents, raw market data, survey data, market analysis data, and any other data, work product, or reports prepared or developed by Consultant in connection with the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement shall become the property of the City upon final payment to Consultant, but Consultant may retain reproductions of such records, information, materials and work product. Regardless of when such information was provided or created, Consultant agrees that it will not disclose for any purpose any information Consultant has obtained arising out of or related to this Agreement, except as authorized by the City or as required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall grant or transfer any rights, title or interests in any intellectual property created by Consultant prior to the effective date of this Agreement; however, to the extent Consultant generates reports or recommendations for the City using proprietary processes or formulas, Consultant shall provide the City (1) factual support for such reports and recommendations; (2) a detailed explanation of the method used and data relied upon to arrive at the recommendation; and (3) a detailed explanation of the rationale behind the methodology used. All of the obligations in this paragraph shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 19. Agreement Not Exclusive. The City retains the right to hire other professional Consultant service providers for this or other matters, in the City’s sole discretion. 20. Data Practices Act Compliance. Any and all data provided to Consultant, received from Consultant, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement shall be administered in accordance with, and is subject to the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13. Consultant agrees to notify the City within three business days if it receives a data request from a third party. This paragraph does not create a duty on the part of Consultant to provide access to public data to the public if the public data are available from 167 5 the City, except as required by the terms of this Agreement. These obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Agreement. 21. Confidentiality. Consultant understands that the City has access to, develops, and uses private, confidential, nonpublic, and protected nonpublic information, as those terms are defined by the MGDPA, in connection with its business (collectively, “Confidential Information”). The City has instituted policies and procedures to protect and safeguard this Confidential Information. While working for the City under this Agreement, Consultant may come into contact with Confidential Information. Consultant understands that the protection of Confidential Information is required by law and is a requirement of their relationship with the City. Accordingly, Consultant agrees as follows: 21.1 During the term of this Agreement and after the termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City: (a) Consultant will keep secret all Confidential Information and will not directly or indirectly disclose it to anyone outside the City; (b) Consultant will not make use of any Confidential Information for their own purposes or for the benefit of anyone other than the City; and (c) upon termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City, Consultant will promptly deliver to the City all memoranda, notes, records, and other documents (and all copies thereof) constituting or relating to Confidential Information. 21.2 If Consultant breaches or threatens to breach any provisions of paragraph 19.1, the City has the right to enforce this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. 21.3 This Agreement is not intended to prevent Consultant from working for any employer subsequent to the termination of their relationship with the City, as long as Consultant does not use or disclose Confidential Information. 22. No Discrimination. Consultant agrees not to discriminate in providing products and services under this Agreement on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, status with regard to public assistance, or religion. Violation of any part of this provision may lead to immediate termination of this Agreement. Consultant agrees to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as amended (“ADA”), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 363A. Consultant agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City from costs, including but not limited to damages, attorneys’ fees and staff time, in any action or proceeding brought alleging a violation of these laws by Consultant or its guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives and subcontractors. Upon request, Consultant shall provide accommodation to allow individuals with disabilities to participate in all Services under this Agreement. Consultant agrees to utilize its own auxiliary aid or service in order to comply with ADA requirements for effective communication with individuals with disabilities. 23. Authorized Agents. The City’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is Emily Goellner, the Community & Economic Development Director of the City, or designee. Consultant’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is Ken Helvey, Senior Project Director – Real Estate, or designee who shall perform or supervise the performance of all Services. 24. Notices. Any notices permitted or required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when personally delivered or upon deposit in the United States mail, postage fully prepaid, certified, return receipt requested, addressed to: CONSULTANT THE CITY Ken Helvey Emily Goellner 168 6 SRF Consulting Group, Inc. 3701 Wayzata Blvd. STE 100 Minneapolis, MN 55416 khelvey@srfconsulting.com City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 egoellner@goldenvalleymn.gov or such other contact information as either party may provide to the other by notice given in accordance with this provision. 25. Waiver. No waiver of any provision or of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions or any other or further breach, and no such waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party to be charged with such a waiver. 26. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way define, limit or affect the scope and intent of this Agreement. 27. Payment of Subcontractors. Consultant agrees that it must pay any subcontractor within 10 days of the prime contractor’s receipt of payment from the City for undisputed Services provided by the subcontractor. Consultant agrees that it must pay interest of 1-1/2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the prime contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a prime contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in bringing the action. 28. Publicity. At the City’s request, the City and Consultant shall develop language to use when discussing the Services. Consultant agrees that Consultant shall not release any publicity regarding the Services or the subject matter of this Agreement without prior consent from the City. Consultant shall not use the City’s logo or state that the City endorses its services without the City’s advanced written approval. 29. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be severed, and the balance of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 30. Signatory. Each person executing this Agreement (“Signatory”) represents and warrants that they are duly authorized to sign on behalf of their respective organization. In the event Consultant did not authorize the Signatory to sign on its behalf, the Signatory agrees to assume responsibility for the duties and liability of Consultant, described in this Agreement, personally. 31. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be transmitted by electronic mail in portable document format (“pdf”) and signatures appearing on electronic mail instruments shall be treated as original signatures. 32. Recitals. The City and Consultant agree that the Recitals are true and correct and are fully incorporated into this Agreement. 169 7 [Remainder of page left blank intentionally. Signature page follows.] 170 171 EXHIBIT A SCOPE OF SERVICES COMMERCIAL RELOCATION Based on your request and our meeting, SRF Consulting Group, Inc. (SRF) is pleased to submit this proposal to provide right of way and relocation services for the City of Golden Valley (City). All relocation activities will comply with the Uniform Relocation and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, as amended, as well as all state and federal guidelines. Assumptions We assume that there in one (1) total acquisition with twenty-eight (28) business relocations related to this project. It is assumed that the city or a title company will conduct the closing. City will provide appraisals and reviews if required. Scope of Services Acquisition Services are as follows: • Contact the owner(s) and tenant(s) of each affected parcel. • Complete field title reports for each of the affected parcels. • Conduct direct purchase acquisition of temporary and permanent easements in accordance with the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) Right of Way Manual. • Create and maintain a separate acquisition file for each parcel including all acquisition documentation and contact reports. • Create and maintain MnDOT Parcel Tracking Spreadsheet which includes all project parcels. • Prepare Project Letter, Proposal to Purchase Letter to property owner describing acquisition and all pertinent facts, Revised Proposal to Purchase Letter, required notices, and other correspondence and documentation as necessary. • Submit Recommendation of Just Compensation Memo to the City for approval based on appraisals and review appraisals completed by independent appraisal consultants. • Obtain notarized property owner(s) signature on all easement documents. • Deliver fully executed permanent easements to the city for recording. • Submit acquisition requests to the City for approval. • Provide bi-weekly progress reports to the City utilizing the MnDOT Parcel Tracking Spreadsheet. • Making notation of special situations/conditions for Construction to be aware of. • Deliver finalized acquisition files to the City upon completion of all acquisition activities. 1. SRF will distribute an informational booklet on business relocation assistance and all appropriate forms and data to each business expected to be displaced. At this time, SRF will: • Obtain a signed receipt for the informational statement provided by SRF in accordance with applicable regulations. • Explain the business’s relocation program and the business’s responsibilities to receive benefits. • Explain how to receive various kinds of assistance in finding new locations. • Survey the business’s relocation needs. 172 2. Upon the City ’s initiation of negotiations to acquire the project site, SRF will: • Analyze the existing data to determine the appropriate documentation required and determine the eligibility of the business’s relocation expenses for compensation. • Check the personal property inventory against the acquisition data to verify that each item on the inventory is personal property and eligible for relocation. • Assist the business in determining the more advantageous payment alternative to claim and provide further instructions on how to proceed. 3. SRF will provide the following assistance with Moving Expense Claims: • Assist the business in preparing specifications for work generally eligible for compensation. • Advise, when necessary, on the procedure to obtain required bids. • Act, when appropriate, as an agent, in regard to accepting bids. • Analyze the bids to determine their reasonableness. • Notify the business of the low acceptable bid. • When appropriate, inspect the move of personal property while in progress. Assist the business in assembling all invoices, paid receipts, and other documentation necessary to substantiate its relocation claim. • When necessary, analyze billings to determine their reasonableness. • Assemble the appropriate claim form and documentation for signature and submission for approval. 4. SRF will provide the following assistance with Direct Loss Claims: • Obtain business and contractor approval of the appraisal and moving estimate. • Notify the business to proceed with the sale and provide instructions regarding necessary record keeping. • Assist, when necessary, in the preparation of advertising. • If necessary, determine that the bona fide sale requirements have been met. • Assist the business with preparation of necessary documents, and obtain required certifications of sales receipts, advertising, and so forth. 5. SRF will provide the following assistance with Fixed Payment Claims: • Determine the eligibility of the business to receive this alternate payment. • Review and analyze IRS or other appropriate documents to determine the limit of the payment. • Assemble the appropriate claim forms and documentation for signature and submission for approval. 173 6. Other: • SRF shall prepare, at the City’s request, the required and proper formats to be used by the City in notifying occupants being displaced about their relocation eligibility and benefits to which they may be entitled. SRF will also, at the City ’s request, assist them in the preparation of the required notices to vacate for delivery to the residents. • SRF shall search for replacement sites for the business being displaced and refer available suitable sites found for each business. SRF shall expend appropriate and necessary time searching for such referrals, documenting all time expended. SRF does not guarantee that suitable referrals will be found. 7. Recommendations: • SRF will transmit to the City the relocation claim(s) for its action. Recommendations will include the amount of payment to be made and any special considerations. 8. In completing this project, SRF does not assume responsibility for: • Accounting and record keeping (except as related to the specific claim). • Payment for direct loss appraisals, appraisals of salvage value, property analyses, and moving cost estimates and/or bids. • Work associated with a relocation grievance and/or court preparation. • Site searching more than four hours per business of SRF’s time. • Appraisals - Fixture or Real Property. • Minimum Compensation Analysis. 174 EXHIBIT B FEE SCHEDULE Schedule We will complete this work within a mutually agreed upon time schedule. Basis of Payment/Budget We propose to be reimbursed for our services on an hourly basis for the actual time expended. Other direct project expenses such as printing, supplies, reproduction, etc., will be billed at cost and mileage will be billed at the current allowable IRS rate for business miles. Invoices are submitted on a monthly basis for work performed during the previous month. Payment is due within 30 days. Based on our understanding of the project and our scope of services, we estimate the total cost of our services to be $147,900, which includes both time and expenses. Relocation Assistance $139,000.00 Expenses (mileage) $ 500.00 Mover Estimates (up to 28 at $300 each) $ 8,400.00 Total Estimated Cost $147,900.00 Changes in the Scope of Services It is understood that if the scope or extent of work changes, the cost will be adjusted accordingly. Before any out-of-scope work is initiated, however, we will submit a budget request for the new work and will not begin work until we receive authorization from you. Hourly Rates Professional VII $285.75 Professional VI $202.82 Professional V $165.00 Professional IV $125.37 Professional III $123.65 Professional II $105.80 175 EXHIBIT C BUSINESS NAME PER RENT ROLL Consolidated Communications 6102 Dose Health 6104 Elemental Direct 6106 Vacant 6108 Cell Molecular Institute 6110 Harris Enterprises 6112 Window Fashion Expo, Inc. 6120-6122 Only 1 Auto Glass 6124 Ne-Art Custom Neon 6126 Stone Valley Painting 6130 Tridev LLC 6134 Vacant 6140 Victor Kochaver 6142 Big Picture Holdings 6144 Total HVAC 6146 Dayspring Windo Cleaning 6148 Midwest Construction Products 6150-6152 CineMechanics 6154-6158 Ksales 6160-6162 The Show Syndicate 6164-6170 All Seasons Golf 6172 Kreative Acrylics 6174 Interior Tropicals 6176-6178 Taki (Evolve Eyewear) 6180-6182 Adam Turman LLC 6184 Carpet Resources 6174 Northwinds BeeCo 6176-6178 Singh, John-Paul 6180-6182 176 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.11. Approve Hennepin County User Agreement for Cyclomedia Prepared By Chloe McGuire, Deputy Community Development Director Heather Hegi, GIS and Asset Management Coordinator Summary Hennepin County provides free access to its cities for 360° GeoCyclorama images through a web application called Street Smart by Cyclomedia. We entered into an agreement for access in 2021 with an expiration date of December 31, 2025. To retain access to this resource, we must enter into an updated user agreement to establish the terms of use and limit the County’s liability to Cyclomedia if we were to breach these terms. There is value in having access to these 360° GeoCyclorama images. The 360° GeoCyclorama images are high-resolution street view images, taken in September and October 2025, which also include depth/geometry information taken with LiDAR allowing for fairly accurate measurements to be made from the comfort of the computer. This data could eliminate the need for staff to make a trip out into the field in certain cases. The data covers the whole city (in fact, the whole county), including local streets and private streets. This data is often of higher resolution, of greater coverage, of greater capability, and more recent than what is available through Google Maps. Financial or Budget Considerations Hennepin County is providing access to its cities for free. There are no additional technology costs associated as this is a web-based application which will work on existing computers. Legal Considerations The City's Legal Division reviewed and approved the draft agreement. Equity Considerations The Community and Economic Development Department's Equity Plan includes an equity action of "Assess and redesign departmental operations to reduce barriers and disparities in our customer service." Providing free and accessible programs meets this goal. Recommended Action Motion to approve user agreement with Hennepin County for Cyclomedia. 177 Supporting Documents Agreement - Cyclomedia 178 Agreement No. A2513193 - 1 - HENNEPIN COUNTY USER AGREEMENT This Hennepin County User Agreement (“HCUA”) is between Hennepin County, State of Minnesota, (“COUNTY”) and the City of Golden Valley, (“USER”). WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, COUNTY and Cyclomedia, Inc (“Cyclomedia”) executed the AGREEMENT FOR THE PURCHASE OF A DIGITAL 360° GeoCycloramas (Images) AND INFORMATION SYSTEM LICENSE, as amended, for the licensing of 360° GeoCycloramas images and related systems (the “Cyclomedia Agreement”); WHEREAS, Cyclomedia’s hosted software system (“System”) collects, organizes, stores, displays and allows access to a collection of 360° GeoCycloramas images, metadata, data layers, and other geographic or structural visualizations or embodiments (collectively “Delivered Content”); WHEREAS, by the terms of the Cyclomedia Agreement, Cyclomedia granted COUNTY the right to allow duly authorized political units or subdivisions located totally or substantially within the boundaries of Hennepin County, including cities or townships, to access the System and Cyclomedia Delivered Content. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual undertakings and agreements set forth herein, COUNTY and USER agree as follows: 1. Term. This Agreement shall commence upon January 01, 2026 and shall continue for two (2) years unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Unless COUNTY otherwise notifies USER within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of a term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall then automatically renew for another three (3) year term. However, in no event shall this Agreement continue beyond September 14, 2030. 2. Licenses. Subject to the provisions herein, COUNTY grants USER a limited, revocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free license to access and use the System and Delivered Content exclusively for the performance of USER’s public responsibilities. The rights granted in this paragraph may be referred to as the “License”. For clarification and not limitation, the License permits access or use by USER’s 179 Agreement No. A2513193 - 2 - employees and contracted personnel performing USER’s public responsibilities (said employees or contracted personnel may be referred to as “Eligible Personnel” and, as applicable throughout this HCUA, the term “USER” shall include and apply to Eligible Personnel). USER is solely responsible for implementing the technology necessary to access the System, to retrieve Delivered Content and to use, control and safeguard the Delivered Content pursuant to the obligations set forth herein. Except as expressly set forth herein, USER shall acquire no right, title or interest in or to the System or Delivered Content. USER shall strictly comply with the following: (i) USER shall access the System and access, use, control and safeguard Delivered Content in compliance with the terms of this HCUA; (ii) USER shall only access the System and Delivered content by and through a computer workstation or server (i) that is owned or leased by USER; (ii) that is under the exclusive control of USER; and (iii) that is exclusively available for use by USER (an “Authorized System”); (iii) USER shall not share or distribute System authentication information, usernames or passwords (“Authentication”) with any unauthorized third-party; (iv) USER shall secure and safeguard the System, Authentication and Delivered Content in USER’s possession or control in the same manner that USER secures and safeguards its own critical or confidential systems, software, data, passwords or other information. If there is a conflict between USER’s security requirements and COUNTY’s security requirements, COUNTY’s security requirements shall prevail; (v) USER shall not access the Delivered Content by any means other than the System including but not limited to scraping, robots, wanderers, crawlers, spiders, etc (as those terms are commonly used and understood in the information technology industry); (vi) USER shall be solely responsible for accessing, using and otherwise supporting the System including but not limited to paying all costs, expenses and communication charges associated with the same; 180 Agreement No. A2513193 - 3 - (vii) USER shall use, control and safeguard the Delivered Content in compliance with the terms of this HCUA and with applicable law including but not limited to the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, chapter 13; (viii) Except as expressly provided herein, USER shall not use, disclose, sell, market, distribute or otherwise make available the Delivered Content during the term of this HCUA or at any time thereafter except as required by law or with COUNTY’s express written consent; (ix) USER shall not allow third-party access to the System or Delivered Content. (x) USER shall not remove, delete, alter or otherwise modify any copyright messages on or associated with the System or Delivered Content, including but not limited to copyright notices from COUNTY or Cyclomedia. (xi) USER agrees to promptly notify COUNTY in writing when any individual assigned a Cyclomedia license leaves USER’s organization, no longer requires access, or otherwise discontinues use of the software. Such notification shall occur within 10 business days of the change. (xii) COUNTY reserves the right to deactivate any license that remains unused for thirty (30) consecutive days or more. USER may request reactivation of a deactivated license subject to COUNTY review and approval. 3. Disclaimers and Limitations of Liability. COUNTY, BY AND THROUGH CYCLOMEDIA, IS PROVIDING THE SYSTEM AND DELIVERED CONTENT ON AN AS-IS BASIS WITH NO SUPPORT WHATSOEVER. THERE IS NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, NO WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR USE, NO WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, NO WARRANTY REGARDING THE USE OF THE INFORMATION OR THE RESULTS THEREOF AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, COUNTY DOES NOT WARRANT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SYSTEM OR RELATED AND NECESSARY COMMUNICATIONS OR CONNECTIONS TO THE SYSTEM, THAT THE SYSTEM WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE, THAT DEFECTS WILL BE CORRECTED, OR THAT THE SYSTEM IS FREE OF HARMFUL CODE. USER fully understands and agrees that (i) the System is subject to errors, omissions, delays or 181 Agreement No. A2513193 - 4 - interruptions; and (ii) COUNTY, by and through Cyclomedia, may modify or change the System in a manner that may impact or restrict USER’s access. In any such event, the COUNTY will not be liable for the cost of such changes , damages or other liability which may be sustained by USER. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, COUNTY DOES NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS OR TIMELINESS OF THE DELIVERED CONTENT NOR DOES COUNTY WARRANT THAT DEFECTS IN THE SAME WILL BE CORRECTED. USER fully understands and agrees that (i) the Delivered Content is provided by third-parties, including but not limited to Cyclomedia; and (ii) COUNTY does not directly control and is not responsible for the Delivered Content. USER fully understands and agrees that the Delivered Content is subject to errors, omissions, delay or interruptions, including but not limited to (i) delays, errors or omissions in the receipt of the Delivered Content , (ii) changes, adjustments, corrections or modifications of the Delivered Content and (iii) that COUNTY may make modifications, changes and/or adjustments to the Delivered Content at any time and without notice to USER. At the point of initial contact with any Delivered Content provided to the public, USER shall include the disclaimer set forth in the preceding three paragraphs, in the same or substantially similar format with necessary adjustments for accuracy and applicability, including but not limited to defining “Delivered Content”. IN NO EVENT SHALL COUNTY BE LIABLE FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSS OF PROFIT, LOSS OF BUSINESS OR ANY OTHER FINANCIAL LOSS OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES EVEN IF THE COUNTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. COUNTY’S SOLE LIABILITY AND USER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY DAMAGES RELATED TO THIS HCUA OR FOR ANY BREACH OF THIS HCUA, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIABILITY FOR SYSTEM OR DELIVERED CONTENT NONPERFORMANCE, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS, SHALL BE LIMITED TO RESTORING OR CORRECTING THE SYSTEM OR DELIVERED CONTENT TO THE EXTENT AND DEGREE COUNTY IS CAPABLE OF PERFORMING THE SAME AND AS IS REASONABLY POSSIBLE UNDER THE PERTINENT CIRCUMSTANCES. 4. Royalty Free License. The License is royalty free. COUNTY is not providing any implementation, maintenance, support or other services hereunder and, as such, USER shall not pay COUNTY any amount for services pursuant to this HCUA. 182 Agreement No. A2513193 - 5 - 5. Compliance with Applicable Law and Data. USER and COUNTY shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, rules and ordinances currently in force or later enacted . Subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2 above, the parties, their officers, agents, owners, partners, employees, volunteers and subcontractors shall abide by the provisions of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, chapter 13 (MGDPA) and all other applicable state and federal laws, rules, regulations and orders relating to data privacy or confidentiality. USER shall promptly notify COUNTY if USER becomes aware of any potential claims, or facts giving rise to such claims, under the MGDPA. 6. Termination. If COUNTY reasonably believes that USER is not complying with any terms of this HCUA, including but not limited to the license or related limitations, COUNTY may immediately terminate this HCUA and thereby terminate the License and USER’s access to and use of the System and Delivered Content. Either party may terminate this HCUA without cause at any time by upon thirty (30) day written notice to the other party. Notwithstanding the term set forth herein, the parties expressly agree that COUNTY may (i) terminate the license granted herein for the Cyclomedia Delivered Content; or (ii) terminate this HCUA upon the expiration or termination, for any reason, of the Cyclomedia Agreement. 7. Liability. USER agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the COUNTY and Cyclomedia, and their respective officials, officers, agents, volunteers and employees from any liability, claims, causes of action, judgments, damages, losses, costs, or expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, resulting directly or indirectly from USER’s use of or access to the System or Delivered Content, from USER’s failure to comply with the terms of this HCUA or from failure to perform any duties and obligations required by applicable law and/or this HCUA. As applicable, a party’s liability shall be governed by the provisions of applicable law including but not limited to the Municipal Tort Claims Act, Minnesota Statutes Chapter 466, and other applicable law. The statutory limits of liability for some or all of the parties may not be added together or stacked 183 Agreement No. A2513193 - 6 - to increase the maximum amount of liability for any party. This paragraph shall not be construed to bar legal remedies one party may have for the other party’s failure to fulfill its obligations under this HCUA. Nothing in this HCUA constitutes a waiver by the USER, COUNTY or Cyclomedia of any statutory or common law defenses, immunities, or limits on liability. 8. Miscellaneous Provisions. The Hennepin County Geographic Information Systems Manager, or his/her designee, shall manage this HCUA on behalf of the COUNTY and perform the other duties expressly set forth herein. Except as directed by COUNTY, USER shall not use the term “Hennepin County”, or any derivative thereof in USER’s advertising, external facing communication and/or marketing, including but not limited to advertisements of any type or form, promotional ads/literature, client lists and/or any other form of outreach, without the written approval of the Hennepin County Public Affairs/Communications Department, or their designees. USER and COUNTY intend that this HCUA will not benefit or create any right or cause of action in or on behalf of any person or entity other than the parties. The laws of the state of Minnesota shall govern all questions and interpretations concerning the validity and construction of this HCUA and the legal relations between the parties and their performance. The remainder of this page is blank. 184 Agreement No. A2513193 - 7 - COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR APPROVAL COUNTY OF HENNEPIN Reviewed by the County STATE OF MINNESOTA Attorney's Office By: By: _______________________________ Hennepin County Administrator Date: Date: _______________________________ USER warrants that the persons who executed this Agreement are authorized to do so on behalf of USER as required by applicable articles, bylaws, resolutions or ordinances.* USER By: ___________________________ By: _______________________________ City Manager, Noah Schuchman Mayor, Roslyn Harmon Date: Date: _____________________________ *USER represents and warrants that it has submitted to COUNTY all applicable documentation (articles, bylaws, resolutions or ordinances) that confirms the signatory's delegation of authority. Documentation is not required for a sole proprietorship. 185 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Administrative Services 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3E.12. Approve 2025-2026 Labor Agreement with Assistant Police Chiefs Local #485 Prepared By John Miller, HR Manager Summary Following November 18, 2025, Mediation, staff seeks Council approval based for 2025-2026 Labor Agreement with Assistance Police Chiefs Local #485. Labor agreement changes include: A classification grade increase from a Grade 18 to Grade 19, which is consistent with the non- union City compensation plan. Both members of the bargaining unit placed at Step 5 on January 1, 2025, and the subsequent step movement for both incumbent employees will be effective November 3, 2025. Retroactive payment to each incumbent member of the bargaining unit will be to January 1, 2025, excluding all time during which the employee received acting chief pay. The existing pay plan will be increased by three percent (3%) effective January 1, 2026. Step movement for both incumbent employees will be effective on April 1, 2026. Thereafter step movement will revert to anniversary dates for future step increases (if any). Employees with multilingual skills (i.e. speak English and at least one other language fluently) shall receive $150 per month increase. Link to 2025-2026 Assistant Police Chiefs Local #485 Labor Agreement This link is active, but the document may be uploaded, undated, and accessible pending outcome of the City Council. Financial or Budget Considerations More information will become available once the agreement is made public. Legal Considerations More information will become available once the agreement is made public. Equity Considerations The City complies with all State and Federal collective bargaining laws. Recommended Action 186 Motion to approve 2025-2026 Labor Agreement with Assistant Police Chiefs Local #485. 187 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY City Manager's Office 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3F.1. Adopt Resolution No. 25-122 Accepting a Donation from the Minnesota City/County Management Association for City Manager to Attend a Meeting Prepared By Andrea Connolly-Dees, Executive Assistant Noah Schuchman, City Manager Summary As adopted in the City's Donation/Gift Policy, a gift of real or personal property must be accepted by the City Council by Resolution and be approved by a two-thirds majority of the Council. Financial or Budget Considerations None. Legal Considerations This item is consistent with the City's donation/gift policy. Equity Considerations None Recommended Action Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-122 accepting a donation from the Minnesota City/County Management Association for City Manager to attend a meeting. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-122 - Accepting Donation from MCMA 188 RESOLUTION NO. 25-122 RESOLUTION ACCEPTING THE DONATION FROM THE MINNESOTA CITY/COUNTY MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION FOR THE CITY MANAGER TO ATTEND MEETING WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 04-20 on March 16, 2004, which established a policy for the receipt of gifts; and WHEREAS, the Resolution states that a gift of real or personal property must be accepted by the City Council by resolution and be approved by a two-thirds majority of the Council. A cash donation must be acknowledged and accepted by motion with a simple majority. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council for the City of Golden Valley: 1.Accepts $2,000.00 from the Minnesota City/County Management Association to attend the 2026 International City/County Management Association’s conference planning committee meeting from January 29, 2025 - February 1, 2026. 2.Extends their heartfelt gratitude to the Minnesota City/County Management Association for their support of the City Manager’s attendance at this meeting. Adopted by the City Council of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 16th day of December 2025. _____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: _____________________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 189 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3G. Adopt Ordinance No. 812 Rescinding and Replacing Section 113-151 Off-Street Parking and Loading and Amending Related Sections and Adopt Resolution No. 25-123 Approving Summary Publication Prepared By Steven Okey, Associate Planner Summary Periodically, Planning Division staff update sections of the zoning code to reflect current administrative processes and industry best practices. Tonight, staff proposes updates to sections of the City Code Chapter 113 related to off-street parking and loading. This draft ordinance is based on work sessions with Planning Commission as well as past and current city studies, current market demands, and to prepare for future Golden Valley initiatives. The Planning Commission met on November 24, 2025, and unanimously voted to recommend approval of the attached ordinance by the City Council. A timeline for this process as well as a summary handout are attached in addition to Planning Commission meeting minutes, staff report, and the proposed redlined ordinance. Financial or Budget Considerations There are no financial or budget impacts associated with this update. Legal Considerations Section 113-29 governs the procedure for amending the zoning code. A public hearing notice was published in the official City newspaper 10 days before Planning Commission held the public hearing. Zoning text amendments require a majority affirmative vote from Council for approval. The City Attorney's office reviewed the draft ordinance before the public hearing. Equity Considerations Planning Commission held a public hearing on this item on November 24, 2025, which gave residents an opportunity to participate in the process consistent with Equity Pillar 2 for Inclusive and Effective Community Engagement. The proposed code revisions make the code easier to understand for all users, including applicants, staff, Planning Commission, and City Council. This is an important goal in the City's Equity Plan, specifically for Community Development. An equity analysis was completed and reviewed by Seth Kaempfer, Equity and Inclusion Manager. 190 Recommended Action Planning Commission unanimously recommended the following action: Motion to adopt Ordinance No. 812 rescinding and replacing Section 113-151 Off-Street Parking and Loading and amending related sections as presented in the attached ordinance. Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-123 Approving Summary Publication of Ordinance No. 812. (Note: The summary publication resolution requires a four-fifths vote of all members of the Council for approval. The approval of amendments requires a simple majority.) Supporting Documents Ordinance No. 812 - Amending Section 113 Off-Street Parking and Loading Resolution No. 25-123 - Authorizing Summary Publication of Ordinance No. 812 Planning Commission Staff Report PC Meeting Minutes Redlined Version of Sec. 113-151 Timeline of Work Parking Code Handout 191 ORDINANCE NO. 812 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CITY CODE SECTION 113 RELATED TO OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING The City Council for the City of Golden Valley hereby ordains as follows: Section 1. City Code Section 113-151 is hereby rescinded and replaced: Sec. 113-151. Off-Street Parking and Loading. (a) Purpose and Application. The purpose of requiring and regulating off-street parking and loading is to prevent congestion on public rights-of-way and private roadways and to promote the safety and general welfare of the public. The following minimums are established for off-street parking and loading based on the use of land and structures. (1) Applicability. The following will require compliance with the current Off -Street Parking and Loading regulations: a. Construction of new principal buildings. b. Subsection (c) Minimum Number of Required Off-Street Parking Spaces applies to restricted uses, conditional use permit (CUPs), planned unit developments (PUDs), and through the site plan review process. (b) Design Standards. (1) Site Plan. Application for construction of new buildings, expansion of existing buildings, reuse of existing buildings and reconstruction of or the reconfiguration of existing parking., shall include a site plan or plot plan for parking, which is drawn to scale and dimensioned, which depicts the location and number of off-street parking spaces consistent with this section, which shows proposed internal landscaping, and which includes provisions for storage and/or removal of snow. (2) Access and Curb Cuts. All off-street automobile parking facilities shall be designed with appropriate means of vehicular access to a street or alley and with adequate maneuvering area. Detailed plans must be submitted to the City Engineer for approval of all curb cuts or driveway openings before a permit will be granted. (3) Use. With the exception of garage sales and other sales approved by the City, required off-street parking and loading areas and driveways shall not be used for the storage, display, sale or rental or repair of goods or for the storage of inoperable vehicles. (4) Lighting. All light fixtures shall meet the standards outlined in Sec. 113-153, Outdoor Lighting, of the City Code. (5) Dimensions for Spaces. All required off-street parking spaces shall meet the dimensional requirements in the parking layout table below. Accessible Parking spaces must meet the Minnesota Accessibility Code. 192 Ordinance No. 812 -2- December 16, 2025 (6) Surfacing; Construction Standards. Parking areas and driveways shall be surfaced with an all-weather dustless material. Parking is not allowed on lawns or other landscaped areas. Parking lots containing more than six spaces and access drives, except for landscaped areas, shall be covered with asphalt, brick, concrete, or concrete pavers (including permeable pavers where deemed appropriate by the City Engineer or their designee)with proper surface drainage as required by the City. The finished surface shall be capable of carrying a load of7,000 pounds per axle. a. Permeable pavers shall be considered pervious surface for purposes of meeting City impervious surface maximums with approval from City Engineer and if designed and maintained to manufacturer specifications. (7) Grade, Drainage and Curbing. a. Grade. In general, grades shall not exceed five percent. Site grading plans shall be submitted to the City Engineer or their designee for review. b. Drainage. Off-street parking areas shall be designed to drain and properly dispose of surface water. Alternative low impact development practices such as rain gardens and vegetative swales are encouraged by the City. Detailed plans for drainage shall be submitted to the City Engineer or their designee for review. c. Curbing. Parking lots containing more than six spaces shall be delineated by a concrete box curb or concrete curb and gutter extending at least six inches above and six inches below the surface. The curb may have cuts for drainage. Exception: Some exception for rain gardens may be allowed provided suitable controls are provided to prevent cars from parking beyond the intended limits. (8) Parking Layouts. Required off-street parking consisting of six or more spaces shall be consistent with the layout alternatives and dimensions specified in the parking layout chart below except Accessible spaces and compact car spaces. a. Landscape Traffic Islands. Traffic islands shall be provided based on the circulation system, number of spaces, frequency of use (turnover rate), and other relevant factors. Traffic islands shall be landscaped to meet interior landscape requirements. (9) Landscaping; Internal and External. The minimum required landscaped areas, within which there shall be no parking or drive aisles (except driveway access from street) in all Zoning Districts, shall be: a. External Landscaping. These areas shall be maintained fully as landscaped green space and may or may not include vegetation such as trees, shrubs, and other native plants. In cases where a parking lot is located on the periphery of sites and adjacent to R-1 and R-2 Zoning Districts, the City will require them to be screened with trees, shrubs, fencing, berms or some combination of these in setback areas along one or more lot lines. 193 Ordinance No. 812 -3- December 16, 2025 1. Front yard: 15 feet for R-3 and R-4 districts; 10 feet for all others (see M on diagram). 2. Side and rear yards: one-half of the required building setback (see N on diagram). b. Internal Landscaping. Parking lots designed and constructed for more than30 off-street parking spaces shall have at least eight percent of the interior of the parking lot landscaped with vegetation including shade trees. Each landscape break shall occur at least every 12 spaces. Such landscaping is expected to be in traffic islands, other islands or other areas used for drainage or lighting or exclusive landscape islands located within the interior portion of the parking lot. A landscape plan shall be submitted as part of the required site plan. The landscape plan shall be approved by the City Manager or their designee. Financial security shall be provided as per Tree and Landscape Compliance Requirements, Sec. 111-9.(b). PARKING LAYOUT CHART MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Dimension Diagram Parking Angle to Curb or Lane 45° 60° 75° 90° Stall width parallel to aisle* A 12.7 ft. 10.4 ft. 9.3 ft. 9.0 ft. Stall length of line B 25.0 ft. 22.0 ft. 20.0 ft. 18.5 ft. Stall depth C 17.5 ft. 19.0 ft. 19.5 ft. 18.5 ft. Aisle width D 12.0 ft. 16.0 ft. 23.0 ft. 24.0 ft. Stall depth, interlock E 15.3 ft. 17.5 ft. 18.8 ft. 18.5 ft. Module, edge of pavement to interlock F 44.8 ft. 52.5 ft. 61.3 ft. 61.0 ft. Module, interlocking G 42.6 ft. 51.0 ft. 61.0 ft. 63.0 ft. Module, interlock to curb face H 42.8 ft. 50.2 ft. 58.8 ft. 60.5 ft. Bumper overhang (typical) I 2.0 ft. 2.3 ft. 2.5 ft. 2.5 ft. Offset J 6.3 ft. 2.7 ft. 0.5 ft. 0.0 ft. Cross aisle, one-way L 14.0 ft. 14.0 ft. 14.0 ft. 14.0 ft. Cross aisle, two-way L 90° 24.0 ft. 24.0 ft. 24.0 ft. 24.0 ft. Fire Lane Requirements Must meet current adopted fire code and appendices. Parking or drive aisle setback to principal structure O 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. Landscape traffic islands P Landscape traffic islands shall be at a minimum the width of one parking space and the length of two parking spaces based on the measurements above. Landscaped islands located between parking spaces. Q Landscape islands shall be at the minimum the width of one parking space and the length of two parking spaces based on the measurements above. 194 Ordinance No. 812 -4- December 16, 2025 Parallel parking: Stall width (8.5 or 9 ft.) Stall length (22 or 23 ft.) Compact parking space: Stall width 8 ft. Stall length 17.5 ft. Motorcycle/Motor Scooter parking space: Stall width 4 ft. Stall length 9 ft. Motorcycle/Motor Scooter parking spaces should be constructed of rigid pavement not bituminous pavement. *Required Accessible stalls and ramps shall be per State Code. Minnesota Accessibility Code *Some minor deviations from this table may be allowed in special circumstances related to the num ber and percent of spaces involved and site-dimensional constraints which support a minor deviation. As determined by the City Manager or their designee. Q 195 Ordinance No. 812 -5- December 16, 2025 (10) Joint Parking Setbacks. Approved joint or combined parking facilities, on separate lots constructed adjacent to a common lot line separating two or more parking areas, are not required to observe the parking area setback from the common lot line. (11) Spaces Delineated. All required off-street parking areas consisting of six or more spaces shall be delineated by durable painted stripes at least four inches wide unless walls or columns are used to provide an equivalent means to delineate the spaces such as in a parking structure. (12) Parking Ramps and Underground Parking. Because of the cost of such spaces and more control over environmental factors, the City Manager or their designee may administratively approve a reduction in the width of aisles and spaces as long as it meets public safety standards for vehicular maneuverability. (13) Internal driveway access. Private internal driveways between properties are permitted with approval of the City Manager and/or their designee. Internal driveways between properties shall be allowed only when they do not cause either property to exceed impervious surface limits, they follow drive aisle dimension guidelines from this chapter, both properties have a legal access to a public roadway, and that a cross-access agreement is signed by both properties and recorded in the County property records. In the case of the agreement Q 196 Ordinance No. 812 -6- December 16, 2025 terminating, the internal drive shall be removed and restored to landscaped green space. (14) Plowing and Snow Storage or Removal. Required off-street parking plans shall include provisions for snow storage and/or removal. Snow shall not be deposited by plowing, stockpiling, or other artificial means that creates significant concentrations of stormwater which cause damage to or creates unreasonable environmental, health, or safety conditions on adjacent properties. Plans for plowing and snow storage/removal shall be reviewed by the City Engineer or their designee. (15) Provisions for Pedestrian Access. Provisions for pedestrian circulation to and from, and in some cases through, parking lots shall be provided to connect to building entrances, public sidewalks, transit stops, and other pedestrian destinations. At least one pedestrian route within a parking lot shall include a clear division from vehicular area, through a change in grade, patterned pavement, decorative lighting, crosswalks, pedestrian islands, or other means of separation, see examples below. (16) Maintenance. Off-street parking areas including spaces, accessway, striping, landscaping, and required buffers and fences, shall be maintained in a neat, safe and adequate manner. Potholes, deteriorated pavement, and striping must be repaired or restored in a timely manner by the owner of the off-street parking. (17) Accessible Parking. Accessible parking spaces shall be provided pursuant to the Minnesota Accessibility Code. (18) Signs. Signage shall meet all regulations in Chapter 105 – Signs. (19) Compact Vehicles. If an off-street parking lot, ramp or garage contains 30 or more spaces, the City will allow up to 10 percent of the spaces to be designated compact cars only, provided a suitable parking plan for such spaces is submitted and approved by the City. 197 Ordinance No. 812 -7- December 16, 2025 (20) Joint Use of Parking. Off-street parking facilities for a combination of one or more structures or uses may be provided collectively in any district, except the R-1 and R-2 Zoning Districts, provided the total number of spaces shall not be less than the sum of the separate requirements for each use. The City may permit such parking within one-quarter mile of the permitted use as long as a pedestrian sidewalk or similar path of travel exists between the two facilities. (c) Minimum Number of Required Off-Street Parking Spaces. Use Requirement Residential Single-family dwellings on (R-1 or R-2) lots greater than 50 feet wide 2 spaces per dwelling, one of which must be enclosed. Single-family dwellings on (R-1 or R-2) lots 50 feet in width or less 2 spaces per dwelling unit. Two-family dwellings 1 space per dwelling unit. Rowhouses with up to four attached units 1 space per dwelling unit. Townhouses 1 space per dwelling unit. Accessory dwelling units No additional parking required. Multifamily dwellings 1 space per studio or 1-bed, 1.5 spaces per 2- bed, 2 spaces per 3- or 4-bed, at least one enclosed, plus 5% guest. Congregate housing .5 space per unit. Senior and disability housing .5 space per unit. Manufactured home parks 1 space per dwelling unit. Residential Facilities 1 space per 2 beds/participants. Economic and Business Land Uses Bakeries 1 space per 200 s.f. of customer area Bowling alleys 4 spaces per lane Restaurants (sit down, including brewpubs) 1 space per 70 s.f. of gross floor area Restaurants (fast food) 1 space per 75 s.f. of gross floor area. Fast food restaurants without indoor seating for customers require 1 space per 400 s.f. 198 Ordinance No. 812 -8- December 16, 2025 Micro-distillery cocktail rooms 1 space per 70 s.f. of floor area. Hotels/motels 1 space per unit Indoor entertainment and amusement (theaters, arcades, etc.) 1 space per 250 s.f. Private clubs/convention centers 1 space per 4 seats Recreational uses (public and private), including gyms, skating rinks, etc. 1 space for every 400 s.f. of gross floor area Retail store, shopping center, or service establishment 1 space per 400 s.f. of gross floor area Showrooms (e.g., furniture, appliances) 1 space for every 400 s.f. gross floor area of show room, Taprooms 1 space per 70 s.f. of floor area. Care Services Adult day care centers 1 space per 5 persons cared for Animal hospitals, veterinary clinics, kennels, and or pet grooming facilities 1 space per each 300 s.f. of gross floor area Childcare centers 1 space per employee plus adequate client parking. No allowances for compact parking. Mortuaries 1 per every 400 s.f. plus 1 space for every 4 seats Trade schools or training centers 1 space per 5 students based on design capability Offices and Financial Institutions Financial institutions 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area Medical and dental offices 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area Offices, excluding medical and dental 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area, after 100,000 s.f. 1 space per 400 s.f. of gross floor area Automotive 199 Ordinance No. 812 -9- December 16, 2025 Automobile repair shops 2 spaces for each service bay Car wash 1 space per employee at the peak business time Sales or show rooms (auto, machinery, boats, etc.) 1 space for every 1000 s.f. of gross floor area of display area plus 1 space for every 5,000 gross s.f. of outside display Service stations 8 spaces plus 4 per service stall Truck/van terminals 1 space per 3,000 s. f. of gross floor area Manufacturing Manufacturing - Fabricating 1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area Breweries 1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area Distilleries 1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area Micro-distilleries 1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area Warehouse and Wholesale Outdoor storage and self-storage facilities 1 space per 10,000 s.f. of storage area Warehouses and storage 1 space for every 3,000 s.f. of gross floor area Institutional Land Uses Ball fields and other outdoor recreation 1 space per 4 seats based on design capacity or 1 per 4 members using the facility Cemeteries 4 visitor spaces and 1 space per employee City offices 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area Community centers 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area Convalescent homes, nursing homes, and clinics 1 space per 5 beds Fire stations 1 space per 2 crewmembers Golf courses, country clubs, and other recreational facilities 1 space per 5 patrons based on course capacity, 1 space per 2 driving range tees Hospitals 1 space for every 4 beds Libraries 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area Parks and playgrounds Adequate off-street parking shall be provided as determined by Parks and Recreation Director or their designee. Museums 1 space per 400 s.f. of gross floor area Places of worship 1 space per 4 seats in the main assembly area Post offices/parcel distribution 10 spaces plus 1 per 500 s.f. plus 1 for each service vehicle on site 200 Ordinance No. 812 -10- December 16, 2025 Elementary and junior high schools 2 spaces per classroom High schools 2 spaces per classroom plus 1 space per 6 students Mixed Use Land Uses Mixed Use In the case of mixed uses, the parking facilities required shall be the sum of the requirements for the various individual uses, computed separately in accordance with this section. Parking facilities for one use shall not be considered as providing the required parking facilities for any other use. (1) General Requirement. For any uses, City Manager or their designee may approve a different number based on Institute of Transportation (ITE) and American Planning Association (APA) guidelines. (2) Maximum Parking. In all Zoning Districts parking provided shall not exceed the minimum required parking + 20% of that minimum amount in the case of reconfigured, new or reconstructed surface parking lots. Does not apply to single-family, two-family, rowhouses, or townhouses. (3) Required Ratios. Where the number of required parking spaces is measured by seating capacity, such seating capacity shall be determined for maximum capacity. (4) Rounding. Where the parking calculations result in less than 1 spot the required number will be rounded up. (5) Reductions and Alternatives to Automobile Parking a. General 1. This subsection identifies allowed reductions and alternatives to required on - site parking spaces. 2. These reductions are allowed either by-right or require approval of an Administrative Adjustment. If the reduction is requested as part of a project subject to discretionary approval, the request is considered by the review authority as part of the overall project. 3. Available reductions apply only to non-exempt parking spaces as specified in (Applicability) 4. Available reductions are additive (i.e., multiple reductions may be combined for a single project). Each allowed reduction is calculated using the number of parking spaces required before any other reduction is applied. For example, a development requiring 20 parking spaces that qualifies for a 10 percent transit 201 Ordinance No. 812 -11- December 16, 2025 proximity reduction and a 30 percent bicycle facility proximity reduction may reduce their required parking by 40 percent. 5. Upon receipt of a written request, the City Manager and/or their designee may reduce or increase the parking minimum or maximum requirements, if the applicant demonstrates a demand which is different than required by this chapter based on specifics of the use or other factors. The City may in the case of a reduction, require that land be reserved for parking development should the use or demands change. This is in addition to the reductions allowed in section “b” below. b. Available Reductions 1. Transit Proximity. For projects in proximity to an active public transit stop, required on-site parking may be reduced as shown in table below. Public transit stops exclude school bus stops. Proximity to Public Transit Stop Allowed Parking Reduction 600 feet 30 percent 900 feet 20 percent 1,200 feet 10 Percent 2. Bicycle Facility Proximity. Required on-site vehicle parking may be reduced by up to 30 percent for projects located within 300 feet of a regional bike trail. 3. Carpool Spaces. For non-residential uses, two automobile parking spaces may be exchanged for one carpool parking space. The carpool parking space must be designated as such with signage and/or space markings. There is a maximum reduction of 2% of spaces. 4. Electric Vehicle Charging Stations. Two required parking spaces may be exchanged for one space served by an electric vehicle charging station. To receive reduction, electric vehicle charging stations must be in excess of the minimum number of charging stations required by this code. There is a maximum reduction of 2% of spaces. 5. Motorcycle and Motor Scooter Spaces. Motorcycle and motor scooter parking may replace up to two required automobile spaces. Each automobile parking space must be replaced by space for at least 2 motorcycles. 6. Differing Parking Demands. The City may allow up to 50 percent reduction when joint use or combined parking is provided for uses which have different parking demands and peak parking needs such as a daytime use with a 202 Ordinance No. 812 -12- December 16, 2025 nighttime use (e.g., office and movie theater) or a week day use with a weekend use (e.g., office and a places of assembly). This reduction requires approval of an Administrative Adjustment. The City may require an agreement between the users to qualify for this reduction. 7. Required Accessible and Electric Vehicle Spaces. Replacement parking spaces are not required if retrofitting a required accessible parking space or if installing a required electric vehicle charging station eliminates one or more required parking spaces (e.g., to accommodate accessible loading area). (d) Proof of Parking. When the required off-street parking is 20 or more spaces, the owner is only required to pave and stripe 75 percent of the required parking spaces if the following conditions are met: (1) A parking plan drawn to scale for the lot is submitted to the City Man ager or their designee and the plan indicates that the site complies with the total parking requirements stated above and the parking lot is designed to the standards required by this section. (2) The portion of the site which is not paved and is capable of containing the amount of parking equal to the difference between the total amount of required parking and the amount of parking required to be paved (known as the proof of parking area) is suitably landscaped and curbed to meet the requirements of this section. (3) The proof of parking area shall be clearly delineated on the parking plan for the site. (4) The paved portion of the parking area shall comply with the pertinent provisions of this section. (5) The proof of parking area is not used to satisfy any other lan dscaping or other requirement and is not located in an area occupied by a building. (6) The City shall record the proof of parking against the property and it shall run with the land. (7) The City may, at any time in its sole discretion, require proof that the parking area will be paved and striped in such a way that it meets the requirements to provide the total number of required parking spaces on the site or a percentage between 75 percent and 100 percent. (8) The City may require the owner to enter into a proof of parking agreement specifying the requirements and restrictions and stating that the owner developer and successor shall be responsible for making improvements to meet the Code at the time the City requires such action. 203 Ordinance No. 812 -13- December 16, 2025 (e) Bicycle Parking. Short-term bicycle parking provides shoppers, customers, messengers and other visitors who generally park for two hours or less a convenient and readily accessible place to park bicycles. Long-term bicycle parking provides residents who live in a multi-family dwelling a secure and weather-protected place to park and store bicycles. Short-term and long-term bicycle parking shall be provided as stated below: (1) Short Term: Bicycle parking shall be provided at the rate of 10% of required vehicular parking. a. Short-Term parking. Short-term bicycle parking shall be located on site within 50 feet of a primary entrance, or if there are site, setback, building design, or other constraints, bicycle parking shall be located no more than 100 feet from a primary entrance in the closest available area to the primary entrance as determined by the City Manager or their designee. (2) Long Term: Bicycle parking shall be provided in multi-family dwellings at the rate of 1 space per dwelling unit. a. Long-Term parking. Long-term parking may be located in garages or other limited access areas for exclusive use by residents. Long-Term parking for residential dwellings can be within the unit as long as the space is dedicated to the bicycle and must be shown on building plans. (3) Bicycle Parking Design a. A bicycle parking space shall measure at least two (2) feet wide by six (6) feet long, so staple racks, which hold two bicycles, shall be installed at least 36 inches apart. Bicycle parking spaces shall also be a minimum of six (6) feet in length and shall have a vertical clearance of seven (7) feet. A width of at least three (3) feet is encouraged. b. The minimum distance between rows of bicycle parking spaces shall be five (5) feet. c. Minimum clearance between a bicycle parking space and a wall or structure shall be two (2) feet. Bicycle parking spaces next to the curb shall be separated by at least two (2) feet, although a width of three (3) feet is encouraged. d. Every bicycle parking space shall be accessible without moving another bicycle. e. For buildings with multiple entrances, short-term bicycle parking spaces shall be distributed in a manner proportionate to the number of entrances. f. Directional signage to the bicycle parking shall be provided if the parking is not directly visible and obvious from an entrance or public right-of-way. 204 Ordinance No. 812 -14- December 16, 2025 g. A bicycle rack shall accommodate common bicycle frame sizes and styles including bicycles without kickstands. h. A bicycle rack shall support the bicycle frame at a minimum of two contact points; one contact point shall be the frame. i. A rack shall allow both the frame and two wheels to be locked to the rack with the use of a cable or the frame and one wheel to be locked to the rack with a U-type lock. j. Bicycle racks and bicycle lockers shall be securely anchored to concrete with vandal-resistant concrete mounting hardware. k. Bicycle racks shall be a minimum of 30 inches wide by 36 inches tall. l. Inverted “U” or staple style bicycle racks are common and meet the requirements of this section. m. Bicycle parking shall be lighted to the standards outlined in Sec. 113-153, Outdoor Lighting, of the City Code. Bicycle Parking Design 205 Ordinance No. 812 -15- December 16, 2025 Bicycle Rack Examples (f) Electric Vehicle Provisions. (1) Definitions. a. Charging levels means the standardized indicators of electrical force, or voltage, at which an electric vehicle's battery is recharged. The terms 1, 2, and 3 (DC) are the most common charging levels, and include the following specifications: 1. Level 1 is considered slow charging with 120v outlets. 2. Level 2 is considered medium charging with 240v outlets, charging head and cord hard-wired to the circuit. 3. Level 3 (DC) is considered fast or rapid charging. Voltage is greater than 240 volts. b. Electric vehicle means a vehicle that operates, either partially or exclusively, on electrical energy from the electrical grid, or an off-grid source, that is stored on-board for motive purposes. "Electric vehicle" includes: 1. Battery electric vehicle. 2. Plug-in hybrid electric vehicle. c. Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) means a public or private parking space that is served by battery charging station equipment that has as its primary purpose the transfer of electric energy (by conductive or inductive means) to a battery or other energy storage device in an electric vehicle. d. Electric vehicle infrastructure means conduit/wiring, structures, machinery, and equipment necessary and integral to support an electric vehicle charging station. (2) Number of required Electric Vehicle Charging Stations. 206 Ordinance No. 812 -16- December 16, 2025 a. All new or reconstructed parking structures shall be allowed, but not required, to install EVCS. b. All new or reconstructed parking lots with 14 or fewer parking spaces shall be allowed, but not required, to install electric vehicle infrastructure and/or EVCS. c. All new or reconstructed surface parking lots or parking structures with at least 15 but no more than 49 spaces or expanded parking lots that result in a parking lot with 15 to 49 parking spaces, shall install electric vehicle infrastructure and/or EVCS as required below. 1. Multifamily residential land uses shall have 25% of required residential parking with electrical vehicle infrastructure installed . At least one accessible parking space shall have electric vehicle infrastructure installed. 2. Non-residential land uses with surface parking spaces available for use by the general public shall have two Level 2 stations or one Level 3 station. At least one accessible parking space shall have access to an EVCS. Parking structures are exempt from this requirement. d. All new or reconstructed surface parking lots or parking structures with at least 50 parking spaces or expanded parking lots that result in 50 or more parking spaces, shall install electric vehicle infrastructure and/or EVCS as required below. 1. Multifamily residential land uses shall have 25% of required residential parking with electrical vehicle infrastructure installed. At least one accessible parking space shall have electric vehicle infrastructure installed. 2. Non-residential land uses with surface parking spaces available for use by the general public shall have at least 5% of required parking as Level 2, with at least one station adjacent to an accessible parking space. In non-residential zoned districts, Level 3 charging stations may be installed to satisfy the EVCS requirements described above on a one - for-one basis. Parking structures are exempt from this requirement. e. All new or reconstructed motor fuel stations shall be required to install at least one additional Level 2 or Level 3 charging station. (3) Reductions to EVCS requirements. When the cost of installing EVCS required by this Chapter would exceed 25% of the total project cost, the property owner or applicant may request a reduction in the EVCS requirements and submit cost estimates for city consideration. Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVCS). Any EVCS installed before the date of adoption of these regulations shall be legal, 207 Ordinance No. 812 -17- December 16, 2025 non-conforming structures. The provisions of this Subdivision apply to all Zoning Districts. (4) Performance standards. a. Safety, Location, and Accessibility. 1. EVCS shall not interfere with the right-of-way user sight lines. 2. EVCS shall incorporate a cord management system or method to eliminate potential for cable entanglement, user injury or connector damage from lying on the ground. 3. EVCS shall not obstruct a sidewalk or walkway and must minimize trip and safety hazards. 4. EVCS shall be protected by appropriate curbing or bollards. 5. EVCS shall be under eight feet in height except where approved by the City Manager or their designee. 6. EVCS and parking stalls served by EVCS shall follow accessibility requirements for parking stalls and equipment access when required by the adopted version of MN building code. 7. EVCS shall be installed pursuant to manufacturer specification and shall comply with all applicable state building codes, state fire codes, state electrical codes, and relevant permitting processes. 8. EVCS shall be adequately maintained for safety and continual usage. 9. The area surrounding the EVCS shall be maintained appropriately to reduce hazards and allow access to EVCS, including snow removal around the equipment to allow for safety and access. 10. At the end of life for EVCS, the EVCS shall be replaced with new equipment or the EVCS shall be properly removed, and all utilities and equipment shall be safely decommissioned. (5) Setbacks. a. EVCS in residential districts shall not be considered accessory buildings but shall adhere to the setbacks for accessory buildings and structures each zoning district. b. EVCS in all other districts are not subject to structural setbacks and may be located anywhere within property lines, subject to the other standards in this Chapter. (6) Parking Minimums, Parking Lot Requirements, Parking Restrictions. 208 Ordinance No. 812 -18- December 16, 2025 a. All Electric Vehicle Charging Stations (EVCS) shall count towards off-street parking minimums required in this Chapter as specified in Section 113.151. (7) Signage. a. EVCS signage shall include a phone number to contact for regular maintenance issues. Signage shall state to call 911 in case of an emergency. b. If parking time limits or usage requirements are to be enforced by towing by the property owner, this shall be posted with signage. c. All signage shall meet the requirements in Code Section 105. d. There shall be no offsite signage/advertisements, nor video or amplified sound, associated with EVCS. (g) Loading Regulations. (1) Design Standards. a. Residential Uses. Required off-street truck loading or unloading spaces for residential uses shall be at least 12 feet in width and 32 feet in length. Where a loading space parallel to a building is to be utilized, such area shall not be less than 12 feet in width nor less than 40 feet in length. In no instance shall any designated side loading space encroach upon a fire lane or driving aisle or parking spaces. b. Non-Residential Uses. Required off-street truck loading or unloading spaces for non-residential uses shall be at least 12 feet in width, 14 feet in height, and 60 feet in length. Where a loading space parallel to a building is to be utilized, such area shall not be less than 12 feet in width nor less than 65 feet in length. In no instance shall any designated side loading space encroach upon a fire lane or driving aisle or parking spaces. c. All maneuvering for off-street loading shall be accomplished on private property. d. In addition to the required loading space, all loading spaces shall include a maneuvering area. The maneuvering area shall not use any of that portion of the site containing parking stalls or customer service areas. Maneuvering areas shall be of such size as to permit the backing of truck tractors and coupled trailers into the loading space, without blocking the use of other loading spaces, drives, parking spaces, or maneuvering areas on public right - of-way. 209 Ordinance No. 812 -19- December 16, 2025 e. Customer drop off spaces shall not constitute off-street loading spaces. f. Construction of loading areas needs to meet the applicable standards as per Section 113-151.(b) Design Standards (2) Number of Loading Spaces Required. The number of required off-street loading spaces shall be as follows: Use Required number of loading spaces* Residential Uses: 1. Single Family and Two Family Dwellings None 2. Multiple Family Dwellings - a. Less than 4 dwelling units None b. Four to 48 dwelling units 1 per building c. For each additional 48 dwelling units over 48 1 per building Non-Residential Uses: Gross Floor Area (Square Feet) Less than 10,000 1 10,001 to 20,000 2 20,001 to 50,000 3 50,001 to 75,000 4 75,001 to 100,000 5 For each additional 50,000 over 100,000 1 Mixed use In the case of mixed uses, the loading spaces required shall be the sum of the requirements for the various individual uses, computed separately in accordance with this section. * Reductions to loading space quantity requirements may be granted by the City Manager or their designee upon determination of facility need. (3) Landscaping and Screening of Loading Spaces. Loading spaces shall be screened from all property lines. Said screening shall be accomplished by a solid wall or 210 Ordinance No. 812 -20- December 16, 2025 fence and shall be designed so as to be architecturally harmonious with the principal structure. Screening plantings may be substituted, provided such plantings are in conformance with Chapter 111 Tree and Landscape Requirements. (4) Location. a. Off-Street. All required loading spaces for a non-residential use shall be off- street and located on the same lot as the building or use to be served. b. Distance from Intersection. All loading space curb cuts shall be located at minimum 50 feet from the intersection of two or more street rights-of-way. This distance shall be measured from the property line. c. Distance from Residential Use. Loading areas established after shall be prohibited within 300 feet of residentially zoned or guided property unless completely screened by an intervening building, or unless screened from adjacent residentially zoned or guided property by the use of berms, fences, or walls to provide 100 percent opacity to a height of at least eight feet. The height of the screening shall be measured from the grade of the loading areas. d. Pedestrians. Loading spaces shall not conflict with pedestrian movement. e. Visibility. Loading spaces shall not obstruct the view of the public right -of- way from off-street parking access. f. General Compliance. Loading spaces shall comply with all other requirements of this section. g. Traffic Interference. Each loading space shall be located with appropriate means of vehicular access to a street or public alley in a manner which will cause the least interference with traffic. h. Accessory Use; Parking and Storage. Required loading spaces shall not be used for the storage of goods, inoperable vehicles or snow and shall not be included as part of the space requirements to meet off -street parking requirements. Section 2. City Code Section 113-88 is amended to read as follows.”***” denotes a section break. *** (5) Garage Provisions. Garages in the R-1 Zoning District shall be governed by the following requirements: a. Minimum Garage Stalls. For lots greater than 50 feet wide, no building permit shall be issued for a single-family dwelling not having a two-stall one-stall 211 Ordinance No. 812 -21- December 16, 2025 garage. unless the registered survey submitted at the time of application for the building permit reflects the necessary area and setback requirements for a future two-stall (minimum) garage. Lots 50 feet in width or less may be constructed with without an enclosed one garage stall. Section 3. City Code Section 113-89 is amended to read as follows.”***” denotes a section break. *** (5) Garage Provisions. The following requirements shall apply to all garages constructed in the R-2 Zoning District: a. Minimum Garage Stalls. No building permit shall be issued for the construction of a new principal structure in the R-2 Zoning District which does not include at least a one garage stall per dwelling unit. For lots greater than 50 feet wide, no building permit shall be issued for a single-family dwelling not having a one-stall garage. Lots 50 feet in width or less may be constructed with with out an enclosed one garage stall. Section 4. City Code Section 113-91 is amended to read as follows.”***” denotes a section break. *** (k) Parking Space Reduction. Properties providing sidewalks along all street frontages may pursue the following non-enclosed parking space reduction: (1) Underground Parking. The provision of one stall of underground parking per unit shall result in a 10 percent reduction in the number of required non -enclosed parking spaces. (2) Public Transit. Scheduled public transit route available within 1,000 feet of the primary entrance accessed by a public sidewalk shall result in a 10 percent reduction in the number of required non-enclosed parking spaces. Section 5. City Code Section 113-159 is amended to read as follows.”***” denotes a section break. *** (4) A minimum of one additional off-street parking space shall be provided for the accessory dwelling unit in addition to those required for the principal dwelling. The creation of the accessory dwelling unit by conversion of garage space shall not reduce the home's provided off-street parking below the minimum requirements listed in Section 113-151 of zoning code. 212 Ordinance No. 812 -22- December 16, 2025 Section 6. This ordinance shall take effect on January 1, 2026, and from and after its passage and publication as required by law. Adopted by the City Council on this 16th day of December 2025. _____________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: ________________________ Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 213 RESOLUTION NO. 25-123 RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SUMMARY PUBLICATION OF ORDINANCE NO. 812 WHEREAS, the City has adopted the above referenced amendment of the Golden Valley City Code; and WHEREAS, the verbatim text of the amendment is cumbersome, and the expense of the publication of the complete text is not justified. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA that the following summary is hereby approved for official publication: SUMMARY PUBLICATION ORDINANCE NO. 812 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CITY CODE AMENDING CHAPTER 113 OF THE CITY CODE RELATED TO OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOADING This is a summary of the provisions of Ordinance No. 812 which has been approved for publication by the City Council. At the December 16, 2025, City Council meeting, the Golden Valley City Council enacted Ordinance No. 812 rescinding and Replacing Section 113-151 Off-Street Parking and Loading, amending Section 113-88 Single-Family Residential (R-1) Zoning District, amending Section 113-89 Moderate Density Residential (R-2) Zoning District, amending Section 113-91 High Density Residential (R-4) Zoning District, amending Section 113- 159 Accessory Dwelling Units The full ordinance is available to the public at the City Clerk’s Office, 7800 Golden Valley Road during normal business hours and online at https://www.goldenvalleymn.gov/179/City-Code-and-Proposed-Ordinances. Passed by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota on December 16, 2025. ____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor Attested: ____________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 214 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley Planning Commission Meeting November 24, 2025 Agenda Item 3.A. Ordinance Amending Sections of Chapter 113 Related to Off-Street Parking and Loading Regulations Prepared By Steven Okey, Associate Planner Summary Periodically, Planning Division staff update sections of the zoning code to reflect current administrative processes and industry best practices. Tonight, staff proposes updates to sections of the City Code Chapter 113 related to off-street parking and loading. This draft ordinance is based on work sessions with Planning Commission as well as past and current city studies, current market demands, and to prepare for future Golden Valley initiatives. Recommended Action Motion to recommend approval of the ordinance amending Sections 113-151, 113-88, 113-89, 113-91, and 113-159, based on the findings in the staff report. Supporting Documents Staff Report Summary of Ordinance Effects Off Street Parking and Loading - Redlined Version Draft Ordinance 10215 1 Date: November 24, 2025 To: Golden Valley Planning Commission From: Steven Okey, Associate Planner Subject: Ordinance Amending Sections 113-151, 113-88, 113-89, 113-91, and 113-159 Meeting dates: Planning Commission work session 1: September 8, 2023 Planning Commission work session 2: October 13, 2025 Planning Commission – formal public hearing: November 24, 2025 City Council – consent agenda action: December 16, 2025 Planning Analysis: City Code Section 113-29 governs the process for amending the zoning code. Zoning text amendments may be initiated by the City or by an outside applicant. Planning Commission holds a public hearing, reviews the application, and makes a recommendation to City Council. Level of Discretion in Decision Making: The City has a high level of discretion when considering changes to the zoning code. Zoning text amendments are considered a legislative action, which gives City Council broad authority to amend the zoning code in the interest of the general health, safety, and welfare of the community. Section 113-151 Off-Street Parking and Loading Staff proposes repealing and replacing the City Code sections that governs Off-Street Parking and Loading. Section 113-151 describes the purpose of the section as “The purpose of requiring and regulating off-street parking and loading is to prevent congestion on public rights-of-way and private roadways and to promote the safety and general welfare of the public.” This section is out of date and: it has not been updated substantially since 1988. There were three minor revisions: one in 2002 to remove Radio Zoning Districts and related parking regulations, the second one in 2019 to change the use from “Business and Professional Offices” to “Office”, and the third revision in 2023 with updates to lighting requirements, permeable pavers, 11216 external landscaping, joint parking setbacks, location, changes to the parking table, and the addition of electric vehicle provisions. Some of the purposes of this ordinance are: 1.To edit outdated code language particularly that which pertains to design standards. 2.To reduce parking requirements for many uses in response to market demands and to reduce the burden on redevelopment. 3.To align with the City’s Strategic Plan goal #5 – Strategic (Re)Development. 4.To reduce parking requirements for residential uses to make housing developments more affordable to build. 5.To simplify language to make it easier to use for the public. 6.To remove vague requirements. 7.To align with the recommendations in the Downtown User Experience Framework. 8.To make changes to further sustainability and to align with the Climate Equity Plan. This includes increasing Electric Vehicle requirements, reducing impervious surface, and increasing landscaping. 9.To reduce parking minimums as per the Zoning for Equity Report (2021). Review of Substantial Changes to Section 113-151 Off-Street Parking and Loading Section 113-151(a)(1) Purpose and Application 1.We updated the applicability requirements to remove the change of use trigger for complying with the new code. This was in part due to not having a good mechanism to track change of use and this could create an unequitable application of the code. We will still be applying the new standards to Restricted Uses, Conditional Use Permits, Planned Unit Developments and Site Plan Review. Section 113-151(b) Design Standards 1.The design standards were updated to current standards that were out of date, removed any code references that could potentially be in conflict with right of way standards or other Engineering Department standards, and required submittal for review to City Engineer on any new site plans where parking changes are proposed. 2.We increased the required number of landscaping islands located in the parking lots. The requirement is now a landscape island for every 12 spots versus the old standard of 24 spots. We reduced external landscape setbacks to be more aligned with development while still keeping screening requirements for any parking lots abutting R-1 and R-2 zoning districts. 3.We removed vague language regarding providing pedestrian access across parking lots to increase pedestrian safety. We provided some written examples and images to demonstrate the types of access required. 12217 Section 113-151(c) Minimum Number of Required Off-Street Parking Spaces. 1.Reductions were made in many uses to be more development friendly, removed uses from the table that were no longer valid, consolidated/simplified the restaurant categories to be clearer and combined other similar uses for simplicity. The recommended levels come from the Downtown User Experience Study, American Planning Association (APA) recommendations and Institute of Transportation (ITE) recommendations. 2.With the reductions in requirements we did allow for a higher percentage for maximum parking to not penalize businesses who can have a need for higher parking numbers. We also allowed for reductions in minimums and maximums based on a demonstrated need. This will help smaller businesses who may not be able to meet the requirements otherwise. 3.We have also created a more robust list of available reductions in parking for developments. These include reductions for developments with proximity to transit, proximity to regional bike trails, those who provide carpool spaces, those providing electrical vehicle charging stations above the requirement, and motorcycle/motor scooter spaces. This in an effort to encourage multi-modal transportation and reductions in vehicle miles traveled. Section 113-151(e) Bicycle Parking 1.This section was expanded from a design standard to its own section. We included better definitions, increased the required short term bike parking and increased the amount required to one space per dwelling for multi-family dwellings. We also included location requirements for bike parking facilities and bicycle parking design standards. Section 113-151(f) Electric Vehicle Provisions 1.We removed the requirement for multi-family residential uses to install electric vehicle charging stations to reduce costs for housing developments but we did require they have 25 percent parking spaces with electrical vehicle charging infrastructure which is less expensive but it still promotes sustainability goals. 2.Performance standards, setback requirements, and signage requirements were added. Performance standards include safety, location, and accessibility. Section 113-151(g) Loading Regulations 1.Many changes were made to this section to include more robust design standards that include size, location, screening, and construction. 2.The vague requirements for off-street loading were removed and more specific numbers were implemented. We did allow for reductions in the number of required loading spaces through a demonstration of facility need. 13218 Section 113-88 Single-Family Residential (R-1) Zoning District Staff recommend changing Subsection (f)(5)a to amend the enclosed garage requirements for single-family dwellings from two to one for lots 50 feet in width or greater and no garage requirement for lots 50 feet in width or less to match the garage requirements in Subsection 113-151(c) – Single family dwellings. Section 113-89 Moderate Density Residential (R-2) Zoning District Staff recommend changing Subsection (f)(5)a to amend the enclosed garage requirements for single-family dwellings from two to one for lots 50 feet in width or greater and no garage requirement for lots 50 feet in width or less to match the garage requirements in Subsection 113-151(c) – Single family dwellings. Section 113-91 High Density Residential (R-4) Zoning District Staff recommend changing Subsection (k) to remove the parking space reductions language as the amended parking code provides reductions and alternatives in all zones in Subsection 113- 151(c)(6) – Reductions and Alternatives to Automobile Parking. Section 113-159 Accessory Dwelling Units Staff recommend changing Subsection (c)(4) to remove the parking requirements for an Accessory Dwelling Unit to match the new parking requirements in Subsection 113-151(c) – Accessory dwelling units. Public Notification To comply with State law and the City’s public hearing notice requirements, the City published a public hearing notice in the Sun Post Newspaper. At the time of this report staff has received no comments on the proposed ordinance. Next Steps City Council will take action on the proposed code amendments in January, 2026. Staff Contact Steven Okey, Associate Planner sokey@goldenvalleymn.gov 14219 Code Section Change What are the effects of these changes? Section 113-151(a)(1) Purpose and Application 1. We updated the applicability requirements to remove the change of use trigger for complying with the new code. This was in part due to not having a good mechanism to track change of use and this could create an unequitable application of the code. 2. We will still be applying the new standards to Restricted Uses, Conditional Use Permits, Planned Unit Developments and Site Plan Review. This will ensure that new developments and large-scale redevelopment will meet the parking lot and loading zones standards. This will not affect existing developments that do not undergo a change in their development that triggers one of the listed land use processes. This will not have an effect on existing residential properties with the exception of new or redeveloped multi-family residential properties. Section 113-151(b) Design Standards 1. The design standards were updated to current standards that were out of date, removed any code references that could potentially be in conflict with right of way standards or other Engineering Department standards, and required submittal for review to City Engineer on any new site plans where parking changes are proposed. 2. We increased the required number of landscaping islands located in the parking lots. The requirement is now a landscape island for every 12 spots versus the old standard of 24 spots. We reduced external landscape setbacks to be more aligned with development while still keeping screening requirements for any parking lots abutting R-1 and R-2 zoning districts. 3. We removed vague language regarding providing pedestrian access across parking lots to increase pedestrian safety. We provided some written examples and images to demonstrate the types of access required. These changes will ensure that the most up to date standards related to stormwater, run-off mitigation, and parking lot construction are met and will allow us to have our City Engineer review any proposals before they are approved. This will help us maintain and/or improve our watershed. These changes will help mitigate the heat islands created by large expanses of asphalt and cement. The landscaping also will help with the management of stormwater runoff and will create more visually appealing developments with increased tree canopy and plantings. The required screening will help those lower density residential neighborhoods by having the landscape buffer to improve the viewshed. These changes will create a safer environment in new parking lots by creating pedestrian pathways that will be easier for drivers to see and separate the pedestrians from the drive aisles as much as is possible. 15220 Code Section Change What are the effects of these changes? Section 113-151(c) Minimum Number of Required Off-Street Parking Spaces 1. Reductions were made in many uses to be more development friendly, removed uses from the table that were no longer valid, consolidated/simplified the restaurant categories to be clearer and combined other similar uses for simplicity. The recommended levels come from the Downtown User Experience Study, American Planning Association (APA) recommendations and Institute of Transportation (ITE) recommendations. 2. With the reductions in requirements we did allow for a higher percentage for maximum parking to not penalize businesses who can have a need for higher parking numbers. We also allowed for reductions in minimums and maximums based on a demonstrated need, this will help smaller businesses who may not be able to meet the requirements otherwise. 3. We have also created a more robust list of available reductions in parking for developments. These include reductions for developments with proximity to transit, proximity to regional bike trails, those who provide carpool spaces, those providing electrical vehicle charging stations above the requirement, and motorcycle/motor scooter spaces. This in an effort to encourage multi-modal transportation and reductions in vehicle miles traveled. These reductions will hopefully create a more development friendly environment in Golden Valley by reacting the changing market demands for lower parking requirements and by simplifying the uses it will be more user friendly to developers. These changes that we made to the residential parking requirements were done to hopefully make residential development easier. The changes to the residential parking requirements will not affect existing homeowners, the changes will only apply to new construction. The same amount of parking for new single-family homes is still in place, the requirement is for 2 parking spaces per single-family dwelling, the number of required garage spaces was reduced, again this is only for new construction. These changes we added of available reductions should incentivize developers to implement more environmentally sustainable designs when they design their projects. Developers will be able to reduce their parking burden while creating a more environmentally sensitive site through increased multi-modal transportation options, encouraging carpooling, and providing electric vehicle charging stations. 16221 Code Section Change What are the effects of these changes? Section 113-151(e) Bicycle Parking This section was expanded from a design standard to its own section. We included better definitions, increased the required short term bike parking and increased the amount required to one space per dwelling for multi-family dwellings. We also included location requirements for bike parking facilities and bicycle parking design standards. This expansion is in anticipation of future goals for the City of Golden Valley to create more bike friendly infrastructure. These new requirements will make it easier for cyclists to find safe places to park their bikes and to encourage more biking. By encouraging biking, we can reduce green-house gas emissions. Section 113-151(g) Loading Regulations 1. Many changes were made to this section to include more robust design standards that include size, location, screening, and construction. 2. The vague requirements for off-street loading were removed and more specific numbers were implemented. We did allow for reductions in the number of required loading spaces through a demonstration of facility need. These changes will create safer loading areas in developments that should not interfere with traffic and pedestrian movement on sites where trucks are making deliveries. This should also help with taking the loading of product off of city streets by insuring there are designates loading areas on site. 17222 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 24, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 1. CALL TO ORDER AND LAND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT • Chair Ruby called the meeting to order at 6:30 p.m. and read the Land Acknowledgement • Regular Members Present: Gary Cohen, Mike Ruby, Chuck Segelbaum, Martin Sicotte, Eric Van Oss, David Hill, Amy Barnstorff (arrived at 6:34 p.m.) • Regular Members Absent: None • Student Member, Status: Remy Rosenberg • Staff Members Present: Steven Okey, Associate Planner Chloe McGuire, Deputy Community Development Director Jacquelyn Kramer, Senior Planner • Council Member Present: Sophia Ginis 2. CONSENT AGENDA: • Cohen asked if, in the minutes, it should refer to him as Acting Chair or Vice Chair since there was no vote indicating why he would be Acting Chair. • Okey stated he would look into it and also check with legal to see which is the best way to do it. 2.A. Approval of agenda 2.B. Approval of November 10, 2025, meeting minutes • Ruby asked for a motion to approve • Cohen moved • Van Oss seconded • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. 3. PUBLIC HEARINGS: 3.A. Ordinance Amending Sections of Chapter 113 Related to Off-Street Parking and Loading Regulations • Ruby introduced the topic of parking. He noted the process that was used throughout the updating. He hoped that others would be able to use the same process in future topic areas. • Okey presented the Ordinance Amending Sections of Chapter 113 as found in the Agenda Packet. He shared the timeline of the work that has been done. He noted that the ordinance is tentatively on the City Council agenda for the December 16 meeting, and if that stays, then the code would be enacted on January 1. • Ruby asked when something like this passes, such as whether it is posted on the City website or how it is actively promoted. • Okey shared that it is a really good question. He noted that it is something to look into in the future, and work with Christine Costello, Economic and Housing Development Manager, because she would be able to get the word out. He added that it is up on the City website, and it is a good idea to look into helping people find it. • Segelbaum asked if the City ever did a table that compared the number of stalls per square feet for Golden Valley, current, proposed, and other suburbs or nearby communities. • Okey shared that it was not in this presentation, but it was in the first work study session. He noted that the City had looked at comparable cities and is aligning with many of them, but Golden Valley is going a little bit further. He explained that a lot of the thought came from the downtown user experience. He noted that many of the requirements are the same as those found in the Institute of Transportation Engineers and the APA recommendations for parking. 223 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 24, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 • Segelbaum asked what the motivation or the thinking was behind the reduction of the spaces required within R1, or at least covered spaces within R1, from two to one. • Okey explained that part of that thought was to hopefully reduce some of the costs of building new homes, because it is particularly tough on lots that are 50 feet or less. He added that in the Zoning for Equity study, it was called out that the two enclosed garage requirements in Golden Valley can be hard at the beginning. He summarized that affordability and some of the narrow lots make it difficult to work in that garage space. • Segelbaum asked if any other options were considered along with that, to help produce lower- cost housing and reduced parking requirements. • Okey shared that it will probably come out in the Missing Middle Housing Study, as to how the City can increase affordability, and the Staff tried to create that affordability a little bit through parking. He shared that the market is going to drive a lot of things with affordability. • Segelbaum asked if any mechanisms were seen or considered in terms of providing leniency if it were a lower-cost house. • Okey noted that it is an interesting proposal, because it could be something that could be offered as an incentive. He added that in moving forward, it is certainly something to consider. • Hill asked if, throughout this process, developers were met with to discuss parking, as had been done with signage. • Okey shared that the Staff went over some of the studies that were done. He added that he was unsure of who the original downtown user experience was sent out to, but there was not a specific outreach to the business community to see what they wanted. • Hill noted that the City should feel good about everything that was done, and upgrade to meet that as far as the future is concerned. • Okey shared that the City does have some good reductions in there for businesses, and it will be attractive to businesses. He added that the Staff made sure to be developer-friendly as well, since the code has not been updated in so long. • Segelbaum asked about the change to the electric vehicle charging facilities. He noted that currently, for multifamily housing, there has to be the equipment for it, but now just the electrical set is needed, so it is capable. He asked if that was the idea of being more business- friendly. • Okey shared that the Staff was specifically trying to get to an affordability question for multifamily housing. He added that the Staff wanted to reduce some of the barriers, while still trying to push for some electrical vehicle charging stations. He noted that as the market changes and increases, the Staff wants developers to be ready for it by having the infrastructure in place. • Van Oss asked if, as the City is working towards redeveloping downtown, which will lead to less parking, whether there is a City strategy for some type of public parking structure, where parking could be diverted as the downtown becomes more vibrant. • Okey shared that a discussion has taken place about trying to create more opportunities for more on-street parking, as parking is reduced in other parking lots. • McGuire explained that a parking structure has been talked about internally, but, being that they are very expensive to build, that discussion has gone to requesting bonding dollars for it, if the City were to become a regionally significant area. She added that the Staff has been talking and that the hope is that the sight plan shows that something like that would be financially feasible. • Ruby asked for an example of what that would be. • McGuire noted that in the West End, there is a shared parking lot down below that is publicly accessible for free, and there is one in Hopkins as well. 224 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 24, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 • Ruby asked if that was city-built, not developer-built. • McGuire clarified that the one in Hopkins was developer-built and then refunded by the city. • Van Oss noted that it is free public parking for the businesses. • McGuire stated that the financing mechanisms were probably different for the different locations. She added that most cities conducting downtown studies are also looking into the same approach, as parking is a hot topic and a significant use of space. She noted that on- street parking has always been a topic of the Planning Commission, and the Staff would be open to a formal recommendation about on-street parking as well. • Van Oss asked if businesses are encouraged to direct overflow of traffic to a particular location, such as City Hall. • Cohen stated that many people just figure it out and use city lots as needed. • McGuire noted that there are no formal agreements at this time. • Sicotte asked about the graphic that was used in the presentation for pedestrian access, and how the language is pretty vague for what the City is asking for. He shared that it is stated that provisions for protection from circulation to and from, and in some cases through, parking lots shall be provided to connect to building entrances, public sidewalks, transit stops, and other pedestrian destinations. He continued: pedestrian routes within a parking lot shall include a clear division from the vehicle area. He added that the Ordinance does not explicitly say how many of those need to occur, or if there is a threshold for the size of the lot, for which one would need to occur; it is vague. He asked if it needs to be more explicit in the paragraph, stating at least one or something similar. • Okey stated that it could be looked at, and maybe put some numbers to it. • Ruby asked if it would need to be done in the meeting and reviewed before it goes to the City Council. • Sicotte clarified that there does not need to be a whole complicated chart; rather, at the beginning of the paragraph, state provisions for at least one. • McGuire stated that it can be part of the motion after the public hearing, if wanted by the Commission. • Segelbaum stated that many times storage of a vehicle comes up. He asked for a brief overview of what the provisions are for the storage of vehicles in different areas of the City. • Okey explained that storage of automobile inventory on parking lots other than their own is a Conditional Use Permit (CUP); it must be screened and should not happen without a CUP. He added that for storage of boats and RVs, one is allowed, either a boat on a trailer or an RV on the driveway. He shared that if anything is being stored in a residential district, in the rear yard, then it has to be screened with a six-foot-high fence. He noted that for auto repair, if vehicles are being worked on, they either need to be inside the building or screened from view from the adjacent right-of-way. • Segelbaum asked about the presence of boats or RVs in a commercial parking lot and further inquired whether businesses already using their parking lots to store dealership vehicles would be allowed to continue doing so as a nonconforming use. • Okey explained that if the business continues, then nothing needs to be done. He noted that industrial zoning changed to mixed use, in industrial surface storage or vehicles, or other boats, or RVs, is a CUP. He stated that if they had done it beforehand and it switched over, and they were continuous it could continue. However, it cannot be stopped for a year, because if it does, then the ability has been lost and it falls under the new code. • Segelbaum noted that someone does not change their land use designation, but it was just a property that is currently a commercial parking lot and stores dealership cars in it. He asked how that would be affected by the code provision. • Okey stated that if they have a CUP, then it can be continued in the same manner. He noted 225 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 24, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 that if they do not have a CUP, then they need to get one, and it cannot affect the minimum requirements that they have for the lot. He added that it is a requirement of any kind of automobile storage for a specific use. • Ruby opened up the public hearing and noted there wasn’t anyone from the public in attendance. • Ruby closed the public hearing and opened the item for discussion. • Sicotte shared that the changes are great, and the process that the City went through was appreciated, as the ability to share comments and work together along the way was really beneficial. He noted that he would go back to the comment from earlier and make a suggestion that, if all the Commission agrees on, then it could be included in the motion. • McGuire noted that the Staff was aware of the section that he was talking about and could make the suggestion. • Sicotte stated that the second sentence, which currently states pedestrian routes within a parking lot shall include a clear division from the vehicular area. He suggested that at the beginning of the sentence, it states a least one. He informed that the sentence would then read: At least one pedestrian route within a parking lot shall include a clear division from the vehicular area. • Ruby asked if it should be per entry door, because there may be multiple entries and exits, and it would need to be delineated per entry and exit. • Segelbaum offered that it could be on each side of the building. • Sicotte noted that the sentence, which he is suggesting to change, is a designated or striped sidewalk through the parking lot. He added that there could be multiple entrances, but in getting to the main sidewalk that is along the face of the building, there would be a way to do it. • Van Oss suggested the mall as a reference; with so many entrances, there just needs to be a way to get to the sidewalk. • Sicotte stated that it could get very detailed and into a nuanced thing if too much detail is added, but unless some sort of requirement of at least one is added, then it is very vague and could be seen as a recommendation rather than a requirement. • Ruby asked if there were any more questions about the recommended motion. • McGuire asked if the full sentence could be repeated. • Sicotte stated that the adjusted text would read: At least one pedestrian route within a parking lot shall include a clear division from vehicular area through a change in grade, patterned pavement, decorative lighting, crosswalks, pedestrian islands, or other means of separation. • Segelbaum noted the time and effort put into the Ordinance, and commended the Staff for their work. He added that it is a nice, cohesive document. He noted that wanting to try wherever possible, to create incentives for affordable housing, which can come in several forms, but one of which would be leniency of some of the requirements. He stated that changing the requirement about covered parking does not excite him, because it has been such a highly established principle within the City for so many years. He added that if this was done in exchange for the thought of there being some sort of affordable housing there, then he would be more than okay with the idea. He explained that he did not want to change the typical non-affordable housing requirement and change the makeup of the City, yet the City does want to encourage that. He shared that item two has to deal with the restaurant parking, with fast-food being one spot per 75 square feet of space, and non-fast food is one spot for 70 square feet of space. He added that for fast food, it could be a lot less rather than just a little bit. He explained that it would be nice to see it compared to other metro areas, in terms of where the city experiences overflow parking, restaurant high time is one of those. He 226 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 24, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 hesitated to look at those without knowing if it would cause overflow issues. He stated that all other changes seemed to be good and would adopt Commissioner Sicotte’s recommendation. • Barnstorff stated that she appreciated the process through this and the thoughtfulness of it all. She noted that to the comments about the covered stalls, she feels the market will do what it needs to do, and removing the barrier from the requirements is a good thing. She added that if it is affordable and then something is not required, then it may create other problems. She noted that she is in favor of what Commissioner Sicotte recommended. • Rosenberg stated that from a youth perspective, a lot of the language that is changed makes sense to make it simpler and easier to read. He added that the bicycle parking really stands out to him as a great change. • Van Oss noted that the changes are great, and the idea of reducing the requirements and letting the market generally dictate development patterns. He added that in thinking about downtown, and as parking will be lost, to think about some sort of parking structure, but also the connectivity between different sites. He asked if there would be true pedestrian access downtown as things begin to fill in. • Hill agreed with Commission Van Oss that the downtown is the next big thing coming for Golden Valley, and that is a big deal. He thanked Mr. Okey and the Staff for all of the work done. He added that the environmental piece of it is good, and a lot has been addressed. He agreed that the discussion on housing is a big component and will come with the Missing Middle Study. He noted that reviewing more frequently in the future is a good idea to keep on top of the changes. He agrees with the one-sentence change as well. • Cohen thanked the Commissioner for all their hard work, and the process worked great along the way. He added that for the garage question, most developers are going to do the right thing and give vehicles protection in all seasons. He added that he was not troubled with the original language but was willing to go along with the change. He noted that the more of those things that are added, it starts to feel like micromanaging. • Ruby stated that it was an excellent process, and appreciated the ability to review and take his time to make comments, and then those comments came to fruition with further discussion before a major vote. He pointed out that whether the stated cost reduction achieved by removing several covered spaces would actually result in a meaningful decrease in overall costs. He noted that in terms of fast food, he is not concerned because many times the developer will work with the City on what is needed. He appreciated the maximum, and that is where the Commission will see benefit, and the new wording of the breakings within the number of parking spots. He added that because it is a new process, there will be feedback that needs to be addressed right away, and that Staff is tracking it and not waiting too long to make changes. He is also in favor of the change that was recommended. • Barnstorff asked if the Staff had recommended making a recommendation in this setting about the municipal parking structure. • McGuire noted that street parking has come up with the Commission multiple times, and there could be a formal recommendation to have the Staff look at that or work with Council on it. • Barnstorff stated that she does not feel strongly about that one way or the other, but just wanted to clarify. • Sicotte felt it would be interesting to look into it, but was unsure of what that would mean. • Ruby explained that he has asked Staff to look into parking, because there is an impact on street parking when this is done, and at cost to the City in terms of managing those spots regularly. He recommended that the City needs to look at it because there will be a cost to doing this. • Segelbaum asked if it should be added as a condition. 227 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 24, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 • Ruby stated no, but on-street parking does need to be talked about, so maybe just adding to the 2026 plan. • Sicotte moved to recommend approval as presented on the screen. • Van Oss seconded the motion. • All voted in favor, and the motion passed. • Okey thanked the Commission for all of their help as well. 4. STAFF UPDATES: • Kramer stated Breck School will be on the agenda for December 8. She added that the school has applied for a preliminary plat and preliminary PUD to do a tremendous amount of stormwater management field rebuilding on their site. She added that there will also be a minor subdivision with a variance request at the December 8 meeting. She noted that the December 22 meeting is cancelled and the December 23 Board of Zoning Appeals is cancelled. She stated that in January, there will be some sort of annual training, similar to last year. She added that at the last City Council meeting on November 18, the variance ordinance update and the conditional use permit update were approved. She noted that the subdivision ordinance was pulled and tabled for the December 2 meeting because of some last-minute emails from residents. She explained that general concerns were similar to what the Commission has heard in the past about previous subdivisions and minor subdivision applications. She stated that people are worried about what neighbors are doing on their property, and the concerns are not necessarily related to the legal criteria for a minor subdivision. • Ruby stated that the City Attorney seems to be pretty clear-cut as to what can be done when it comes to that. He asked what the questions are because when mailed in letters can cause further discussion, which opens up some problems to the Planning Commission when things come up that are outside of the bounds of what the Commission can make decisions about. • Kramer explained that some of the questions were clarifying questions and general questions about City processes and public engagement. She added that it is about where the Council wants to land on the public engagement spectrum for these particular applications. • Van Oss asked why the Council would want to debate on something like this, as it puts all of the commissions in the hot seat. • Kramer stated that the memo that the Staff is preparing will include that, stating what kind of public hearings are being created by having these sorts of public hearings, and who bears the brunt of it. She added that the Staff’s opinion is that Planning Commission is going to have to deal with neighborhood opposition. • Ruby shared that the language needs to state that legally we are required to make this, the word legally needs to be seen because it helps. • Kramer noted that the co-change is on the Consent Agenda, and because of the emails that came that day, some of the Council did not have time to process and wanted to work through it with the Staff. • Cohen asked if it would be beneficial for any Planning Commissioners to be at the City Council meeting. • Kramer noted that anyone can attend the meeting who wants to, but she is unsure if the Council will take public comments at the meeting. • McGuire stated that if there are strong feelings, to email the Council representative, the Council Liaison, or Councilmember Ginis, and that may be a good way to go about it. • Ruby stated that this could open itself up to a lot of challenges, even if a last-minute email comes in, and there should be strong alignment. He noted that if the Planning Commission is held to certain criteria, then it should not be different at the City Council level either. 228 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING MINUTES Monday, November 24, 2025 – 6:30 p.m. | City Hall Council Chamber 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 • Kramer noted that the Commission's purview is to take public comments but not necessarily to be vented at. • Van Oss added that it undermines people’s faith in the public process, because they feel they are being allowed to be heard and cannot be. • Kramer shared that the October 27 meeting minutes will be in the discussion as well. She added that if Commissioners are planning to attend, to let her know so that at the end of the presentation, she can note that Planning Commission Members are present. She shared that a lot was done on the work plan in 2025, and the work plan will be worked on early in 2026. She noted there is no new process there. 5. COMMISSIONER UPDATES: -NONE 6. ADJOURNMENT: Chair Ruby adjourned the meeting at 7:40 p.m. 229 Sec. 113-151. Off-Street Parking and Loading. (a) Purpose and Application. The purpose of requiring and regulating off-street parking and loading is to prevent congestion on public rights-of-way and private roadways and to promote the safety and general welfare of the public. The following minimums are established for off-street parking and loading based on the use of land and structures. If a change of use occurs, the new use shall comply with the off-street parking and loading requirements. (1) Applicability. The following will require compliance with the current Off-Street Parking and Loading regulations: a. Construction of new principal buildings. a. Reconstruction of or the reconfiguration of existing parking. Reconstruction constitutes taking the parking down to the base substructure. Mill and overlay does not trigger adherence to the current parking code. b. Subsection (c) Minimum Number of Required Off-Street Parking Spaces applies to restricted uses, conditional use permit (CUPs), planned unit developments (PUDs), and through the site plan review process. (b) Design Standards. a. Site Plan. Application for construction of new buildings, expansion of existing buildings, reuse of existing buildings and reconstruction of or the reconfiguration of existing parking or driveways, shall include a site plan or plot plan for parking, which is drawn to scale and dimensioned, which depicts the location and number of off-street parking spaces consistent with this section, which shows proposed internal landscaping, and which includes provisions for storage and/ or removal of snow. b. Access and Curb Cuts. All off-street automobile parking facilities shall be designed with appropriate means of vehicular access to a street or alley and with adequate maneuvering area. Detailed plans of all curb cuts or driveway openings may havemust to be submitted to the City Engineer for approval of all curb cuts or driveway openings before a permit will be granted. c. Use. With the exception of garage sales and other sales events approved or otherwise allowed by the City, required off-street parking and loading areas and the driveways providing access to them shall not be used for the storage, display, sale or rental or repair of goods or for the storage of inoperable vehicles. d. Lighting. Where artificial lighting is provided in parking lots, it shall be directed perpendicular to the ground and arranged to reflect away from any residences, street or highway. All light fixtures shall minimize glare and spillover from the site and shall meet the standards outlined in Sec. 113-153, Outdoor Lighting, of the City Code. e. Dimensions for Spaces. All required off-street parking spaces shall meet the dimensional requirements in the parking layout table below. be at least nine feet in width and at least 18.5 feet in depth, except for handicapped spaces and compact car spaces. Accessible Parking spaces must meet the Minnesota Accessibility Code. f. Surfacing; Construction Standards. Parking areas and driveways shall be surfaced with an all-weather dustless material. Parking is not permitted on lawns or other landscaped areas. Parking lots containing more than six spaces and access drives, except for landscaped areas, shall be covered with asphalt, brick, concrete, or concrete pavers (including grass-crete or other permeable pavers where deemed appropriate by the City Manager or his/herEngineer or their designee) or concrete with proper surface drainage as required by the City. The finished surface shall be capable of carrying a load of 2,000 pounds per square foot at least 7,000 pounds per axle. (Normally a two-inch blacktop surfacing on a four-inch base or five inches of Portland cement will meet this requirement.) a. Permeable pavers shall not be considered pervious surface for purposes of meeting City impervious surface maximums with out approval from City Engineer and if designed and maintained to manufacturer specifications.and provision of a long-term maintenance agreement. 230 g. Grade, Drainage and Curbing. a. Grade. In general, grades shall not exceed five percent. Site grading plans shall be submitted to the City Engineer or their designee for review. and shall meet the following standard: Private roads, driveways (other than single-family), parking lots, and loading docks exposed to the elements shall have grades of not less than five percent nor more than four percent in order to provide adequate drainage and maneuverability of vehicles. a. Grades in excess of four percent will be reviewed for approval based on: the amount by which the grade exceeds four percent, number of slopes, length of slopes, starting and stopping areas and their grades, angles and curvatures, traffic volumes, parking turn-over, turning and intersection factors, road-way width, lineal feet and/or number of spaces with grades over four percent, sight distance and obstructions and alternative routes. b. Drainage. Off-street parking areas shall be designed to drain and properly dispose of surface water. Alternative low impact development practices such as rain gardens and vegetative swales are encouraged by the City. Detailed plans for drainage shall be submitted to the City Manager Engineer or their designee or his/her designee for approval.review. c. Curbing. Parking lots containing more than six spaces shall be delineated by a concrete box curb or concrete curb and gutter extending at least six inches above and six inches below the surface. The curb may have cuts for drainage. Exception: Some exception for rain gardens may be allowed provided suitable controls are provided to prevent cars from parking beyond the intended limits. 8) Parking Layouts. Required off-street parking consisting of six or more spaces shall be consistent with the layout alternatives and dimensions specified in the parking layout chart below except handicapped Accessible spaces and, if allowed by the City, compact car spaces. a. Landscape Traffic Islands. Traffic islands shall be provided based on the circulation system, number of spaces, frequency of use (turnover rate), and other relevant factors. Traffic islands can shall be landscaped to meet interior landscape requirements. PARKING LAYOUT CHART Minimum Requirements Dimension Diagram Parking Angle to Curb or Lane 45° 60° 75° 90° Stall width parallel to aisle* A 12.7 ft. 10.4 ft. 9.3 ft. 9.0 ft. Stall length of line B 25.0 ft. 22.0 ft. 20.0 ft. 18.5 ft. Stall depth C 17.5 ft. 19.0 ft. 19.5 ft. 18.5 ft. Aisle width D 12.0 ft. 16.0 ft. 23.0 ft. 24.0 ft. Stall depth, interlock E 15.3 ft. 17.5 ft. 18.8 ft. 18.5 ft. Module, edge of pavement to interlock F 44.8 ft. 52.5 ft. 61.3 ft. 61.0 ft. Module, interlocking G 42.6 ft. 51.0 ft. 61.0 ft. 63.0 ft. Module, interlock to curb face H 42.8 ft. 50.2 ft. 58.8 ft. 60.5 ft. Bumper overhang (typical) I 2.0 ft. 2.3 ft. 2.5 ft. 2.5 ft. Offset J 6.3 ft. 2.7 ft. 0.5 ft. 0.0 ft. Cross aisle, one-way L 14.0 ft. 14.0 ft. 14.0 ft. 14.0 ft. Cross aisle, two-way L 90° 24.0 ft. 24.0 ft. 24.0 ft. 24.0 ft. Minimum inside turning radius for fire lanes — 45 ft. 45 ft. 45 ft. 45 ft. Fire Lane Requirements Must meet current adopted fire code and appendices. Parking or drive aisle setback to principal structure O 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 231 Landscape traffic islands P See Diagram Landscape traffic islands shall be at a minimum the width of one parking space and the length of two parking spaces based on the measurements above. Landscaped islands located between parking spaces. Q See Diagram Landscape islands shall be at the minimum the width of one parking space and the length of two parking spaces based on the measurements above. Parallel parking: Stall width (8.5 or 9 ft.) Stall length (22 or 23 ft.) Compact parking space: Stall width 8 ft. Stall length 17.5 ft. Motorcycle/Motor Scooter parking space: Stall width 4 ft. Stall length 9ft. Motorcycle/Motor Scooter parking spaces should be constructed of rigid pavement not bituminous pavement. *Required handicap Accessible stalls and ramps shall be per State Code. Minnesota Accessibility Code *Some minor deviations from this table may be allowed in special circumstances related to the number and percent of spaces involved and site-dimensional constraints which support a minor deviation. As determined by the City Manager or their designee. (9) Landscaping; Internal and External. The minimum required landscaped areas, within which there shall be no parking or drive aisles (except driveway access from street) in R-3, R-4, Institutional, Office, Commercial, Light Industrial, and Industrial all Zoning Districts, shall be: b. External Landscaping. These areas shall be maintained fully as landscaped green space and may or may not include vegetation such as trees, shrubs, and other native plants. In cases where a parking lot is located on the periphery of sites and in view of adjacent to R-1 and R-2 Zoning Districtsproperties, the City will require them to be screened with trees, shrubs, fencing, berms or some combination of these in setback areas along one or more lot lines. 1. Front yard: 25 15 feet for R-3 and R-4 districts; 35 10 feet for all others (see M on diagram). 2. Side and rear yards: one-half of the required building setback (see N on diagram). c. Internal Landscaping. Parking lots designed and constructed for more than 4030 off-street parking spaces shall have at least four eight percent of the interior of the parking lot landscaped with vegetation including shade trees. Each landscape break shall occur approximately at least every 2412 spaces. Such landscaping is expected to be in traffic islands, other islands or other areas used for drainage or lighting standard or exclusive landscape islands located within the interior portion of the parking lot. Such landscaped areas shall not be considered as impervious if essentially the ground is left open. A landscape plan shall be submitted as part of the required site plan. The landscape plan shall be approved by the City Manager or his/hertheir designee. Financial security shall be provided as per Tree and Landscape Compliance Requirements, Sec. 111-9.(b)All landscaping shall be guaranteed with a financial security for a period of one full growing season. (10) Joint Parking Setbacks. Joint or combined parking facilities on separate lots as authorized and when constructed adjacent to a common lot line separating two or more parking areas are not required to observe the parking area setback from such a common lot line. 232 233 (10) Joint Parking Setbacks. Approved joint or combined parking facilities, on separate lots constructed adjacent to a common lot line separating two or more parking areas, are not required to observe the parking area setback from the common lot line. (11) Fire Lane. Off-street parking lots may have to be designed to include fire lanes as determined by the City Manager or his/her designee. (11) Spaces Delineated. All required off-street parking areas consisting of six or more spaces shall be delineated by durable painted stripes at least four inches wide unless walls or columns are used to provide an equivalent means to delineate the spaces such as in an underground garageparking structure. (13) Location. Required off-street parking shall be located on the same lot as the use it serves, except where parking spaces cannot be reasonably provided on the same lot as the principal use, the City may permit such required parking spaces to be located on other property in a similar zoning district located within 500 feet of the permitted use, measured along lines of public access. (12) Parking Ramps and Underground Parking. Because of the cost of such spaces and more control over environmental factors, the City Manager or his/her their designee may allow someadministratively approve a reduction in the width of aisles and spaces as long as it meets public safety standards for vehicular maneuverability . reduction in the width of the aisle and spaces in parking ramps and underground parking. (13) Internal driveway access. Private internal driveways between properties are permitted with approval of the City Manager and/or their designee. Internal driveways between properties shall be allowed only when they do not cause either property to exceed impervious surface limits, they follow drive aisle dimension guidelines from this chapter, both properties have a legal access to a public roadway, and that a cross-access agreement is signed by both properties and recorded in the County property records. In the case of the agreement terminating, the internal drive shall be removed and restored to landscaped green space. (14) Plowing and Snow Storage or Removal. Required off-street parking plans shall include provisions for snow storage and/or removal. Snow shall not be deposited by plowing, stockpiling, or other artificial means that creates significant concentrations of stormwater which cause damage to or creates unreasonable environmental, health, or safety conditions on adjacent properties. Plans for plowing and snow storage/removal shall be reviewed by the City Engineer or their designee. (15) Provisions for Pedestrian Access. Provisions for pedestrian circulation to and from, and in some cases through, parking lots shall be provided to connect to building entrances, public sidewalks, transit stops, and other pedestrian destinations. At least one pedestrian route within a parking lot shall include a clear division from vehicular area, through a change in grade, patterned pavement, decorative lighting, crosswalks, pedestrian islands, or other means of separation, see examples below. required as determined appropriate by the City. Patterned pavement, decorative lighting, and associated facilities shall be provided as may be appropriate. (16) Maintenance. Off-street parking areas including spaces, accessway, striping, landscaping, and required buffers and fences, shall be maintained in a neat, safe and adequate manner. Potholes, deteriorated pavement, and striping must be repaired or restored in a timely manner by the owner of the off-street parking. 234 (17) Accessible Parking. Accessible parking spaces shall be provided pursuant to the Minnesota Accessibility Code.Minnesota Accessibility Code. (18) Signs. Signage shall meet all regulations in Chapter 105 – Signs. Small informational-direction signs may be allowed or required in off-street parking facilities to identify handicapped parking, compact car parking, traffic flow, and similar information essential to safe and efficient operation of the facility. (19) Compact Vehicles. If an off-street parking lot, ramp or garage contains 30 50 or more spaces, the City will allow up to 10 percent of the spaces to be designated compact cars only, provided a suitable parking plan for such spaces is submitted and approved by the City. (20) Joint use of Parking. Off-street parking facilities for a combination of one or more structures or uses may be provided collectively in any district, except the R-1 and R-2 Zoning Districts, provided the total number of spaces shall not be less than the sum of the separate requirements for each use. The City may permit such parking within one-quarter mile of the permitted use as long as a pedestrian sidewalk or similar path of travel exists between the two facilities. (13) Location. Required off-street parking shall be located on the same lot as the use it serves, except where parking spaces cannot be reasonably provided on the same lot as the principal use, Tthe City may permit such required parking spaces to be located on other property in a similar zoning district located within 5001/4 mile feet of the permitted use, measured along lines of public access. (c) Minimum Number of Required Off-Street Parking Spaces. Use Requirement Residential Single-family dwellings on (R-1 or R-2) lots greater than 50 feet wide 2 spaces per dwelling, one of which must be with at least one enclosed. No building permit shall be issued for the construction of a single-family dwelling not having a two-stall garage unless the registered survey submitted at the time of application for the building permit reflects the necessary area and setback requirements for a future two-stall (minimum) garage. Single-family dwellings on (R-1 or R2 ) lots 50 feet in width or less. and single-family dwellings in the R-2 zoning district 2 spaces per dwelling unit. with at least one enclosed Maximum 3 spaces. Two-family dwellings 2 1 spaces per dwelling unit.. with at least one enclosed Rowhouses with up to four attached units 2 1 spaces per dwelling unit. with at least one enclosed Townhouses 2 1 spaces per dwelling unit. with at least one enclosed Accessory dwelling units 1 No additional parking required.0 space per accessory dwelling unit Multifamily dwellings 1.5 spaces per dwelling 1 space per studio or 1-bed, 1.5 spaces per 2- bed, 2 spaces per 3- or 4-bed, at least one enclosed, plus 5% guest. Congregate housing 1 .5 space per unit. depending on circumstances Senior and disability housing 1 .5 space per unit. depending on circumstances Manufactured home parks 1 space per dwelling unit. Residential Facilities 1 space per 2 beds/participants. Economic and Business Land Uses Bakeries 1 space per 100 200 s.f. of customer area Bowling alleys 1 4 spaces per laneeach 6 seats or 300 s.f. of gross floor area, whichever is greater Breweries 1 space per 500 s.f. of floor area Brewpubs 1 space per 60 s.f. of floor area plus 1 space per 25 s.f. of bar area Class I rRestaurants (traditional, no liquor)(sit down, including brewpubs) 1 space per 10070 s.f. of gross floor area 235 Class II rRestaurants (fast food) 1 space per 75 s.f. of gross floor area. Class IIFast food restaurants without indoor seating for customers require 1 space per 400 s.f. Class III restaurants (with liquor) 1 space per 60 s.f. of floor area plus 1 space per 25 s.f. of bar area Micro-distillery Cocktail rooms 1 space per 670 s.f. of floor area. For every 2 bicycle spaces provided, 1 car space may be reduced from minimum parking requirement, for no more than 15% of the required spaces Distilleries 1 space per 500 s.f. of floor area Hotels/motels 1 space per unit plus parking for other uses Indoor entertainment and amusement (theaters, arcades, etc.) 1 space per 250 s.f. Micro-distilleries 1 space per 500 s.f. of floor area Printing services 1 space per each 100 s.f. of customer service area Private clubs/convention centers 1 space per 43 seats Recreational uses (public and private), including gyms, skating rinks, etc. 1 space for every 3400 s.f. of gross floor area Retail store, shopping center, or service establishment 1 space per 250 400 s.f. of gross floor area Showrooms (e.g., furniture, appliances) 1 space for every 400 s.f. gross floor area of show room, plus 1 space for every 5,000 gross square feet of outside display area Shopping centers 1 space for every 200 s.f. of gross floor area. Studios 1 space per 400 s.f. of gross floor area Taprooms 1 space per 6070 s.f. of floor area. For every 2 bicycle spaces provided, 1 car space may be reduced from minimum parking requirement, for no more than 15% of the required spaces Care Services Adult day care centers 1 space per 5 persons cared for Animal hospitals, veterinary clinics, kennels, and or pet grooming facilities 1 space per each 300 s.f. of gross floor area Child careChildcare centers 1 space per 6 participants 1 space per employee plus adequate client parking. No allowances for compact parking. Mortuaries 1 per every 250 400 s.f. plus 1 space for every 5 4 seats Trade schools or training centers 1 space per 5 students based on design capability Offices and Financial Institutions Financial institutions 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area Medical and dental offices 1 space per 200 300 s.f. of gross floor area Offices, excluding medical and dental 1 space per 300 250 s.f. of gross floor area, after 100,000 s.f. 1 space per 400 350 s.f. of gross floor area Automotive Automobile repair shops 4 2 spaces for each service bay Car wash 8 spaces plus 4 per service stall 1 space per employee at the peak business time Sales or show rooms (auto, machinery, boats, etc.) 1 space for every 1000 s.f. of gross floor area of display area plus 1 space for every 5,000 gross s.f. of outside display Service stations 8 spaces plus 4 per service stall Truck/van terminals 1 space per 3,000 s. f. of gross floor area Manufacturing Manufacturing - Fabricating 1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area Breweries 1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area Distilleries 1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area Micro-distilleries 1 space per 500 s.f. of gross floor area 236 Warehouse and Wholesale Outdoor storage and self- storage facilities 1 space per 10,000 s.f. of storage area Warehouses and storage 1 space for every 3,000 s.f. of gross floor area Institutional Land Uses Ball fields and other outdoor recreation 1 space per 4 seats based on design capacity or 1 per 4 members using the facility Cemeteries Adequate off-street parking shall be provided 4 Visitor spaces and 1 space per employee City offices 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area Community centers 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area Convalescent homes, nursing homes, and clinics 1 space per 5 beds Fire stations 1 space per 2 crewmembers at maximum capacity or an adequate plan Golf courses, country clubs, and other recreational facilities 1 space per 5 patrons based on course capacity, 1 space per 2 driving range tees Hospitals 1 space for every 42 beds Libraries 1 space per 300 s.f. of gross floor area Parks and playgrounds Adequate off-street parking shall be provided as determined by Parks and Recreation Director or their designee. Museums 1 space per 400 s.f. of gross floor area Places of worship 1 space per 43 seats in the main assembly area Post offices/parcel distribution 10 spaces plus 1 per 500 s.f. plus 1 for each service vehicle on site Elementary and junior high schools 2 spaces per classroom High schools 2 spaces per classroom plus 1 space per 6 students Colleges/universities 1 space per 4 students based on capacity Mixed Use Land Uses Mixed Use In the case of mixed uses, the parking facilities required shall be the sum of the requirements for the various individual uses, computed separately in accordance with this section. Parking facilities for one use shall not be considered as providing the required parking facilities for any other use. (1) General Requirement. For any uses, City Manager or their designee may approve a different number based on Institute of Transportation (ITE) and American Planning Association (APA) guidelines.For any and all uses or structures not specifically provided for in the table above, such parking space as the City shall determine to be necessary shall be required, considering all the parking generating factors involved. (2) Maximum Parking. In the Institutional, Office, Commercial, Light Industrial, Industrial, and Mixed Useall Zoning Districts parking provided shall not exceed the minimum required parking + 10 20% of that minimum amount in the case of reconfigured, new or reconstructed surface parking lots. Does not apply to single-family, two-family, rowhouses, or townhouses. (3) Upon receipt of a written request, the and/or their designee may reduce or increase the parking minimum or maximum requirements, if the applicant demonstrates a demand which is different than required by this chapter based on specifics of the use or other factors. The City may in the case of , require that land be reserved for parking development should the use or demands change. (43) Required Ratios. Where the number of required parking spaces is measured by seating capacity, such seating capacity shall be determined for maximum capacity. (4) Rounding. Where the parking calculations result in less than 1 spot the required number will be rounded up. (5) Compliance with Current Controls. New buildings erected after the effective date of the ordinance from which this section is derived, and old buildings altered after the effective date of the ordinance from which this section 237 is derived, must comply with all applicable off-street parking requirements in effect at the time that said buildings are constructed or altered. (65) Reductions and Alternatives to Automobile Parking a. General i. This subsection identifies allowed reductions and alternatives to required on-site parking spaces. ii. These reductions are allowed either by-right or require approval of an Administrative Adjustment. If the reduction is requested as part of a project subject to discretionary approval, the request is considered by the review authority as part of the overall project. iii. Available reductions apply only to non-exempt parking spaces as specified in (Applicability) iv. Available reductions are additive (i.e., multiple reductions may be combined for a single project). Each allowed reduction is calculated using the number of parking spaces required before any other reduction is applied. For example, a development requiring 20 parking spaces that qualifies for a 10 percent transit proximity reduction and a 30 percent bicycle facility proximity reduction may reduce their required parking by 40 percent. v. Upon receipt of a written request, the City Manager and/or their designee may reduce or increase the parking minimum or maximum requirements, if the applicant demonstrates a demand which is different than required by this chapter based on specifics of the use or other factors. The City may in the case of a reduction, require that land be reserved for parking development should the use or demands change. This is in addition to the reductions allowed in section “b” below. b. Available Reductions i. Transit Proximity. For projects in proximity to an active public transit stop, required on-site parking may be reduced as shown in Table 113-151-2. Public transit stops exclude school bus stops. Table 113-151-2: Transit Proximity Parking Reduction Proximity to Bus Public Transit Stop Allowed Parking Reduction 600 feet 30 percent 900 feet 20 percent 1,200 feet 10 percent i. Bicycle Facility Proximity. Required on-site vehicle parking may be reduced by up to 30 percent for projects located within 300 feet of the Luce Line Traila regional bike trail. ii. Carpool Spaces. For non-residential uses, two automobile parking spaces may be exchanged for one carpool parking space. The carpool parking space must be designated as such with signage and/or space markings. There is a maximum reduction of 2% of spaces. iii. Electric Vehicle Charging Stations. Two required parking spaces may be exchanged for one space served by an electric vehicle charging station. To receive reduction, electric vehicle charging stations must be in excess of the minimum number of charging stations required by this code. There is a maximum reduction of 2% of spaces. ii.iv. Motorcycle and Motor Scooter Spaces. Motorcycle and motor scooter parking may replace up to two required automobile spaces. Each automobile parking space must be replaced by space for at least 4 2 motorcycles. iii.v. Differing Parking Demands. The City may allow up to 50 percent reduction when joint use or combined parking is provided for uses which have different parking demands and peak parking needs such as a daytime use with a nighttime use (e.g., office and movie theater) or a week day use with a weekend use (e.g., office and places of assembly). This reduction requires approval of an Administrative Adjustment. The City may require an agreement between the users to qualify for this reduction. 238 iv.vi. Required Accessible and Electric Vehicle Spaces. Replacement parking spaces are not required if retrofitting a required accessible parking space or if installing a required electric vehicle charging station eliminates one or more required parking spaces (e.g., to accommodate accessible loading area). (d) Proof of Parking. When the required off-street parking is 20 or more spaces, the owner is only required to pave and stripe 75 percent of the required parking spaces if the following conditions are met: (1) A parking plan drawn to scale for the lot is submitted to the City Manager or their designee and the plan indicates that the site complies with the total parking requirements stated above and the parking lot is designed to the standards required by this section. (2) The portion of the site which is not paved and is capable of containing the amount of parking equal to the difference between the total amount of required parking and the amount of parking required to be paved (known as the proof of parking area) is suitably landscaped and curbed to meet the requirements of this section. (3) The proof of parking area shall be clearly delineated on the parking plan for the site. (4) The paved portion of the parking area shall comply with the pertinent provisions of this section. (5) The proof of parking area is not used to satisfy any other landscaping or other requirement and is not located in an area occupied by a building. (6) The City shall record the proof of parking against the property and it shall run with the land. (7) The City may, at any time in its sole discretion, require proof that the parking area will be paved and striped in such a way that it meets the requirements to provide the total number of required parking spaces on the site or a percentage between 75 percent and 100 percent. (8) The City may require the owner to enter into a proof of parking agreement specifying the requirements and restrictions and stating that the owner developer and successor shall be responsible for making improvements to meet the Code at the time the City requires such action. (e) Bicycle Parking. Bicycle racks or a similar facility to park/store bicycles shall be provided in a location accessible to residents in residential developments having more than 12 dwelling units and employees and to the public in other developments at the rate of five percent of parking required for vehicles with a minimum of four spaces. Bicycle racks shall be secured to either the ground or a building. Short-term bicycle parking provides shoppers, customers, messengers and other visitors who generally park for two hours or less a convenient and readily accessible place to park bicycles. Long-term bicycle parking provides residents who live in a multi-family dwelling a secure and weather-protected place to park and store bicycles. (1) Short-term and long-term bicycle parking shall be provided as stated below. a. Short Term: Bicycle parking shall be provided at the rate of 10% of required vehicular parking. b. Long Term: Bicycle parking shall be provided in multi-family dwellings at the rate of 1 space per dwelling unit. (2) Location: a. Short-Term parking. Short-term bicycle parking shall be located on site within 50 feet of a primary entrance, or if there are site, setback, building design, or other constraints, bicycle parking shall be located no more than 100 feet from a primary entrance in the closest available area to the primary entrance as determined by the City Manager or their designee. b. Long-Term parking. Long-term parking may be located in garages or other limited access areas for exclusive use by residents. Long-Term parking for residential dwellings can be within the unit as long as the space is dedicated to the bicycle and must be shown on building plans. (3) Bicycle Parking Design 239 a. A bicycle parking space shall measure at least two (2) feet wide by six (6) feet long, so staple racks, which hold two bicycles, shall be installed at least 36 inches apart. Bicycle parking spaces shall also be a minimum of six (6) feet in length and shall have a vertical clearance of seven (7) feet. A width of at least three (3) feet is encouraged. b. The minimum distance between rows of bicycle parking spaces shall be five (5) feet. c. Minimum clearance between a bicycle parking space and a wall or structure shall be two (2) feet. Bicycle parking spaces next to the curb shall be separated by at least two (2) feet, although a width of at least three (3) feet is encouraged. d. Every bicycle parking space shall be accessible without moving another bicycle. e. For buildings with multiple entrances, short-term bicycle parking spaces shall be distributed in a manner proportionate to the number of entrances. f. Directional signage to the bicycle parking shall be provided if the parking is not directly visible and obvious from an entrance or public right-of-way. g. A bicycle rack shall accommodate common bicycle frame sizes and styles including bicycles without kickstands. i. A bicycle rack shall support the bicycle frame at a minimum of two contact points; one contact point shall be the frame. j. A rack shall allow both the frame and two wheels to be locked to the rack with the use of a cable or the frame and one wheel to be locked to the rack with a U-type lock. k. Bicycle racks and bicycle lockers shall be securely anchored to concrete with vandal-resistant concrete mounting hardware. l. Bicycle racks shall be a minimum of 30 inches wide by 36 inches tall. m. Inverted “U” or staple style bicycle racks are common and meet the requirements of this section. n. Bicycle parking shall be lighted to the standards outlined in Sec. 113-153, Outdoor Lighting, of the City Code. 240 Figure – Bicycle Parking Design Figure – Bicycle Rack Examples (e) Proof of Parking. When the required off-street parking is 20 or more spaces, the owner is only required to pave and stripe 75 percent of the required parking spaces if the following conditions are met: (1) A parking plan drawn to scale for the lot is submitted to the City Manager or his/her designee and the plan indicates that the site complies with the total parking requirements stated above and the parking lot is designed to the standards required by this section. 241 (2) The portion of the site which is not paved and is capable of containing the amount of parking equal to the difference between the total amount of required parking and the amount of parking required to be paved (known as the proof of parking area) is suitably landscaped and curbed to meet the requirements of this section. (3) The proof of parking area shall be clearly delineated on the parking plan for the site. (4) The paved portion of the parking area shall comply with the pertinent provisions of this section. (5) The proof of parking area is not used to satisfy any other landscaping or other requirement and is not located in an area occupied by a building. (6) The property owner is responsible for informing any subsequent owner of the proof of parking area and parking status of the property. (7) The City may, at any time in its sole discretion, require proof that the parking area will be paved and striped in such a way that it meets the requirements to provide the total number of required parking spaces on the site or a percentage between 75 percent and 100 percent if so determined by the City. (8) The City may require the owner to enter into a proof of parking agreement specifying the requirements and restrictions and stating that the owner developer and successor shall be responsible for making improvements to meet the Code at the time the City requires such action. (f) Electric Vehicle Provisions. (1) Definitions. a. Charging levels means the standardized indicators of electrical force, or voltage, at which an electric vehicle's battery is recharged. The terms 1, 2, and 3 (DC) are the most common charging levels, and include the following specifications: i. Level 1 is considered slow charging with 120v outlets. ii. Level 2 is considered medium charging with 240v outlets, charging head and cord hard-wired to the circuit. iii. Level 3 (DC) is considered fast or rapid charging. Voltage is greater than 240 volts. b. Electric vehicle means a vehicle that operates, either partially or exclusively, on electrical energy from the electrical grid, or an off-grid source, that is stored on-board for motive purposes. "Electric vehicle" includes: i. Battery electric vehicle. ii. Plug-in hybrid electric vehicle. c. Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) means a public or private parking space that is served by battery charging station equipment that has as its primary purpose the transfer of electric energy (by conductive or inductive means) to a battery or other energy storage device in an electric vehicle. d. Electric vehicle infrastructure means conduit/wiring, structures, machinery, and equipment necessary and integral to support an electric vehicle charging station., including battery charging stations and rapid charging stations. (2) Number of required Electric Vehicle Charging Stations. a. All new or reconstructed parking structures shall be allowed, but not required, to install EVCS. b. All new or reconstructed parking lots with 14 or fewer parking spaces shall be allowed, but not required, to install electric vehicle infrastructure and/or EVCS. c. All new or reconstructed surface parking lots or parking structures with at least 15 but no more than 49 spaces or expanded parking lots that result in a parking lot with 15 to 49 parking spaces, shall install electric vehicle infrastructure and/or EVCS as required below. i. Multifamily residential land uses shall have 10% 25% of required residential parking served by with at least 5% as Level 2 stations with electrical vehicle infrastructure installed . At least one accessible parking space shall have access to an EVCS electric vehicle infrastructure installed. 242 ii. Non-residential land uses with surface parking spaces available for use by the general public shall have two Level 2 stations or one Level 3 station. At least one accessible parking space shall have access to an EVCS. Parking structures are exempt from this requirement. d. All new or reconstructed surface parking lots or parking structures with at least 50 parking spaces or expanded parking lots that result in 50 or more parking spaces, shall install electric vehicle infrastructure and/or EVCS as required below. i. Multifamily residential land uses shall have 10% 25% of required residential parking with electrical vehicle infrastructure installed as Level 2 stations. At least one accessible parking space shall have access to an EVCS electric vehicle infrastructure installed. ii. Non-residential land uses with surface parking spaces available for use by the general public shall have at least 5% of required parking as Level 2, with at least one station adjacent to an accessible parking space. In non-residential zoned districts, Level 3 charging stations may be installed to satisfy the EVCS requirements described above on a one-for-one basis. Parking structures are exempt from this requirement. e. All new or reconstructed motor fuel stations shall be required to install at least one additional Level 2 or Level 3 charging station. (3) Reductions to EVCS requirements. When the cost of installing EVCS required by this Chapter would exceed five 25% percent of the total project cost, the property owner or applicant may request a reduction in the EVCS requirements and submit cost estimates for city consideration. When City Council approval of the project is not required, the City Manager or their designee may administratively approve a reduction the required amount of EVCS in order to limit the EVCS installation costs to not more than five percent of the total project cost. Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVCS). Any EVCS installed before the date of adoption of these regulations shall be legal, non-conforming structures. The provisions of this Subdivision apply to all Zoning Districts. (4) Performance standards. a. Safety, Location, and Accessibility. i. (1) EVCS shall not interfere with the right-of-way user sight lines. ii. (2) EVCS shall incorporate a cord management system or method to eliminate potential for cable entanglement, user injury or connector damage from lying on the ground. iii. (3) EVCS shall not obstruct a sidewalk or walkway and must minimize trip and safety hazards. iv. (4) EVCS shall be protected by appropriate curbing or bollards. v. (6) EVCS shall be under eight feet in height except where approved by the zoning administrator. vi. (7) EVCS and parking stalls served by EVCS shall follow accessibility requirements for parking stalls and equipment access when required by the adopted version of MN building code. vii. (8) EVCS shall be installed pursuant to manufacturer specification and shall comply with all applicable state building codes, state fire codes, state electrical codes, and relevant permitting processes. viii. (9) EVCS shall be adequately maintained for safety and continual usage. ix. (10) The area surrounding the EVCS shall be maintained appropriately to reduce hazards and allow access to EVCS, including snow removal around the equipment to allow for safety and access. x. (11) At the end of life for EVCS, the EVCS shall be replaced with new equipment or the EVCS shall be properly removed, and all utilities and equipment shall be safely decommissioned. (5) Setbacks. a. EVCS in residential districts shall not be considered accessory buildings but shall adhere to the setbacks for accessory buildings and structures each zoning district. 243 b. EVCS in all other districts are not subject to structural setbacks and may be located anywhere within property lines, subject to the other standards in this Chapter. (6) Parking Minimums, Parking Lot Requirements, Parking Restrictions. a. All Electric Vehicle Charging Stations (EVCS) shall count towards off-street parking minimums required in this Chapter as specified in Section 113.151. (7) Signage. a. EVCS signage shall include a phone number to contact for regular maintenance issues. Signage shall state to call 911 in case of an emergency. b. If parking time limits or usage requirements are to be enforced by towing by the property owner, this shall be posted with signage. c. All signage shall meet the requirements in Code Section 105. d. There shall be no offsite signage/advertisements, nor video or amplified sound, associated with EVCS. (e) Loading Regulations. (1) Design Standards. a. Location. Truck docks for loading and unloading goods or wares shall be provided on the same lot or parcel to be serviced. When truck docks are provided inside the building such area shall not be included in the total floor area used for determining the required number of such docks, nor for parking space requirements. b. Size. Loading docks shall be sized and provided with maneuvering space to adequately meet the needs. c. Surfacing. Minimum seven-ton capacity is required. d. Lighting. Lighting for parking areas shall meet the standards outlined in Sec. 113-153. - Outdoor Lighting, of the City Code. (2) Minimum Number of Off-Street Loading Docks Required. Use Required Off-Street Loading Docks Business and professional offices Adequate provisions to meet needs. Retail and commercial uses Adequate provisions to meet needs. Light and heavy industrial uses (manufacturing-fabricating, warehouse and storage, and showroom) 1 off-street loading dock per 40,000 s.f. of gross floor area. Institutional uses Adequate provisions to meet needs. (g) Loading Regulations. (1) Design Standards. a. Residential Uses. Required off-street truck loading or unloading spaces for residential uses shall be at least 12 feet in width and 32 feet in length. Where a loading space parallel to a building is to be utilized, such area shall not be less than 12 feet in width nor less than 40 feet in length. In no instance shall any designated side loading space encroach upon a fire lane or driving aisle or parking spaces. b. Non-Residential Uses. Required off-street truck loading or unloading spaces for non-residential uses shall be at least 12 feet in width, 14 feet in height, and 60 feet in length. Where a loading space parallel to a building is to be utilized, such area shall not be less than 12 feet in width nor less than 65 feet in length. In no instance shall any designated side loading space encroach upon a fire lane or driving aisle or parking spaces. 244 c. Reductions. Reductions to loading space size may be granted by the City manager or their designee upon demonstration of facility need. d. All maneuvering for off-street loading shall be accomplished on private property. e. In addition to the required loading space, all loading spaces shall include a maneuvering area. The maneuvering area shall not use any of that portion of the site containing parking stalls or customer service areas. Maneuvering areas shall be of such size as to permit the backing of truck tractors and coupled trailers into the loading space, without blocking the use of other loading spaces, drives, parking spaces, or maneuvering areas on public right-of-way. f. Customer drop off spaces shall not constitute off-street loading spaces. f.g. Construction of loading areas shall meet the applicable standards as per Section 113-151.(b) Design Standards (2) Number of Loading Spaces Required. The number of required off-street loading spaces shall be as follows: Use Required number of loading spaces* a. Residential Uses: 1. Single Family and Two Family Dwellings None 2. Multiple Family Dwellings - a. Less than 4 dwelling units None b. Four to 48 dwelling units 1 per building c. For each additional 48 dwelling units over 48 1 per building b. Non-Residential Uses: Gross Floor Area (Square Feet) Less than 10,000 1 10,001 to 20,000 2 20,001 to 50,000 3 50,001 to 75,000 4 75,001 to 100,000 5 For each additional 50,000 over 100,000 1 Mixed use In the case of mixed uses, the loading spaces required shall be the sum of the requirements for the various individual uses, computed separately in accordance with this section. * Reductions to loading space quantity requirements may be granted by the City Manager or their designee upon determination of facility need. (3) Landscaping and Screening of Loading Spaces. Loading spaces shall be screened from all property lines. Said screening shall be accomplished by a solid wall or fence and shall be designed so as to be architecturally harmonious with the principal structure. Screening plantings may be substituted, provided such plantings are in conformance with Chapter 111 Tree and Landscape Requirements. (4) Location. b. Off-Street. All required loading spaces for a non-residential use shall be off-street and located on the same lot as the building or use to be served. c. Distance from Intersection. All loading space curb cuts shall be located at minimum 50 feet from the intersection of two or more street rights-of-way. This distance shall be measured from the property line. d. Distance from Residential Use. Loading areas established after shall be prohibited within 300 feet of residentially zoned or guided property unless completely screened by an intervening building, or unless screened from adjacent residentially zoned or guided property by the use of berms, fences, or walls to 245 provide 100 percent opacity to a height of at least eight feet. The height of the screening shall be measured from the grade of the loading areas. e. Pedestrians. Loading spaces shall not conflict with pedestrian movement. f. Visibility. Loading spaces shall not obstruct the view of the public right-of-way from off-street parking access. g. General Compliance. Loading spaces shall comply with all other requirements of this section. h. Traffic Interference. Each loading space shall be located with appropriate means of vehicular access to a street or public alley in a manner which will cause the least interference with traffic. i. Accessory Use; Parking and Storage. Required loading spaces shall not be used for the storage of goods, inoperable vehicles or snow and shall not be included as part of the space requirements to meet off-street parking requirements. 246 Off-Street Parking and Loading Code Updates Timeline of Work: • September 5th – First meeting with Code Champion, Gary Cohen • September 9th – First Planning Commission Work Session • September 16th – Commissioners receive their 1st individual redlined versions of the code for their review. • September 19th – Second Meeting with code champion • October 1st – Commissioner comments and feedback received. • October 13th – Second Planning Commission Work Session • October 27th – Commissioners receive their 2nd individual redlined versions of the code for review and comment with changes based on their feedback. • November 13th – Notice of Public Hearing published in the Sun Post. • November 14th – Third meeting with code champion • November 14th – Commissioners receive their 3rd individual versions for review and comment with minor changes based on feedback from other staff. • November 24th – Public Hearing • December 16th – City Council Meeting • January 1st – Tentatively enacted 247 CITY CODE CHANGESPARKING Why Update?What Was Updated Golden Valley’s parking code hadn’t been revised since the 1980s and was updated to: • remove vague requirements and modernize the language • require “greener” parking lots when building new developments • incentivize multi-modal transportation (walk, bike, bus) • reduce parking minimums as outlined in the Zoning For Equity Report • implement the Downtown User Experience Framework • align with Strategic Plan Goal #5–Strategic (Re)Development Updates include: • removing garage requirements for lots under 50 feet in width. • removing parking requirements for ADUs • requiring bike parking for apartments • requiring less parking for commercial uses • implementing maximum parking for commercial uses • reducing parking requirements near transit and trails • More landscaping and more pedestrian walkways required in new lots For more information about the parking code changes, scan the QR codes or visit the website below. www.goldenvalleymn.gov/Planning-Studies Scan to view the current code or visit the website below. Scan to view the draft ordinance or visit the website below 248 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3H. Adopt Resolution No. 25-124 Amending the 2025 Prosecution Budget Pursuant to Direction from Council Prepared By Lyle Hodges, Finance Director Summary The City has a contract with Berglund, Baumgartner, and Glaser to provide a range of legal services in connection with criminal prosecution within the City of Golden Valley. The cost of these services are based on a level of prosecutorial needs from past years. During 2025 the need for services has grown at a rate that exceeds the capacity of the adopted budget of $213,000. To complete the work needed, the City estimates it will take up to $400,000 for 2025. The budget in the 2026 considers this increased need and was set at a total of $460,000. Financial or Budget Considerations This increase will come from the reserves of the City's General Fund. City policy directs us to keep 60% of the current year's adopted expenditures in reserve in the General Fund. The City will have sufficient fund balance remaining after this adjustment to comply with our policy. Legal Considerations There are no legal considerations for this action. Equity Considerations There are no equity considerations for this action. Recommended Action Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-124 amending the 2025 Prosecution Budget for the Legal Department. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-124 - Approving Budget Adjustment to the 2025 Legal Department Budget - Amending the 2025 Prosecution Budget Pursuant to Direction From Council 249 RESOLUTION NO. 25-124 RESOLUTION APPROVING A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT FOR THE LEGAL DEPARTMENT AMENDING THE 2025 PROSECUTION BUDGET PURSUANT TO DIRECTION FROM COUNCIL WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 24-078 at the December 3, 2024 Council Meeting adopting the 2025 General Fund Budget; and WHEREAS, the City is contracted with Berglund, Baumgartner, and Glaser to provide a range of legal services in connection with criminal prosecution for the City of Golden Valley; and WHEREAS, the original budget for this work in 2025 was $213,000 based on assumed levels of work consistent with prior years; and WHEREAS, the actual work necessary in 2025 has exceeded expectations for a variety of reasons outside the control of the city resulting in an increases cost for prosecutorial services. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Golden Valley hereby authorizes and directs the Finance Director to make a budget adjustment to increase the Legal Department’s budget for these services to $400,000 for 2025. Adopted by the City Council of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 16th day of December, 2025. Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 250 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Human Resources 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3I. Adopt Resolution No. 25-125 Approving Updated Employee Handbook Prepared By Andrea Connolly-Dees, Executive Assistant Dr. John Miller, Human Resources Manager Summary The City of Golden Valley continually updates its employment policies to ensure compliance with state and federal laws and to make other important changes. Subject matter experts reviewed and recommended slight changes to policies effective January 1, 2026. The Respectful Workplace and Information Technology policies were reformatted for readability, inclusive language, and provide clearer direction to employees. The policies modernize expectations and reinforce shared responsibilities between employees and the organization. Examples include: adding a description of microaggressions to the section on offensive behavior adding security provisions for mobile device use, remote work, and emerging technologies (reference to AI policy) The City's meal/breaks policy was updated to align with recent changes to State Law (effective Jan 1, 2026), which requires employers to offer employees a paid 15 minute break every 4 hours and 30 minute unpaid break every 6 hours. The most substantial policy addition is the Paid Family Medical Leave Policy (PFML). This policy is required by state statute (effective Jan 1, 2026) and covers eligibility rules, benefit duration, coordination with accrued leave, and the request process. All of these changes are consistent with the City's purpose, values, and commitment to equity. The City continues to refine its policies and practices to ensure employees have a transparent, inclusive, and equitable guide to employment with the City of Golden Valley. Link to Exhibit A: Employee Handbook (draft) Upon approval by the City Council, the Communications division will final format the handbook. The Human Resources division will share the updated handbook with employees and collect and acknowledgement form in return. Financial or Budget Considerations 251 2026 Budget Impact with be the result of the State Paid Family Leave Act. The City is responsible for 50% of employee premiums, which was factored into the 2026 budget approved by City Council on December 2, 2025. Legal Considerations These handbook updates have been reviewed and approved by the City Attorney through the legal and equity review process. Equity Considerations The policies and procedures outlined in the employee handbook are reviewed by the HR and Equity staff to include equity and inclusion provisions. Recommended Action Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-125 approving updates to the City of Golden Valley Employee Handbook. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-125 - Adopting Updates to Employee Handbook 252 RESOLUTION NO. 25-125 A RESOLUTION ADOPTING THE EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK WHEREAS, the City of Golden Valley is committed to fostering a professional, equitable, and productive workplace by providing employees with clear policies, procedures, and expectations; and WHEREAS, an employee handbook promotes transparency and trust, mitigates risks, and ensures fairness in the treatment of employees; and WHEREAS, periodic review and updates to the handbook ensure compliance with evolving state and federal laws, industry standards, and organizational needs while supporting a positive organizational culture; and WHEREAS, the current employee handbook was approved by Resolution No. 25-001 on January 7, 2025; and WHEREAS, the City amended the employee handbook with structural edits to provide clarity for employees and updated policy language to the following sections:  Respectful Workplace  Technology Use  Hours of Work and Time Tracking: Meals and Breaks  Hours of Work and Time Tracking: On-Call and Call-Back Policy  Time Away from Work: Minnesota Paid Family Medical Leave WHEREAS, the above-referenced amendments will become effective as of January 1, 2026. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA that the Employee Handbook, hereto referred to as Exhibit A, is adopted in its entirety, and the revised handbook policies supersede all previously adopted handbook policies and procedures, except those contained in approved union contracts. Adopted by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 16th day of December, 2025. ____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor Attested: ____________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 253 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Human Resources 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3J. Adopt Resolution No. 25-126 Approving Amendment to Compensation and Classification Tables Prepared By Kirsten Santelices, Deputy City Manager Dr. John Miller, Human Resources Manager Summary To ensure transparency with the community, each year the City Council reviews and adopts the City’s compensation grid and classification table. To ensure consistency within its compensation and classification structure, the City utilizes third-party consultant David Drown and Associates (DDA) to review current positions to ensure they remain in line with current market averages and pay equity. In 2025 departments introduced several structural improvements to the classification of positions, specifically through the creation of career ladders and better alignment of roles within their functional areas. The compensation tables also reflect a market adjustment in Paid On-Call Firefighter rates of pay and a 3% Cost of Living Adjustment (COLA) in 2026, which was proposed as part of the 2026 Annual Budget. Financial or Budget Considerations These compensation grid adjustments are reflected within the approved 2026 budget. Legal Considerations The City contracts with DDA to grade all of the positions and ensure compliance with applicable Minnesota Local Government Pay Equity laws. Equity Considerations By contracting with DDA the City maintains a consistent practice of grading positions and market considerations. The City will continue evaluating its compensation grid and pay practices to ensure consistency and fairness. 254 Recommended Action Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-126 approving amendment to compensation and classification tables. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-126 - Establishing 2026 Compensation Grid and Classification Table 255 RESOLUTION NO. 25-126 RESOLUTION APPROVING IMPLEMENTATION OF 2020 COMPENSATION STUDY AND ESTABLISHING 2026 COMPENSATION GRID AND CLASSIFICATION TABLE WHEREAS, in 2020, the City conducted a full compensation and classification study (the “Study”) to ensure the City is paying competitive and fair wages to its employees; and WHEREAS, on December 15, 2020 the City Council approved implementation of the Study; and adopted the compensation grid for the City: WHEREAS, on December 15, 2020 the City also adopted a Classification Table that assigned a grade to each position within the City; and WHEREAS, positions are routinely reviewed and reclassified according to position responsibilities; and the Council approved changes to the classification table by Resolution 21-13 on March 16, 2021; and by Resolution 21-38 on May 18, 2021; and by Resolution 21-114 on December 21, 2021, and by Resolution 22- 048 on May 3, 2022, and by Resolution 22-120 on December 20, 2022; and by Resolution 23-007 on February 7, 2023, and by Resolution 23-017 on April 4, 2023; and by Resolution 23-062 on July 5, 2023; and by Resolution 23-108 on December 19, 2023; and by Resolution 24-021 on March 6, 2024; and by Resolution 24-030 on May 21, 2024; and by Resolution 24-039 on June 4, 2024; and by Resolution 24-084 on December 17, 2024; and WHEREAS, in alignment with the City’s values of communication and accountability, it is the City’s practice for the City Council to review and adopt the Compensation Grid and Classification Table annually; and WHEREAS, the City Council supports the health and wellness of City employees and their families through qualified flexible health benefit plans; and WHEREAS, the City provides a cafeteria plan that allows employees to design their own benefit packages by purchasing benefits with a pre-specified amount of employer dollars; and WHEREAS, the effective date and eligibility of City’s health insurance and contribution is established by the Employee Handbook; and WHEREAS, the amount of the employers’ monthly contribution is established annually by the City Council. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, that: 1. The City hereby adopts the 2026 monthly health benefit contribution as $1,951.75. 256 Resolution No. 25-126 -2- December 16, 2025 2. The City hereby adopts the following 2026 Full-Time & Part-Time Regular Compensation Grid effective January 1, 2026: Grade Compensation Grid 4.90% 4.90% 4.90% 4.90% 4.90% 4.90% 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 $22.70 $23.81 $24.99 $26.21 $27.50 $28.84 $30.25 2 $24.06 $25.25 $26.48 $27.78 $29.14 $30.56 $32.05 3 $25.50 $26.75 $28.06 $29.43 $30.88 $32.39 $33.98 4 $27.04 $28.37 $29.75 $31.21 $32.73 $34.34 $36.02 5 $28.92 $30.34 $31.84 $33.39 $35.03 $36.74 $38.53 6 $30.95 $32.48 $34.06 $35.72 $37.48 $39.32 $41.24 7 $32.50 $34.08 $35.76 $37.51 $39.35 $41.28 $43.31 8 $33.79 $35.45 $37.18 $39.01 $40.92 $42.93 $45.03 9 $35.16 $36.88 $38.69 $40.58 $42.57 $44.65 $46.83 10 $36.90 $38.72 $40.61 $42.60 $44.69 $46.88 $49.17 11 $41.72 $43.76 $45.90 $48.15 $50.51 $52.97 $55.57 12 $44.21 $46.37 $48.65 $51.03 $53.53 $56.16 $58.91 13 $46.41 $48.69 $51.08 $53.58 $56.21 $58.97 $61.85 14 $48.28 $50.65 $53.13 $55.72 $58.46 $61.33 $64.33 15 $50.69 $53.17 $55.78 $58.50 $61.38 $64.39 $67.55 16 $53.74 $56.35 $59.12 $62.02 $65.05 $68.24 $71.59 17 $56.96 $59.75 $62.68 $65.76 $68.97 $72.35 $75.89 18 $62.08 $65.13 $68.32 $71.66 $75.17 $78.86 $82.72 19 $65.18 $68.37 $71.73 $75.24 $78.93 $82.79 $86.85 20 $68.44 $71.80 $75.30 $79.00 $82.87 $86.93 $91.20 21 $71.87 $75.39 $79.09 $82.96 $87.02 $91.28 $95.75 22 $76.18 $79.91 $83.83 $87.93 $92.24 $96.76 $101.50 23 $80.74 $84.71 $88.86 $93.22 $97.77 $102.57 $107.59 24 $85.59 $89.79 $94.19 $98.81 $103.64 $108.72 $114.05 257 Resolution No. 25-126 -3- December 16, 2025 3. The City hereby adopts the following updated Full-Time & Part-Time Regular Classification Table: Grade Position 1 2 Guest Services Specialist 3 Administrative Assistant – Fire Department Police Department Office Assistant 4 Engineering Assistant Lead Cook 5 Accounting Technician Assessments/Accounts Payable Technician Community Service Officer Finance Support Specialist Motor Vehicle License Clerk Parks and Recreation Administrative Assistant Planning Assistant Police Department Assistant Public Works Assistant Turf Maintenance Technician 6 Custodial Maintenance Specialist Executive Assistant - City Manager’s Office Lead Community Service Officer Utility Billing Specialist 7 Brookview Events Coordinator Golf Operations Coordinator Park Maintenance Worker I Permit Technician Restaurant & Catering Coordinator Street Maintenance Worker I Sustainability Specialist Turf Equip Technician /Mechanic Recreations Coordinator Utilities Maintenance Worker I Web/Graphic Designer 8 Communications Specialist Community Connections Specialist Executive Chef Golf Operations Supervisor Information Technology Technician Park Maintenance Worker II Street Maintenance Worker II Utilities Maintenance Worker II 258 Resolution No. 25-126 -4- December 16, 2025 9 Associate Planner City Forester Deputy City Clerk - Records Facilities Maintenance Specialist Firefighter (Full-Time) Investigator - Non-Sworn Park Maintenance Worker III Public Works Inspector Street Maintenance Worker III Utilities Maintenance Worker III Utilities Specialist Vehicle Maintenance Worker Water Resources Specialist 10 Assistant Golf Course Superintendent Engineer Technician I - Right-of-Way Engineer Technician I - Construction Fire Inspector I GIS and Asset Management Coordinator Paralegal - Civil Payroll and Benefits Specialist Police Support Services Supervisor Water Distribution Specialist 11 Assistant Golf Operations Manager Building Inspector Engineer Technician II - Right-of-Way Engineer Technician II - Construction Code Compliance Officer Crime Analyst Supervisor Deputy Registrar Supervisor Fire Inspector II Human Resources Generalist Information Technology Specialist Patrol Officer Park Maintenance Field Supervisor Recreation Supervisor Senior Planner Street Maintenance Field Supervisor Utilities Maintenance Field Supervisor Vehicle Maintenance Field Supervisor 12 Accountant Deputy Fire Marshal GIS and Asset Management Coordinator Engineer Technician III - Right-of-Way Engineer Technician III - Construction Golf Course Superintendent 259 Resolution No. 25-126 -5- December 16, 2025 13 City Clerk Equity and Inclusion Manager Restaurant and Events Manager 14 15 Assistant City Engineer Golf Operations Manager 16 Assistant Parks and Recreation Director Building Official Environmental Manager Parks Superintendent Street and Vehicle Superintendent Sergeant Utility Maintenance Superintendent 17 Assistant Finance Director Assistant Fire Chief Housing and Economic Development Manager Information Technology Manager 18 Deputy Community Development Director Human Resources Manager 19 Assistant Police Chief City Engineer Communications Director 20 21 Community & Economic Development Director Finance Director Fire Chief Parks & Recreation Director Public Works Director 22 City Attorney Deputy City Manager Police Chief 23 24 City Manager 4. The City hereby adopts the following 2026 Seasonal, Variable Hour, Temporary and Intern Positions Compensation Grid, effective March 1, 2026: Steps 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Grade 1 $12.91 $13.57 $14.22 0 0 0 0 2 $13.80 $14.51 $15.21 $15.93 $16.61 $17.31 $17.82 3 $14.38 $15.10 $15.82 $16.59 $17.31 $18.04 $18.54 4 $14.89 $15.79 $16.57 $17.32 $18.11 $18.87 $19.37 5 $15.16 $16.36 $17.16 $17.97 $18.77 $19.65 $20.17 6 $16.50 $16.97 $18.32 $18.94 $19.74 $20.73 $21.24 7 $19.36 $20.26 $21.05 $21.81 $22.68 $23.50 $24.02 260 Resolution No. 25-126 -6- December 16, 2025 5. The City hereby adopts the following 2026 Seasonal, Variable Hour, Temporary and Intern Positions Classification Table: Grade Position 1 Starter/Ranger Warming House 2 316 Restaurant Positions:  Bartender  Server  Dishwasher/Bar‐Back Election Judge (Step 6) Indoor Playground Attendant Park & Reaction Seasonal Athletics:  Playground Leader  Field Attendant  Sports Instructor Golf Operations:  Beverage Cart Attendant  Par 3 Cashier  Range Supervisor 3 Election Captain (Step 6) Pro Shop Cashier 4 Community Center Attendant Golf Maintenance Operator Parks and Recreation Program Specialist 5 Golf Office Assistant Pathways Intern 6 Community Health Worker Intern Curling Assistant Golf Maintenance Technician Lawn Bowling Assistant Lead Pro Shop Cashier Park and Recreation Intern Seasonal Public Works Worker 7 Assistant Senior Program Coordinator Banquet and Restaurant Staff Coordinator Cook Community Development Intern Elections Assistant Engineering Intern GIS Intern Golf Staff Coordinator Guest Services Lead Human Resources Assistant Water Resources Intern Collegiate Intern 261 Resolution No. 25-126 -7- December 16, 2025 6. The City hereby adopts the following paid on-call firefighter compensation, effective January 1, 2026: Battalion Chief $29.43 Per Hour Captain $27.27 Per Hour Lieutenant $25.29 Per Hour Firefighter $21.97 Per Hour Firefighter-Apprentice $18.67 Per Hour Firefighter in Training $15.02 Per Hour 7. The Council shall approve all classification changes that increase the budget. Changes to job title and other modifications that do not increase the budget shall not require Council approval. The most current Job Classification Grid shall be kept on file with the Human Resources division. Adopted by the City Council of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 16th of December 2025. ______________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: _______________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 262 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Administrative Services 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3K. Adopt Resolution No. 25-127 Approving Artificial Intelligence Policy Prepared By John Peterson, IT Manager Kirsten Santelices, Deputy City Manager Maria Cisneros, City Attorney Melissa Croft, Deputy City Clerk - Records Summary The Artificial Intelligence (AI) Policy establishes a framework for the responsible and transparent use of AI tools within City operations. It sets standards for data protection, tool approval, monitoring, and public transparency to ensure AI is used safely and effectively by employees, volunteers, contractors, and third parties. The Artificial Intelligence Policy establishes clear requirements for approving AI tools, protecting sensitive data, and ensuring human review of AI-generated outputs. Staff within the Administrative Services and Legal departments presented a draft AI Policy to the City Council at the November 12 work session. City Council provided staff with feedback and direction to move the policy forward for approval and continue monitoring the use of and changes with AI. Staff have incorporated Council feedback into the policy and standard operating procedure. City Staff recommend that the City Council adopt the AI policy to support the consistent management of emerging technologies, while protecting sensitive information and maintaining public trust. Financial or Budget Considerations None Legal Considerations This policy has been reviewed and approved by the legal department. Equity Considerations The policy supports equity by requiring human oversight of AI tools to prevent biased or inaccurate outcomes and by maintaining transparency through a public registry of approved AI systems. These measures help ensure all residents receive fair and reliable service and are not adversely impacted by automated processes. The policy also encourages environmentally responsible AI practices, aligning with broader environmental goals. 263 Recommended Action Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-127 approving Artificial Intelligence (AI) Policy. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-127 - Adopting Artificial Intelligence (AI) Policy Exhibit A - Artificial Intelligence (AI) Policy 264 RESOLUTION NO. 25-127 RESOLUTION ADOPTING THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (AI) POLICY WHEREAS, the City of Golden Valley is committed to responsible, transparent, and ethical use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) technologies to enhance service delivery, operational efficiency, and public engagement; and WHEREAS, the rapid growth of AI-enhanced services requires clear governance structures that ensure legal compliance, data protection, and adherence to state and federal requirements; and WHEREAS, the City’s Administrative Services Department, in coordination with the Information Technology (IT) Division and the Legal Department developed policies and procedures to ensure that all AI-enhanced services are used safely, responsibly, and in a manner that protects public trust and sensitive information; and WHEREAS, the proposed Artificial Intelligence Policy establishes standards for the approval, use, monitoring, data protection, and transparency of AI -enhanced services used by City employees, volunteers, contractors, and third parties; and WHEREAS, the City Council finds that adopting this policy is in the best interest of the City and its residents, ensures operational consistency, and prepares the City for responsible long-term use of emerging technologies; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Golden Valley hereby adopts the Artificial Intelligence Policy, attached hereto as:  Exhibit A – Artificial Intelligence Policy Adopted by the City Council of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 16th day of December 2025. ______________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: ______________________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 265 Resolution No. 25-127 (Exhibit A) -2- December 16, 2025 O FFICIAL C ITY P OLICY C ITY OF G OLDEN V ALLEY General Information Policy Title: Artificial Intelligence Policy Department: Administrative Services Policy Owner (job title): Deputy City Manager Policy ID: TBD Council Approval Date: 12-16-2025 Resolution Number: 25-127 Effective Date: 01-01-2026 ☒New ☐Updated Policy Overview Policy Description: Policy governing the use of Artificial Intelligence applications within the City’s operations. Purpose & Scope: The purpose of this policy is to establish a framework for the responsible use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in public service applications within the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota. This policy aims to guide city employees, volunteers, contractors, and third-parties in utilizing AI technologies in a manner that:  Adheres to legal and regulatory requirements;  Balances innovation with ethical considerations;  Delivers value and benefits to the residents of Golden Valley;  Secures protected information and data; and  Minimizes environmental impacts This policy applies to all city employees, volunteers, contractors, and third parties who develop, deploy, or utilize AI-enhanced services and applications within the City of Golden Valley's operations and public service delivery. It covers the use of AI in various public service applications, including but not limited to, data analysis, decision-making processes, and public engagement tools. General Definitions:  Artificial Intelligence (AI): The simulation of human intelligence processes by computer systems, capable of performing tasks that typically require human intelligence, such as understanding natural language, recognizing patterns, and making decisions. AI includes Generative AI.  AI-Enhanced Services: Services and software that incorporate AI technologies to enhance productivity and service delivery.  Approved AI-Enhanced Services: AI-Enhanced Services that have been approved for use within the City’s operations and public service delivery by the City’s IT and legal departments and are included on the City’s public registry of approved AI tools.  Data Classification/Protection Definitions: The following terms related to data classification shall have the meanings when used in this Policy: o Low Risk Data: Data that is defined by Minnesota Statutes Chapter 13 as “public” and is intended to be available to the public. o Moderate Risk Data: Data that does not meet the definition of Low or High Risk Data. This includes but is not limited to system security information, names, addresses, emails, phone numbers, and IP addresses that are not public. o High Risk Data: Data that is highly sensitive and/or protected by law or regulation. This includes but is not limited to Protected Health Information (PHI), Social Security Administration (SSA) Data, Criminal Justice Information (CJI), Government-issued ID Numbers (e.g., social security 266 Resolution No. 25-127 (Exhibit A) -3- December 16, 2025 numbers, driver’s license numbers/state ID card numbers, passport numbers), federal tax information (FTI), account data, birth dates, and bank account numbers.  Subject Matter Expert (SME): A Subject Matter Expert is an individual who possesses authoritative knowledge, specialized experience, and demonstrable expertise in a specific area relevant to the subject matter under consideration. SMEs provide informed analysis, technical guidance, and professional judgment. Their role is to ensure that content, procedures, and recommendations are accurate, compliant with applicable laws and regulations, and aligned with best practices within the relevant field. Related Documents, Materials & Resources:  Approved Usage of AI-Enhanced Services Flow Chart  AI Impact Assessment Form o Vendor Security Risk and Compliance Process o Security Risk Compliance Questionnaire  AI Incident Response Plan  City of Golden Valley Public Registry of AI Tools  SOP – IT – Seeking Approval of a New AI Tool Policy A. Usage Standard 1. Allowed AI Services and Tools a. Low Risk Data: Employees may use Approved AI-Enhanced Services with Low Risk Data. b. Moderate and High Risk Data: Employees may not use any software or service where a third-party AI-Enhanced Service has access to City of Golden Valley data defined as Moderate Risk or High Risk, unless the software or service has been approved for the specific use by the IT division and legal department. c. All services must be reviewed and approved by the IT division and legal department through a process that includes understanding the AI's training, ownership of data, and level of security before being used. d. The IT division shall maintain a register of approved AI-Enhanced Services. e. If employees are uncertain whether a service or tool incorporates AI-Enhanced Services or whether employees are allowed to use the service, they should contact the IT division and legal department for guidance. 2. Prohibited Uses: Employees may not: a. Use AI-Enhanced Services that are not on the City’s register of approved systems. b. Use AI-Enhanced Services with moderate or high-risk data, unless the AI-enhanced service has been approved for the particular use by the IT division and legal department. c. Use publicly available AI-Enhanced Services in situations that can pose significant risks to the health, safety, or fundamental rights of persons. d. Enter any Moderate or High Risk Data into publicly available AI-Enhanced Services. When using publicly available AI-Enhanced Services, employees should treat all entered information as if it were being posted on a public site. e. Use AI-Enhanced Services without a subject matter expert reviewing all outputs. AI outputs may only be used as a starting point and must be thoroughly reviewed to avoid legal, ethical, or reputational risks. 3. Examples a. Examples of acceptable uses include: o Summarizing long documents that only contain public information. 267 Resolution No. 25-127 (Exhibit A) -4- December 16, 2025 o Researching public topics where the resulting content can be verified by a SME. o Generating draft documents that deal with only public information. o Editing and proof-reading documents that deal only with public information. o Tracking trends across the organization over time using only public data. b. Examples of unacceptable uses include: o Automatically responding to email messages without first reviewing content for accuracy and appropriateness. o Making decisions where outcomes have not been verified by a SME. For instance, using AI- enhanced services to generate a list of possible hiring criteria for a new position, but not asking a human resources SME to review those criteria before posting the job. o Drafting a report that includes Moderate or High Risk Data. B. Security Standards 1. Data Protection: AI-Enhanced Services may be used with data classified as Low Risk Data. AI- Enhanced Services must not be used with Moderate or High Risk Data unless the software or service has been approved for the specific use by the IT division and legal department. 2. Security Measures: City employees, volunteers, contractors, and third parties must ensure adequate security measures to protect Moderate and High Risk Data from unauthorized access, breaches, or misuse, including encryption, access controls, and regular security audits. 3. Monitoring & Incident Response: All departments using AI must designate an AI monitoring lead, who shall be responsible for keeping a complete list of the department’s use of AI, identifying abnormal AI output, and reporting AI misuse. Any incidents must be reported to the IT division and Data Practices Compliance Official within 24 hours pursuant to the protocols in the City’s Incident Response Plan. C. Compliance & Legal Considerations 1. Legal and Regulatory Compliance: AI usage must comply with applicable laws, regulations, and industry standards. Staff must consult the City’s legal and IT teams prior to adopting any new AI- enhanced services to ensure adherence to privacy, security, and other relevant regulations. 2. Responsible Use: All output from AI-enhanced services must be checked for accuracy, legality, and other responsible use concerns by a SME. AI should enhance human performance, not replace it. Staff should not use AI-enhanced services as a substitute for human creativity, judgment, critical thinking, decision making, or expertise. D. Training and Awareness The Data Practices Compliance Official and IT Manager shall conduct regular training programs and awareness initiatives to educate City employees, volunteers, contractors and third parties about AI, its capabilities, limitations, and responsible use considerations. Concerns related to AI usage should be reported to the Data Practices Compliance Official and IT Manager pursuant to the City’s Incident Response Plan. E. Roles and Responsibilities The departments and people listed below shall have the following roles and responsibilities with respect to use of AI-Enhanced Services: 1. Administrative Services Department: o Maintain and periodically review this policy and ensure alignment with state and federal standards o Draft and maintain Incident Response Plan 268 Resolution No. 25-127 (Exhibit A) -5- December 16, 2025 o Draft and periodically update Risk Assessment and Impact Analysis o Review requests for new AI-Enhanced Services from other City departments and stakeholders o Maintain public registry of approved AI tools and their approved uses o Draft and maintain standard operating procedures regarding the use of AI and requesting approval of new AI tools 2. City Legal Department: o Assist the IT division in ensuring alignment with state and federal rules and standards o Ensure compliance with state Data Practices laws o Periodically review and approve Risk Assessment and Impact Analysis tools 3. City Employees, Volunteers, Contractors and Third Parties: o Align usage of AI-Enhanced Services with this policy o Assign at least one AI monitoring lead per department o Report any issues or concerns with AI-Enhanced Services to the IT division and Data Practices Compliance Official o Prior to adopting any new tool that uses AI or has AI capabilities (including but not limited to technology, software, hardware, program, system) submit complete Risk Assessment and Impact Analysis to IT division for approval F. Public Transparency The City will maintain a public registry of approved AI tools and their uses. The registry must include:  A description of the AI that is in use  The approved uses of all AI that is in use  The Department responsible for monitoring the use of the AI G. Environmental Impact When using AI-Enhanced Services within City operations, City employees shall consider the environmental impacts associated with computing, storage, and data processing. Preference shall be given to AI products, solutions and vendors that demonstrate energy efficiency, renewable energy sourcing, and sustainable operational practices. H. Contacts For questions or further information regarding this policy, contact the administrative services and legal departments. 269 Resolution No. 25-127 (Exhibit A) -6- December 16, 2025 Approved Usage of AI-Enhanced Services Flow Chart Start Acceptable to use AI service Contact IT Has the AI Service been approved for use by IT and legal? Do you have expertise to verify the data output is highly accurate? Does it matter if the data output is highly accurate? Cannot use AI service, contact IT or department AI monitoring lead Is the data Low Risk Data or has the data been approved for use in an AI service? Yes No No No Unknown Yes No Ye s Ye s 270 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3L. Adopt Resolution No. 25-128 Establishing a Pedestrian Crossing Policy Prepared By Caleb Brolsma, Assistant City Engineer Michael Ryan, City Engineer Summary This policy establishes standard pedestrian crossing designs in the City, criteria for where pedestrian crossings should be installed, and sets criteria for what type of crossing is warranted at a given location. The policy ensures consistent decision making by the City's Traffic Safety Committee when requests are received for new crossings. Financial or Budget Considerations City staff will work with the Finance Director to establish Capital Improvement Plan line items and set a budget for installation of new pedestrian crossings. Legal Considerations This policy was developed with input from the City Attorney. Equity Considerations This policy was developed with input from the Equity and Inclusion Manager. This policy establishes guidelines and considerations for consistent and equitable installation of marked crosswalks. Staff will collaborate with adjacent schools, businesses, housing developments, and other significant pedestrian generators to understand crossing needs. Equity considerations are included in the decision-making process. The following factors will help determine whether to install pedestrian crossings at requested locations: higher populations of youth, older adults, and people with disabilities; proximity to schools or other senior/youth pedestrian generators; high public-transit use; and a history of pedestrian or bicyclist crashes. Recommended Action Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-128 establishing a Pedestrian Crossing Policy. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-128 - Adopting Pedestrian Crossing Policy Exhibit A - Pedestrian Crossing Policy 271 RESOLUTION NO. 25-128 A RESOLUTION ADOPTING A PEDESTRIAN CROSSING POLICY WHEREAS, the City of Golden Valley understands that public safety is paramount and supports the Traffic Safety Committee's efforts to improve pedestrian safety through a transparent, data-driven process; and WHEREAS, the City does not currently have standard criteria to determine where pedestrian crossings should be installed and what type of crossing is warranted ; and WHEREAS, the City’s work to develop uniform standards conforms to the requirements from the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices , and builds upon similar work completed by peer communities; and WHEREAS, the City Council recognizes the importance of consistent, equitable pedestrian safety improvements throughout the City. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY, MINNESOTA that this Council adopts the Pedestrian Crossing Policy attached hereto as Exhibit A. Passed by the City Council of the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 16th day of December, 2025. ____________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor Attested: ____________________ Theresa Schyma, City Clerk 272 O FFICIAL C ITY P OLICY C ITY OF G OLDEN V ALLEY General Information Policy Title: Pedestrian Crossing Policy Department: Engineering Policy Owner (job title): City Engineer Policy ID: TBD Council Approval Date: 12/16/2025 Resolution Number: 25-128 Effective Date: 1/1/2026 ☒New ☐Updated Policy Overview Policy Description: This policy provides guidance to ensure consistent application and treatment of pedestrian crossings throughout the city. Purpose & Scope: Pedestrian crossings are an integral part of transportation infrastructure that promote safety. Their effectiveness requires careful consideration and review, including adherence to accepted guidelines, industry standards, and good engineering practices including the consideration of crash history. This policy establishes guidelines and considerations for consistent and equitable installation of marked crosswalks. This policy applies to all roadways under the City’s jurisdiction. It does not apply to State, County, or private roadways in the City. This Policy is intended solely to guide City staff in the planning, design, operation, and maintenance of pedestrian crossing facilities. It does not create obligations applicable to members of the public. Nevertheless, pedestrian crossing facilities are only effective if all right-of-way users comply with traffic laws. This includes stopping at stop signs, yielding to pedestrians crossing in marked crosswalks or at intersections without marked crosswalks, and remaining stopped until pedestrians have cleared their lane. Likewise, pedestrians must comply with traffic laws by crossing at intersections or within marked crosswalks and by not unexpectedly leaving a curb or other place of safety into the path of a vehicle. Definitions: •Controlled Crossing: A pedestrian crossing at a location where traffic control (i.e., traffic signal or stop sign) is present. •School Zone: Signed segments of street or highway in close proximity to school grounds where children have access to the roadway or where a school crossing is in place. •School Crossing: a crossing location where 10 or more student pedestrians per hour are crossing. •Uncontrolled Crossings: A pedestrian crossing location where sidewalks or designated walkways intersect a roadway at a location where no traffic control (i.e., traffic signal or stop sign) is present. These common crossing types occur at intersections (where they may be marked or unmarked) and at non-intersection or midblock locations (where they must be marked as crossings). Related Documents, Materials & Resources: •MN Statute 169.011 – Subdivision 20. Crosswalk: •MN Statute 169.21 – Subdivision 2. Rights in Absence of Signal: Resolution No. 25-128 (Exhibit A)-2-December 16, 2025 273 Policy I.Policy The City of Golden Valley may consider installing marked crosswalks where there is significant conflict between vehicles and pedestrians. Installations must comply with State Law, the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MnMUTCD), current engineering best practices, and this policy's guidelines. The Engineering Department, led by the City Engineer, shall administer and implement the Pedestrian Crossing Policy for all city-controlled roadways in Golden Valley. The City Engineer shall ensure that staff members use consistent criteria and engineering judgment to address pedestrian crossings, except on State, County, or private roadways. II.Authority This policy follows Minnesota State Statutes, chapter 169 and is administered by the City Engineer for roadways under the City's jurisdiction. III.Responsibilities A.The City Engineer serves as the policy owner and holds primary responsibility for reviewing, approving, and overseeing the installation of pedestrian crossings. B.Engineering Department staff shall evaluate candidate locations, conduct site-specific reviews, and recommend installations based on established guidelines. C.Where the installation of marked crosswalks is under consideration on roadways outside the City’s jurisdiction (County or State), the City will forward pedestrian crossing requests to and work collaboratively with the appropriate agencies to evaluate and implement improvements where warranted. At these locations, the decision of whether a crossing is installed is ultimately made by the agency that has jurisdiction. D.Staff shall collaborate with adjacent schools, businesses, housing developments, and other significant pedestrian generators to understand crossing needs. IV.Determination Factors for Installing Pedestrian Crossings City staff shall use the following factors to determine whether to install marked pedestrian crossings and related treatments: A.Presence of multi-use trails or school crossings. B.Number of pedestrians or bicyclists crossing per hour (pph) during the peak hour. 1.Staff count children, older adults, and pedestrians with disabilities as 1.5 persons each for volume thresholds. C.Roadway geometry, including the configuration and lane design of intersections. D.Volume and speed of vehicular traffic. E.Crash history at the site or along the corridor. F.Designation of the location as a school crossing (defined by 10 or more student pedestrians per hour), a school zone, or part of a Safe Routes to School Plan. G.Whether the location serves a multi-use trail, such as the Luce Line Trail. H.Equity considerations including areas with: 1.Higher populations of youth, older adults, and people with disabilities. Resolution No. 25-128 (Exhibit A)-3-December 16, 2025 274 2.Proximity to schools or other senior/youth pedestrian generators. 3.High public-transit use. 4.A history of pedestrian or bicyclist crashes. V.Crossings at Stop-Controlled Intersections A.For approaches to intersections controlled by stop signs, the following criteria shall be used to evaluate whether a crossing is appropriate: 1.Proximity to a school crossing, school zone, or Safe Routes to School crossing. 2.Multi-use trail crossing. 3.Combined pedestrian (including bicyclist) volumes of 60 or more per hour during peak hours, as well as vehicular daily volumes of 3,000 or more. Based on the above guidelines, City staff should install a standard crosswalk marking if they determine that a marked crossing at a location controlled by a stop sign is appropriate. If one approach to an all-way stop- controlled intersection meets the criteria for a marked crosswalk, City staff should consider marking all approaches with existing pedestrian facilities, unless they prohibit crossing on an approach. VI.Crossing Treatment Selection and Installation A.Staff shall review uncontrolled crossing locations using the Uncontrolled Pedestrian Crossing Location Treatment Flowchart (Figure 1); if appropriate, staff shall apply the Decision Guide for Crossing Treatments (Table 1) to select additional treatments such as in-roadway signs or Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons (RRFBs). B.At roundabout-controlled intersections, staff shall follow roundabout design standards in MnDOT's Facility Design Guide instead of the uncontrolled crossing guidelines. C.Engineering Department staff shall install marked crosswalks at signalized and stop-controlled intersections per established design standards. D.Where warranted by stop sign-controlled crosswalk criteria, staff shall install standard crosswalk markings and, if one approach qualifies at an all-way stop, consider marking all approaches with pedestrian facilities unless crossing is prohibited. VII.References This policy is based on the review and compilation of crossing research and policies, including, but not limited to: FHWA Guide for Improving Pedestrian Safety at Uncontrolled Crossing Locations; MnDOT Technical Memorandum No. 15-01-T- 01, the Dakota County Pedestrian Crossing Safety Assessment; Hennepin County Unsignalized Crosswalk Enhancement Evaluation; City of Edina Pedestrian Crossing Policy; City of Maplewood Crossing Policy. Resolution No. 25-128 (Exhibit A)-4-December 16, 2025 275 No Action Recommended Direct Pedestrians to Nearest Marked or Protected Crossing? Go to Table 1 ADT ≥1,000 vpd (1) School Crossing*, School Zone**, or Safe Routes to School Plan***? Multi-Use Trail Crossing? Adequate Stopping Sight Distance? (8x speed limit) Meets Minimum Pedestrian Volume Thresholds? (2) Nearest Marked or Protected Crossing ≥ 300’ away? (4)(6) Feasible to Remove Sight Distance Obstruction? Location Directly Serves a Key Destination or Active Transportation Facility? (3) N N N N N Feasible Not Feasible Y (1) Exception to the 1,000 vpd minimum roadway volume threshold may be made for School Crossings* where the peak hour traffic exceeds 10% of daily traffic (2) Minimum Pedestrian Volume Thresholds: • 20 pedestrians per hour**** in any one hour, or • 18 pedestrians per hour**** in any two hours, or • 15 pedestrians per hour**** in any three hours * School Crossing: A location where 10 or more student pedestrians cross per hour. ** School Zone: Signed segment of a street or highway in close proximity to school grounds where children have access to the roadway or where a school crossing is in place. *** Crossing is a part of a City-approved Safe Routes to School Plan. **** Children, older adults, and pedestrians with disabilities count 1.5 times towards volume thresholds. (3) Key destinations must be existing (or proposed per staff review to be compliant) and could include, but are not limited to, a school, hospital, senior center, recreation or community center, library, bus stop, transit center and/or other land use subject to staff review. Active Transportation facilities include multi-use trails or shared use paths. (4) The National Association of City Transportation Officials (NACTO) defines an approximate three minute out-of-direction walk as the threshold where risk-taking behaviors by multimodal users occur because pedestrians naturally want to travel along the quickest and most direct path. Using the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices’ (MnMUTCD) 3.5 ft/s travel speed for pedestrians, this equates to 630 feet, or 315 feet in either direction from the crosswalk (for travel to nearest crossing and back). The MnMUTCD states that the minimum distance allowable between crossing locations is 300 feet. (5) The nearest marked crossing or protected crossing should have existing pedestrian facility connections to the proposed crossing location. City of Golden Valley Pedestrian Crossing Policy Figure 1. Uncontrolled Pedestrian Crossing Location Treatment Flowchart Y Start Here N YN Y Y Y Y Resolution No. 25-128 (Exhibit A)-5-December 16, 2025 276 Roadway Configuration # of lanes crossed to reach a refuge(1) Roadway ADT and Posted Speed 1,000-4,000 vpd 4,000-9,000 vpd (2) 9,000-12,000 vpd 12,000-15,000 vpd > 15,000 vpd ≤ 30 mph 35 mph 40 mph ≤ 30 mph 35 mph 40 mph ≤ 30 mph 35 mph 40 mph ≤ 30 mph 35 mph 40 mph ≤ 30 mph 35 mph 40 mph 2 Lanes with & without Refuge Island (1)1 or 2 A A A A B A A B D B C D C C D 3 Lanes with Refuge Island (1)1 or 2 A A A A B B A B D B D D D D D 3 Lanes without Refuge Island (1)3 A B B C C C C C D C D E D E F 4 Lanes with Refuge Island (1)2 B B D B D D D D E D E F 4 Lanes without Refuge Island (1)4 C C D C D E D E F E E F 5 Lanes with Refuge Island (1)2 or 3 E E E E E F E F F 5 Lanes without Refuge Island (1)5 E E F E F F F F F Notes: (1) To be considered a pedestrian refuge island, the roadway median must have a width of at least 6 ft (10-12 ft preferred) (2) Additional treatments may be considered if suitable gaps in traffic for safe crossing are not available Treatment Descriptions A Install Marked Crosswalk with Roadside Signs Specific Guidance: Install marked crosswalk with signs mounted on the side of the roadway (W11-2 and W16-7P) with standard advance pedestrian warning signs (W11-2); use S1-1 signs for School crossing locations. Parking restrictions and pedestrian lighting should be considered to improve pedestrian visibility where feasible. B Install Marked Crosswalk with Roadside and In-Road Signs and Stop Bars Specific Guidance: All items included in Treatment A, plus “Stop Here for Pedestrians” (R1-5) signs and stop bars should be included. “State Law – Stop for Pedestrian” (R1-6) signs mounted in-roadway can be considered on roadways with a traffic volume over 4,000 vehicles per day and where over 50 pedestrians per day are expected. In-roadway signs shall be placed on the centerline of the roadway and should not be placed at mid-block crossing locations. In-roadway signs can be used seasonally and removed during the winter or be used only during certain times of the day (i.e. at school crossings). C Install Marked Crosswalk with Signs and Geometric Improvements to Increase Visibility and Reduce Exposure Specific Guidance: All items included in Treatment A and B, plus curb extensions or median refuge islands to shorten the pedestrian crossing distance and increase pedestrian visibility to motorists should be considered where feasible D Install Marked Crosswalk with Signs and Pedestrian Activated Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons (RRFBs) and/or Geometric Improvements to Increase Pedestrian Visibility and Reduce Exposure Specific Guidance: All items included in Treatment A and B, plus pedestrian activated RRFBs. In addition, geometric improvements such as curb extensions or median refuge islands to shorten the pedestrian crossing distance and increase pedestrian visibility to motorists should be considered where feasible. E Install Marked Crosswalk with Signs and Pedestrian Activated Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons (RRFBs), enhanced LED pedestrian crossing warning signage, and/ or Geometric Improvements to Increase Pedestrian Visibility and Reduce Exposure Specific Guidance: All items included in Treatment A and Treatment D, but with enhanced LED pedestrian crossing warning signage. F Do Not Install Uncontrolled Crossing. Consider HAWK Beacon, Pedestrian Traffic Signal, or Grade-separated Crossing. Specific Guidance: Consider HAWK Beacon, pedestrian traffic signal, or grade-separated crossing. The application of these treatments will consider corridor signal progression, existing grades, physical constraints, and other engineering factors. Consider Lane Reduction: Review the roadway volumes to determine if a lane reduction can be implemented prior to potential crossing improvements City of Golden Valley Pedestrian Crossing Policy Table 1. Decision Guide for Crossing Treatments Resolution No. 25-128 (Exhibit A)-6-December 16, 2025 277 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY City Manager's Office 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 3M. Approve 2026 City Calendar and Meeting Dates Prepared By Andrea Connolly-Dees, Executive Assistant Summary Annually the City Council approves the calendar for the upcoming year. Listed below are the meeting dates that have been moved to accommodate conflicts: Tue, February 3rd City Council Meeting and HRA Meeting moved to Wed, February 4th (Precinct Caucuses) Tue, Aug 4th City Council Meeting and HRA Meeting moved to Wed, Aug 5th (National Night Out) Tue, Aug 11th City Council Work Session and HRA Work Session moved to Wed, Aug 12th (State Primary Election Day) Tue, Nov 3rd City Council Meeting and HRA Meeting moved to Wed, Nov 4th (Election Day) Legal Considerations N/A Equity Considerations N/A Recommended Action Motion to approve the 2026 dates for the City calendar. Supporting Documents CC 2026 Calendar.pdf 278 City Council 2026 Calendar January July 1 Office Closed (New Year's Day)3 Office Closed (Independence Day) 6 Council Meeting 7 Council Meeting 6 HRA Meeting 7 HRA Meeting 13 Council Work Session 14 Council Work Session 13 HRA Work Session 14 HRA Work Session 19 Office Closed (Martin Luther King Jr. Day)21 Council Meeting 20 Council Meeting August February 4 National Night Out 3 Precinct Caucuses 5 Council Meeting 4 Council Meeting 5 HRA Meeting 4 HRA Meeting 11 State Primary Election Day 10 Council Work Session 12 Council Work Session 10 HRA Work Session 12 HRA Work Session 16 Office Closed (President's Day)18 Council Meeting 17 Council Meeting March September 3 Council Meeting 1 Council Meeting 3 HRA Meeting 1 HRA Meeting 10 Council Work Session 7 Office Closed (Labor Day) 10 HRA Work Session 8 Council Work Session 17 Council Meeting 8 HRA Work Session 15 Council Meeting April 7 Council Meeting October 7 HRA Meeting 6 Council Meeting 14 Council Work Session 6 HRA Meeting 14 HRA Work Session 13 Council Work Session 21 Council Meeting 13 HRA Work Session 20 Council Meeting May 5 Council Meeting November 5 HRA Meeting 3 Election Day 12 Council Work Session 4 Council Meeting 12 HRA Work Session 4 HRA Meeting 19 Council Meeting 10 Council Work Session 25 Office Closed (Memorial Day)10 HRA Work Session 11 Office Closed (Veteran's Day) June 17 Council Meeting 2 Council Meeting 26 and 27 Office Closed (Thanksgiving) 2 HRA Meeting 9 Council Work Session December 9 HRA Work Session 1 Council Meeting 16 Council Meeting 1 HRA Meeting 19 Office Closed (Juneteenth Day)8 Council Work Session 8 HRA Work Session 15 Council Meeting 24 and 25 Office Closed (Christmas) 279 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Finance 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 6A.1. Approve Resolution No. 25-129 Adopting a Budget Amendment for Civic Center Campus Planning Prepared By Lyle Hodges, Finance Director Summary The City has taken several steps during 2025 to move closer to a plan for redesigning the Civic Campus as a component of the overall Building Forward program. Part of that work has been to secure contracts for services for preliminary design work and other necessary planning and pre-planning components of the project. One of the more significant steps is securing a contract with Will & Perkins for design work. The City has not yet adopted a comprehensive Capital Improvement Plan budget including all phases of the Building Forward program. However, staff anticipates that will be coming forward as part of the 2027 budget process as we confirm more information about the overall project. To support the goal of developing a comprehensive budget, this action will provide funding for planning work to inform our needs. These costs are partially covered by a cost sharing agreement with Hennepin County where the county will cover up to 20% of eligible costs. Further funding is available through the use of Local Sales Tax collections. Those funds are specifically meant for design and construction of a public safety facility which is a major component of the overall design of the Civic Campus project. Financial or Budget Considerations This action will amend the 2025 capital improvement budget and the Local Sales Tax special revenue budget by establishing a transfer from the Local Sales Tax fund to the capital project fund. Legal Considerations Budgetary amendments of this nature are directed by the guidance of state statutes for statutory plan B cities. Equity Considerations This budget amendment has no equity impacts. Recommended Action 280 Motion to adopt Resolution No. 25-129 adopting a budget amendment for Civic Center Campus Planning. Supporting Documents Resolution No. 25-129 - Approving Budget Adjustments for Civic Center Campus Costs 281 RESOLUTION NO. 25-129 RESOLUTION APPROVING BUDGET ADJUSTMENTS FOR PLANNING AND DESIGN COSTS FOR THE CIVIC CENTER CAMPUS WHEREAS, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 24-073 at the December 3, 2024 Council Meeting adopting the 2025-2034 Capital Improvement Plan; and WHEREAS, the City has continued to pursue design and planning services for a comprehensive Civic Center Campus redesign; and WHEREAS, the City has resources available for the cost of planning and design work that were not previously budgeted for use in 2025 as part of the 2025-2034 Capital Improvement Plan; and WHEREAS, the City is proposing to engage with a contractor for the Civic Center Master Plan to be funded by the ongoing collection of Local Sales Tax which is an eligible use of that funding source; and WHEREAS, sufficient local sales tax revenue has been collected to date to fund the costs of design work on the Civic Center Campus. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Golden Valley hereby authorizes and directs the Finance Director to make any and all necessary alterations to the approved budget of the City, including increasing the Transfer Out budget in the Local Sales Tax Fund (02070) by $500,000; increasing the Transfer In budget in the Building Capital Project Fund (05200) by $500,000; and increasing the Capital Outlay budget in the Building Capital Project Fund (05200) by $500,000. Adopted by the City Council of Golden Valley, Minnesota this 16th day of December, 2025. Roslyn Harmon, Mayor ATTEST: Theresa J. Schyma, City Clerk 282 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 6A.2. Approve Joint Powers Agreement with Hennepin County for Master Planning of the Golden Valley Library Replacement within Golden Valley's Civic Center Campus Master Plan Prepared By Chloe McGuire, Deputy Community Development Director Maria Cisneros, City Attorney Emily Goellner, Community Development Director Summary As part of the City’s Building Forward initiative, the City will complete a master plan to reimagine the relationship between key civic spaces. The Master plan will serve as the roadmap for future schematic design, detailed design, and construction. The City invited the County to partner in this opportunity to include a potential Golden Valley library replacement as part of its future civic center campus redevelopment. Jointly between City and County staff, a request for proposals for architectural and engineering services related to Master Planning of a new Golden Valley Civic Center Campus was developed and released in September 2025 (see attached). The master planning effort will serve to identify property locations within the City’s future civic center campus and outline the capital investment needed for a new library for consideration by the County. The City and County have drafted a cost sharing arrangement for the Master Planning Effort, including design fees, whereby the County will reimburse City for 20% of the cost, correlating with the proportional area and scope dedicated to the Hennepin County Library component. The City and County agree to collaborate in good faith on the master planning effort to ensure that the needs and goals of both entities are integrated into an overall prospective project scope. Financial or Budget Considerations The parties will share the cost of planning design fees. The County will reimburse the City for 20% of the cost of planning design fees up to a not-to-exceed amount of $175,000. The County’s obligation to contribute to the cost of planning design fees expires on December 31, 2026. 283 Legal Considerations The City's Legal Division approved the attached JPA. Equity Considerations Partnering with Hennepin County offers the opportunity to co-create a vision and plan for the civic center campus with input from community members using the Golden Valley Library. The Library is an important asset to fostering education and community connections. Recommended Action Motion to adopt a Joint Powers Agreement with Hennepin County for master planning of the Golden Valley Library replacement within Golden Valley's Civic Center Campus Master Plan. Supporting Documents JPA County City Civic Center Campus 284 PR00007940 1 JOINT POWERS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COUNTY OF HENNEPIN AND THE CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY CONCERNING THE COLLABORATIVE MASTER PLANNING OF THE GOLDEN VALLEY LIBRARY REPLACEMENT WITHIN GOLDEN VALLEY’S CIVIC CENTER CAMPUS THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between the County of Hennepin, a body politic and corporate under the laws of the State of Minnesota (“County”), and the City of Golden Valley (“City”). BACKGROUND RECITALS 1. WHEREAS, the County and the City (together “the Parties”) own and operate different properties within the City’s Civic Center Campus and seek to redevelop their respective property and provide for reasonable cost sharing of development should that redevelopment proceed. 2. WHEREAS, pursuant to Minnesota Statutes §§ 471.59, subdivision 1 and subdivision 10, 383B.237, and other applicable law, the Parties agree to exercise certain powers on behalf of the other or to cooperate with respect to their powers, to the extent and according to the terms provided herein. 3. WHEREAS, the County owns and operates a county library system pursuant Minnesota Statute section 383B.237. 4. WHEREAS, the County owns and operates the Golden Valley Library (“Library”) within its library system as located at 830 Winnetka Avenue North, Golden Valley, MN 55427. 5. WHEREAS, the City maintains a Civic Center Campus located between Highways 169 and 100, one block north of the Highway 55/Winnetka Avenue intersection and east on Golden Valley Road, and which contains its City Hall along with Public Safety and Public Works buildings. 6. WHEREAS, the County’s Golden Valley Library is situated in proximity to the City’s Civic Center Campus to the Campus’ north and west as depicted in the “City of Golden Valley Civic Center Campus - Existing Conditions” attached hereto as Exhibit A. 7. WHEREAS, the Library is a 15,000 gross square foot (GSF) one-story facility, situated on a 3-acre site and is a 54-year-old facility constructed in 1971. 8. WHEREAS, the Envisioning Our Future Hennepin County Library Facility Master Plan 2025 – 2035 states that the Golden Valley Library has one of the lowest facility condition ratings of all Hennepin County library facilities and a new facility solution is needed for Golden Valley Library. See Exhibit B. 285 PR00007940 2 9. WHEREAS, as part of the City’s "Building Forward Golden Valley" initiative, which was informed by the 2021 Municipal Facilities Study, the City will complete a Master Plan which will reimagine the relationship between key civic spaces, serving as the roadmap for future schematic design, detailed design, and construction for: a. City Public Safety (Police and Fire) facilities b. The consideration of a new City Hall facility c. Hennepin County Library Facilities d. A new water tower, which is slated for standard reconstruction in the coming years e. A public plaza 10. WHEREAS, the Public Safety Building will be funded in full or in part by the Local Sales Tax, which was passed in 2023. 11. WHEREAS, the City invited the County to partner in this opportunity to include a potential Golden Valley library replacement (“Golden Valley Library Replacement”) as part of its future civic center campus redevelopment. 12. WHEREAS, a Request for Proposals (“RFP”) for architectural and engineering services related to Master Planning of a new Golden Valley Civic Center Campus was developed jointly between City and County staff and released in September 2025 as depicted in the “Request for Proposals for Golden Valley Civic Center Campus Master Planning” attached hereto as Exhibit B. 13. WHEREAS, the master planning effort will serve to identify property locations within the City’s future civic center campus, and outline the capital investment needed for a new library for consideration by the County (“Master Planning Effort”). 14. WHEREAS, the City and County wish to develop a cost sharing arrangement for the Master Planning Effort, including design fees, whereby the County will reimburse City for 20 percent of the cost, correlating with the proportional area and scope dedicated to the Hennepin County Library component. See Exhibit A. 15. WHEREAS, the powers to be exercised herein are deemed to be for the benefit and welfare of the citizens of the County and the City; NOW, THEREFORE, for mutual consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows: AGREEMENT I. Purpose of Agreement 1. This Agreement describes the responsibilities of each of the Parties for master planning of the City’s new Civic Center Campus. The City and County agree to collaborate in good faith on the Master Planning Effort, including as it relates to Hennepin County’s Golden 286 PR00007940 3 Valley Library Replacement, within the new Civic Center Campus, to ensure that the needs and goals of both entities are integrated into an overall prospective project scope. 2. Scope of Work. The Master Planning Effort scope of work is as defined in Exhibit B which was jointly developed by the City and the County, and issued by the City of Golden Valley on September 11, 2025. 3. Design Team Selection. The Parties will collaborate in the process to review proposals and select the design team. 4. Committee Participation. The Parties will participate in joint planning, steering, and/or master planning committees (to be established) to guide the Master Planning Effort. The County’s participation is limited to representing the needs and goals for its prospective Golden Valley Library Replacement. The List of Civic Center Campus Steering Committee and Designer Selection Committee is attached hereto as Exhibit C. 5. Information Sharing and Participation. Each party will contribute relevant information, participate in workshops, and provide timely feedback throughout the Master Planning Effort. 6. Master Planning. The Master Planning Effort will establish key objectives, design guidelines, sustainability goals, identify other funding sources involved and any requirements they may trigger, spatial requirements, and ensure partners are made part of the process. The Master Planning Effort will consider any future growth and development, beyond this initial effort, ensuring that City’s campus can evolve over time in alignment with the owners’ vision and needs. The Master Planning Effort will establish a milestone timeline including any partners’ formal approvals and communication needs. 7. Master Planning Effort Objectives. The objectives of the Master Planning Effort are as follows: a. To determine clearly defined goals, criteria, and objectives for all partners of the prospective project, in alignment with Exhibit B using maps, charts, plats, diagrams, and other materials that support the plan. b. Provide analysis of site and building relationships. c. Obtain conceptual drawings: Visual representations of the campus layout options, including any alternatives that need further study in future phases. d. Identify phasing strategy(ies) for the prospective project. e. Obtain Presentation Renderings: High-quality images that illustrate the preferred design plan(s). 8. Master Planning Deliverables. The Parties will obtain a Master Planning Report and Executive Summary that describes all Master Planning work and establishes foundation for a pre-design phase. 287 PR00007940 4 9. Upon completion of the Master Planning Effort and determination of future phase fees (pre-design through construction administration), as well as preliminary estimates for construction and ongoing maintenance and operations, the City and County will complete independent assessments of their respective willingness and ability to proceed with any redevelopment. If the City and County decide to proceed with redevelopment following the Master Planning Effort, the City and County will endeavor to develop a new comprehensive cost share agreement reflecting the results of the Master Planning Effort. At that time, the parties will also endeavor to define detailed roles, responsibilities, and governance structures for the broader Civic Center Campus project through a formal development agreement. 10. The Recitals, and any referenced exhibits or attachments, are incorporated into this Agreement. II. Cost Participation and Payment The parties will share the cost of planning design fees. County will reimburse City for 20 percent of the cost of planning design fees up to a not to exceed amount of $175,000. City will pay consultant invoices and invoice the County for 20% of the consultant invoices it has paid. City will enter into any necessary agreements for planning services and invoice County for 20 percent of actually incurred expenses. The County’s obligation to contribute to the cost of planning design fees expires on December 31, 2026 and shall in no event exceed $175,000. III. Other Provisions 1. Duration. This agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and expire upon the earliest of the following, but no later than December 31, 2026: (a) completion of the Golden Valley Civic Center Campus master planning effort; (b) a decision by the City not to proceed with the Golden Valley Civic Center Campus; (c) a decision by the County not to proceed with redevelopment of the Library; or (d) termination by either of the parties upon 60 days’ written notice. 2. Distribution of Property. Where property has been acquired pursuant to this Agreement, the parties, as part of the acquisition, shall provide for an equitable distribution of the property acquired, and the return of any surplus moneys in proportion to contributions of the parties after the purpose of the agreement has been completed. 3. Authorized Representatives and Contact Information. Noah Schuchman City Manager Brett M. Bauer Facility Services Department 288 PR00007940 5 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 A2208 Government Center 300 South Sixth Street Minneapolis, MN 55487 4. Liability and Insurance. The Parties agree that each shall be responsible for their own acts and omissions under this Agreement and the results thereof to the extent authorized by law and shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any other party under the Agreement and the results thereof. The liability of the parties is governed by the provisions of Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 466. Under no circumstances shall a party be required to pay on behalf of itself and other parties, any amounts in excess of the limits on liability established in Minnesota Statutes Chapter 466 applicable to any one party. The statutory limits of liability for some or all of the parties may not be added together or stacked to increase the maximum amount of liability for any party. The County and City each warrant that they have an insurance or self-insurance program with minimum coverage consistent with the liability limits in Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 466. Nothing in this Agreement is a waiver or limitation of any immunity or limitation of liability by the County or City. 5. All records kept by the County and City with respect to the Master Planning Effort are subject to examination by representatives of each party. All data collected, created, received, maintained or disseminated for any purpose by the County and Council under this Agreement are governed by Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13 (“Act”). 6. The parties agree to comply with all applicable laws relating to nondiscrimination, affirmative action, public purchases, contracting, employment, workers’ compensation, and surety deposits required for construction contracts. 7. The employees of the parties, and all other persons engaged by each party will not be considered employees of the other party. Each party is solely responsible for all claims arising from its employees including claims under the Worker’s Compensation Act and all third-party claims resulting from an act or omission of an employee. 8. If hazardous wastes, pollutants or contaminants as those terms are defined in law exist on that part of the prospective project site owned by either party, that party is responsible for any response or remedial action, monitoring or reporting under the law. Nothing in this paragraph requires that either party accept responsibility for any environmental conditions that are not its legal responsibility. This paragraph survives the termination of this Agreement. 9. This Agreement is the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all oral agreements and negotiations between the parties relating to this Agreement. All exhibits and attachments to this Agreement are incorporated into the Agreement. If there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any of the exhibits the Agreement 289 PR00007940 6 governs. 10. The provisions of this Agreement are severable. If a court finds any part of this Agreement void, invalid, or unenforceable, it will not affect the validity and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement. A waiver by a party of any part of this Agreement is not a waiver of any other part of the Agreement or of a future breach of the Agreement. 11. Any modifications to this Agreement will be in writing as a formal amendment. 12. This Agreement is binding upon and for the benefit of the parties and their successors and assigns. This Agreement is not intended to benefit any third-party. 13. Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, the Agreement may be terminated by the mutual agreement of the parties and/or by either of the parties upon 60 days’ written notice. 14. Under Minnesota Statutes, Section 16C.05, subdivision 5, the parties agree that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices relevant to this Agreement are subject to examination by either party and the state auditor or legislative auditor, as appropriate, for at least six years from the end of this Agreement. 15. A party will send all notices or demands under this Agreement either by: a. certified mail; b. e-mail, as long as the recipient acknowledges receipt by e-mail or otherwise in writing; or c. delivered in person to the other party addressed to the following authorized representatives: Noah Schuchman City Manager 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 Brett M. Bauer Facility Services Department A2208 Government Center 300 South Sixth Street Minneapolis, MN 55487 16. The City and County representatives on the Civic Center Campus Steering Committee and Designer Selection Committee will attempt to reach consensus on any decision within the scope of this Agreement. In the event of disagreement: The parties will use a dispute resolution process for any unresolved dispute between the parties before exercising any legal remedies. The dispute resolution process escalates a dispute from the task management level to the executive management level. At each level of the dispute resolution process, the parties’ representatives will meet and explore resolution until either party determines that effective resolution is not possible at the current 290 PR00007940 7 level, and notifies the other party that the process is elevated to the next level. The parties agree that any dispute will be escalated to the City Manager for the City of Golden Valley and the Deputy County Administrator for the County of Hennepin. 17. The City and the County are each authorized to enter into this Agreement pursuant to an affirmative vote of a majority of the Golden Valley City Council on [DATE] and County Board Resolution No. [#####], approved on [DATE]. 18. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, all of which when taken together shall comprise one agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (e.g., ‘pdf’ or ‘tif’) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. 19. This agreement will be effective when all parties have signed it. The effective date of this agreement will be the date this agreement is signed by the last party to sign it (as indicated by the date associated with that party’s signature) (the “Effective Date”). Each party is signing this agreement on the date stated below that party’s signature. The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank 291 PR00007940 8 [insert signature pages] 292 PR00007940 9 CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY By: ________________________________ By: _______________________________ Name: Noah Schuchman _____________ Name: Roslyn Harmon Title: City Manager Title: Mayor Dated: _____________________________ Dated: _____________________________ 293 PR00007940 10 COUNTY OF HENNEPIN Reviewed by the County Attorney’s Office ___________________________________ Date: _____________ By:________________________________ Chair of County Board ATTEST: _______________________ Deputy/Clerk of County Board Date: __________ 294 11 LIST OF EXHIBITS Exhibit A City of Golden Valley Civic Campus - Existing Conditions Exhibit B Request for Proposals for Golden Valley Civic Center Campus Master Planning Exhibit C List of Civic Center Campus Steering Committee and Designer Selection Committee 295 296 + Request for Proposals for Golden Valley Civic Center Campus Master Planning 297 Table of Contents I. Background and Purpose ...................................................................................................................... 3 II. Scope of Work ....................................................................................................................................... 5 A. Project Management ....................................................................................................................... 5 B. Data Gathering and Data Gap Analysis ............................................................................................ 5 C. Community Outreach and Engagement .......................................................................................... 6 D. Strategic Framework and Conceptual Layouts ................................................................................ 6 E. Civic Center Campus Master Plan .................................................................................................... 7 III. Proposal Submissions Process ......................................................................................................... 8 A. Due Date .......................................................................................................................................... 8 B. Submission Requirements ............................................................................................................... 8 C. Format .............................................................................................................................................. 8 IV. Anticipated Timeline ........................................................................................................................ 9 V. Proposal Evaluation and Selection ........................................................................................................ 9 A. Proposal Evaluation ......................................................................................................................... 9 B. Interviews ...................................................................................................................................... 10 C. Final Evaluation .............................................................................................................................. 10 D. Contract Award .............................................................................................................................. 10 VI. Appendices ..................................................................................................................................... 11 A. General Project Location ............................................................................................................... 11 B. Detailed Project Location ............................................................................................................... 12 C. Key Study Areas ............................................................................................................................. 14 D. Prior Civic Center Campus Studies ................................................................................................. 15 E. Additional Information .................................................................................................................. 16 F. Professional Services Agreement Template .................................................................................. 18 G. Hennepin County – Golden Valley Library Profile ......................................................................... 25 298 I. Background and Purpose The City of Golden Valley’s Civic Center Campus project presents a unique opportunity to reimagine the community’s civic and cultural center. The City’s history, geography, and culture provide a strong foundation to build on through the development of a Civic Center Campus Master Plan. Originally Dakota homeland with a crossroads of regional trails to the Mississippi River and beyond, Golden Valley was incorporated as a village in 1886. The City has since transitioned from a predominantly agricultural community to its current setting as a vibrant and dynamic first-ring suburb of the Twin Cities that balances a mixed-use urban core with a suburban edge primarily consisting of residential and park land uses. Major highways, regional trail systems, and upcoming bus rapid transit provide multi-modal connections to key destinations within and beyond the City’s municipal limits. Development of the City’s Civic Center Campus generally began in the 1960s, with steady progress before reaching its current buildout conditions by the early 1990s (Appendix A and Appendix B). The City is seeking proposals for Civic Center Campus Master Planning based on a unique opportunity to reimagine the campus, primarily driven by the following context: • The City is pursuing property acquisition that will relocate its Public Works facilities to an off-site location that can accommodate long-term operational needs. The goal is to open the new Public Works facility in 2028. • Several City facilities, including the Public Safety building, are scheduled for reconstruction. • The water tower is approaching the end of its design life and will require reconstruction through a highly coordinated effort with the Joint Water Commission; the water tower can be placed anywhere on the campus. • With support from the City, Hennepin County has expressed interest in relocating its library to a more visible location on the Civic Center Campus. • Metro Transit’s Highway 55 Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) project will create new stations for regional transit at the intersection of Winnetka Avenue and Golden Valley Road, improving accessibility and generating more interest directly adjacent to the Civic Center Campus. • City of Golden Valley voters approved a Local Option Sales Tax (LOST) in 2023 that designated funds for a new Public Safety building. As the geographic and political center of the City, the Civic Center Campus is the convergence of many assets, challenges, and opportunities. Bound between Winnetka Avenue, Rhode Island Avenue, Golden Valley Road, and 10th Avenue, the future campus will feature key community nodes including Golden Valley City Hall, Public Safety (Fire and Police), Hennepin County Library, and the iconic water tower. The northwest corner of the campus features a prominent active and natural edge, where Ȟaȟá Wakpádaŋ/Bassett Creek meanders through the site. North of 10th Avenue, the Luce Line Regional Trail provides 9 miles of continuous paved trail that brings cyclists to Theodore Wirth Park, near major connections with the Cedar Lake Trail, Grand Rounds, the Midtown Greenway, and more. Embedded on the west side of the campus is McDonald’s, an active partner in this project. While the McDonald’s site will not be redeveloped and will remain in-place, the site provides excellent opportunities for connections. The City of Golden Valley is seeking proposals to create a Civic Center Campus Master Plan that will progress the City to develop a welcoming, sustainable, innovative, and iconic campus that effectively serves the community. The Civic Center Campus will include a new City Hall, Fire Station, Police 3 of 26 299 Station, and a new Hennepin County Library. With relocation of the City’s Public Works facilities, the Civic Center Campus will also provide opportunities for additional public space and/or private development that enriches the site and maximizes community benefits. The City seeks a design team to develop a showcase project through redevelopment that reflects the City’s character and values. Following the completion of this work, the City will release additional RFPs focused on the individual projects that are identified in this scope of work and approved by the City Council, likely individually but potentially featuring a larger aggregate project, to complete the related schematic designs by or before summer of 2027. Some individual projects may be greenlit to move forward sooner, subject to City Council review and approval. The City anticipates utilizing a construction-manager at- risk throughout facilities planning. Project Vision The City is poised to transform the Civic Center Campus into a welcoming, forward-looking, iconic destination that: • Connects people with nature, reveals ecological functions, and enhances resilience. • Fosters community engagement, enhances cultural connections, and provides measurable health and wellbeing advantages to Golden Valley residents, employees and visitors. • Reflects a comprehensive, integrated, and holistic approach to planning and implementation. The final Civic Center Campus Master Plan will: • Develop innovative, flexible, and forward-thinking solutions that meet current and future needs of our institutions and community. • Enhance connectivity and wayfinding, both within the site and among the greater community. This will support safe, accessible, and integrated systems for pedestrians, bicyclists, and public transit users. The site design will be cohesive, thoughtful, intuitive, and accessible. • Explore shared uses across the campus, including buildings, year-round public spaces, parking, and infrastructure to maximize accessibility, benefits to community, and efficiency. • Embed best practices in sustainability and resilience across all design aspects including materials, systems, infrastructure, and landscape. • Reflect Library concepts in alignment with Hennepin County’s guiding documents and standards, including the Hennepin County Library (HCL) Strategic Plan, the HCL Facility Master Plan, Hennepin County Climate Action Plan, Facility Services’ Climate Action Plan and its Sustainable Landscape Guidelines, and the State of Minnesota’s B3 Program – Buildings, Benchmarks, and Beyond. • Reflect and respond to the site’s unique four-seasons climate and honor its cultural significance as Dakota Homeland with a thoughtful connection to Ȟaȟá Wakpádaŋ/Bassett Creek. 4 of 26 300 II. Scope of Work The City of Golden Valley seeks proposals from qualified companies to lead the comprehensive master planning process for the City’s 14+ acre Civic Center Campus. The campus shall include the following public facilities at a minimum: • Public Safety (Police and Fire) facilities, with active dispatch of both police and fire vehicles. • City Hall, with services and amenities as directed by the City’s project manager. • Hennepin County Library. • Public plaza. The primary purpose of this effort is to create a cohesive, implementable master plan that balances operational needs, community aspirations, private development opportunities, sustainability, innovation, and design excellence. Refer to Appendix C for key study areas associated with the Civic Center Campus Master Plan. This plan will serve as the roadmap for future schematic design, detailed design, and construction. Companies responding to this request for proposals (RFP) must demonstrate subject matter expertise to perform the work outlined below. A. Project Management The selected design team shall propose its approach and costs associated with project management. The project management should be focused on the specific design exercise, and include the following: • Invoicing and progress reports, including monthly summaries of percent complete and percent spent by task. • Coordination meetings with the City’s project manager. • Coordination with the City’s consultants, including those updating space needs assessments, owner’s representative/project manager, construction-manager at-risk (CMAR). CMAR is anticipated to be hired for pre-construction by end of 2025. • Additional space needs assessments for Hennepin County Library. • In-person project kickoff meeting. • In-person Planning Commission work session presentation. • In-person City Council work session presentation. • In-person City Council meeting presentation of the Civic Center Campus Master Plan process and identification of a preferred conceptual layout. Task A Deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: • Monthly invoices and progress reports. • Meetings and meeting minutes. • City Council work session presentation. • City Council meeting presentation. B. Data Gathering and Data Gap Analysis The selected team shall compile relevant data needed to develop the Civic Center Campus Master Plan. This may include but is not limited to requesting, compiling, and organizing data from the City, Hennepin County, and partner agencies and organizations. This shall include reconciliation of prior studies completed with the City’s current goals and priorities (Appendix D). The City is currently updating the Municipal Facilities Study space needs assessments for more accurate square footage needs for both City Hall and Public Safety. This is anticipated to be finished 5 of 26 301 in Fall 2025. City Hall and Public Safety are currently two separate buildings, both contain a basement and a main level, and both require significantly more space with new facilities. Hennepin County Library likely requires approximately 15,000 – 20,000 square feet, depending on the location or co-location scenario. The City is also actively working on a full survey of the site, including trees and wetlands, which will be provided to the selected design team. Following the completion of data collection, the selected team shall identify additional data that is needed to develop a Civic Center campus Master Plan that achieves the stated goals of the project, along with a planning-level schedule and cost associated with obtaining the additional data. Task B deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: • Summary of data received/incorporated into planning. • Gap analysis of additional data required, with market costs estimated for the required work. • Summary document explaining additional studies/data needed and why. • Planning-level milestone-based schedule for the contracted scope of work. • Reconciliation of prior studies and current goals into an organized, actionable format. C. Community Outreach and Engagement The selected team will work closely with City staff to perform inclusive, equitable community outreach and engagement tasks for both internal and external groups. This task includes development of electronic and printed content related to the project, external engagement via public open houses, internal engagement with the City’s Steering Committee and Subject Matter Experts and incorporating results into the planning, design, and long-term operation of the Civic Center Campus. Task C deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: Internal Engagement • Regular project meetings with Steering Committee. • Engagement strategy for engaging City’s Technical Advisory Committee and Subject Matter Experts. External Engagement • Electronic and printed communications materials. • Summary of strategies to incorporate educational and interpretive content throughout the project. • Two (2) public open houses, including one (1) open house to solicit perspective from the community and inform the design team’s approach, and one (1) open house to present concept plan understanding, imagery, and intent. D. Strategic Framework and Conceptual Layouts The selected design team will work with the City and their expanded partner network to create and present several concepts for how the identified projects lay out on the broader site. The company will also develop a strategic analysis document, comparing the concepts based on cost, benefits, risks, opportunities, constraints etc. and lead the broader team through a focused decision-making process to identify the preferred approach. This analysis can follow industry standards, internal best practices or be developed in partnership with the City to ensure the work meets the project’s needs. 6 of 26 302 Following the development of the strategic analysis document, we ask the selected team to produce up to four (4) conceptual site layouts for analysis. Additional options can be considered, but the City, at a minimum, wants to consider: • A shared City Hall/Public Safety Building with a separate Hennepin County Library. • A shared City Hall/Hennepin County Library, with a separate Public Safety Building. • A shared government center that combines City Hall, Public Safety Building, and Hennepin County Library. The conceptual site layouts shall consider utility and infrastructure needs, including the exterior and interior facility needs. The layouts shall be developed to consider the following site design elements at a minimum: • Ingress and egress opportunities across the site, optimizing walkability and public amenity space while achieving the needs for public safety operations and response times. • Parking that considers aboveground ramps and underground structures. • Mechanical and energy systems, including renewable energies and energy efficiency. • Landscape architecture, green infrastructure, public realm and experiential design, balanced built and natural environments, and opportunities for private development (e.g., housing) that complements civic uses, supports walkability, and enhances Civic Center Campus vitality. • Compatibility with approved plans and long-term goals. • Library concepts will be guided by the Hennepin County Library’s Strategic Plan and its Facility Master Plan. Integration of Hennepin County’s Climate Action Goals, Hennepin County’s Facility Services’ Sustainable Landscape Guidelines, and the State of Minnesota’s B3 Program – Buildings, Benchmarks, and Beyond. Task D Deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: • Strategic framework and precedent imagery. • Four (4) conceptual site layouts. • Reconciliation of prior studies and current goals into an organized, actionable format. • Data gap analysis. • Phasing plan and high-level cost estimates, to be coordinated with Owner’s Representative. • List of required entitlements and process to complete master plan. E. Civic Center Campus Master Plan Tasks associated with this RFP shall culminate in a comprehensive, actionable Civic Center Campus Master Plan that guides the future schematic design, detailed design, and construction activities associated with the City’s Civic Center Campus. Refer to Appendix C for key study areas associated with this plan. Task E Deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: • Civic Center Campus Master Plan. 7 of 26 303 III. Proposal Submissions Process A. Due Date Proposals received after 4:30 pm on October 17, 2025, will not be considered. B. Submission Requirements 1. Submit proposal via email (PDF less than 30mb) or mail to: Chloe McGuire, Deputy Community Development Director cmcguire@goldenvalleymn.gov City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 C. Format 1. Cover Page i. Project Title ii. Company/Team: Name and Address iii. Contact Person: Name, Title, Phone Number, and Email Address iv. Date of Proposal 2. Letter of Interest i. Describe the team’s mission, vision, and values and how they align with the mission, vision, and values of the City of Golden Valley. ii. Express why your team would like to participate in this project and any distinguishing characteristics. iii. Describe the team’s design philosophy and how it will benefit this project. 3. Statement of Work i. Describe your project understanding and approach to completing the scope of work identified in this RFP. ii. Describe methods, process, strategies, and deliverables proposed to complete each task listed in this RFP. Additional tasks, subtasks, or deliverables may be submitted as “value add” services, with distinct and separate associated costs. The City’s evaluation and selection will be based on the base bid only, after which it may consider value-add tasks as contract add-ons. iii. The chosen team will be expected to provide this information in a manner appropriate to insert as Exhibit A – Scope of Services in the Professional Services Agreement (Appendix F). 4. Qualifications i. Describe the team’s prior experience performing similar services to those described in this RFP. ii. Provide biographies and resumes for up to five (5) team members, including descriptions of their roles and responsibilities related to this project. Biographies and resumes shall be limited to two (2) pages per person, including examples of projects that exemplify experience and expertise in relevant areas, or examples that demonstrate creativity and problem-solving in similarly complex projects. Please note which of your team members worked on the projects identified as relevant in your proposal. Please include references for each project noted as relevant in your proposal. iii. Graphics and images may be included with the team’s experience or with individual team member biographies/resumes. 8 of 26 304 5. Fee Schedule and Timeline i. Provide a detailed budget that relates to your delivery schedule, meant to inclusively address all costs to complete this work outside of the identified additional data needs and reimbursable expenses. Include all hourly billing rates, proposed hours to complete the work, markup on sub-consultants and reimbursable expenses. Any costs not noted in this proposal or identified through the gap analysis will not be considered for payment by the City. ii. Provide a schedule to achieve project completion within six (6) months. iii. The chosen team will be expected to provide this information in a manner appropriate to insert as Exhibit B – Fee Schedule in the Professional Services Agreement (Appendix F). Proposals shall be no more than 32 pages, including all proposal content described above. All pages must be 8.5” x 11.5” (portrait or landscape orientation). IV. Anticipated Timeline A. RFP Announcement: September 10, 2025 B. Deadline for Project Questions: September 24, 2025 at 4:30 pm a. Questions should be emailed to Chloe McGuire at cmcguire@goldenvalleymn.gov. C. Questions Posted Online for Review: October 1, 2025 D. Proposal Submission Deadline: October 17, 2025 at 4:30 pm CST E. Shortlist Announcement: November 4, 2025 F. Team Interviews: November 17 – 18, 2025 G. Team Selection Announcement: December 2025 H. City Council Consideration: December 2025 V. Proposal Evaluation and Selection A team of City Staff, Hennepin County staff, and consultants will evaluate all proposals and select the proposal or proposals that best demonstrate the ability to reliably perform the work with integrity. Companies may partner to submit proposals; however, one company must be identified as the primary contact on the proposal. A. Proposal Evaluation Each proposal will be examined initially to ensure it follows the proposal format and instructions in this RFP. Proposals that do not follow the specific format will not be considered. Late proposals will not be considered. Teams will be selected for interviews and chosen as the finalists by consensus. Proposals will be evaluated on the following criteria: Experience of team related to scope of services outlined in this RFP, including years and history 20 pts Qualifications of key personnel 20 pts Applied work approach - design philosophy 15 pts Timeline of proposed work 15 pts Fee schedule with hourly rates 15 pts Participation from CERT certified or certified as a SMBE/SBE firms 10 pts Team’s commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion, and ability to integrate DEI into this work 5 pts Total 100 pts 9 of 26 305 B. Interviews After the initial review, the evaluation team will narrow the number of companies and proposals for further consideration. The evaluation team may contact successful companies with additional questions or to schedule a presentation and interview. Companies shall provide responses to any additional questions within three business days following receipt of the inquiry. The evaluation team will conduct interviews in person or via Teams. C. Final Evaluation The final evaluation and selection of the winning company will be determined through a combination of evaluating proposals and the follow up engagement based on the following criteria: • Initial Proposal • Interview and Additional Questions • References • Final Cost Proposal D. Contract Award The evaluation team will make a recommendation to the City Council for awarding the contract. Final approval of the contract rests with the City Council. 10 of 26 306 VI. Appendices A. General Project Location 11 of 26 307 B. Detailed Project Location 12 of 26 308 13 of 26 309 C. Key Study Areas The master plan should include detailed study and recommendations in the following areas: 1. Site Circulation and Parking o Safe, efficient routing for emergency vehicles while maintaining walkability. o Separation of staff, visitor, and service vehicle access. o Shared or structured parking strategies. o Traffic impacts and mitigation on adjacent streets. o Underground parking study. 2. Public Realm and Open Space o Design of welcoming, year-round public spaces that support community gatherings and events. o Integration with Ȟaȟá Wakpádaŋ/Bassett Creek, the Luce Line Regional Trail, and nearby parks. o Stormwater management solutions that are visible, ecological, and educational. o Connections to surrounding neighborhoods to encourage walkability and accessibility. o The City is interested in exploring a “festival street” design through the site. 3. Building Program and Adjacencies o Optimal adjacencies between City, Library, and Public Safety functions. o Flexibility for future expansion and adaptability of facilities. o Integration of potential housing and/or mixed-use development within the campus with remaining land. 4. Sustainability and Resilience o Integration of geothermal, solar, EV charging, and other net-zero energy strategies. o Exploration of district energy or shared utilities. o Climate-responsive landscape design to address flooding, heat islands, and biodiversity. 5. Accessibility and Inclusivity o Universal design and ADA compliance. o Intuitive wayfinding and signage. o Multi-generational design for residents, staff, and visitors. 6. Phasing and Implementation o Strategies to maintain essential services (e.g., active fire station) during construction. o Sequenced demolition, construction, and occupancy to minimize disruption. o High-level cost estimates tied to recommended phasing. 7. Partnerships and Economic Impacts o Identification of opportunities for City-County cost-sharing and operational efficiencies. o Coordination with Metro Transit and other regional entities for planned Highway 55 bus rapid transit (BRT) stops near Winnetka and Golden Valley Road. o Consideration of long-term maintenance and operational costs. o Assessment of potential economic benefits, including the role of housing and mixed- use development in strengthening the local economy and supporting campus activity. 14 of 26 310 D. Prior Civic Center Campus Studies 1. Municipal Facilities Study December 2021 BKV Group Long-range plan to define needs, establish priorities, create framework for investment and phased implementation. This study did not include collaboration with Hennepin County, nor consider movement of the Hennepin County Library to a more prominent location, which is now of interest. The City has been working to revise space needs assumptions, 2025 updates can be found here: https://www.goldenvalleymn.gov/237/City-Facilities- Downtown-Study 2. User Experience Framework City of Golden Valley and Hennepin County December 2024 Van Meter Williams Pollack, Visible City Placemaking strategies to enhance identity, make Golden Valley a transit-ready, park-once destination, and recommend public and private sector investments. Visualized the festival street proposal for the public plaza. 3. Local Option Sales Tax Analysis for Golden Valley September 2023 University of Minnesota Center for Community Vitality Estimate of proportion of sales attributed to resident and non-residents and proportion subject to LOST. 4. Downtown Study Phase 2 – Preferred Redevelopment Concepts January 2020 HKGi Vision and Guiding Principles for downtown Golden Valley redevelopment and reinvestment 5. Downtown Golden Valley Walk/Bike Connectivity Report January 2020 HKGi Promote walking and biking to and from downtown. 6. Golden Valley Downtown West - ULI Minnesota Technical Assistance Panel July 2018 Downtown West development recommendations. 7. Golden Valley’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan Drafted from 2016 – 2018. Approved in January 2020. City’s 20-year plan, which includes goals for creating a dynamic town center. 15 of 26 311 E. Additional Information 1. Appeals Process Protests of the award must be made in writing and must specifically state your grievance. All protests must be filed with City Clerk, Theresa Schyma, within ten calendar days after issuance of notice to award. 2. Rights of Review The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals or to request additional information. This RFP shall not commit the City to engage any team for the services described in this RFP. The City reserves the right to reject some or all of the proposals and to award by individual line item, by group of line items or as a total, whichever is deemed most advantageous to the City. The City reserves the right to request additional information or clarifications, to allow corrections of errors or omissions, or to modify the proposal schedule. 3. Confidential Material All materials submitted in response to this RFP will become public record, unless categorized as private, confidential, non-public, or protected non-public under the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act (“Protected Materials”). Unrestricted disclosure of proprietary information places it in the public domain. If you believe any of your materials are Protected Materials, you must submit those materials in a separate envelope marked “Confidential Disclosure,” along with a cover letter explaining why you believe the materials are Protected Materials. The City will review the materials and approve or deny your request for confidentiality. If the City denies your request for confidentiality, the review team will notify you and you may withdraw the entire proposal, remove the materials, or include the materials in the non-confidential portion of your submission. Cost, pricing information, and the total proposal amount are public data under the MGDPA. Any costs to preserve Protected Materials shall be your responsibility. 4. Response Ownership All proposals become the property of the City upon receipt. Selection, rejection, or disqualification of a proposal shall not affect this right. 5. Equal Opportunity The City requires equal opportunity; therefore, the team selected shall not discriminate under the contract against any person in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations and with City policy. The City of Golden Valley does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, membership on a local human rights commission, disability, or any other basis protected by law in the admission or access to or treatment of employment, program, activities or services. 6. Contract The City reserves the right to negotiate the final terms and conditions of the contract, including award amount. If the City and a design team are unable to agree upon the entire contract, the City may discontinue negotiations, select another design team or reject all of the proposals. The successful design team shall execute a contract with the City within ten days after receipt. 16 of 26 312 Contract Ethics No elected official or employee of the City who exercises any responsibilities in the review, approval or implementation of the proposal shall participate in any decision which affects his or her direct or indirect financial interests. It is a breach of ethics for any person to offer, give or agree to give any City employee or Council Member or for any City employee or Council Member to solicit, demand, accept or agree to accept from another person or firm, a gratuity or an offer of employment. The team shall not assign any interest in this contract and shall not transfer any interest in the same without the prior written consent of the City. The team shall not accept any private client or project which, by nature, places it in ethical conflict during its representation of the City. 7. Reporting, Insurance, and Financial Liability Limitations The successful team will report to the City Manager or their designee. The Community Development Director will work with the Finance Director to audit billings, approve payments, establish the schedule and oversee the execution of the contract. The City shall not be liable for any expenses incurred by the team, including but not limited to, expenses associated with the preparation of the proposal, attendance at the interview, preparation of a compensation schedule, or final contract negotiations. Prior to any work being performed, the successful team shall provide a statement certifying that they have conducted the required background checks, as well as a certificate of insurance, including all coverage required in the contract (Appendix B, Paragraph 8). 17 of 26 313 F. Professional Services Agreement Template THIS AGREEMENT is made this Choose Date (“Effective Date”) by and between [Contractor Name] a State Company Type with its principal office located at [address] (“Contractor”), and the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, a Minnesota municipal corporation located at 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (the “City”): RECITALS A. Contractor is engaged in the business of providing [Description of Services]. B. The City desires to hire Contractor to provide [Description of Services] services. C. Contractor represents that it has the professional expertise and capabilities to provide the City with the requested services. D. The City desires to engage Contractor to provide the services described in this Agreement and Contractor is willing to provide such services on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions expressed in this Agreement, the City and Contractor agree as follows: AGREEMENT 1. Services. Contractor agrees to provide the City with the services as described in the attached Exhibit A (the “Services”). Exhibit A shall be incorporated into this Agreement by reference. All Services shall be provided in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by professionals currently providing similar services. 2. Time for Completion. The Services shall be completed on or before _________________, provided that the parties may extend the stated deadlines upon mutual written agreement. This Agreement shall remain in force and effect commencing from the Effective Date and continuing until the completion of the project, unless terminated by the City or amended pursuant to the Agreement. 3. Consideration. The City shall pay Contractor for the Services according to the terms on the attached Exhibit B. The consideration shall be for both the Services performed by Contractor and any expenses incurred by Contractor in performing the Services. Contractor shall submit statements to the City upon completion of the Services. The City shall pay Contractor within thirty-five (35) days after Contractor’s statements are submitted. 4. Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated as follows: a. The parties, by mutual written agreement, may terminate this Agreement at any time; b. Contractor may terminate this Agreement in the event of a breach of the Agreement by the City upon providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to the City; 18 of 26 314 c. The City may terminate this Agreement at any time at its option, for any reason or no reason at all; or d. The City may terminate this Agreement immediately upon Contractor’s failure to have in force any insurance required by this Agreement. In the event of a termination, the City shall pay Contractor for Services performed to the date of termination and for all costs or other expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. 5. Amendments. No amendments may be made to this Agreement except in a writing signed by both parties. 6. Remedies. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by the City because of a breach by Contractor, the City may complete the Services either by itself or by contract with other persons or entities, or any combination thereof. These remedies provided to the City for breach of this Agreement by Contractor shall not be exclusive. The City shall be entitled to exercise any one or more other legal or equitable remedies available because of Contractor’s breach. 7. Records/Inspection. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 16C.05, subd. 5, Contractor agrees that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices of Contractor, that are relevant to the contract or transaction, are subject to examination by the City and the state auditor or legislative auditor for a minimum of six years. Contractor shall maintain such records for a minimum of six years after final payment. The parties agree that this obligation will survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 8. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor, and Contractor’s successors or assigns, agree to protect, defend, indemnify, save, and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, agents, volunteers, and employees from any and all claims; lawsuits; causes of actions of any kind, nature, or character; damages; losses; or costs, disbursements, and expenses of defending the same, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, professional services, and other technical, administrative or professional assistance resulting from or arising out of Contractor’s (or its subcontractors, agents, volunteers, members, invitees, representatives, or employees) performance of the duties required by or arising from this Agreement, or caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct by Contractor, or arising out of Contractor’s failure to obtain or maintain the insurance required by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any immunity or limitation of liability to which the City is entitled. The parties agree that these indemnification obligations shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 9. Insurance. Contractor shall maintain reasonable insurance coverage throughout this Agreement. Contractor agrees that before any work related to the approved project can be performed, Contractor shall maintain at a minimum: Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.181; Business Auto Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; Professional Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; and Commercial General Liability in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury or death arising out of each occurrence, and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for property damage, $2,000,000.00 aggregate. To meet the Commercial General Liability and Business Auto Liability requirements, Contractor may use a combination of Excess and Umbrella coverage. Contractor shall provide the City with a current certificate of insurance including the following language: “The City of Golden Valley is named as an additional insured with respect to the commercial general liability, business automobile liability and umbrella or excess 19 of 26 315 liability, as required by the contract. The umbrella or excess liability policy follows form on all underlying coverages.” Such certificate of liability insurance shall list the City as an additional insured and contain a statement that such policies of insurance shall not be canceled or amended unless 30 days’ written notice is provided to the City, or 10 days’ written notice in the case of non-payment. 10. Subcontracting. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign, or transfer any rights under or interest (including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due or moneys that are due) in the Agreement without the written consent of the other except to the extent that the effect of this limitation may be restricted by law. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall prevent Contractor from employing such independent Contractors, associates, and subcontractors, as it may deem appropriate to assist it in the performance of the Services required by this Agreement. Any instrument in violation of this provision is null and void. 11. Assignment. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign this Agreement or any rights under or interest in this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other party’s prior written consent. Any assignment in violation of this provision is null and void. 12. Independent Contractor. Contractor is an independent contractor. Contractor’s duties shall be performed with the understanding that Contractor has special expertise as to the services which Contractor is to perform and is customarily engaged in the independent performance of the same or similar services for others. Contractor shall provide or contract for all required equipment and personnel. Contractor shall control the manner in which the services are performed; however, the nature of the Services and the results to be achieved shall be specified by the City. The parties agree that this is not a joint venture and the parties are not co-partners. Contractor is not an employee or agent of the City and has no authority to make any binding commitments or obligations on behalf of the City except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement. All services provided by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by Contractor as an independent contractor and not as an employee of the City for any purpose, including but not limited to: income tax withholding, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, FICA taxes, liability for torts and eligibility for employee benefits. 13. Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall exercise due professional care to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances and regulatfons in effect as of the date Contractor agrees to provide the Services. Contractor’s guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatfves, and subcontractors shall abide by the City's policies prohibitfng sexual harassment and tobacco, drug, and alcohol use as defined in the City’s Respectiul Work Place Policy, and Tobacco, Drug, and Alcohol Policy, as well as all other reasonable work rules, safety rules, or policies, and procedures regulatfng the conduct of persons on City property, at all tfmes while performing dutfes pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor agrees and understands that a violatfon of any of these policies, procedures, or rules constftutes a breach of the Agreement and sufficient grounds for immediate terminatfon of the Agreement by the City. 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, any attached exhibits, and any addenda signed by the parties shall constitute the entire agreement between the City and Contractor, and supersedes any other written or oral agreements between the City and Contractor. This Agreement may only be modified in a writing signed by the City and Contractor. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the 20 of 26 316 referenced or attached items, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. If there is any conflict between Exhibits A and B, the terms of Exhibit B shall prevail. 15. Third Party Rights. The parties to this Agreement do not intend to confer any rights under this Agreement on any third party. 16. Choice of Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota. Any disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of this Agreement shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Hennepin County, Minnesota, and all parties to this Agreement waive any objection to the jurisdiction of these courts, whether based on convenience or otherwise. 17. Conflict of Interest. Contractor shall use reasonable care to avoid conflicts of interest and appearances of impropriety in representation of the City. In the event of a conflict of interest, Contractor shall advise the City and, either secure a waiver of the conflict, or advise the City that it will be unable to provide the requested Services. 18. Work Products and Ownership of Documents. All records, information, materials, and work product, including, but not limited to the completed reports, data collected from or created by the City or the City’s employees or agents, raw market data, survey data, market analysis data, and any other data, work product, or reports prepared or developed in connection with the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement shall become the property of the City, but Contractor may retain reproductions of such records, information, materials and work product. Regardless of when such information was provided or created, Contractor agrees that it will not disclose for any purpose any information Contractor has obtained arising out of or related to this Agreement, except as authorized by the City or as required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall grant or transfer any rights, title or interests in any intellectual property created by Contractor prior to the effective date of this Agreement; however, to the extent Contractor generates reports or recommendations for the City using proprietary processes or formulas, Contractor shall provide the City (1) factual support for such reports and recommendations; (2) a detailed explanation of the method used and data relied upon to arrive at the recommendation; and (3) a detailed explanation of the rationale behind the methodology used. All of the obligations in this paragraph shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 19. Agreement Not Exclusive. The City retains the right to hire other professional Contractor service providers for this or other matters, in the City’s sole discretion. 20. Data Practices Act Compliance. Any and all data provided to Contractor, received from Contractor, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be administered in accordance with, and is subject to the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13. Contractor agrees to notify the City within three business days if it receives a data request from a third party. This paragraph does not create a duty on the part of Contractor to provide access to public data to the public if the public data are available from the City, except as required by the terms of this Agreement. These obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Agreement. 21. Confidentiality. Consultant understands that the City has access to, develops, and uses private, confidential, nonpublic, and protected nonpublic information, as those terms are defined by the MGDPA, in connection with its business (collectively, “Confidential Information”). The City has instituted policies and procedures to protect and safeguard this Confidential Information. While working for the City under 21 of 26 317 this Agreement, Consultant may come into contact with Confidential Information. Consultant understands that the protection of Confidential Information is required by law and is a requirement of their relationship with the City. Accordingly, Consultant agrees as follows: 21.1 During the term of this Agreement and after the termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City: (a) Consultant will keep secret all Confidential Information and will not directly or indirectly disclose it to anyone outside the City; (b) Consultant will not make use of any Confidential Information for their own purposes or for the benefit of anyone other than the City; and (c) upon termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City, Consultant will promptly deliver to the City all memoranda, notes, records, and other documents (and all copies thereof) constituting or relating to Confidential Information. 21.2 If Consultant breaches or threatens to breach any provisions of paragraph 19.1, the City has the right to enforce this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. 21.3 This Agreement is not intended to prevent Consultant from working for any employer subsequent to the termination of their relationship with the City, as long as Consultant does not use or disclose Confidential Information. 22. No Discrimination. Contractor agrees not to discriminate in providing products and services under this Agreement on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, status with regard to public assistance, or religion. Violation of any part of this provision may lead to immediate termination of this Agreement. Contractor agrees to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as amended (“ADA”), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 363A. Contractor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City from costs, including but not limited to damages, attorneys’ fees and staff time, in any action or proceeding brought alleging a violation of these laws by Contractor or its guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives and subcontractors. Upon request, Contractor shall provide accommodation to allow individuals with disabilities to participate in all Services under this Agreement. Contractor agrees to utilize its own auxiliary aid or service in order to comply with ADA requirements for effective communication with individuals with disabilities. 23. Authorized Agents. The City’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is _________________, the ________________________ of the City, or designee. Contractor’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is ___________________, or designee who shall perform or supervise the performance of all Services. 24. Notices. Any notices permitted or required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when personally delivered or upon deposit in the United States mail, postage fully prepaid, certified, return receipt requested, addressed to: CONTRACTOR THE CITY [Name] City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 ___________@goldenvalleymn.gov or such other contact information as either party may provide to the other by notice given in accordance with this provision. 22 of 26 318 25. Waiver. No waiver of any provision or of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions or any other or further breach, and no such waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party to be charged with such a waiver. 26. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way define, limit or affect the scope and intent of this Agreement. 27. Payment of Subcontractors. Contractor agrees that it must pay any subcontractor within 10 days of the prime contractor’s receipt of payment from the City for undisputed Services provided by the subcontractor. Contractor agrees that it must pay interest of 1-1/2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the prime contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a prime contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in bringing the action. 28. Publicity. At the City’s request, the City and Contractor shall develop language to use when discussing the Services. Contractor agrees that Contractor shall not release any publicity regarding the Services or the subject matter of this Agreement without prior consent from the City. Contractor shall not use the City’s logo or state that the City endorses its services without the City’s advanced written approval. 29. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be severed, and the balance of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 30. Signatory. Each person executing this Agreement (“Signatory”) represents and warrants that they are duly authorized to sign on behalf of their respective organization. In the event Contractor did not authorize the Signatory to sign on its behalf, the Signatory agrees to assume responsibility for the duties and liability of Contractor, described in this Agreement, personally. 31. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be transmitted by electronic mail in portable document format (“pdf”) and signatures appearing on electronic mail instruments shall be treated as original signatures. 32. Recitals. The City and Contractor agree that the Recitals are true and correct and are fully incorporated into this Agreement. [Remainder of page left blank intentionally. Signature page follows.] 23 of 26 319 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City and Contractor have caused this Professional Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives in duplicate on the respective dates indicated below. [INSERT CONTRACTOR NAME]: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY: By: _________________________________ Name: ______________________________ Title: _______________________________ By: _________________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor By: _________________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager Exhibit A: Scope of Services Exhibit B: Fee Schedule 24 of 26 320 HENNEPIN COUNTY LIBRARY FACILITY MASTER PLAN: ENVISIONING OUR FUTURE - HCL FACILITY PROFILESGOLDEN VALLEY LiBRARY 830 Winnetka Ave. N., Golden Valley County-owned facility Size: 13,443 usable square feet Open hours (2024): 53 hours per week Site area: 2.98 acres Year built: 1971 Last significant capital project: 2016 – interior modifications, mechanical updates HCL’s facility in Golden Valley is an older, one-story library that is well located near bus service, the city’s civic campus, and a commercial area. The library shares its site with Bassett Creek, which creates a pleasant setting as well as substantial structural problems for the library building. As a result of its age and creek-related foundation instability, this facility has one of the lowest condition ratings of all HCL facilities. Despite its poor condition, though, the community appreciates its library and makes it a busy one. The building’s layout and design are typical of the time of its construction but are challenging for modern library service. The building has entries that face both the street and the parking lot at the library’s rear, which created staff supervision challenges and led to the street-facing entrance’s closure. Unfortunately, now, there is no accessible path of travel from the sidewalk or bus service to the library. The building’s exterior is fortress-like with sporadic windows, with the result that interior spaces are dim and receive limited natural light. While Golden Valley Library provides many well-used library spaces – including children’s and teen spaces, conference rooms, and study rooms – the library doesn’t feel like a unified space and is hard to navigate because of the building’s configuration. Noise is a challenge in the library, with little soundproofing in the meeting rooms, study rooms, and staff offices. The layout of the staff workroom is also outdated and does not work for current needs. 2023 VISIT RANK OPERATIONS 2023 COMMUNITY DISPARITY SERVICE 2023 CONDITION RANK ROOF 2023 COMPUTER USAGE RANK 2023 CIRCULATION RANK 18/41 1.00 8/41 7/41 14/41 ASSESSMENT SCORES Underutilized Least Challenged 10+ Years Least 5-10 Years 1-5 Years Greatest Least Challenged Stressed Most Challenged Most Challenged OPPORTUNiTYUNDER STUDY 25 of 26 321 HENNEPIN COUNTY LIBRARY FACILITY MASTER PLAN: ENVISIONING OUR FUTURE - HCL FACILITY PROFILESFLOOR PLAN SITE PLAN “It is sinking into the creek. It has been shored up but it continues to sink. The brick separates from the wall and windowsills. Because the building sits lower than the street, when it rains hard all the toilets in the building become geysers and erupt without warning.” – Staff survey respondent Due to the building’s outdated design, subsiding foundation, and condition issues (including degraded sewer line, end-of- life heating and cooling systems, easily overloaded electrical system, and persistent water leaks), a new facility solution is needed for Golden Valley Library. A new solution could: •Be located on the same site or a new location •Have better street presence and connections to the adjacent civic campus •Provide library services in a contiguous, more easily supervised and operated space INCLUSIVEACCESSIBLE SAFEINVITING PROJECT DRIVERS SUSTAINABLEFUTURE-READY INFRASTRUCTURE 26 of 26 322 Civic Center Campus Steering Committee The goal of the Steering Committee is to provide strategic direction to the project. Staff, Title Department Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals Brett Bauer, Division Manager Hennepin County Library, Public/Programming Spaces Justin Baylor Owner, McDonald’s Private Property Ownership and Site Connections Caleb Brolsma, City Engineer Community Development JWC, Utilities, Sustainability and Site Design Bethany Brunsell, Fire Chief Fire Fire Station and Training Needs, Site Design/Access Maria Cisneros, City Attorney Legal Site Acquisition Framework, Phasing, Clerk’s Office Janelle Crossfleld, Parks/Rec. Dir. Parks Programming Spaces/Needs, Community Mary deLaittre, Consultant Consultant RFP Design and Release, Design Needs Emily Goellner, CD Dir. Community Development Oversight of Project, Town Center Connections Kelly Grissman, Planning Director Three Rivers Park District Trail Connectivity Dom Guzman, Assistant Fire Chief Fire Training Needs, Site Design/Access Lyle Hodges, Finance Director Finance Funding, DMV Tim Kieffer, Public Works Director Public Works JWC (Water Tower), Maintenance Chloe McGuire, Dep. CD Dir. Community Development Sustainability, Planning Entitlements, Oversight of Project Bekah Padilla, Senior Planner & PM Hennepin County Library, Public/Programming Spaces Paula Pentel, Commissioner Bassett Creek Watershed MC Haha Wakpadan/Creek, Sustainability, Water Quality, Salting Rudy Perez, Assistant Police Chief Police Training Needs, Site Design/Access, Expanded Response Kirsten Santelices, Dep. City Mgr. Admin. Expanded Response, Equity, Admin Noah Schuchman, City Manager Admin. Communication with Council, Community, Project Oversight Alisa Schuster, Assistant Fire Chief Fire Training Needs, Site Design/Access Greg Simmons, Park/Rec Asst. Dir. Parks Public/Programming Needs, Farmer’s Market and Events Alice White, Assistant Police Chief Police Training Needs, Site Design/Access, Expanded Response Ann Woodson Hicks, Library Capital Projects Team Manager Hennepin County Library, Public Plaza 323 Steering Committee - Anticipated Meeting Schedule (2nd Mondays) Meeting Date Topic Notes July 28 Kickoff Meeting Establishment of Steering Committee, review goals for the Civic Campus, RFP prep, equity review, selecting reps for Designer Selection Committee Tour of Civic Campus with Mary August 11 RFP review Affirm Goals for Civic Campus in RFP September 8 RFP launch – no meeting Email update October 13 Proposal Review and Short List (Designer Selection Committee) Email update November 17 Interview and Select (Designer Selection Committee) Before Thanksgiving, 5 hours of interviews + 1 hour of debrief and selection December 8 Contract Begins – No meeting Email update, select reps for the Technical Advisory Committee January 2026 Contract Begins – Meet the Design Team Designer likely visits in-person and tours, establish schedule with Design Team Designer Selection Committee The goal of the Designer Selection Committee is to interview design consultants, select a consultant and backup consultant, and help the City contract the design team. Staff Department Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals Ann Woodson Hicks Hennepin County Mary deLaittre Consultant Sara Kasel Admin Bethany Brunsell Fire Emily Goellner Community Development Alice White and Rudy Perez Police Chloe McGuire Community Development Bekah Padilla Hennepin County Noah Schuchman Admin 324 Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) The goal of the Technical Committee is to provide subject-matter expert level information and will meet throughout the project. These members will review plans. Name Title and Organization Organization Administration City of Golden Valley Alisa Schuster Fire City of Golden Valley Greg Simmons Parks & Recreation City of Golden Valley Public Works City of Golden Valley Police City of Golden Valley Police City of Golden Valley Caleb Brolsma Assistant Engineer City of Golden Valley Chloe McGuire Deputy Community Development Director City of Golden Valley Mary deLaittre Consultant Mary deLaittre Ann Woodson Hicks Library Representative/Manager Hennepin County Bekah Padilla Senior Planner & Senior Project Manager Hennepin County Diana Preisen City Forester City of Golden Valley BCWMC Watershed 325 Employee Design Committee The goal of the Design Committee is to meet ~2 – 3 times to review the specific plans. These members are intended to bring specific perspectives, but the committee will be open to all members of the organization. This committee will be responsible for engaging Culture Team and other members of the organization and helping draft a survey. Staff, Title Department Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals Brian Erickson Parks & Rec Arts and public events Brittany Froberg, Police Support Services Supervisor Police, Culture Team Culture Team Joe Jensen, Facilities Manager Public Works Public Works – Maintenance/ Plow? Arantxa Chaire-Kobb Admin Community Connections Diana Preisen Public Works – Trees Trees Ethan Kehrberg Comm Dev - Sustainability Sustainability, renewable energy Jennifer Hoffman Admin Services – Finance Rep Kevin Martinez Del Arca Parks & Rec Creative parks solutions Kailyn Backus Parks & Rec How people fiow through a space, meeting and events management Justin Norcutt Parks & Rec Indoor space management Chloe McGuire, Dep. CD Dir. Community Development Jordan Monson Police Culture Team Maddie Peters Communications, Culture Team John Peterson Admin Services – IT Theresa Schyma Admin Services – Clerk Curtis Smith Fire – Paid On-Call Chris Sorheim Fire – Inspections Meagan Weber, DMV Supervisor Admin Services, Culture Team Culture Team Admin Services – Equity Rep Police Rep Police Rep Police Rep Fire Rep Hybrid meeting is very helpful Fire Rep 326 Engagement Meetings – The Roadshow The purpose of this list is to acknowledge the numerous individuals who have opinions and valued input on the Civic Center Campus. They may have niche interests that merit one-on-one meetings through the Roadshow (such as internal committees and department meetings). While these stakeholders may not be assigned to a steering committee or Employee Design Committee, we do want to acknowledge their valued input. Group Purpose Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals Open House for all City Staff Culture team – could this align with October/ November staff meeting? Open House for all Residents Workshops with Council Boards and Commissions - DEIC - PC - EC - PEACE - OSRC Public Safety – Staff Meetings Kickoff meeting - Make this one of the flrst ones! Internal Committees - Culture Team - WIN ERG - BEE ERG - EAT - Building Safety Committee - Arts Committee Parks Water Tower Westopolis Parks has regular meetings with them 327 Engagement Meetings – The Roadshow (Cont’d) Group Purpose Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals Subject Matter Experts (SMEs) - Technology Needs (IT) - Equity Staff - EOC - Police, Fire Needs, Site Safety, Emergency Management - Safety and Security of Spaces - Site Design/Maintenance - Open Space, Programming Needs, Event Space GVCF (Farmer’s Market); St Louis Park Friends of the Arts (FOA); Storage Space - Admin Needs (Clerk, Front Desk) - Elections - Council Chambers - Customer Service, Resident Needs - Maintenance Needs (PW) 328 Stakeholders Organization, Contact Person Staff Contact Person Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals City Council Noah Executive Leadership Team (ELT) Noah - Communications All Staff Noah - Culture Team - WIN ERG - BEE ERG - EAT - Building Safety Committee Subject Matter Experts (SMEs) Noah, Chloe - Technology Needs (IT) - Equity Staff - Police, Fire Needs, Site Safety - Safety and Security of Spaces Maria C, John P, Brittany F - Open Space, Programming Needs - Admin Needs (Clerk, Front Desk) - Council Chambers - Customer Service, Resident Needs - Maintenance Needs (PW) Legislative Delegation Noah - US Senators, Reps - State Senators, Reps - Hennepin County Commissioner GV Community (at-large) Chloe Boards and Commissions Chloe Roadshow - Planning Commission - DEIC - Env. Commission - PEACE - OSRC Janelle, Greg 329 Stakeholders (Cont’d) Organization, Contact Person Staff Contact Person Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals Hennepin County Administration Noah Hennepin County Libraries Chloe, Brett Hennepin County Engineering Mike Ryan Hennepin County Planning Chloe Joint Water Commission (JWC) Tim Kieffer, Mike Ryan Water tower replacement Bassett Creek Watershed Env. Manager, Mike Ryan Three Rivers Park District Developer, If Needed TBD If site includes any private development or open space for private development, engage developer on front-end. Likely housing, potential for vertical mixed use? CM and Contractors Emily, PM Architects (TBD) Emily, PM Ehlers Municipal Advisors Emily PM (Onyx Strategic Partners) – Jessie Houlihan Emily McDonald’s Noah, Brian Pancratz Lobbyist – Katy Sen – Messerli & Kramer Noah MnDOT Mike Ryan MN Dept. of Public Safety Lyle, Bethany MPCA Mike Ryan MN Dept. of Motor Vehicles Lyle Hodges BKV Emily Finalizing any space needs items Development and Funding Partners Organization, Contact Person Staff Contact Person Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals Site acquisition property owners Ehlers 330 Hennepin County Administration Noah Hennepin County Libraries Chloe Hennepin County Engineering Mike Ryan Hennepin County Planning Chloe Joint Water Commission (JWC) Tim Kieffer Developer (TBD) Legislators Noah Consultant Team Organization, Contact Person Staff Contact Person Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals Broker – Brian Pankratz - CBRE Noah, Stacie CM and Contractors Emily, PM Architects (TBD) Emily, PM Ehlers Municipal Advisors Emily PM (Onyx Strategic Partners) – Jessie Houlihan Emily Acquisition Attorney – Peter – Kennedy & Graven Maria Relocation Specialist - SRF Ehlers Lobbyist – Katy Sen – Messerli & Kramer Noah Governmental Agencies Organization, Contact Person Staff Contact Person Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals MNDOT Noah, Mike Ryan MN Dept. of Public Safety Lyle, Bethany Execute grant agreement for East Fire Station MMB Noah, Emily Work required for bonding received and requested Bassett Creek Watershed Mike Ryan MPCA Mike Ryan 331 MN Dept. of Motor Vehicles Other Unique Stakeholders Organization, Contact Person Staff Contact Person Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals Adjacent property owners Internal Organization Organization, Contact Person Staff Contact Person Anticipated Concerns, Issues, Interests, and Goals City Council Noah Executive Leadership Team (ELT) Noah All staff Noah Culture Team Sara GV Community (at-large) Boards and Commissions Chloe Facilities manager Tim Kieffer Maintaining new property prior to relocation of tenants 332 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Community Development 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 6A.3. Approve Professional Services Agreement with Perkins & Will for Civic Center Campus Master Planning Prepared By Chloe McGuire, Deputy Community Development Director Summary The City released a request for proposals (RFP) for master planning services on September 24, 2025. The RFP was open from September 24 through October 17, 2025, and the City received 18 proposals. The Designer Selection Committee, which included representatives from the City and Hennepin County, met on November 17 and 18 to interview 5 firms. The Designer Selection Committee selected Perkins + Will as the finalist, with HGA as an alternate. The City and Perkins + Will have agreed on the attached contract. The initial RFP is attached to this case for reference. This master planning process will solidify a decade of planning by the City into one agreed upon plan. The primary purpose of this effort is to create a cohesive, implementable master plan that balances operational needs, community aspirations, private development opportunities, sustainability, innovation, and design excellence. This plan will serve as the roadmap for future schematic design, detailed design, and construction. Financial or Budget Considerations The total proposed cost of the master planning effort is $430,217. This City Council meeting agenda also includes a proposed joint powers agreement (JPA) with Hennepin County, in which they would pay for 20% of total cost of the master planning effort. The City's total cost would be $344,174, proposed to come from the City's Building Forward CIP. This meeting agenda also includes a proposed budget amendment to utilize Local Sales Tax special revenue for Civic Campus Planning. The initial proposals ranged from approximately $100,000 to almost $800,000. After selecting Perkins + Will, the City added additional hours for community engagement, arts, and specific public safety and library architecture work. Legal Considerations The City's Legal Division has reviewed and approved the agreement. Equity Considerations City Staff have completed an initial equity scan on this project, and plan to submit additional equity 333 scans to the City's Equity Division throughout the course of this project. Additionally, staff and the chosen consultant, Perkins & Will, are fully committed to embedding equity throughout this project - including a connection to the creek, accessibility throughout the site, and healthy spaces for our staff to work. We are also committed to creating a thoughtful engagement calendar. Recommended Action Motion to approve a professional services agreement with Perkins & Will for Civic Center Campus Master Planning. Supporting Documents PSA with Perkins + Will Original Request for Proposals (RFP) Proposal 334 1 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR CIVIC CENTER CAMPUS MASTER PLANNING WITH PERKINS + WILL, INC. THIS AGREEMENT is made this December 16, 2025 (“Effective Date”) by and between Perkins + Will, Inc. a Deleware corporation with its principal office located at 2780 Snelling Avenue N, Suite 101, Roseville MN 55113 (“Contractor”), and the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, a Minnesota municipal corporation located at 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (the “City”): RECITALS A. Contractor is engaged in the business of providing a master plan for the Civic Center Campus. B. The City desires to hire Contractor to provide master planning, engagement, landscape architecture, architectural, and design services. C. Contractor represents that it has the professional expertise and capabilities to provide the City with the requested expertise. D. The City desires to engage Contractor to provide the services described in this Agreement and Contractor is willing to provide such services on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions expressed in this Agreement, the City and Contractor agree as follows: AGREEMENT 1. Services. Contractor agrees to provide the City with the services as described in the attached Exhibit A (the “Services”). Exhibit A shall be incorporated into this Agreement by reference. All Services shall be provided in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by professionals currently providing similar services. 2. Time for Completion. The Services shall be completed on or before December 31, 2026, provided that the parties may extend the stated deadlines upon mutual written agreement. This Agreement shall remain in force and effect commencing from the Effective Date and continuing until the completion of the project, unless terminated by the City or amended pursuant to the Agreement. 3. Consideration. The City shall pay Contractor for the Services according to the terms on the attached Exhibit B. The consideration shall be for both the Services performed by Contractor and any expenses incurred by Contractor in performing the Services. Contractor shall submit statements to the City upon completion of the Services. The City shall pay Contractor within thirty-five (35) days after Contractor’s statements are submitted. 4. Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated as follows: a. The parties, by mutual written agreement, may terminate this Agreement at any time; 335 2 b. Contractor may terminate this Agreement in the event of a breach of the Agreement by the City upon providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to the City; c. The City may terminate this Agreement at any time at its option, for any reason or no reason at all; or d. The City may terminate this Agreement immediately upon Contractor’s failure to have in force any insurance required by this Agreement. In the event of a termination, the City shall pay Contractor for Services performed to the date of termination and for all costs or other expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. 5. Amendments. No amendments may be made to this Agreement except in a writing signed by both parties. The City’s authorized agent, may on behalf of the City, administratively approve amendments that do not materially change the scope of work or increase the contract price. Any amendments that materially change the scope of work or increase the contract price shall require council approval. 6. Remedies. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by the City because of a breach by Contractor, the City may complete the Services either by itself or by contract with other persons or entities, or any combination thereof. These remedies provided to the City for breach of this Agreement by Contractor shall not be exclusive. The City shall be entitled to exercise any one or more other legal or equitable remedies available because of Contractor’s breach. 7. Records/Inspection. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 16C.05, subd. 5, Contractor agrees that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices of Contractor, that are relevant to the contract or transaction, are subject to examination by the City and the state auditor or legislative auditor for a minimum of six years. Contractor shall maintain such records for a minimum of six years after final payment. The parties agree that this obligation will survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 8. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor, and Contractor’s successors or assigns, agree to protect, defend, indemnify, save, and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, agents, volunteers, and employees from any and all claims; lawsuits; causes of actions of any kind, nature, or character; damages; losses; or costs, disbursements, and expenses of defending the same, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, professional services, and other technical, administrative o r professional assistance resulting from or arising out of Contractor’s (or its subcontractors, agents, volunteers, members, invitees, representatives, or employees) performance of the duties required by or arising from this Agreement, or caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct by Contractor, or arising out of Contractor’s failure to obtain or maintain the insurance required by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any immunity or limitation of liability to which the City is entitled. The parties agree that these indemnification obligations shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 9. Insurance. Contractor shall maintain reasonable insurance coverage throughout this Agreement. Contractor agrees that before any work related to the approved project can be performed, Contractor shall maintain at a minimum: Worker’s Compensation Insurance as r equired by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.181; Business Auto Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; Professional Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per claim; and Commercial General Liability in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury or death arising out of each occurrence, and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for property damage, $2,000,000.00 aggregate. To meet 336 3 the Commercial General Liability and Business Auto Liability requirements, Contractor may use a combination of Excess and Umbrella coverage. Contractor shall provide the City with a current certificate of insurance including the following language: “The City of Golden Valley is named as an additional insured with respect to the commercial general liability, business automobile liability and umbrella or excess liability, as required by the contract. The umbrella or excess liability policy follows form on all underlying coverages.” Such certificate of liability insurance shall list the City as an additional insured and contain a statement that such policies of insurance shall not be canceled or amended unless 30 days’ written notice is provided to the City, or 10 days’ written notice in the case of non-payment. 10. Subcontracting. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign, or transfer any rights under or interest (including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due or moneys that are due) in the Agreement without the written consent of the other except to the extent that the effect of this limitation may be restricted by law. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall prevent Contractor from employing such independent Contractors, associates, and subcontractors, as it may deem appropriate to assist it in the performance of the Services required by this Agreement. Any instrument in violation of this provision is null and void. 11. Assignment. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign this Agreement or any rights under or interest in this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other party’s prior written consent. Any assignment in violation of this provision is null and void. 12. Independent Contractor. Contractor is an independent contractor. Contractor’s duties shall be performed with the understanding that Contractor has special expertise as to the services which Contractor is to perform and is customarily engaged in the independent performance of the same or similar services for others. Contractor shall provide or contract for all required equipment and personnel. Contractor shall control the manner in which the services are performed; however, the nature of the Services and the results to be achieved shall be specified by the City. The parties agree that this is not a joint venture and the parties are not co-partners. Contractor is not an employee or agent of the City and has no authority to make any binding commitments or obligations on behalf of the City except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement. All services provided by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by Contractor as an independent contractor and not as an employee of the City for any purpose, including but not limited to: income tax withholding, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, FICA taxes, liability for torts and eligibility for employee benefits. 13. Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall exercise due professional care to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances and regulatfons in effect as of the date Contractor agrees to provide the Services. Contractor’s guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatfves, and subcontractors shall abide by the City's policies prohibitfng sexual harassment and tobacco, drug, and alcohol use as defined in the City’s Respectiul Work Place Policy, and Tobacco, Drug, and Alcohol Policy, as well as all other reasonable work rules, safety rules, or policies, and procedures regulatfng the conduct of persons on City property, at all tfmes while performing dutfes pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor agrees and understands that a violatfon of any of these policies, procedures, or rules constftutes a breach of the Agreement and sufficient grounds for immediate terminatfon of the Agreement by the City. 337 4 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, any attached exhibits, and any addenda signed by the parties shall constitute the entire agreement between the City and Contractor, and supersedes any other written or oral agreements between the City and Contractor. This Agreement may only be modified in a writing signed by the City and Contractor. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the referenced or attached items, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. If there is any conflict between Exhibits A and B, the terms of Exhibit B shall prevail. 15. Third Party Rights. The parties to this Agreement do not intend to confer any rights under this Agreement on any third party. 16. Choice of Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota. Any disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of this Agreement shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Hennepin County, Minnesota, and all parties to this Agreement waive any objection to the jurisdiction of these courts, whether based on convenience or otherwise. 17. Conflict of Interest. Contractor shall use reasonable care to avoid conflicts of interest and appearances of impropriety in representation of the City. In the event of a conflict of interest, Contractor shall advise the City and, either secure a waiver of the conflict, or advise the City that it will be unable to provide the requested Services. 18. Work Products and Ownership of Documents. All records, information, materials, and work product, including, but not limited to the completed reports, data collected from or created by the City or the City’s employees or agents, raw market data, survey data, market analysis data, and any other data, work product, or reports prepared or developed in connection with the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement shall become the property of the City, but Contractor may retain reproductions of such records, information, materials and work product. Regardless of when such information was provided or created, Contractor agrees that it will not disclose for any purpose any information Contractor has obtained arising out of or related to this Agreement, except as authorized by the City or as required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall grant or transfer any rights, title or interests in any intellectual property created by Contractor prior to the effective date of this Agreement; however, to the extent Contractor generates reports or recommendations for the City using proprietary processes or formulas, Contractor shall provide the City (1) factual support for such reports and recommendations; (2) a detailed explanation of the method used and data relied upon to arrive at the recommendation; and (3) a detailed explanation of the rationale behind the methodology used. All of the obligations in this paragraph shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 19. Agreement Not Exclusive. The City retains the right to hire other professional Contractor service providers for this or other matters, in the City’s sole discretion. 20. Data Practices Act Compliance. Any and all data provided to Contractor, received from Contractor, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be administered in accordance with, and is subject to the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13. Contractor agrees to notify the City within three business days if it receives a data request from a third party. This paragraph does not create a duty on the part of Contractor to provide access to public data to the public if the public data are available from the City, except as required by the terms of this Agreement. These obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Agreement. 338 5 21. Confidentiality. Consultant understands that the City has access to, develops, and uses private, confidential, nonpublic, and protected nonpublic information, as those terms are defined by the MGDPA, in connection with its business (collectively, “Confidential Information”). The City has instituted policies and procedures to protect and safeguard this Confidential Information. While working for the City under this Agreement, Consultant may come into contact with Confidential Information. Consultant understa nds that the protection of Confidential Information is required by law and is a requirement of their relationship with the City. Accordingly, Consultant agrees as follows: 21.1 During the term of this Agreement and after the termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City: (a) Consultant will keep secret all Confidential Information and will not directly or indirectly disclose it to anyone outside the City; (b) Consultant will not make use of any Confidential Information for their own purposes or for the benefit of anyone other than the City; and (c) upon termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City, Consultant will promptly deliver to the City all memoranda, notes, records, and other documents (and all copies thereof) constituting or relating to Confidential Information. 21.2 If Consultant breaches or threatens to breach any provisions of paragraph 19.1, the City has the right to enforce this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. 21.3 This Agreement is not intended to prevent Consultant from working for any employer subsequent to the termination of their relationship with the City, as long as Consultant does not use or disclose Confidential Information. 22. No Discrimination. Contractor agrees not to discriminate in providing products and services under this Agreement on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, status with regard to public assistance, or religion. Violation of any part of this provision may lead to immediate termination of this Agreement. Contractor agrees to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as amended (“ADA”), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 363A. Contractor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City from costs, including but n ot limited to damages, attorneys’ fees and staff time, in any action or proceeding brought alleging a violation of these laws by Contractor or its guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives and subcontractors. Upon request, Contractor shall provide accommodation to allow individuals with disabilities to participate in all Services under this Agreement. Contractor agrees to utilize its own auxiliary aid or service in order to comply with ADA requirements for effective communication with individuals with disabilities. 23. Authorized Agents. The City’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is Chloe McGuire the Deputy Community Development Director of the City, or designee. Contractor’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is John Slack, Principal, or designee who shall perform or supervise the performance of all Services. 24. Notices. Any notices permitted or required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when personally delivered or upon deposit in the United States mail, postage fully prepaid, certified, return receipt requested, addressed to: CONTRACTOR THE CITY John Slack Perkins + Will, Inc. 80 South Eighth Street, Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55402 Chloe McGuire City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 339 6 john.slack@perkinswill.com 612.851.5044 cmcguire@goldenvalleymn.gov or such other contact information as either party may provide to the other by notice given in accordance with this provision. 25. Waiver. No waiver of any provision or of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions or any other or further breach, and no such waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party to be charged with such a waiver. 26. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way define, limit or affect the scope and intent of this Agreement. 27. Payment of Subcontractors. Contractor agrees that it must pay any subcontractor within 10 days of the prime contractor’s receipt of payment from the City for undisputed Services provided by the subcontractor. Contractor agrees that it must pay interest of 1-1/2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the prime contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a prime contractor must be awarded its costs and di sbursements, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in bringing the action. 28. Publicity. At the City’s request, the City and Contractor shall develop language to use when discussing the Services. Contractor agrees that Contractor shall not release any publicity regarding the Services or the subject matter of this Agreement without prior consent from the City. Contractor shall not use the City’s logo or state that the City endorses its services without the City’s advanced written approval. 29. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be severed, and the balance of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 30. Signatory. Each person executing this Agreement (“Signatory”) represents and warrants that they are duly authorized to sign on behalf of their respective organization. In the event Contractor did not authorize the Signatory to sign on its behalf, the Signatory agrees to assume responsibility for the duties and liability of Contractor, described in this Agreement, personally. 31. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be transmitted by electronic mail in portable document format (“pdf”) and signatures appearing on electronic mail instruments shall be treated as original signatures. 32. Recitals. The City and Contractor agree that the Recitals are true and correct and are fully incorporated into this Agreement. 340 7 [Remainder of page left blank intentionally. Signature page follows.] 341 8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City and Contractor have caused this Professional Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives in duplicate on the respective dates indicated below. PERKINS + WILL, INC.: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY: By: _________________________________ Name: John Slack Title: Practice Leader, Principle By: _________________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor By: _________________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager 342 Perkins&Will | 25Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Work Plan The methodology for the Golden Valley Civic Center Campus Plan unfolds over three comprehensive phases, each designed to engage community leaders, partner organizations, and key stakeholders continuously. This structured approach ensures a collaborative effort in developing a robust plan that reflects the diverse needs of the Golden Valley community. Through this process, the aim is to create a vibrant and inclusive civic center area that fosters engagement, innovation, and sustainable development. PHASE 1: Engage + Discovery + Assessment Phase 1 will focus on developing a community engagement and project management strategy. Additionally, our team will be synthesizing previous planning studies, examining existing site conditions, understanding workplace conditions and relationships with the urban environment, and working with stakeholders to define opportunities within the study area. All findings and deliverables will be presented back to City staff and community stakeholders. Task 1.1 Engagement Strategy and Project Management Plan We will create a community engagement plan that clarifies goals, roles, numbers of meetings, and types of engagement to be performed by the team. This will include a key understanding of the participation in key meetings with City staff, elected officials, and other community engagement activities. The community engagement plan will include timing of meetings with City project manager, meetings with City consultants, meetings with Planning commission, meetings with City Council, meetings with City TAC, subject matter experts, and public stakeholder meetings and community open houses. Additionally, we will develop a project management plan that includes the defined communication protocols for the project, identifies protocols for invoicing and progress reports, including monthly summaries of percent complete and percent spent by task. Task 1.2 Kick-Off Meeting and Site Tour We will convene a kick-off meeting and site tour that includes: ǌ Review and refine stakeholder internal and external engagement outreach strategy and meeting schedule ǌ Review and refine project management strategy ǌ Review issues and challenges that the team anticipates ǌ Discuss and verify project vision, outcomes, goals, and objectives ǌ Refine the project work plan for the study, and resolve any pending questions regarding scope and agreement ǌ Establish effective means of communication ǌ Review planning level milestone schedule and understanding for all participants to work together to create a successful result ǌ Conduct SWOT Analysis for the project area ǌ Project walking tour Task 1.3 Data and Document Collection, Review and Gap Analysis At the onset of the project, our team will review existing base information and analyze all relevant previous planning efforts. In addition to the information indicated in the RFP we will develop a gap analysis of data needed to complete the study and provide a summary document of additional data needed from various City departments and local agencies. The review of previous planning studies will result in a summary of relevant goals, themes, ideas, and outcomes into an organized format. Vancouver City Hall Campus Plan: From balancing the needs of the City to identifying meaningful opportunities for cultural integration and input from the local Indigenous community, the redevelopment aims to resurrect and revitalize the seat of municipal government and surrounding areas into a space that serves the broader public in meaningful ways. 343 Perkins&Will | 26Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Work Plan Task 1.4 Existing Conditions Analysis As an important part of our analysis, our team will visit and observe the site conditions and opportunities to understand and document existing conditions. We will convert this information in addition to a City provided survey of the site into project base maps to be used for diagrams, studies, and visualizations for the Civic Center plan. This site inventory will augment base information to highlight the opportunities, issues, and constraints on the current civic site that will need to be considered or addressed in the planning process. The primary purpose of the analysis will be to establish the rationale for the City’s development/ investment considerations while identifying the unique components and physical dynamics that shape the character of the Civic Center Campus. Through this analysis we will define opportunities for site related improvements, and opportunities to sell/lease land for higher and better use. We will also identify open space and public realm opportunities, and create a graphic analysis of the potential access, street, and block patterns. Task 1.5 Program Validation We know many planning exercises have been completed to develop the current building program. We will review and analyze the current programs, meet with City departments and project partner organizations, facilitate a series of interactive worksessions to validate organizational programming, ask questions, and discuss each space to ensure the program meets your needs and is aligned with the project vision and goals. Task 1.6 Additional Targeted Community Engagement We propose additional community engagement focused on engaging community residents and partners with a series of art and program based activities. Task 1.7 Project Meetings As part of Phase 1, we anticipate facilitating and documenting the following meetings: ǌ In-person kick off meeting ǌ (1) Public Open House (to solicit perspective from the community and inform the design team’s approach) ǌ Weekly meeting with City project management team ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Technical Advisory Committee ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Subject Matter Experts for program verification ǌ Monthly Steering Committee Meetings ǌ (1-2) coordination meetings with City Consultants ǌ (1) meeting with Planning commission (if needed) ǌ (1) meeting with City Council (if needed) PHASE 1 Deliverables ǌ Approved Engagement Plan that identifies timelines and summary of strategies to incorporate educational and interpretive content throughout the process ǌ Approved project schedule that identifies milestone and timelines for meetings ǌ Approved project management plan that identifies protocols for monthly invoices, progress reports, and meeting minutes. ǌ Summary of data and gap analysis that includes; Summary of data received/ incorporated into planning, Gap analysis of additional data required, and summary document explaining additional studies/ data needed and why. ǌ Summary document of prior studies and current goals ǌ Attendance and leadership at all project meetings Vancouver City Hall Campus Plan 344 Perkins&Will | 27Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Work Plan PHASE 2: Envision + Ideate Phase 2 involves ongoing internal and external engagement, refinement of impactful ideas into strategic frameworks and up to (4) integrated conceptual layouts. A strategic analysis document will validate concepts against the Vision, Guiding Principles, community priorities and based on metrics related to costs, benefits, risks, opportunities and constraints. Task 2.1 Strategic Framework and Conceptual Layouts We will work closely with the City staff, City consultants and project steering committee to develop up to (4) distinct civic campus conceptual layouts that identify the location of all new facilities including; public and private buildings including exterior and interior facility needs; site utilities/infrastructure; site ingress and egress including vehicular and pedestrian access points; parking including options for above ground ramps and underground structures; mechanical and energy systems; site improvements including native landscaping, green infrastructure, public realm improvements, public art, event areas, gathering spaces, buffers, etc.; and loading and circulation areas. These conceptual site plans will be compatible with existing approved City and Hennepin County plans and goals; including compliance with climate action plans/goals, sustainable landscape guidelines, and the State of Minnesota’s B3 Program – Buildings, Benchmarks, and Beyond requirements. At a minimum, the conceptual site plan alternatives should consider the following: ǌ Option 1: A shared City Hall/Public Safety Building with a separate Hennepin County Library. ǌ Option 2: A shared City Hall/Hennepin County Library, with a separate Public Safety Building. ǌ Option 3: A shared government center that combines City Hall, Public Safety Building, and Hennepin County Library. ǌ Option 4: An additional option to be determined that balances community needs with site conditions Task 2.2 Cost Estimates Based on the development of the conceptual site plan options for the Civic Center Campus, a set of high-level cost estimates will be created in coordination with the City’s Owner’s Representative that provides a base line for costs associated with campus wide improvements. Task 2.3 Strategic Analysis Document Based on the development of (4) conceptual campus layouts in Task 2.1, the consultant team will develop a strategic analysis document and project decision making framework app which will compare the concepts based on cost, benefits, risks, opportunities, constraints. The analysis document and project app will be used to lead focused decision-making conversations to identify the preferred site conceptual design approach. This analysis document and app will not only be developed based on industry standards and best practices, but also in coordination with the City and City consultants to ensure the decision making framework meets the project’s needs. Task 2.4 Project Meetings As part of Phase 2, we anticipate facilitating and documenting the following meetings: ǌ (1) Public Open House (to present concept plan understanding, imagery, and intent.) ǌ Weekly meeting with City project management team ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Technical Advisory Committee ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Subject Matter Experts ǌ Monthly Steering Committee Meetings ǌ (1-2) coordination meetings with City Consultants ǌ (1) meeting with Planning commission (if needed) ǌ (1) meeting with City Council (if needed) EPA Greening Communities: Sustainable design strategies to in- crease safety and accessibility, and build upon community character. 345 Perkins&Will | 28 Project Work Plan PHASE 2 Deliverables ǌ Strategic framework and precedent imagery ǌ Four (4) conceptual site layouts ǌ Reconciliation of prior studies and current goals into an organized, actionable format ǌ Draft phasing plan and high-level cost estimates, to be coordinated with Owner’s Representative ǌ List of required entitlements and process to complete plan ǌ Attendance and leadership at all project meetings Task 2.5 Civic Center Plan Workshop A one-day workshop focusing on the review and refinement of the strategic framework and conceptual layouts into one preferred concept. Task 2.6 Additional Targeted Community Engagement We propose additional community engagement focused on engaging community residents and partners with a series of art and program based activities. Task 2.7 Preferred Civic Center Plan Based on feedback from Phase 2 meetings regarding the conceptual site plan options, the consultant team will refine into one preferred overall Civic Center Campus plan. An updated high level cost estimate will be prepared based on the updated concept. PHASE 3: Implementation + Document During this phase, the project team will work with City staff and stakeholders to develop a detailed action strategy and phasing plan. Stakeholders will play a crucial role in defining this strategy, with the team drawing on lessons from cities nationwide to ensure a well-informed course of action. To complete Phase 3, the design team will compile and finalize the Golden Valley Civic Center Campus Plan into a flexible, actionable plan document that guides the future schematic design, detailed design, and construction activities associated with the City’s Civic Center Campus. Task 3.1 Implementation and Phasing As part of the Civic Center Campus plan, we will work with City staff and Steering Committee to develop a phasing plan for all recommended improvements. To determine phasing we will analyze costs, potential funding sources, operational efficiency, return on investment, and community needs, among others. As part of the implementation strategy we will also define potential sites on the campus that could be sold or leased for supporting/ related private development such as housing (affordable) or retail/ services. We will coordinate with the City’s Owner’s Representative to prepare cost estimates and phasing plan for the approved civic center plan. We will develop a project app that will host project data to assist in making informed decisions about implementation and phasing. Task 3.2 Draft Civic Center Campus Plan Document The Perkins&Will team will a comprehensive, actionable Civic Center Campus Plan that summarizes the planning process, identifies a preferred civic center plan, and prioritizes public infrastructure, investment and decision-making for the civic center area. This work will officially record the strategies and recommendations revealed through the planning process, but more importantly serve as the “blueprint” to guide that guides the future schematic design, detailed design, and construction activities associated with the campus. We will develop and present a draft document to City staff for review and approval prior to finalizing the document. — CORKTOWN FRAMEWORK PLAN CASE STUDY Turning Vision into Reality— Planning for Implementation Since completion, the framework plan has secured over $990 million in funding, including a $30 million Choice Neighborhoods Implementation grant. These investments are stabilizing housing, enhancing infrastructure, and expanding economic opportunity—without displacing the people who make Corktown unique. 346 Perkins&Will | 29Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Work Plan PHASE 3 Deliverables: ǌ Implementation Strategies and Phasing Plans ǌ Draft and Final Civic Center Campus Plan document ǌ Attendance and leadership at all project meetings Task 3.3 Project Meetings As part of Phase 2, we anticipate facilitating and documenting the following meetings: ǌ Weekly meeting with City project management team ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Technical Advisory Committee ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Subject Matter Experts ǌ Monthly Steering Committee Meetings ǌ (1-2) coordination meetings with City Consultants ǌ (1) worksession with Planning commission ǌ (1) worksession with City Council ǌ (1) meeting with City Council Task 3.4 Final Civic Center Campus Plan Document After City staff review the Civic Center Campus Plan, the consultant team will revise according to staff comments and issue a final document. Puerto Rico Capitol District Plan: The plan guides the transformation of the Puerto Rico Capitol District into a district. The plan ensures that the historic Capitolio will be a popular destination and a source of pride of generations of Puerto Ricans to come. 347 2025 2026 Jan Feb March Apr May June July Aug Sept Engage + Discovery + Assessment Engagement & Project Management Plan Kick-off and Site Tour Data & Document Collection & Review Program Validation Existing Conditions Analysis Additional Targeted Engagement Envision + Ideate Strategic Framework & Conceptual Layouts Cost Estimates Strategic Analysis Document Civic Center Plan Workshop Additional Targeted Engagement Preferred Civic Center Plan Implementation + Documentation Implementation & Phasing Draft Campus Plan Document Final Civic Center Plan Document Project Timeline * Project Meetings Project Management Meetings (weekly) Open House Technical Advisory Meeting Subject Matter Experts Steering Committee Meetings (monthly) Planning Commission City Council Coordination with City Consultant Draft for Client Review Milestone Client Review 348 Perkins&Will | 30Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Fee Schedule proposed scope of work fee by phase Engage + Discovery + Assessment $109,910 Envision + Ideate $236,731 Implementation + Documentation $76,176 subtotal $422,817 reimbursables $7,400 grand total $430,217 key personnel project hours hourly rate Perkins&Will John Slack, Managing Principal, Urban Designer 205 $315 Angie Varpness, Project Manager 240 $213 Sarah Christensen, Agency Data Management 80 $180 Doug Pierce, Resilient, Sustainable Design 55 $245 Ben Sporer, Landscape Architect 165 $160 Dustin Schipper, Data Analysis, Tool Creation 15 $135 Tony Layne, Design Director 50 $315 Derek Jones, Library Expert 86 $315 Support Staff 420 $115 TKDA Sam McKinney, Site Planning, Engagement 118 $174 Chris Hutton, Public Safety Planning 100 $195 Support Staff 354 $125 CDA Enterprises Carrie Day-Aspinwall, Site History, Context 100 $125 Pierce Pini Associates Rhonda Pierce, Civil Engineering Principal 80 $195 Senior Civil Engineer 40 $170 Support Staff 80 $100 Modern Day Me Jared Hanks, Public Art Lead 70 $250 Support Staff 100 $150 We are open and more than willing to discuss our work scope and fees with the City of Golden Valley to ensure alignment with your budget, desired project, and requisite consultant scope to achieve the project’s goals. 349 + Request for Proposals for Golden Valley Civic Center Campus Master Planning 350 Table of Contents I. Background and Purpose ...................................................................................................................... 3 II. Scope of Work ....................................................................................................................................... 5 A. Project Management ....................................................................................................................... 5 B. Data Gathering and Data Gap Analysis ............................................................................................ 5 C. Community Outreach and Engagement .......................................................................................... 6 D. Strategic Framework and Conceptual Layouts ................................................................................ 6 E. Civic Center Campus Master Plan .................................................................................................... 7 III. Proposal Submissions Process ......................................................................................................... 7 A. Due Date .......................................................................................................................................... 7 B. Submission Requirements ............................................................................................................... 7 C. Format .............................................................................................................................................. 8 IV. Anticipated Timeline ........................................................................................................................ 9 V. Proposal Evaluation and Selection ........................................................................................................ 9 A. Proposal Evaluation ......................................................................................................................... 9 B. Interviews ........................................................................................................................................ 9 C. Final Evaluation ................................................................................................................................ 9 D. Contract Award .............................................................................................................................. 10 VI. Appendices ..................................................................................................................................... 11 A. General Project Location ............................................................................................................... 11 B. Detailed Project Location ............................................................................................................... 12 C. Key Study Areas ............................................................................................................................. 14 D. Prior Civic Center Campus Studies ................................................................................................. 15 E. Additional Information .................................................................................................................. 16 F. Professional Services Agreement Template .................................................................................. 18 G. Hennepin County – Golden Valley Library Profile ......................................................................... 25 351 I. Background and Purpose The City of Golden Valley’s Civic Center Campus project presents a unique opportunity to reimagine the community’s civic and cultural center. The City’s history, geography, and culture provide a strong foundation to build on through the development of a Civic Center Campus Master Plan. Originally Dakota homeland with a crossroads of regional trails to the Mississippi River and beyond, Golden Valley was incorporated as a village in 1886. The City has since transitioned from a predominantly agricultural community to its current setting as a vibrant and dynamic first-ring suburb of the Twin Cities that balances a mixed-use urban core with a suburban edge primarily consisting of residential and park land uses. Major highways, regional trail systems, and upcoming bus rapid transit provide multi-modal connections to key destinations within and beyond the City’s municipal limits. Development of the City’s Civic Center Campus generally began in the 1960s, with steady progress before reaching its current buildout conditions by the early 1990s (Appendix A and Appendix B). The City is seeking proposals for Civic Center Campus Master Planning based on a unique opportunity to reimagine the campus, primarily driven by the following context: • The City is pursuing property acquisition that will relocate its Public Works facilities to an off-site location that can accommodate long-term operational needs. The goal is to open the new Public Works facility in 2028. • Several City facilities, including the Public Safety building, are scheduled for reconstruction. • The water tower is approaching the end of its design life and will require reconstruction through a highly coordinated effort with the Joint Water Commission; the water tower can be placed anywhere on the campus. • With support from the City, Hennepin County has expressed interest in relocating its library to a more visible location on the Civic Center Campus. • Metro Transit’s Highway 55 Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) project will create new stations for regional transit at the intersection of Winnetka Avenue and Golden Valley Road, improving accessibility and generating more interest directly adjacent to the Civic Center Campus. • City of Golden Valley voters approved a Local Option Sales Tax (LOST) in 2023 that designated funds for a new Public Safety building. As the geographic and political center of the City, the Civic Center Campus is the convergence of many assets, challenges, and opportunities. Bound between Winnetka Avenue, Rhode Island Avenue, Golden Valley Road, and 10th Avenue, the future campus will feature key community nodes including Golden Valley City Hall, Public Safety (Fire and Police), Hennepin County Library, and the iconic water tower. The northwest corner of the campus features a prominent active and natural edge, where Ȟaȟá Wakpádaŋ/Bassett Creek meanders through the site. North of 10th Avenue, the Luce Line Regional Trail provides 9 miles of continuous paved trail that brings cyclists to Theodore Wirth Park, near major connections with the Cedar Lake Trail, Grand Rounds, the Midtown Greenway, and more. Embedded on the west side of the campus is McDonald’s, an active partner in this project. While the McDonald’s site will not be redeveloped and will remain in-place, the site provides excellent opportunities for connections. The City of Golden Valley is seeking proposals to create a Civic Center Campus Master Plan that will progress the City to develop a welcoming, sustainable, innovative, and iconic campus that effectively serves the community. The Civic Center Campus will include a new City Hall, Fire Station, Police 352 Station, and a new Hennepin County Library. With relocation of the City’s Public Works facilities, the Civic Center Campus will also provide opportunities for additional public space and/or private development that enriches the site and maximizes community benefits. The City seeks a design team to develop a showcase project through redevelopment that reflects the City’s character and values. Work performed through Civic Center Campus master planning will inform future schematic design, detailed design, and construction. Following the completion of this work, the City will release another RFP that advances the project on a schedule that completes schematic design by or before the summer of 2027. The City anticipates utilizing a construction-manager at-risk throughout facilities planning. Project Vision The City is poised to transform the Civic Center Campus into a welcoming, forward-looking, iconic destination that: • Connects people with nature, reveals ecological functions, and enhances resilience. • Fosters community engagement, enhances cultural connections, and provides measurable health and wellbeing advantages to Golden Valley residents, employees and visitors. • Reflects a comprehensive, integrated, and holistic approach to planning and implementation. The final Civic Center Campus Master Plan will: • Develop innovative, flexible, and forward-thinking solutions that meet current and future needs of our institutions and community. • Enhance connectivity and wayfinding, both within the site and among the greater community. This will support safe, accessible, and integrated systems for pedestrians, bicyclists, and public transit users. The site design will be cohesive, thoughtful, intuitive, and accessible. • Explore shared uses across the campus, including buildings, year-round public spaces, parking, and infrastructure to maximize accessibility, benefits to community, and efficiency. • Embed best practices in sustainability and resilience across all design aspects including materials, systems, infrastructure, and landscape. • Reflect Library concepts in alignment with Hennepin County’s guiding documents and standards, including the Hennepin County Library (HCL) Strategic Plan, the HCL Facility Master Plan, Hennepin County Climate Action Plan, Facility Services’ Climate Action Plan and its Sustainable Landscape Guidelines, and the State of Minnesota’s B3 Program – Buildings, Benchmarks, and Beyond. • Reflect and respond to the site’s unique four-seasons climate and honor its cultural significance as Dakota Homeland with a thoughtful connection to Ȟaȟá Wakpádaŋ/Bassett Creek. 353 II. Scope of Work The City of Golden Valley seeks proposals from qualified companies to lead the comprehensive master planning process for the City’s 14+ acre Civic Center Campus. The campus shall include the following public facilities at a minimum: • Public Safety (Police and Fire) facilities, with active dispatch of both police and fire vehicles. • City Hall, with services and amenities as directed by the City’s project manager. • Hennepin County Library. • Public plaza. The primary purpose of this effort is to create a cohesive, implementable master plan that balances operational needs, community aspirations, private development opportunities, sustainability, innovation, and design excellence. Refer to Appendix C for key study areas associated with the Civic Center Campus Master Plan. This plan will serve as the roadmap for future schematic design, detailed design, and construction. Companies responding to this request for proposals (RFP) must demonstrate subject matter expertise to perform the work outlined below. A. Project Management The selected design team shall propose its approach and costs associated with project management. At a minimum, this shall include: • Invoicing and progress reports, including monthly summaries of percent complete and percent spent by task. • Coordination meetings with the City’s project manager. • Coordination with the City’s consultants, including those updating space needs assessments, construction-manager at-risk. • Additional space needs assessments for Hennepin County Library. • In-person project kickoff meeting. • In-person Planning Commission work session presentation. • In-person City Council work session presentation. • In-person City Council meeting presentation of the Civic Center Campus Master Plan process and identification of a preferred conceptual layout. Task A Deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: • Monthly invoices and progress reports. • Meetings and meeting minutes. • City Council work session presentation. • City Council meeting presentation. B. Data Gathering and Data Gap Analysis The selected team shall compile relevant data needed to develop the Civic Center Campus Master Plan. This may include but is not limited to requesting, compiling, and organizing data from the City, Hennepin County, and partner agencies and organizations. This shall include reconciliation of prior studies completed with the City’s current goals and priorities (Appendix D). The City is currently updating the Municipal Facilities Study space needs assessments for more accurate square footage needs for both City Hall and Public Safety. This is anticipated to be finished in Fall 2025. City Hall and Public Safety are currently two separate buildings, both contain a basement and a main level, and both require significantly more space with new facilities. Hennepin 354 County Library likely requires approximately 15,000 – 20,000 square feet, depending on the location or co-location scenario. The City is also actively working on a full survey of the site, including a trees and wetlands, which will be provided to the selected design team. Following the completion of data collection, the selected team shall identify additional data that is needed to develop a Civic Center campus Master Plan that achieves the stated goals of the project, along with a planning level schedule and cost associated with obtaining the additional data. Task B deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: • Summary of data needs. • Reconciliation of prior studies and current goals into an organized, actionable format. • Data gap analysis. • Planning-level schedule and cost to obtain additional data. C. Community Outreach and Engagement The selected team will work closely with City staff to perform inclusive, equitable community outreach and engagement tasks. This task includes development of electronic and printed content related to the project, external engagement via public open houses, and incorporating educational and interpretive content to the planning, design, and long-term operation of the Civic Center Campus. Task C deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: • Electronic and printed communications materials. • Summary of strategies to incorporate educational and interpretive content throughout the project. • Two (2) public open houses, including one (1) open house to solicit perspective from the community and inform the design team’s approach, and one (1) open house to present concept plan understanding, imagery, and intent. D. Strategic Framework and Conceptual Layouts The selected team shall prepare a planning framework that identifies key performance indicators and strategies for the City and the design team to measure success. This framework may follow an industry standard, best practice, or be developed specifically to achieve the goals of the Civic Center Campus. The planning framework shall be a tool that can identify comparative costs, benefits, opportunities, constraints, etc., and help the City make informed decisions and calculate tradeoffs. The planning framework shall also include precedent imagery. Following the development of the strategic framework, the selected team shall produce up to four (4) conceptual site layouts to evaluate alternatives. The following scenarios must be included, which allows for an extra iteration of an alternative at the discretion of the design team, or an alternative scenario otherwise not described below: • A shared City Hall/Public Safety Building with a separate Hennepin County Library. • A shared City Hall/Hennepin County Library, with a separate Public Safety Building. • A shared government center that combines City Hall, Public Safety Building, and Hennepin County Library. 355 The conceptual site layouts shall consider utility and infrastructure needs, including the exterior and interior facility needs. The layouts shall be developed to consider the following site design elements at a minimum: • Ingress and egress opportunities across the site, optimizing walkability and public amenity space while achieving the needs for public safety operations and response times. • Parking that considers aboveground ramps and underground structures. • Mechanical and energy systems, including renewable energies and energy efficiency. • Landscape architecture, green infrastructure, public realm and experiential design, balanced built and natural environments, and opportunities for private development (e.g., housing) that complements civic uses, supports walkability, and enhances Civic Center Campus vitality. • Compatibility with approved plans and long-term goals. • Library concepts will be guided by the Hennepin County Library’s Strategic Plan and its Facility Master Plan. Integration of Hennepin County’s Climate Action Goals, Hennepin County’s Facility Services’ Sustainable Landscape Guidelines, and the State of Minnesota’s B3 Program – Buildings, Benchmarks, and Beyond. Task D Deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: • Strategic framework and precedent imagery. • Four (4) conceptual site layouts. • Reconciliation of prior studies and current goals into an organized, actionable format. • Data gap analysis. • List of required entitlements and process to complete master plan. E. Civic Center Campus Master Plan Tasks associated with this RFP shall culminate in a comprehensive, actionable Civic Center Campus Master Plan that guides the future schematic design, detailed design, and construction activities associated with the City’s Civic Center Campus. Refer to Appendix C for key study areas associated with this plan. Task E Deliverables shall include the following at a minimum: • Civic Center Campus Master Plan. III. Proposal Submissions Process A. Due Date Proposals received after 4:30 pm on October 17, 2025 will not be considered. B. Submission Requirements 1. Submit proposal via email (PDF less than 30mb) or mail to: Chloe McGuire, Deputy Community Development Director cmcguire@goldenvalleymn.gov City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 356 C. Format 1. Cover Page i. Project Title ii. Company/Team: Name and Address iii. Contact Person: Name, Title, Phone Number, and Email Address iv. Date of Proposal 2. Letter of Interest i. Describe the team’s mission, vision, and values and how they align with the mission, vision, and values of the City of Golden Valley. ii. Express why your team would like to participate in this project and any distinguishing characteristics. iii. Describe the team’s design philosophy and how it will specifically benefit this project. 3. Statement of Work i. Describe your project understanding and approach to completing the scope of work identified in this RFP. ii. Describe methods, process, strategies, and deliverables proposed to complete each task listed in this RFP. Additional tasks, subtasks, or deliverables may be submitted as “value add” services, with distinct and separate associated costs. The City’s evaluation and selection will be based on the base bid only, after which it may consider value-add tasks as contract add-ons. iii. The chosen team will be expected to provide this information in a manner appropriate to insert as Exhibit A – Scope of Services in the Professional Services Agreement (Exhibit F). 4. Qualifications i. Describe the team’s prior experience performing similar services to those described in this RFP. ii. Provide biographies and resumes for up to five (5) team members, including descriptions of their roles and responsibilities related to this project. Biographies and resumes shall be limited to two (2) pages per person, including examples of projects that exemplify experience and expertise in relevant areas, or examples that demonstrate creativity and problem-solving in similarly complex projects. iii. Graphics and images may be included with the team’s experience or with individual team member biographies/resumes. 5. Fee Schedule and Timeline i. Provide a detailed budget and schedule for each task, including hourly billing rates of proposed staff, hours per task, and reimbursable expenses. Budget and schedule should clearly identify any sub-consultants and their work within the project. ii. Provide a schedule to achieve project completion within six (6) months of receiving notice to proceed (NTP). iii. The chosen team will be expected to provide this information in a manner appropriate to insert as Exhibit B – Fee Schedule in the Professional Services Agreement (Exhibit F). Proposals shall be no more than 32 pages, including all proposal content described above. All pages must be 8.5” x 11.5” (portrait or landscape orientation). 357 IV. Anticipated Timeline A. RFP Announcement: September 10, 2025 B. Deadline for Project Questions: September 24, 2025 at 4:30 pm a. Questions should be emailed to Chloe McGuire at cmcguire@goldenvalleymn.gov. C. Questions Posted Online for Review: October 1, 2025 D. Proposal Submission Deadline: October 17, 2025 at 4:30 pm CST E. Shortlist Announcement: November 4, 2025 F. Team Interviews: November 17 – 18, 2025 G. Team Selection Announcement: December 2025 H. City Council Consideration: December 2025 V. Proposal Evaluation and Selection A team of City Staff, Hennepin County staff, and consultants will evaluate all proposals and select the proposal or proposals that best demonstrate the ability to reliably perform the work with integrity. Companies may partner to submit proposals; however, one company must be identified as the primary contact on the proposal. A. Proposal Evaluation Each proposal will be examined initially to ensure it follows the proposal format and instructions in this RFP. Proposals that do not follow the specific format will not be considered. Late proposals will not be considered. Teams will be selected for interviews and chosen as the finalists by consensus. Proposals will be evaluated on the following criteria: Experience of team related to scope of services outlined in this RFP, including years and history 20 pts Qualifications of key personnel 20 pts Design philosophy 15 pts Timeline of proposed work 15 pts Fee schedule with hourly rates 15 pts Participation from CERT certified or certified as a SMBE/SBE firms 10 pts Team’s commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion, and ability to integrate DEI into this work 5 pts Total 100 pts B. Interviews After the initial review, the evaluation team will narrow the number of companies and proposals for further consideration. The evaluation team may contact successful companies with additional questions or to schedule a presentation and interview. Companies shall provide responses to any additional questions within three business days following receipt of the inquiry. The evaluation team will conduct interviews in person or via Teams. C. Final Evaluation The final evaluation of proposals will be based on the following criteria: • Initial Proposal • Interview and Additional Questions • References • Final Cost Proposal 358 D. Contract Award The evaluation team will make a recommendation to the City Council for awarding the contract. Final approval of the contract rests with the City Council. 359 VI. Appendices A. General Project Location 360 B. Detailed Project Location 361 362 C. Key Study Areas The master plan should include detailed study and recommendations in the following areas: 1. Site Circulation and Parking o Safe, efficient routing for emergency vehicles while maintaining walkability. o Separation of staff, visitor, and service vehicle access. o Shared or structured parking strategies. o Traffic impacts and mitigation on adjacent streets. o Underground parking study. 2. Public Realm and Open Space o Design of welcoming, year-round public spaces that support community gatherings and events. o Integration with Ȟaȟá Wakpádaŋ/Bassett Creek, the Luce Line Regional Trail, and nearby parks. o Stormwater management solutions that are visible, ecological, and educational. o Connections to surrounding neighborhoods to encourage walkability and accessibility. o The City is interested in exploring a “festival street” design through the site. 3. Building Program and Adjacencies o Optimal adjacencies between City, Library, and Public Safety functions. o Flexibility for future expansion and adaptability of facilities. o Integration of potential housing and/or mixed-use development within the campus with remaining land. 4. Sustainability and Resilience o Integration of geothermal, solar, EV charging, and other net-zero energy strategies. o Exploration of district energy or shared utilities. o Climate-responsive landscape design to address flooding, heat islands, and biodiversity. 5. Accessibility and Inclusivity o Universal design and ADA compliance. o Intuitive wayfinding and signage. o Multi-generational design for residents, staff, and visitors. 6. Phasing and Implementation o Strategies to maintain essential services (e.g., active fire station) during construction. o Sequenced demolition, construction, and occupancy to minimize disruption. o High-level cost estimates tied to recommended phasing. 7. Partnerships and Economic Impacts o Identification of opportunities for City-County cost-sharing and operational efficiencies. o Coordination with Metro Transit and other regional entities for planned Highway 55 bus rapid transit (BRT) stops near Winnetka and Golden Valley Road. o Consideration of long-term maintenance and operational costs. o Assessment of potential economic benefits, including the role of housing and mixed- use development in strengthening the local economy and supporting campus activity. 363 D. Prior Civic Center Campus Studies 1. Municipal Facilities Study December 2021 BKV Group Long-range plan to define needs, establish priorities, create framework for investment and phased implementation. This study did not include collaboration with Hennepin County, nor consider movement of the Hennepin County Library to a more prominent location, which is now of interest. The City has been working to revise space needs assumptions, 2025 updates can be found here: https://www.goldenvalleymn.gov/237/City-Facilities- Downtown-Study 2. User Experience Framework City of Golden Valley and Hennepin County December 2024 Van Meter Williams Pollack, Visible City Placemaking strategies to enhance identity, make Golden Valley a transit-ready, park-once destination, and recommend public and private sector investments. Visualized the festival street proposal for the public plaza. 3. Local Option Sales Tax Analysis for Golden Valley September 2023 University of Minnesota Center for Community Vitality Estimate of proportion of sales attributed to resident and non-residents and proportion subject to LOST. 4. Downtown Study Phase 2 – Preferred Redevelopment Concepts January 2020 HKGi Vision and Guiding Principles for downtown Golden Valley redevelopment and reinvestment 5. Downtown Golden Valley Walk/Bike Connectivity Report January 2020 HKGi Promote walking and biking to and from downtown. 6. Golden Valley Downtown West - ULI Minnesota Technical Assistance Panel July 2018 Downtown West development recommendations. 7. Golden Valley’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan Drafted from 2016 – 2018. Approved in January 2020. City’s 20-year plan, which includes goals for creating a dynamic town center. 364 E. Additional Information 1. Appeals Process Protests of the award must be made in writing and must specifically state your grievance. All protests must be filed with City Clerk, Theresa Schyma, within ten calendar days after issuance of notice to award. 2. Rights of Review The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals or to request additional information. This RFP shall not commit the City to engage any team for the services described in this RFP. The City reserves the right to reject some or all of the proposals and to award by individual line item, by group of line items or as a total, whichever is deemed most advantageous to the City. The City reserves the right to request additional information or clarifications, to allow corrections of errors or omissions, or to modify the proposal schedule. 3. Confidential Material All materials submitted in response to this RFP will become public record, unless categorized as private, confidential, non-public, or protected non-public under the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act (“Protected Materials”). Unrestricted disclosure of proprietary information places it in the public domain. If you believe any of your materials are Protected Materials, you must submit those materials in a separate envelope marked “Confidential Disclosure,” along with a cover letter explaining why you believe the materials are Protected Materials. The City will review the materials and approve or deny your request for confidentiality. If the City denies your request for confidentiality, the review team will notify you and you may withdraw the entire proposal, remove the materials, or include the materials in the non-confidential portion of your submission. Cost, pricing information, and the total proposal amount are public data under the MGDPA. Any costs to preserve Protected Materials shall be your responsibility. 4. Response Ownership All proposals become the property of the City upon receipt. Selection, rejection, or disqualification of a proposal shall not affect this right. 5. Equal Opportunity The City requires equal opportunity; therefore, the team selected shall not discriminate under the contract against any person in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations and with City policy. The City of Golden Valley does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, membership on a local human rights commission, disability, or any other basis protected by law in the admission or access to or treatment of employment, program, activities or services. 6. Contract The City reserves the right to negotiate the final terms and conditions of the contract, including award amount. If the City and a design team are unable to agree upon the entire contract, the City may discontinue negotiations, select another design team or reject all of the proposals. The successful design team shall execute a contract with the City within ten days after receipt. 365 Contract Ethics No elected official or employee of the City who exercises any responsibilities in the review, approval or implementation of the proposal shall participate in any decision which affects his or her direct or indirect financial interests. It is a breach of ethics for any person to offer, give or agree to give any City employee or Council Member or for any City employee or Council Member to solicit, demand, accept or agree to accept from another person or firm, a gratuity or an offer of employment. The team shall not assign any interest in this contract and shall not transfer any interest in the same without the prior written consent of the City. The team shall not accept any private client or project which, by nature, places it in ethical conflict during its representation of the City. 7. Reporting, Insurance, and Financial Liability Limitations The successful team will report to the City Manager or their designee. The Community Development Director will work with the Finance Director to audit billings, approve payments, establish the schedule and oversee the execution of the contract. The City shall not be liable for any expenses incurred by the team, including but not limited to, expenses associated with the preparation of the proposal, attendance at the interview, preparation of a compensation schedule, or final contract negotiations. Prior to any work being performed, the successful team shall provide a statement certifying that they have conducted the required background checks, as well as a certificate of insurance, including all coverage required in the contract (Appendix B, Paragraph 8). 366 F. Professional Services Agreement Template THIS AGREEMENT is made this Choose Date (“Effective Date”) by and between [Contractor Name] a State Company Type with its principal office located at [address] (“Contractor”), and the City of Golden Valley, Minnesota, a Minnesota municipal corporation located at 7800 Golden Valley Road, Golden Valley, MN 55427 (the “City”): RECITALS A. Contractor is engaged in the business of providing [Description of Services]. B. The City desires to hire Contractor to provide [Description of Services] services. C. Contractor represents that it has the professional expertise and capabilities to provide the City with the requested services. D. The City desires to engage Contractor to provide the services described in this Agreement and Contractor is willing to provide such services on the terms and conditions in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions expressed in this Agreement, the City and Contractor agree as follows: AGREEMENT 1. Services. Contractor agrees to provide the City with the services as described in the attached Exhibit A (the “Services”). Exhibit A shall be incorporated into this Agreement by reference. All Services shall be provided in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by professionals currently providing similar services. 2. Time for Completion. The Services shall be completed on or before _________________, provided that the parties may extend the stated deadlines upon mutual written agreement. This Agreement shall remain in force and effect commencing from the Effective Date and continuing until the completion of the project, unless terminated by the City or amended pursuant to the Agreement. 3. Consideration. The City shall pay Contractor for the Services according to the terms on the attached Exhibit B. The consideration shall be for both the Services performed by Contractor and any expenses incurred by Contractor in performing the Services. Contractor shall submit statements to the City upon completion of the Services. The City shall pay Contractor within thirty-five (35) days after Contractor’s statements are submitted. 4. Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated as follows: a. The parties, by mutual written agreement, may terminate this Agreement at any time; b. Contractor may terminate this Agreement in the event of a breach of the Agreement by the City upon providing thirty (30) days’ written notice to the City; 367 c. The City may terminate this Agreement at any time at its option, for any reason or no reason at all; or d. The City may terminate this Agreement immediately upon Contractor’s failure to have in force any insurance required by this Agreement. In the event of a termination, the City shall pay Contractor for Services performed to the date of termination and for all costs or other expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. 5. Amendments. No amendments may be made to this Agreement except in a writing signed by both parties. 6. Remedies. In the event of a termination of this Agreement by the City because of a breach by Contractor, the City may complete the Services either by itself or by contract with other persons or entities, or any combination thereof. These remedies provided to the City for breach of this Agreement by Contractor shall not be exclusive. The City shall be entitled to exercise any one or more other legal or equitable remedies available because of Contractor’s breach. 7. Records/Inspection. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes § 16C.05, subd. 5, Contractor agrees that the books, records, documents, and accounting procedures and practices of Contractor, that are relevant to the contract or transaction, are subject to examination by the City and the state auditor or legislative auditor for a minimum of six years. Contractor shall maintain such records for a minimum of six years after final payment. The parties agree that this obligation will survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 8. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor, and Contractor’s successors or assigns, agree to protect, defend, indemnify, save, and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, agents, volunteers, and employees from any and all claims; lawsuits; causes of actions of any kind, nature, or character; damages; losses; or costs, disbursements, and expenses of defending the same, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, professional services, and other technical, administrative or professional assistance resulting from or arising out of Contractor’s (or its subcontractors, agents, volunteers, members, invitees, representatives, or employees) performance of the duties required by or arising from this Agreement, or caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct by Contractor, or arising out of Contractor’s failure to obtain or maintain the insurance required by this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any immunity or limitation of liability to which the City is entitled. The parties agree that these indemnification obligations shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 9. Insurance. Contractor shall maintain reasonable insurance coverage throughout this Agreement. Contractor agrees that before any work related to the approved project can be performed, Contractor shall maintain at a minimum: Worker’s Compensation Insurance as required by Minnesota Statutes, section 176.181; Business Auto Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; Professional Liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; and Commercial General Liability in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for bodily injury or death arising out of each occurrence, and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence for property damage, $2,000,000.00 aggregate. To meet the Commercial General Liability and Business Auto Liability requirements, Contractor may use a combination of Excess and Umbrella coverage. Contractor shall provide the City with a current certificate of insurance including the following language: “The City of Golden Valley is named as an additional insured with respect to the commercial general liability, business automobile liability and umbrella or excess 368 liability, as required by the contract. The umbrella or excess liability policy follows form on all underlying coverages.” Such certificate of liability insurance shall list the City as an additional insured and contain a statement that such policies of insurance shall not be canceled or amended unless 30 days’ written notice is provided to the City, or 10 days’ written notice in the case of non-payment. 10. Subcontracting. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign, or transfer any rights under or interest (including, but without limitation, moneys that may become due or moneys that are due) in the Agreement without the written consent of the other except to the extent that the effect of this limitation may be restricted by law. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall prevent Contractor from employing such independent Contractors, associates, and subcontractors, as it may deem appropriate to assist it in the performance of the Services required by this Agreement. Any instrument in violation of this provision is null and void. 11. Assignment. Neither the City nor Contractor shall assign this Agreement or any rights under or interest in this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other party’s prior written consent. Any assignment in violation of this provision is null and void. 12. Independent Contractor. Contractor is an independent contractor. Contractor’s duties shall be performed with the understanding that Contractor has special expertise as to the services which Contractor is to perform and is customarily engaged in the independent performance of the same or similar services for others. Contractor shall provide or contract for all required equipment and personnel. Contractor shall control the manner in which the services are performed; however, the nature of the Services and the results to be achieved shall be specified by the City. The parties agree that this is not a joint venture and the parties are not co-partners. Contractor is not an employee or agent of the City and has no authority to make any binding commitments or obligations on behalf of the City except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement. All services provided by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by Contractor as an independent contractor and not as an employee of the City for any purpose, including but not limited to: income tax withholding, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, FICA taxes, liability for torts and eligibility for employee benefits. 13. Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall exercise due professional care to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances and regula�ons in effect as of the date Contractor agrees to provide the Services. Contractor’s guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representa�ves, and subcontractors shall abide by the City's policies prohibi�ng sexual harassment and tobacco, drug, and alcohol use as defined in the City’s Respec�ul Work Place Policy, and Tobacco, Drug, and Alcohol Policy, as well as all other reasonable work rules, safety rules, or policies, and procedures regula�ng the conduct of persons on City property, at all �mes while performing du�es pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor agrees and understands that a viola�on of any of these policies, procedures, or rules cons�tutes a breach of the Agreement and sufficient grounds for immediate termina�on of the Agreement by the City. 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, any attached exhibits, and any addenda signed by the parties shall constitute the entire agreement between the City and Contractor, and supersedes any other written or oral agreements between the City and Contractor. This Agreement may only be modified in a writing signed by the City and Contractor. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the 369 referenced or attached items, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. If there is any conflict between Exhibits A and B, the terms of Exhibit B shall prevail. 15. Third Party Rights. The parties to this Agreement do not intend to confer any rights under this Agreement on any third party. 16. Choice of Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota. Any disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of this Agreement shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Hennepin County, Minnesota, and all parties to this Agreement waive any objection to the jurisdiction of these courts, whether based on convenience or otherwise. 17. Conflict of Interest. Contractor shall use reasonable care to avoid conflicts of interest and appearances of impropriety in representation of the City. In the event of a conflict of interest, Contractor shall advise the City and, either secure a waiver of the conflict, or advise the City that it will be unable to provide the requested Services. 18. Work Products and Ownership of Documents. All records, information, materials, and work product, including, but not limited to the completed reports, data collected from or created by the City or the City’s employees or agents, raw market data, survey data, market analysis data, and any other data, work product, or reports prepared or developed in connection with the provision of the Services pursuant to this Agreement shall become the property of the City, but Contractor may retain reproductions of such records, information, materials and work product. Regardless of when such information was provided or created, Contractor agrees that it will not disclose for any purpose any information Contractor has obtained arising out of or related to this Agreement, except as authorized by the City or as required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall grant or transfer any rights, title or interests in any intellectual property created by Contractor prior to the effective date of this Agreement; however, to the extent Contractor generates reports or recommendations for the City using proprietary processes or formulas, Contractor shall provide the City (1) factual support for such reports and recommendations; (2) a detailed explanation of the method used and data relied upon to arrive at the recommendation; and (3) a detailed explanation of the rationale behind the methodology used. All of the obligations in this paragraph shall survive the completion or termination of this Agreement. 19. Agreement Not Exclusive. The City retains the right to hire other professional Contractor service providers for this or other matters, in the City’s sole discretion. 20. Data Practices Act Compliance. Any and all data provided to Contractor, received from Contractor, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminated by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement shall be administered in accordance with, and is subject to the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13. Contractor agrees to notify the City within three business days if it receives a data request from a third party. This paragraph does not create a duty on the part of Contractor to provide access to public data to the public if the public data are available from the City, except as required by the terms of this Agreement. These obligations shall survive the termination or completion of this Agreement. 21. Confidentiality. Consultant understands that the City has access to, develops, and uses private, confidential, nonpublic, and protected nonpublic information, as those terms are defined by the MGDPA, in connection with its business (collectively, “Confidential Information”). The City has instituted policies and procedures to protect and safeguard this Confidential Information. While working for the City under 370 this Agreement, Consultant may come into contact with Confidential Information. Consultant understands that the protection of Confidential Information is required by law and is a requirement of their relationship with the City. Accordingly, Consultant agrees as follows: 21.1 During the term of this Agreement and after the termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City: (a) Consultant will keep secret all Confidential Information and will not directly or indirectly disclose it to anyone outside the City; (b) Consultant will not make use of any Confidential Information for their own purposes or for the benefit of anyone other than the City; and (c) upon termination of Consultant’s relationship with the City, Consultant will promptly deliver to the City all memoranda, notes, records, and other documents (and all copies thereof) constituting or relating to Confidential Information. 21.2 If Consultant breaches or threatens to breach any provisions of paragraph 19.1, the City has the right to enforce this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota. 21.3 This Agreement is not intended to prevent Consultant from working for any employer subsequent to the termination of their relationship with the City, as long as Consultant does not use or disclose Confidential Information. 22. No Discrimination. Contractor agrees not to discriminate in providing products and services under this Agreement on the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, gender expression, status with regard to public assistance, or religion. Violation of any part of this provision may lead to immediate termination of this Agreement. Contractor agrees to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as amended (“ADA”), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 363A. Contractor agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the City from costs, including but not limited to damages, attorneys’ fees and staff time, in any action or proceeding brought alleging a violation of these laws by Contractor or its guests, invitees, members, officers, officials, agents, employees, volunteers, representatives and subcontractors. Upon request, Contractor shall provide accommodation to allow individuals with disabilities to participate in all Services under this Agreement. Contractor agrees to utilize its own auxiliary aid or service in order to comply with ADA requirements for effective communication with individuals with disabilities. 23. Authorized Agents. The City’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is _________________, the ________________________ of the City, or designee. Contractor’s authorized agent for purposes of administration of this contract is ___________________, or designee who shall perform or supervise the performance of all Services. 24. Notices. Any notices permitted or required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when personally delivered or upon deposit in the United States mail, postage fully prepaid, certified, return receipt requested, addressed to: CONTRACTOR THE CITY [Name] City of Golden Valley 7800 Golden Valley Road Golden Valley, MN 55427 ___________@goldenvalleymn.gov or such other contact information as either party may provide to the other by notice given in accordance with this provision. 371 25. Waiver. No waiver of any provision or of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions or any other or further breach, and no such waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the party to be charged with such a waiver. 26. Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall in no way define, limit or affect the scope and intent of this Agreement. 27. Payment of Subcontractors. Contractor agrees that it must pay any subcontractor within 10 days of the prime contractor’s receipt of payment from the City for undisputed Services provided by the subcontractor. Contractor agrees that it must pay interest of 1-1/2 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the prime contractor shall pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a prime contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in bringing the action. 28. Publicity. At the City’s request, the City and Contractor shall develop language to use when discussing the Services. Contractor agrees that Contractor shall not release any publicity regarding the Services or the subject matter of this Agreement without prior consent from the City. Contractor shall not use the City’s logo or state that the City endorses its services without the City’s advanced written approval. 29. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be severed, and the balance of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 30. Signatory. Each person executing this Agreement (“Signatory”) represents and warrants that they are duly authorized to sign on behalf of their respective organization. In the event Contractor did not authorize the Signatory to sign on its behalf, the Signatory agrees to assume responsibility for the duties and liability of Contractor, described in this Agreement, personally. 31. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be transmitted by electronic mail in portable document format (“pdf”) and signatures appearing on electronic mail instruments shall be treated as original signatures. 32. Recitals. The City and Contractor agree that the Recitals are true and correct and are fully incorporated into this Agreement. [Remainder of page left blank intentionally. Signature page follows.] 372 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City and Contractor have caused this Professional Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives in duplicate on the respective dates indicated below. [INSERT CONTRACTOR NAME]: CITY OF GOLDEN VALLEY: By: _________________________________ Name: ______________________________ Title: _______________________________ By: _________________________________ Roslyn Harmon, Mayor By: _________________________________ Noah Schuchman, City Manager Exhibit A: Scope of Services Exhibit B: Fee Schedule 373 G. Hennepin County – Golden Valley Library Profile from the Hennepin County Library Facility Master Plan 2025 - 2035 374 Civic Center Campus Plan City of Golden Valley Response to Request for Proposal October 17, 2025 (Updated December 4, 2025) Proposal Contact: John Slack Managing Principal, Urban Designer Perkins&Will 80 South Eighth Street, Suite 300 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 612.851.5044 john.slack@perkinswill.com 375 Perkins&Will | 2Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Letter of Interest ― 02 Statement of Work ― 05 Project Understanding ― 06 Project Approach ― 07 Qualifications ― 10 Project Team ― 11 Relevant Team Experience ― 18 Scope of Work, Timeline & Fee ― 24 Project Work Plan ― 25 Project Timeline ― 30 Fee Schedule ― 31 Appendix: Additional Team Resumes ― 32 Contents Chloe McGuire Deputy Community Development Director City of Golden Valley cmcguire@goldenvalleymn.gov Re: Proposal for Civic Center Campus Plan Dear Chloe and Members of the Selection Committee, Team Mission, Vision, and Values – Aligned with the City of Golden Valley We are pleased to submit our proposal for the City of Golden Valley Civic Center Plan—a transformative effort to reimagine and redefine the future of the Civic Center Campus as a welcoming, multi-generational, and inclusive community space that meets the changing needs of community residents. This project is not just about replacing aging facilities, but about creating a campus that reflects the City’s history, values, and future vision. The foundation for this campus plan is already in the works, from the past and current work that includes the ongoing Municipal Facilities Study, User Experience Framework, Downtown Study Phase 2, Downtown Walk/Bike Connectivity report, and the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan. The identified Vision for this project is to transform the Civic Center Campus into a vibrant, welcoming destination that connects people with nature, builds community and cultural ties, promotes health and well-being, and reflects a holistic, forward-looking, inspirational approach to planning and design. Like the City of Golden Valley, we innovate with a purpose, shaping a tomorrow that promotes sustainability, healthier lives, and the greater good of our communities. At Perkins&Will, helping cities realize their collective visions to create great places and spaces for community life is not just our profession, but our passion. Our mission, to design places that make a positive difference in the world, closely aligns with the City’s commitment to sustainability, inclusivity, and community well-being. We share your values of stewardship, innovation, and equity, and will bring these forward through a collaborative process grounded in respect for people and place. We have had the privilege of working in great cities across North America—from Oklahoma City to Vancouver, Minneapolis to Dallas—crafting inclusive, action-oriented plans for civic centers and districts that support and reflect the communities they serve. 376 Perkins&Will | 3Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Why We Want to Participate and What Distinguishes Our Team Projects like yours are the kind that get us up in the morning. The energy and commitment to innovation, sustainability, equity, and designing for the greater good of the Golden Valley community is what inspires us to do our best work. For the Civic Center Campus Plan we will develop strategic and dynamic ideas to create a campus plan with integrated public realm which responds to environmental, spatial and cultural phenomena. We will bring new thoughts and ideas and a trusted process for site and campus program resolution synthesized from a thorough understanding of the site context, historic resources, ecological systems, future resilience, and an exploration of broader community needs. The result will be a consensus driven plan that identifies campus wide actionable steps and implementable strategies. To accomplish the vision and goals of the project, we have assembled a multidisciplinary team of planners, designers, architects, strategists, and collaborators. Perkins&Will will lead the project, bringing national expertise in community-focused urban design, equitable planning frameworks, deeply integrated site and building sustainable design, and implementation-based strategies. We are joined by our long-time, trusted partners: ǌ TKDA will support on site planning, engagement, and campus utilities while also leading transportation, multi-modal access/circulation, parking, water tower, and fire/ police building programming ǌ Pierce Pini will lead civil engineering and stormwater management design for the campus plan ǌ CDA Enterprises will provide Indigenous history, stories, and support planning efforts ǌ Modern Day Me will support on public art, integration, and activation as well as provide recommendations for the campus plan. Our team has been chosen because we believe in working with collaborators who excel in their fields and are a joy to work with. We also believe that great things happen due to our commitment to excellence, our strong planning design principles, and our openness to respond to the City of Golden Valley, project partners, and broader public needs. We listen, we challenge, we respond to concerns, and we find innovative solutions to the project challenges. We will go out of our way to demonstrate workability of concepts and research applications for the project that often challenge standard practice. We live in Golden Valley, grew up here, and are choosing to raise our families in this incredible community. We are invested in the success of this plan and helping our City thrive Letter of Interest 377 Perkins&Will | 4Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Letter of Interest Our Design Philosophy and How It Benefits the Project For the Civic Center Campus project, we will facilitate a design process through a holistic approach focused on resilience and sustainable design, one we call Living Design. The Perkins&Will team will treat the Civic Center Campus project as an opportunity to make the City of Golden Valley, the region, and the world a healthier and happier place. Our Living Design philosophy guides our approach through a series of project lenses that include resilience, sustainability, beauty, innovation, community, inclusion, health, and well-being. Together, with you, we will carefully craft these lenses to best serve the needs of the City and community residents, as well as reinforce the vision and identified project goals. By being more intentional with process and purposeful in our outcomes, we design to benefit all life and create resilient communities. We are committed to leading an engaging and meaningful design process that ensures a successful outcome for the City of Golden Valley Civic Center Campus project. We have the capacity and dedicated resources necessary to complete this project according to your schedule and we’re ready to get started immediately. On behalf of our entire team, thank you for the opportunity to partner with you on this exciting and important project. Please don’t hesitate to reach out with any questions on our submission or if we can provide any further information to help you make your decision. Sincerely, John Slack Managing Principal, Urban Designer john.slack@perkinswill.com 612.851.5044 Angie Varpness Project Manager angie.varpness@perkinswill.com 612.851.5111 378 Perkins&Will | 5Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Section 1: Statement of Work 379 Perkins&Will | 6Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Understanding The Civic Center Campus Plan represents an opportunity for the City of Golden Valley to redefine what a iconic civic center campus can be, one with deep historic, ecological, and community significance. The plan will take all the planning work that has been completed to date and develop it into a visionary, implementable plan that defines the next generation of civic engagement for the City of Golden Valley. The Civic Center Campus Plan is both visionary and pragmatic: • Improve ecological function, climate responsiveness, and incorporate best practices in resilient site and building design • Connect through community and culture emphasizing engagement, inclusivity, well- being, and honoring the Dakota Homeland heritage • Develop clear, safe, connected, and cohesive multimodal circulation and wayfinding • Reconstruct the iconic water tower in partnership with Joint Water Commission • Work with Hennepin County to relocate the library • Integrate Metro Transit Highway 55 BRT stations to improve accessibility • Address aging infrastructure • Create a “third space” for the community • Develop a forward-thinking design that creates spaces the community wants to use Golden Valley is a place of rich character, values, and aspirations. The history of the land and people - first as Dakota homeland then its transition from an agricultural village to a dynamic first-ring suburb provides important cultural, geographical, and ecological foundations for this project. Project Approach Our proposed team for this project has experience working together on municipal plans within our state and across the country that are welcoming, sustainable, resilient, innovative, iconic, and most importantly serve the community in which they are a part of. Our approach to this project will focus on: 1. A Connected and Inspired Civic Destination 2. A Resilient and Sustainable Campus 3. Actionable Outcomes The Civic Center Campus today—Understanding and Opportunities 1. Library lacks prominent location 2. Basset Creek connection could be stronger 3. Extensive impervious surfaces 4. Some areas of mature tree canopy 5. Lack of wayfinding to understand access to buildings 6. No pedestrian connections along Rhode Island Ave & Golden Valley Ave 7. Primary campus entry could be enhanced 8. City hall doesn’t shape & reinforce street edge 9. Enhance community gathering spaces 10. Historic water tower 11. Active McDonalds 12. Enhanced street frontage along Winnetka Ave 13. The “Point” is the historic center of community 13 6 3 1 2 12 11 10 4 9 5 7 8 To single-family residential To multifamily & Theo Wirth To retail & high density residential To commercial, retail & Brookview THE PO I N T Winnetka Ave Golden Valley Road Basset Creek/ Hahá Wakpádaŋ 380 Perkins&Will | 7Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning The Golden Valley Civic Center Campus will be more than a collection of buildings, it has the opportunity to become a place where people gather, connect, and thrive. A destination for the city that represents shared community values and makes equity and wellness a lived experiences. It will be a multi- generational space where children can safely play, seniors can gather comfortably, and neighbors can connect. A place where nature, art, and recreation converge to foster joy, resilience, and belonging. By centering equity, wellness, and sustainability as a core driver, your Civic Center Campus can become a beacon of what it means to live as one community. Flexibility and Adaptability: An iconic civic space evolves with the community. Considering open lawns, flexible seating, and adaptable pavilions allow for a wide range of events from farmers’ markets to cultural festivals to public forums. This flexibility ensures that the space remains relevant and responsive to changing needs and seasons, while encouraging ongoing engagement and participation from all voices in the community. We know that large-scaled civic campus projects like this are very dynamic by nature and require an adaptive management style. Our team integrates risk assessment and scenario planning early in the process to anticipate challenges such as regulatory hurdles, evolving community expectations, budget constraints, unforeseen site conditions, and shifting economic conditions to build flexibility into the plan. A Connected and Inspired Civic Destination Public Safety Integration: Integrating the public safety components of the site will play a critical role in the success of executing the overall campus vision. Programming the public safety components of the site will prioritize police & firefighter safety and well-being, efficient response times, gender equitable space allocation, and dedicated training spaces. All aspects of the site design and features will incorporate Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles. The police department’s community-centric approach, and the possible transition of the fire department to full- time 24/7 duty crew model will be important factors in the programming and placement of the public safety facilities. Community Co-Creation: The process of creating this space is as important as this civic destination itself. Our community engagement process will begin by reviewing previous outreach initiatives to build on past successes and lessons learned. Our engagement team includes designers who understand the importance of utilizing a continuous feedback loop between community members and the design team – focusing on how to integrate the community’s vision into the Civic Center Campus. Additionally, we are proudly partnering with Modern Day Me — a creative agency that activates people, places, and ideas through art — and with Carrie Day- Aspinwall, an Indigenous consultant who will help ensure the project honors cultural perspectives, enriches dialogue, and fosters meaningful connections and authentic representation throughout. Project Approach 1. Opportunity for space to “activate” the campus 2. Opportunity for space to connect future site programming 3. Opportunity for space to provide “respite” and “contemplation” 4. Opportunity for space to allow community “celebration” 5. Create active edge sites Potential Attributes of a Connected and Inspired Civic Destination 1. Connect site and Basset Creek to city 2. Opportunity for primary pedestrian circulation through site 3. Make Basset Creek more pronounced on site 4. McDonalds’ site to remain Opportunity for enhanced vehicular and multimodal connectivity Opportunity for pedestrian circulation 3 1 2 4 1 2 3 4 Winnetk a Ave Golde n V a l l e y R o a d Winnetk a Ave Golde n V a l l e y R o a d Basset Creek/ Hahá Wakpádaŋ Basset Creek/ Hahá Wakpádaŋ 381 Perkins&Will | 8Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Approach A resilient and sustainable Golden Valley Civic Center Campus will serve as both a community hub and a model for future-focused community wide development. By integrating green building and landscape best practices, renewable energy systems, and climate-adaptive design, the campus can reduce its environmental footprint while ensuring long-term functionality. Considerations may include: ǌ Solar arrays generate renewable electricity to gain energy independence and protect the environment ǌ Geothermal wells generate electricity and provide renewable heating and cooling ǌ Rainwater harvesting reduces reliance on ground water and conserve resources ǌ Native and productive planting creates habitat, supports local ecosystems, and reduces maintenance ǌ High-efficiency mechanical systems help minimize costs and consumption of natural resources Additional sustainable design ideas like shaded pedestrian corridors, expanded tree canopy, and improved access to transportation will create a healthier and better connected environment. Additionally, Golden Valley has an opportunity to consider a Living Building Certification approach which will promote sustainability, reduce environmental impact, lower long-term costs, and foster engagement. The LBC is an innovative and comprehensive approach to developing a resilient future for Golden Valley. A Resilient and Sustainable Campus Equity at the Core: An equitable space is an inclusive space and key to creating an inspired destination. The plan must consider physical accessibility, cultural relevance, and social connectivity. Barrier-free pathways, shaded seating areas, and multi-use gathering spaces ensure that individuals of all abilities can move through and engage with the space comfortably. Programming should reflect the community’s diversity, from art installations celebrating local cultures to spaces that accommodate various social and recreational activities. Equity is embedded not just in who can access the space, but in who feels a sense of ownership and belonging. Prioritizing wellness at all scales: The design of public spaces should nurture physical, mental, and social well-being. Landscaped green areas provide a connection to nature, while walking trails, fitness areas, and outdoor activity zones encourage movement and healthy lifestyles. Quiet spaces and meditation gardens support mental wellness, offering refuge from urban stressors. Social wellness is fostered through public gathering spaces, amphitheaters, and interactive public art that spark conversation and gathering. Lighting and materials can carefully crafted to create a safe, comfortable, and uplifting environment at all hours. Celebrating Indigenous Identity: Meaningful consultation and partnership with Carrie Day Aspinwall, a respected leader in the American Indian community, will elevate Indigenous voices and guide how history and culture can be represented in the project. Ideas could include integrating traditional ecological knowledge into landscape design, highlighting Indigenous art and storytelling and incorporating interpretive elements that acknowledge the history of the land and original stewards. By weaving Indigenous perspectives into the physical environment and the programming of the civic campus, we can create spaces that are not only inclusive and educational but also celebrate this rich cultural history. This approach ensures the civic campus can be a shared place of pride that reflects the varied diversity of the community’s past, present, and future. Potential Attributes of a Resilient and Sustainable Civic Center Campus Opportunity areas for site stormwater management & green infrastructure Opportunity areas for site solar PV Opportunity areas for geothermal Opportunity to maintain tree canopy Winnetk a Av e Golde n V a l l e y R o a d Basset Creek/ Hahá Wakpádaŋ 382 Perkins&Will | 9Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Approach Our approach to planning for Golden Valley Civic Center Campus emphasizes not only visioning but also delivering tangible, measurable outcomes, and results. We begin by translating community input, city priorities, and policy objectives to verify project goals and develop project performance metrics. This ensures that every decision that is made throughout the process, from site layout and building program to infrastructure investments and public amenities, is tied to actionable outcomes that can be tracked and evaluated over time. By establishing these project benchmarks early in the planning process, we create a shared understanding among city leadership, project partners, and the community of what success looks like. Path to Implementation—Phasing: Implementation is a core focus throughout the planning process. We will develop phased strategies that align site design concepts with realistic budgets, funding opportunities and regulatory requirements. Concurrent planning paths are identified for key components such as site and building sustainability, resilient infrastructure, and public programming, while ensuring flexibility to allow for adjustments to evolving community needs. Risk assessment and scenario planning are integrated to anticipate challenges, ensuring that the project remains on track and resilient under changing conditions. Actionable Outcomes Data-Driven Consensus Building: Our planning process also includes decision-making frameworks, reporting protocols, and project management structures that allow city staff and project partners to monitor progress, resolve issues efficiently, and maintain alignment with long-term goals. Clear communication tools will translate complex strategies into actionable steps that all participants can understand and support, fostering transparency and trust throughout the process. This integrated process is supported by a Data Management App to enhance design making, asset tracking, meet project goals, Visualize quantitative and qualitative data. This process will allow us to deliver both social and physical outcomes for the project. Beyond identifying future locations for buildings and infrastructure, we ensure that the civic campus delivers meaningful community benefits, including enhanced accessibility, economic opportunities, and social inclusion. By combining strategic vision, implementation planning, and community-centered outcomes, we will help the City of Golden Valley transform their civic campus from a paper concept into feasible, high-performing assets that serve the community today and are adaptable for the future. 1. New civic “green” 2. New civic “roof” 3. New gateway monumention/ public art 4. New flexible program space/ water feature 5. New water tower 6. Enhanced public realm frontage along Winnetka Ave 7. Amphitheater at Basset Creek 8. Indigenous gardens & circulation 9. Indigenous monument/public art 10. Enhanced street frontage along Rhode Island Ave 11. Canopy structure with restroom 12. Convertible street/plaza 13. Temporary market structure 14. Enhanced access to campus with street improvements What if? A new Civic Center Campus in a park 13 6 3 12 12 11 10 4 9 5 7 8 14 Winnetk a Ave Golde n V a l l e y R o a d Basset Creek/ Hahá Wakpádaŋ 383 Perkins&Will | 10Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Section 2: Qualifications 384 Perkins&Will | 11Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Coming together for the greater good Our team is built on long-standing relationships, shared values, and a genuine passion for this work. We’ve come together not only for our complementary expertise, but because we enjoy working together and care deeply about the communities we serve— like Golden Valley. Perkins&Will brings national expertise and forward- thinking design leadership, paired with a proven record of turning plans into reality. TKDA, with experience on your campus, grounds our work in local context and ensures the project supports the City’s long-term vision. We’re supported by valued partners who bring added depth and creativity to our team. Perkins&Will Management, Planning, Design, Engagement Our award-winning work has shaped cities and neighborhoods around the world with visionary plans, innovative infrastructure, and activated public spaces. No matter the project, our goal is to design vibrant, sustainable places that transform our everyday lives. With core services in architecture, planning and urban design, Golden Valley will benefit from the cross-pollination of ideas and expertise that occurs in a multi-disciplinary practice. Additionally, as a global leader in sustainable design, we provide practical and leading-edge solutions through applied research and tool development, offering you a wide range of sustainability expertise. CDA Enterprises TKDA Public Safety, Engagement Support, Transportation, Parking, MEP TKDA is a multidisciplinary leader with expertise in building and site design solutions that sustain and endure. They have a strong, proven track record with the City of Golden Valley, having completed projects such as the new maintenance facility, the comprehensive Civic Center renovation, and major additions to other City-owned buildings. This long-standing partnership reflects TKDA’s deep understanding of the City’s needs and its ability to deliver thoughtful, community-enhancing solutions. CDA Enterprises Site History and Context Minority and Women Owned (not certified) Carrie Day Aspinwall has served as a special projects’ consultant and lifelong respected leader in the local and statewide American Indian community. She is a citizen member of the Minnesota Chippewa Tribe/Leech Lake Band of Ojibwe. Carrie has been recognized by the Minneapolis Police Chief, the Minneapolis City Council, the Hennepin County Board of Commissioners, the State of Minnesota’s Department of Public Safety, and more for her important work of making communities better. Pierce Pini and Associates (PPA) Civil Engineering, Stormwater Management CERT Certified: DBE, S/WBE PPA is a long time partner to Perkins&Will having collaborated on various parks and open space projects as well as cultural, civic, and commercial work. PPA thoughtfully approaches each project to respect the existing environment and create site features that will coordinate, compliment and function with architectural aspects of the facility and landscaping. PPA has experience working on over 50 B3, LEED, Green Building Design and Living Building Challenge methodology and implements sustainable design practices on projects as a matter of professional practice. Modern Day Me (MDM) Public Art Minority Owned (not certified) MDM is a Creative Agency that activates people, places & ideas through art, design, and experience. They have engaged various communities across the Twin Cities metro area through activations and placemaking, public art, marketing and communications, creative education, and curated events. MDM believes that through experiential and artful design the can enhance connections, transcend barriers, and build community. 385 Perkins&Will | 12Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning An integrated team for resilient, holistic results We’ve assembled an interdisciplinary team to best serve the needs of your project. Led by Project Manager and primary point of contact, Angie Varpness, the team brings together planners, urban designers, and sustainability experts dedicated to creating resilient, welcoming civic spaces. John Slack, Sam McKinney, Carrie Day-Aspinwall, and Ben Sporer lead the planning and urban design effort, supported by Sarah Christensen, Chris Hutton, and Dustin Schipper, who bring deep experience in civic data integration and community engagement. Together with Doug Pierce and Tony Layne, the team’s collective expertise and passion ensures that sustainable design and practical implementation remain at the core of every decision. Our team is further strengthened by a diverse group of trusted firms we’ve collaborated with on numerous successful projects, enhancing our ability to mitigate risk. Together, we offer the right balance of insight, creativity, and follow-through to help Golden Valley realize its goals. Project Team John Slack Managing Principal, Urban Designer Perkins&Will Angie Varpness Project Manager Point of Contact Perkins&Will Pierce Pini Associates CERT: DBE, S/WBE Civil Engineering Modern Day Me Minority-Owned Public Art and Activation TKDA Transportation, Parking, MEP, Hydrology Sarah Christensen Agency Data Management Perkins&Will Doug Pierce Resilient and Sustainable Design Perkins&Will Ben Sporer Landscape Architect Perkins&Will Christopher Hutton Public Safety Planner TKDA Dustin Schipper Data Analyst, Tool Creation Perkins&Will Your Core Team National Perkins&Will Team Design, Planning Support Sam McKinney Site Planning, Engagement Support TKDA Tony Layne Design Director Perkins&Will Carrie Day-Aspinwall Indigenous History and Context CDA Enterprises Minority/Women-Owned 386 Perkins&Will | 13Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Experience Land O’Lakes Campus Plan & Headquarters Expansion Arden Hills, Minnesota Fair Park First Fair Park Campus Plan Dallas, Texas Mid-America Regional Council College & Metcalf Planning Study Overland Park, Kansas Kraus Anderson West Transit Village Development Plan Rochester, Minnesota City of Kenosha City Hall and Downtown Plan Kenosha, Wisconsin Olmsted County Campus Plan and Sustainable Landscape Plan Rochester, Minnesota Dane County Alliant Energy Center Campus Plan Madison, Wisconsin City of Maplewood North End Framework Plan Maplewood, Minnesota City of Chaska Community Center Plan Chaska, Minnesota US EPA Greening America’s Communities Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 100 Resilient Cities City Resilience Strategy Minneapolis, Minnesota U.S. General Services Administration Dunseith Land Port of Entry Dunseith, North Dakota Arbor Lakes* Civic Center Plan and Main Street Streetscape Planning Maple Grove, Minnesota1 City of New Hope* Civic Center Plan New Hope, Minnesota1 Project Team Education Bachelor of Science, Landscape Architecture University of Wisconsin-Madison Registrations Landscape Architect Minnesota #26964 Accreditations LEED AP® ND U.S. Green Building Council® RELi AP U.S. Green Building Council® John Slack, PLA , LEED® AP ND, RELI AP Managing Principal, Urban Designer * Previous Firm Experience 1. Stantec, Urban Designer and Landscape Architect ↑ Kenosha City Hall and Downtown Plan Working with the City of Kenosha, we created a transformative vision for the downtown area by reconnecting it with Lake Michigan by creating a new civic hub. Anchored by a new city hall and performing arts center, the new civic center engages the existing city fabric and imagines a new identity for the region. Additionally, eight-hundred residential units as well as of retail, office, and service space will support this vibrant district and serve the community. John will facilitate the planning and design process, looking at the site holistically and providing urban design expertise to ensure a fully integrated plan. As managing principal, he will be responsible for overall project success, establishing a delivery strategy and monitoring performance. John has over 30 years of experience developing plans for large, complex sites that have resulted in equitable, inclusive, and resilient urban environments. Engaged in his community, John’s commitment to civic involvement is evident through his six-year term as City of Minneapolis planning commissioner, as well as his extensive involvement in community-based planning initiatives like ULI Technical Advisory Panels. 387 Perkins&Will | 14Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Experience Kraus Anderson West Transit Village Development Plan Rochester, Minnesota Minnesota Historical Society Minnesota History Center 1500 Building Assessment Saint Paul, Minnesota U.S. General Services Administration Confidential Project Northern Minnesota U.S. General Services Administration Dunseith Land Port of Entry Dunseith, North Dakota Westminster Presbyterian Church* -Master Plan -Addition and Renovation Minneapolis, Minnesota1 City of Minneapolis* Peavey Plaza Revitalization Plan and Concept Design Minneapolis, Minnesota1 Minnesota Orchestra Hall* Master Plan and Concept Design Minneapolis, Minnesota1 St. David’s Harmon Center for Child and Family Development* Minneapolis, Minnesota1 Minneapolis Golf Club* Master Plan and Phase One Minneapolis, Minnesota1 Woodhill Country Club* Barn Campus Renovation and Addition Wayzata, Minnesota1 Minneapolis College of Art and Design (MCAD)* MFA and Academic Addition Concept Minneapolis, Minnesota1 Herbst Eatery and Farm Stand Restaurant* Saint Paul, Minnesota1 Project Team Education Master of Architecture University of Minnesota Registrations Architect Minnesota #51433 Accreditations LEED® Green AssociateTM U.S. Green Building Council® LFA Living Future Accredited National Council of Architectural Registration Boards (NCARB) Angie Varpness, AIA , LEED® Green AssociateTM, LFA Project Manager, Point of Contact * Previous Experience 1. JDD Studio, Architect, Principal and Owner ↑ Westminster Presbyterian Church Master Plan, Addition, and Renovation An engaged, urban partner, this project expanded Westminster’s historic building and grounds to enhance church ministries, enrich the life of the community, create new partnerships, and provide space for its congregation to thrive for future generations, all while being an exemplar of environmentally responsible urban development. The master plan process was transparent and inclusive, with church and community feedback forming the cornerstone of the designs. As your day-to-day contact, Angie will lead the project management and process from start to finish and take responsibility for project delivery. She will work closely with the entire team to manage all deliverables within the schedule and budget. Committed to collaboration, Angie brings extensive experience in overseeing projects of various types, from planning through construction administration. Her key strength is in fostering effective communication and building trustworthy relationships with stakeholders to ensure project success. By balancing creativity with practicality, Angie focuses on delivering beautiful, functional spaces that align with client needs. 388 Perkins&Will | 15Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Experience City of Stillwater Chestnut Street Civic Plaza Stillwater, Minnesota Fair Park First Fair Park Campus Plan Dallas, Texas1 City of Plymouth 494 & 55 Small Area Plan Plymouth, Minnesota City of Lakeville Cedar Avenue Small Area Plan Lakeville, Minnesota City of Rochester Downtown Waterfront Southeast Small Area Plan Rochester, Minnesota1 MnDOT Fergus Falls Vicinity Rest Area Site Selection Planning Study Fergus Falls, Minnesota City of Golden Valley Douglas Drive Streetscape Golden Valley, Minnesota2 City of Saint Paul Capital City Bikeway Saint Paul, Minnesota Arrowhead Regional Development Commission Cloquet Transportation Plan Cloquet, Minnesota Minneapolis Park & Recreation Board -Hall Park Improvements -Farwell Park Improvements Minneapolis, Minnesota City of Inver Grove Heights 65th Street Small Area Plan Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota City of Minneapolis Connecting Camden Minneapolis, Minnesota Houston County Comprehensive Land Use Plan Update Houston County, Minnesota City of Faribault Downtown Plan Faribault, Minnesota1 Project Team Education Bachelor of Landscape Architecture North Dakota State University Bachelor of Environmental Design North Dakota State University Registrations Landscape Architect Minnesota #57344 Certified Planner American Institute of Certified Planners #395289 Sam McKinney, AICP, PLA Site Planning and Engagement ↑ City of Plymouth, 494 and 55 Small Area Plan TKDA is working with the City of Plymouth to develop a vision for the southeast quadrant at Hwy 494 and Hwy 55 within the City. This initiative aims to strategically guide future development, land use, transportation, and community amenities in this key area. The plan will develop a vision for redevelopment in the project area. * Previous Experience 1. Perkins&Will, Landscape Architect and Urban Planner 2. WSB, Landscape Architect and Visualization Specialist Sam will collaborate with the core team and support on site planning, transportation, and public engagement. Both a planner and a landscape architect, Sam’s true strength lies in her ability to connect with people and bring a community-centered perspective to every project. She excels at fostering open communication and building strong relationships among stakeholders. Her dynamic energy and enthusiasm empower communities to reach consensus and develop innovative, data-driven solutions that truly address their needs. 389 Perkins&Will | 16Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Experience Olmsted County Campus Plan Rochester, Minnesota City of Durham City Hall Master Planning Durham, North Carolina City of Vancouver City Hall Master Plan Vancouver, BC, Canada Hennepin County -Downtown Campus Plan -Return to Office Strategy Minneapolis, Minnesota Ottawa Police Service Workplace Innovation Program Ottawa, Ontario Wake County Administrative Master Plan Raleigh, North Carolina Town of Southampton Comprehensive Plan Stainability Report Suffolk County, New York East Cut East Cut Community Benefit District Living Streets Program Analysis San Francisco, California City of Kingston Waterfront Brownfield Opportunity Area Step 3 Kingston, New York Erie Canal Harbor Development Corporation Buffalo Outer Harbor, Redevelopment Buffalo, New York NYCEDC -East New York Industrial Business Zone Study -Seaview / Teleport Medical Campus Development Analysis -Brookdale Community Engagement Facilitation New York, New York Connecticut State Colleges and Universities Master Plan Updates Multiple Connecticut Locations Education Bachelor of Science in Architectural Studies University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee Accreditations LEED AP® ND U.S. Green Building Council® RELi AP U.S. Green Building Council® Fitwel Ambassador Center for Active Design Sarah Christensen, LEED AP® ND, RELi AP, Fitwel Ambassador Agency & Organizational Data Management DRAFT Space Utilization Study 10 Days372 Data Points Discovery Sessions 3 Groups Data Collection Interviews 12 Department Meetings Site Observations 12 Tours6Locations ↑ Hennepin County Downtown Campus Master Plan The Downtown Campus Master Plan provides a roadmap for the consolidation of staff into the 625 Building, the 701 Building, and the Government Center as well as articulates key workplace aspirations for the County’s Downtown Campus. Our workplace strategy team collected data about County staff through interviews, focus groups, and a space utilization survey. This information allowed us to determine space needs and make strategic decisions about the ultimate locations of departments within the downtown campus. Project Team Sarah will collaborate with the core team and lead data analysis of proposed building(s) programming to ensure synergies between uses and the site. Sarah excels at uncovering both qualitative and quantitative insights and transforming complex problems into clear, actionable solutions. She is a thoughtful, empathic team leader who thrives on fostering teamwork and collaboration, engaging with various stakeholders, and guiding clients toward those satisfying “a-ha!” moments. 390 Perkins&Will | 17Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Experience Kraus Anderson West Transit Village Development Plan Rochester, Minnesota Land O’Lakes Campus Plan & Headquarters Expansion Arden Hills, Minnesota 100 Resilient Cities City Resilience Strategy Minneapolis, Minnesota 100 Resilient Cities City Resilience Strategy Toronto, Ontario City Cedar Falls Resilience Plan Cedar Falls, Iowa City of Faribault 2040 Plan - Downtown Plan Faribault, Minnesota City of Miami Beach Resilience Plan and Sea Level Rise Adaptation Miami Beach, Florida City of Rochester Surface Water Management Plan Rochester, Minnesota Department of Energy and Environment Climate Ready DC Washington, DC St. Louis County Government Service Center Deep Green Renovation Duluth, Minnesota US EPA Greening America’s Communities Oklahoma City, Oklahoma U.S. General Services Administration Confidential Project Northern Minnesota City of Duluth Irving+Fairmount Brownfields Revitalization Plan Duluth, Minnesota University of Minnesota Bell Museum Saint Paul, Minnesota U.S. General Services Administration Dunseith Land Port of Entry Dunseith, North Dakota Education Bachelor of Architecture Cum Laude Kansas State University Registrations Registered Architect Missouri #006310 Accreditations RELi AP U.S. Green Building Council® LEED® Fellow U.S. Green Building Council® Sustainable Materials Rating Technology (SMaRT) Accredited Professional Doug Pierce, AIA, LEED® Fellow, RELi AP Resilient & Sustainable Design Project Team ↑ University of Minnesota Bell Museum The Bell Museum was conceived as a living, interactive diorama – linking interior space to adjacent landscape. The building, exhibits, and landscape provide a living environment to research, teach, and discover the wonder of our natural environment. The landscape surrounding the building is open to the public 24/7 and incorporates a diverse blend of Minnesota native plants that support urban wildlife. Doug will lead integrated design for the core team ensuring equity, resilience, and regeneration are drivers for the campus plan. Cycling from research, to practice, to policy, and back, Doug’s work as an architect, advocate, researcher, author, and teacher is a continuous loop that has advanced living design across our industry. Combined with his dedication to mentorship and volunteering, his work has empowered both professionals and students alike to take on the world’s most challenging issues through design. 391 Perkins&Will | 18Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning As a national design leader with a multidisciplinary team in Minneapolis, our team brings world-class expertise and local insight to the Golden Valley Civic Center Campus Plan. Across the country, we’ve shaped civic, urban design, and landscape architecture projects that balance bold vision, community authenticity, and implementation strategies. Our Minneapolis team can serve as your liaison to our larger Perkins&Will bench, ensuring that your project benefits from best practices, deep experience, and direct attention. No matter the place, we take a design-driven, people-centered approach, connecting public space to civic purpose, and knitting together the public realm and infrastructure. 1 4 3 1. The Vancouver City Hall Campus Plan prioritizes connectivity, accessibility, inclusivity, and transparency | 2. The Mayo Clinic Discovery Coast Development Plan lays out a vision for a sustainable neighborhood | 3. The Newark Civic Center is more than just a place to do the City’s business, but a source of pride and community identification. | 4. Oklahoma City Innovation District and Capitol Environs Development Plan works to create an active, safe, friendly, mixed-use environment | 5. The Sycamore Hill Gateway Plaza serves as a physical artifact in the urban context | 6. The Downtown Orlando Plan envisions active civic hubs for visitors and locals alike. 5 6 Relevant Team Experience 2 392 Perkins&Will | 19Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Relevant Team Experience A Connected Campus Centered around Collaboration and Nature Land O’Lakes Campus Plan and Headquarters Expansion Arden Hills, Minnesota Client Name: Land O’Lakes ― Completion Date: 2018 ― Team Members: Perkins&Will, John Slack, Sarah Christensen, Doug Pierce, Tony Layne ― Reference:Marcia Droege, Director-Real Estate and Facilities, mhdroege@ landolakes.com, 651.375.2102 ― Sustainability: LEED Platinum® A new resilient model for a cohesive urban campus The 65-acre campus plan for Land O’Lakes establishes a comprehensive framework for a unified, people-centered campus environment. The plan transforms a previously dispersed and inward-facing site into a connected campus organized around a new central courtyard and a network of flexible outdoor spaces that encourage collaboration and wellness. The expansion of the headquarters building served as a catalyst to realign campus circulation, land use, and open space systems to create opportunities for new outdoor programming while preserving existing woodland and wetland areas. Over three miles of walking trails connect outdoor workspaces, dining areas, and a playground that supports onsite childcare. Integrated green infrastructure manages stormwater through on- site capture and reuse, while extensive native plantings and prairie landscapes enhance biodiversity, reduce heat island effects, and reinforce the campus’s ecological identity. Together, these elements create a cohesive campus that reflects Land O’Lakes’ commitment to innovation, sustainability, and community. Resilient building and site strategies District stormwater RELEVANCE TO YOUR PROJECT Creation of outdoor programming spaces Prioritization of pedestrian access and circulation Phasing prioritizes incremental improvements 393 Perkins&Will | 20Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Mixed-use development and housing Civic spaces that foster connection RELEVANCE TO YOUR PROJECT Resilient framework for future growth Connected public realm and green corridors Relevant Team Experience Building Rochester’s Future Around Connection and Equity West Transit Village Plan and Implementation Rochester, Minnesota Client Name: Kraus Anderson ― Completion Date: Ongoing ― Team Members: Perkins&Will, John Slack, Angie Varpness, Doug Pierce, Tony Layne, Dustin Schipper ― Reference: Erica Arne, Director, Development, 612.255.2326, erica.arne@krausanderson.com A thriving, global destination for health and wellness Mayo Clinic, the City of Rochester, and Destination Medical Center (DMC) have partnered to create a thriving global destination for health and wellness, advancing the vision of making Rochester “America’s City for Health.” The West Transit Village (WTV) project is a cornerstone of that vision—combining the new LINK transit line system with a transit-oriented development that integrates affordable and market-rate housing, mixed-use retail, and a network of dynamic civic and public spaces. At the heart of the plan is a focus on people. New streets, public realm, plazas, and green corridors that foster social connection, encourage walking and biking, connect to adjacent parks, and support daily well-being. The public realm is envisioned as a seamless extension of the city’s health-focused mission: active, inclusive, flexible, and restorative. Gathering areas, shaded courtyards, a large civic plaza, and art-filled pedestrian promenades will connect residents, patients, visitors, and employees in a cohesive and welcoming environment. WTV leverages its location to create an equitable and sustainable district that meets the needs of both current and future community stakeholders. 394 Perkins&Will | 21Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Reimagining Suburban Spaces for Civic Life College and Metcalf Planning Study Overland Park, Kansas From office park to community heart Located south of Kansas City in Overland Park, the College Boulevard and Metcalf Avenue study area illustrates how a car-oriented suburban district can be reimagined into a vibrant, people-centered civic destination. The vision plan explores the evolution of a traditional commercial / office district into an active urban landscape, creating a connected, walkable district that celebrates community life and public space. Through a six-month planning process, our multidisciplinary team engaged local stakeholders in a dialogue about experience, mobility, economic, development, and potential civic facilities and functions. The resulting plan establishes a flexible framework for future growth, integrating open space, streetscape, and development strategies that support an authentic sense of place. By introducing opportunities for social connection, outdoor work, and mixed-use activity, the plan offers a roadmap for transforming underutilized areas into lively civic destinations, demonstrating how thoughtful planning can turn “a place with no place” into the heart of a community. Client Name: Mid-America Regional Council ― Completion Date: 2018 ― Team Members: Perkins&Will, John Slack, Ben Sporer ― Reference: Leslie Karr, Director of Planning, leslie.karr@opkansas.org, 913.895.6196 Fosters civic identity and community life Mixed-use vitality RELEVANCE TO YOUR PROJECT Flexible, future-ready framework Integrated open space and development Sustainability and resilience Access, mobility, and wayfinding Reflects local culture and environment Implementation prioritizes catalyst projects to spur private development Relevant Team Experience 395 Perkins&Will | 22Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Access and connectivity Resilience, regeneration, and equity RELEVANCE TO YOUR PROJECT Daily activation and programming Inclusive, community-driven planning Relevant Team Experience Cultural Center, Economic Development Driver, and Community Asset Fair Park Campus Plan Dallas, Texas Client Name: Fair Park First ― Completion Date: 2020 ― Team Members: Perkins&Will, John Slack ― Awards: Unbuilt Dream\Study Award, Greater Dallas Planning Council, 2020 ― Reference: Alyssa Arnold, acting CEO and COO, alyssa.arnold@fairparkfirst.org, 469.805.5788 Revitalizing the crown jewel of Dallas Renowned for its historic significance and as the cultural destination in the City, Fair Park features one of the world’s largest collections of Art Deco art and architecture and includes a fire station, five museums, the childrens aquarium, the Dallas Music Hall, eight other entertainment/sports venues, and is the fairground for the State Fair of Texas. The plan focuses on resilience, regeneration, and equity, with recommendations that include creating new greenspaces on former parking lots, improving stormwater management, planting of over 1500 new trees, increasing habitat areas to boost biodiversity, and improving access through gateway parks located outside of the barrier fence. Additional strategies aim to increase daily park activation through community programming. The plan was informed by an inclusive engagement process to define a 20-year planning and implementation roadmap for the transformation of Fair Park. An implementation strategy based on impactful equity and resilience metrics was used to define priority projects. Phased implementation Improved stormwater management 396 Perkins&Will | 23 Sustainable Public Safety Fire Hall No. 11 Design Study Duluth, Minnesota Relevant Team Experience Client Name: City of Duluth ― Completion Date: 2019 ― Team Members: TKDA Where performance meets purpose The design of Duluth’s new Fire Station No. 11 began with an intensive study of different sites. Fire apparatus needs, infrastructure requirements, traffic counts and patterns, and response call times were examined for each site. In addition to careful space planning, the design required sophisticated mechanical system controls and zoning to maintain the integrity of each area. The City desired Fire Station No. 11 to be a net zero energy prototype building for future City buildings. This was an ambitious goal, and in-depth conversations to accomplish it were required. TKDA held specific meetings to discuss and develop options of how this can be achieved through innovative mechanical systems, onsite renewable energy, robust exterior wall and window components for passive solar design, and proper building orientation. Reviving Stillwater’s Front Door Chestnut Street Civic Plaza Stillwater, Minnesota Client Name: City of Stillwater ― Completion Date: 2023 ― Team Members: TKDA Sam McKinney ― Reference: Shawn Sanders, Public Works Director, ssanders@ ci.stillwater.mn.us, 651.430.8835 ― Awards: MnSPE Public Welfare Award 2024, ACEC-MN Grand Award 2024, ACEC National Recognition Award 2024 Reviving Stillwater’s front door TKDA worked with the City of Stillwater on the redesign of a two-block portion of Chestnut Street, creating a people-centric civic plaza that reinforces the downtown historic character and showcases its vitality. The plaza serves as a gateway into and out of downtown and the state of Minnesota for pedestrians and bicyclists crossing the bridge on the St. Croix Loop Trail. Plaza amenities included site furniture, new plantings, decorative paving, and ornamental lighting. The project included community engagement during COVID-19, which was accomplished both virtually and in-person, reaching a wider audience than would have been possible with just one means of outreach and engagement. Fire Hall No. 11 Schematic Design Study City of Duluth, Duluth, MN The design of Duluth’s new Fire Station No. 11 began with an intensive study of different sites. Fire app infrastructure requirements, traffic counts and patterns, and response call times were examined for ea site was selected for testing a preliminary schematic design for the facility and developing a project bu The facility w around “Hot,” and “Cold” zo address the h materials that and emergenc teams encoun The goal was to contaminated ap hot zone, create zone where indiv can be decontam provide a cold o contamination-fr living space. In addition to car planning, the des sophisticated me controls and zon the integrity of ea SIMILAR PROJECT EXPERIENCE Approach and Schedule Management The project was funded through a robust predes phase and is awaiting approvals to move forwar During our efforts, there were a variety of activiti that took place to create a successful layout for floor plan, and construction estimate. Ken Johns our Senior Advisor, worked closely with City and Fire Station management to create a schedule that allowed for the predesign to inform budgeta planning for the next City cycle. Key dates were established and met through regularly schedule meetings and planned presentations to leadersh TKDA Embraced the City’s Net Zero Energy Design Goal The design substantially reduces city water usag by collecting rainwater in a cistern to be recycle for washing trucks and equipment. Other strateg include active and passive solar design, ground- source heat pumps, rigorous facility commission energy performance metering, locally manufactu building products, and optimizing the indoor air quality for health and safety. 397 Perkins&Will | 24Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Section 3: Scope of Work, Timeline, & Fee 398 Perkins&Will | 25Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Work Plan The methodology for the Golden Valley Civic Center Campus Plan unfolds over three comprehensive phases, each designed to engage community leaders, partner organizations, and key stakeholders continuously. This structured approach ensures a collaborative effort in developing a robust plan that reflects the diverse needs of the Golden Valley community. Through this process, the aim is to create a vibrant and inclusive civic center area that fosters engagement, innovation, and sustainable development. PHASE 1: Engage + Discovery + Assessment Phase 1 will focus on developing a community engagement and project management strategy. Additionally, our team will be synthesizing previous planning studies, examining existing site conditions, understanding workplace conditions and relationships with the urban environment, and working with stakeholders to define opportunities within the study area. All findings and deliverables will be presented back to City staff and community stakeholders. Task 1.1 Engagement Strategy and Project Management Plan We will create a community engagement plan that clarifies goals, roles, numbers of meetings, and types of engagement to be performed by the team. This will include a key understanding of the participation in key meetings with City staff, elected officials, and other community engagement activities. The community engagement plan will include timing of meetings with City project manager, meetings with City consultants, meetings with Planning commission, meetings with City Council, meetings with City TAC, subject matter experts, and public stakeholder meetings and community open houses. Additionally, we will develop a project management plan that includes the defined communication protocols for the project, identifies protocols for invoicing and progress reports, including monthly summaries of percent complete and percent spent by task. Task 1.2 Kick-Off Meeting and Site Tour We will convene a kick-off meeting and site tour that includes: ǌ Review and refine stakeholder internal and external engagement outreach strategy and meeting schedule ǌ Review and refine project management strategy ǌ Review issues and challenges that the team anticipates ǌ Discuss and verify project vision, outcomes, goals, and objectives ǌ Refine the project work plan for the study, and resolve any pending questions regarding scope and agreement ǌ Establish effective means of communication ǌ Review planning level milestone schedule and understanding for all participants to work together to create a successful result ǌ Conduct SWOT Analysis for the project area ǌ Project walking tour Task 1.3 Data and Document Collection, Review and Gap Analysis At the onset of the project, our team will review existing base information and analyze all relevant previous planning efforts. In addition to the information indicated in the RFP we will develop a gap analysis of data needed to complete the study and provide a summary document of additional data needed from various City departments and local agencies. The review of previous planning studies will result in a summary of relevant goals, themes, ideas, and outcomes into an organized format. Vancouver City Hall Campus Plan: From balancing the needs of the City to identifying meaningful opportunities for cultural integration and input from the local Indigenous community, the redevelopment aims to resurrect and revitalize the seat of municipal government and surrounding areas into a space that serves the broader public in meaningful ways. 399 Perkins&Will | 26Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Work Plan Task 1.4 Existing Conditions Analysis As an important part of our analysis, our team will visit and observe the site conditions and opportunities to understand and document existing conditions. We will convert this information in addition to a City provided survey of the site into project base maps to be used for diagrams, studies, and visualizations for the Civic Center plan. This site inventory will augment base information to highlight the opportunities, issues, and constraints on the current civic site that will need to be considered or addressed in the planning process. The primary purpose of the analysis will be to establish the rationale for the City’s development/ investment considerations while identifying the unique components and physical dynamics that shape the character of the Civic Center Campus. Through this analysis we will define opportunities for site related improvements, and opportunities to sell/lease land for higher and better use. We will also identify open space and public realm opportunities, and create a graphic analysis of the potential access, street, and block patterns. Task 1.5 Program Validation We know many planning exercises have been completed to develop the current building program. We will review and analyze the current programs, meet with City departments and project partner organizations, facilitate a series of interactive worksessions to validate organizational programming, ask questions, and discuss each space to ensure the program meets your needs and is aligned with the project vision and goals. Task 1.6 Additional Targeted Community Engagement We propose additional community engagement focused on engaging community residents and partners with a series of art and program based activities. Task 1.7 Project Meetings As part of Phase 1, we anticipate facilitating and documenting the following meetings: ǌ In-person kick off meeting ǌ (1) Public Open House (to solicit perspective from the community and inform the design team’s approach) ǌ Weekly meeting with City project management team ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Technical Advisory Committee ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Subject Matter Experts for program verification ǌ Monthly Steering Committee Meetings ǌ (1-2) coordination meetings with City Consultants ǌ (1) meeting with Planning commission (if needed) ǌ (1) meeting with City Council (if needed) PHASE 1 Deliverables ǌ Approved Engagement Plan that identifies timelines and summary of strategies to incorporate educational and interpretive content throughout the process ǌ Approved project schedule that identifies milestone and timelines for meetings ǌ Approved project management plan that identifies protocols for monthly invoices, progress reports, and meeting minutes. ǌ Summary of data and gap analysis that includes; Summary of data received/ incorporated into planning, Gap analysis of additional data required, and summary document explaining additional studies/ data needed and why. ǌ Summary document of prior studies and current goals ǌ Attendance and leadership at all project meetings Vancouver City Hall Campus Plan 400 Perkins&Will | 27Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Work Plan PHASE 2: Envision + Ideate Phase 2 involves ongoing internal and external engagement, refinement of impactful ideas into strategic frameworks and up to (4) integrated conceptual layouts. A strategic analysis document will validate concepts against the Vision, Guiding Principles, community priorities and based on metrics related to costs, benefits, risks, opportunities and constraints. Task 2.1 Strategic Framework and Conceptual Layouts We will work closely with the City staff, City consultants and project steering committee to develop up to (4) distinct civic campus conceptual layouts that identify the location of all new facilities including; public and private buildings including exterior and interior facility needs; site utilities/infrastructure; site ingress and egress including vehicular and pedestrian access points; parking including options for above ground ramps and underground structures; mechanical and energy systems; site improvements including native landscaping, green infrastructure, public realm improvements, public art, event areas, gathering spaces, buffers, etc.; and loading and circulation areas. These conceptual site plans will be compatible with existing approved City and Hennepin County plans and goals; including compliance with climate action plans/goals, sustainable landscape guidelines, and the State of Minnesota’s B3 Program – Buildings, Benchmarks, and Beyond requirements. At a minimum, the conceptual site plan alternatives should consider the following: ǌ Option 1: A shared City Hall/Public Safety Building with a separate Hennepin County Library. ǌ Option 2: A shared City Hall/Hennepin County Library, with a separate Public Safety Building. ǌ Option 3: A shared government center that combines City Hall, Public Safety Building, and Hennepin County Library. ǌ Option 4: An additional option to be determined that balances community needs with site conditions Task 2.2 Cost Estimates Based on the development of the conceptual site plan options for the Civic Center Campus, a set of high-level cost estimates will be created in coordination with the City’s Owner’s Representative that provides a base line for costs associated with campus wide improvements. Task 2.3 Strategic Analysis Document Based on the development of (4) conceptual campus layouts in Task 2.1, the consultant team will develop a strategic analysis document and project decision making framework app which will compare the concepts based on cost, benefits, risks, opportunities, constraints. The analysis document and project app will be used to lead focused decision-making conversations to identify the preferred site conceptual design approach. This analysis document and app will not only be developed based on industry standards and best practices, but also in coordination with the City and City consultants to ensure the decision making framework meets the project’s needs. Task 2.4 Project Meetings As part of Phase 2, we anticipate facilitating and documenting the following meetings: ǌ (1) Public Open House (to present concept plan understanding, imagery, and intent.) ǌ Weekly meeting with City project management team ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Technical Advisory Committee ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Subject Matter Experts ǌ Monthly Steering Committee Meetings ǌ (1-2) coordination meetings with City Consultants ǌ (1) meeting with Planning commission (if needed) ǌ (1) meeting with City Council (if needed) EPA Greening Communities: Sustainable design strategies to in- crease safety and accessibility, and build upon community character. 401 Perkins&Will | 28 Project Work Plan PHASE 2 Deliverables ǌ Strategic framework and precedent imagery ǌ Four (4) conceptual site layouts ǌ Reconciliation of prior studies and current goals into an organized, actionable format ǌ Draft phasing plan and high-level cost estimates, to be coordinated with Owner’s Representative ǌ List of required entitlements and process to complete plan ǌ Attendance and leadership at all project meetings Task 2.5 Civic Center Plan Workshop A one-day workshop focusing on the review and refinement of the strategic framework and conceptual layouts into one preferred concept. Task 2.6 Additional Targeted Community Engagement We propose additional community engagement focused on engaging community residents and partners with a series of art and program based activities. Task 2.7 Preferred Civic Center Plan Based on feedback from Phase 2 meetings regarding the conceptual site plan options, the consultant team will refine into one preferred overall Civic Center Campus plan. An updated high level cost estimate will be prepared based on the updated concept. PHASE 3: Implementation + Document During this phase, the project team will work with City staff and stakeholders to develop a detailed action strategy and phasing plan. Stakeholders will play a crucial role in defining this strategy, with the team drawing on lessons from cities nationwide to ensure a well-informed course of action. To complete Phase 3, the design team will compile and finalize the Golden Valley Civic Center Campus Plan into a flexible, actionable plan document that guides the future schematic design, detailed design, and construction activities associated with the City’s Civic Center Campus. Task 3.1 Implementation and Phasing As part of the Civic Center Campus plan, we will work with City staff and Steering Committee to develop a phasing plan for all recommended improvements. To determine phasing we will analyze costs, potential funding sources, operational efficiency, return on investment, and community needs, among others. As part of the implementation strategy we will also define potential sites on the campus that could be sold or leased for supporting/ related private development such as housing (affordable) or retail/ services. We will coordinate with the City’s Owner’s Representative to prepare cost estimates and phasing plan for the approved civic center plan. We will develop a project app that will host project data to assist in making informed decisions about implementation and phasing. Task 3.2 Draft Civic Center Campus Plan Document The Perkins&Will team will a comprehensive, actionable Civic Center Campus Plan that summarizes the planning process, identifies a preferred civic center plan, and prioritizes public infrastructure, investment and decision-making for the civic center area. This work will officially record the strategies and recommendations revealed through the planning process, but more importantly serve as the “blueprint” to guide that guides the future schematic design, detailed design, and construction activities associated with the campus. We will develop and present a draft document to City staff for review and approval prior to finalizing the document. — CORKTOWN FRAMEWORK PLAN CASE STUDY Turning Vision into Reality— Planning for Implementation Since completion, the framework plan has secured over $990 million in funding, including a $30 million Choice Neighborhoods Implementation grant. These investments are stabilizing housing, enhancing infrastructure, and expanding economic opportunity—without displacing the people who make Corktown unique. 402 Perkins&Will | 29Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Project Work Plan PHASE 3 Deliverables: ǌ Implementation Strategies and Phasing Plans ǌ Draft and Final Civic Center Campus Plan document ǌ Attendance and leadership at all project meetings Task 3.3 Project Meetings As part of Phase 2, we anticipate facilitating and documenting the following meetings: ǌ Weekly meeting with City project management team ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Technical Advisory Committee ǌ (1-2) meetings with City Subject Matter Experts ǌ Monthly Steering Committee Meetings ǌ (1-2) coordination meetings with City Consultants ǌ (1) worksession with Planning commission ǌ (1) worksession with City Council ǌ (1) meeting with City Council Task 3.4 Final Civic Center Campus Plan Document After City staff review the Civic Center Campus Plan, the consultant team will revise according to staff comments and issue a final document. Puerto Rico Capitol District Plan: The plan guides the transformation of the Puerto Rico Capitol District into a district. The plan ensures that the historic Capitolio will be a popular destination and a source of pride of generations of Puerto Ricans to come. 403 2025 2026 Jan Feb March Apr May June July Aug Sept Engage + Discovery + Assessment Engagement & Project Management Plan Kick-off and Site Tour Data & Document Collection & Review Program Validation Existing Conditions Analysis Additional Targeted Engagement Envision + Ideate Strategic Framework & Conceptual Layouts Cost Estimates Strategic Analysis Document Civic Center Plan Workshop Additional Targeted Engagement Preferred Civic Center Plan Implementation + Documentation Implementation & Phasing Draft Campus Plan Document Final Civic Center Plan Document Project Timeline * Project Meetings Project Management Meetings (weekly) Open House Technical Advisory Meeting Subject Matter Experts Steering Committee Meetings (monthly) Planning Commission City Council Coordination with City Consultant Draft for Client Review Milestone Client Review 404 Perkins&Will | 30Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Fee Schedule proposed scope of work fee by phase Engage + Discovery + Assessment $109,910 Envision + Ideate $236,731 Implementation + Documentation $76,176 subtotal $422,817 reimbursables $7,400 grand total $430,217 key personnel project hours hourly rate Perkins&Will John Slack, Managing Principal, Urban Designer 205 $315 Angie Varpness, Project Manager 240 $213 Sarah Christensen, Agency Data Management 80 $180 Doug Pierce, Resilient, Sustainable Design 55 $245 Ben Sporer, Landscape Architect 165 $160 Dustin Schipper, Data Analysis, Tool Creation 15 $135 Tony Layne, Design Director 50 $315 Derek Jones, Library Expert 86 $315 Support Staff 420 $115 TKDA Sam McKinney, Site Planning, Engagement 118 $174 Chris Hutton, Public Safety Planning 100 $195 Support Staff 354 $125 CDA Enterprises Carrie Day-Aspinwall, Site History, Context 100 $125 Pierce Pini Associates Rhonda Pierce, Civil Engineering Principal 80 $195 Senior Civil Engineer 40 $170 Support Staff 80 $100 Modern Day Me Jared Hanks, Public Art Lead 70 $250 Support Staff 100 $150 We are open and more than willing to discuss our work scope and fees with the City of Golden Valley to ensure alignment with your budget, desired project, and requisite consultant scope to achieve the project’s goals. 405 Perkins&Will | 31Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning IDS Center 80 South Eighth Street Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55402 406 Perkins&Will | 32Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Appendix Additional Team Resumes 407 Perkins&Will | 33Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Education MLA University of Minnesota Bachelor of Environmental Design University of Minnesota Registrations Landscape Architect Minnesota Ben Sporer, PLA, RELi AP, LFA Landscape Architect, Perkins&Will Ben brings over 25 years of national and global expertise in campus planning, urban design, and landscape architecture. He has crafted innovative, lasting, and sustainable environments that are meaningful, functional and beautiful. Ben recognizes the value of place, belonging, and equitable access. ← Waterfront Botanical Gardens Plan Our team saw this project as an opportunity to reground the city’s growth, create an iconic destination, and show the world what sustainable landscape design can really do. Project Experience Mid-America Regional Council College and Metcalf Redevelopment Study Overland Park, Kansas City of Faribault Downtown Plan Faribault, Minnesota GreaterMSP Downtown East Vision Plan Minneapolis, Minnesota U.S. EPA Greening America’s Communities Oklahoma City, Oklahoma Waterfront Botanical Gardens Plan Louisville, Kentucky Atlanta Beltline Corridor Design Atlanta, Georgia Education Minneapolis Community and Technical College Carrie Day-Aspinwall Indigenous History and Context, CDA Enterprises Carrie Day Aspinwall has served as a special projects’ consultant and lifelong respected leader in the local and statewide American Indian community. She is a citizen member of the Minnesota Chippewa Tribe/Leech Lake Band of Ojibwe and has worked with many bands, tribes, local state and national organizations dedicated to improving the lives of American Indian people. Carrie has expertise in neighborhood and community/citizen engagement, organizational and community/neighborhood capacity development, public-private partnership development, and strategic planning and implementation. She has received many awards and has been recognized particularly for her ability to work with police and communities to co-create community-based strategies . Carrie has been recognized by the Minneapolis Police Chief, the Minneapolis City Council, the Hennepin County Board of Commissioners, the State of Minnesota’s Department of Public Safety, U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Minnesota, Congressman Martin Sabo, Senator Linda Berglin, and the Minneapolis Park & Recreation Board for this most important work of making communities better Additional Team Resumes 408 Perkins&Will | 34Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Education M.Arch University of Minnesota B.S. Mechanical Engineering University of Minnesota, Duluth Registrations Professional Engineer Minnesota Architect Minnesota Chris Hutton, PE, AIA, LEED® Green Associate Public Safety Planner, TKDA Chris is a dual-licensed architect and mechanical engineer that has spent his 14-year career cultivating relationships with government and civic clients, delivering a wide spectrum of projects in the upper Midwest. Chris brings enthusiasm and excellent communication skills, along with a robust knowledge of sustainable design and MEP system integration. Project Experience City of Detroit Lakes Detroit Lakes Police Department Detroit Lakes, Minnesota* City of Edina Edina Fire Station No. 2 Edina, Minnesota* City of Rosemount Public Works and Police Station Rosemount, Minnesota* City of Lansing -Lansing Fire Station No.2 -Lansing Public Safety Building. Lansing, Michigan* Wright County Wright County Government Center Wright County, Minnesota* * Previous Firm Experience ← Wright County Government Center Wright County co-located their Government Center with their Law Enforcement and Justice Centers. The new building provides a single point of service for citizens Education Master of Science, Research Practices, Architecture University of Minnesota Master of Architecture University of Minnesota Bachelor of Fine Arts University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire Dustin Schipper Data Analyst and Tool Creation, Perkins&Will Dustin is a computational designer with a passion for architectural research. He has extensive experience supporting teams, analyzing and working with GIS data, conducting surveys to, managing large datasets, building custom design applications, and finding unique ways to incorporate computational methods into the design process. Project Experience Smithsonian Institution Bezos Learning Center Washington DC St. Paul Downtown Alliance Downtown Saint Paul Investment Plan Saint Paul, Minnesota JM Family Enterprises Corporate Campus Plan Deerfield Beach, Florida Mayo Clinic -Downtown Campus Plan - Occupancy Evaluation Phase -Downtown Campus Plan - Phase 2 Administrative Space Study -Education Plan Rochester, Minnesota ← AIA CEU - Using Data Analytics to Drive Space Management Dustin recently presented to ULI on data management trends, management, and how to leverage data to meet goals. Additional Team Resumes 409 Perkins&Will | 35Golden Valley Civic Center Master Planning Tony Layne, AIA, LEED AP® Design Director, Perkins&Will Tony brings strategic value to his teams and clients having led and delivered award-wining, high- performing spaces across the Twin Cities. With the ability to anticipate several steps ahead he steers teams towards a clear vision for any design challenge. This foresight has led to some of the firm’s most sustainable and successful building projects. Education M.Arch University of Minnesota Master of Science in Sustainable Design University of Minnesota Bachelor of Architecture Oklahoma State University Registrations Architect Minnesota Project Experience Land O’Lakes Campus Plan & Expansion Arden Hills, Minnesota Mid-America Regional Council College & Metcalf Plan Overland Park, Kansas Kraus Anderson West Transit Village Development Plan Rochester, Minnesota U.S. General Services Administration Dunseith Land Port of Entry Dunseith, North Dakota City of Kenosha City Hall and Downtown Plan Kenosha, Wisconsin City of Cedar Falls Resilience Plan Cedar Falls, Iowa 1 ← Dunseith Land Port of Entry The redesigned LPOE is focused on improving facility operation, efficiency, and safety. Additional Team Resumes Jared Hanks Public Art and Activation Lead, Modern Day Me For over a decade, Jared Hanks has harnessed the power of connection to generate value. With robust experience working in creative production, his passion and skillset centers around working with diverse teams and clients to bring creative ideas to life. Artist Spotlight For over a decade, Jared Hanks has harnessed the power of connection to generate value at the intersection of Creativity, Business and People. With robust experience working in creative production, client relations, internal & external project management, his passion and skillset centers around working with diverse teams and clients to bring creative ideas to life. He began his career working in the public schools and facilitating youth leadership development. Now, as the Founder and creator of Modern Day Me, he aims to provide and develop community engagement for the City of Minneapolis and beyond. 06 www.moderndayme.com Project Experience City of Minneapolis First Avenue Reconstruction - Engagement Plan Minneapolis, Minnesota Mpls Downtown Council The Alley Project - live art engagement, event planning Minneapolis, Minnesota Rhonda Pierce, PE Civil Engineering Lead, Pierce Pini Associates Rhonda brings a creative eye to the civil engineering aspects of a project that envelops the pragmatic, functional side of engineering with the programming and aesthetics presented by the architectural aspects of the design to create innovative spaces and systems. Project Experience Minneapolis Park and Recreation Board Cedar-Riverside Recreation Center Minneapolis, Minnesota Crestlight Capital Riverplace Campus Repositioning Minneapolis, Minnesota 410 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Legal 763-512-2345 / 763-512-2344 (fax) Golden Valley City Council Meeting December 16, 2025 Agenda Item 6B. Review of Council Calendar Prepared By Theresa Schyma, City Clerk Summary The Council will review upcoming city meetings, events, and holiday closures. Legal Considerations This item does not require legal review. Equity Considerations This item does not require equity review. Recommended Action No action is required on this item. Supporting Documents Review of Council Calendar 411 Review of Council Calendar Event Event Time Location DECEMBER Wednesday, December 24 City Offices Closed for Observance of Christmas Eve Thursday, December 25 City Offices Closed for Observance of Christmas Day JANUARY Thursday, January 1 City Offices Closed for Observance of New Years Day Tuesday, January 6 City Council Open House for Incoming Elected Officials 5:30 PM Council Conference Room HRA Meeting (if necessary)6:30 PM Council Chambers City Council Meeting 6:30 PM Council Chambers Sunday, January 11 Winter Market in the Valley (Indoors)10:00 AM – 1:00 PM Brookview Bassett Creek Room Tuesday, January 13 HRA Work Session (if necessary)6:30 PM Council Conference Room Council Work Session 6:30 PM Council Conference Room Sunday, January 18 11th Annual Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Holiday Weekend of Service: Voices of Wisdom, Pathways to Peace 1:45 PM - Doors Open 2:00 - 4:30 PM - Program The Club at Golden Valley, 7001 Golden Valley Rd Monday, January 19 City Offices Closed for Observance of Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day 2026 Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Holiday Breakfast 6:45 AM - Doors Open 7:30 AM - Breakfast Served 8:00 - 9:30 AM - Program Minneapolis Convention Center, 1301 Second Avenue South,Minneapolis Tuesday, January 20 City Council Meeting 6:30 PM Council Chambers Wednesday, January 21 Golden Valley Fire Department Annual Promotion Ceremony 7:00 PM - 8:30 PM Brookview - Bassett Creek Room Monday, January 26 Town Hall: Overview of City operations, update on the Building Forward City facilities project, and a Q&A moderated by Mayor Roslyn Harmon 6:30 PM Brookview Tuesday, January 27 Golden Valley Business Connections 8:00 AM - 9:30 AM AAA - 5400 Auto Club Way, St. Louis Park FEBRUARY Tuesday, February 3 Precinct Caucuses 7:00 PM Multiple Locations - See State Caucus Finder for info Wednesday, February 4 HRA Meeting 6:30 PM Council Chambers City Council Meeting 6:30 PM Council Chambers 412